Application of Intelligent Systems in Multi-modal Information Analytics [1st ed.] 978-3-030-15738-8;978-3-030-15740-1

Table of contents :
Front Matter ....Pages i-xxvii
Front Matter ....Pages 1-1
Application of PBL in the Multimedia Teaching Platform of Experiments on Complete Denture Prosthodontics (Juan Li, Xiaowei Wu)....Pages 3-8
Use of Cloud Computing Technology and Neural Network in College Students’ Psychological Testing (Han Yang)....Pages 9-14
Application of the Computer Aided Language Teaching Based on the Internet in the Business English Teaching (Hu Lu)....Pages 15-20
Computer Application Technology in Enterprise Informatization (Yanying Wei)....Pages 21-26
Applying Computer Network Technologies in File Management of Colleges and Universities (Yang Yang)....Pages 27-33
Incorporating Mobile Multimedia in School Student Management (Xiuyan Meng)....Pages 34-39
Utilizing Multimedia Network Technology in the Informatization of Art Education (Jingsi Zhu)....Pages 40-46
Application of the Web Data Mining Technology in the English Translation Platform (Fenfen Zhu)....Pages 47-52
Construction of the Computer Platform Framework Based on the University Financial Management System (Jun Yang)....Pages 53-59
Design and Application of the Intelligent Learning Platform for College English Based on the New Engineering Concept (Caihong Han)....Pages 60-66
Implementation of a Dance Teaching Live Broadcasting System Based on the Distance Education Platform (Congdie Jiang, Rong Wang)....Pages 67-73
An Intelligent Learning System to Assist the Medical English Teaching (Xi Luo)....Pages 74-79
Design of the Intelligent Education System Based on the Piano Introduction (Rong Wang, Congdie Jiang)....Pages 80-85
Development of an Intelligent Foreign Language Multimedia Teaching System Based on the “New Liberal Arts” Paradigm (Niu Cui)....Pages 86-91
Design of the Vocabulary Query System for Computer-Aided English Translation Teaching (Wang Ying)....Pages 92-97
Informationized Technological Path for the School-Running Risk Prevention and Supervision of Private Colleges and Universities Under the Background of the Internet (Liangjun Liu)....Pages 98-104
Optimal Construction of the Multimedia Distance Education Resource Library Based on Chinese Education (Li Ling)....Pages 105-111
Application of CAI Computer Technology in Teaching Western Art History (Hailan Shan)....Pages 112-117
Use of the Internet Technology in the Intelligent Library Services of Colleges and Universities in the Big Data Era (Yuan Quan, Cao Lei)....Pages 118-123
Computer Simulation Training Methods of Taekwondo Athletes Before Competitions (Jin Jun)....Pages 124-130
Construction of Quality Evaluation System for Tracking Personnel Training in Higher Vocational Colleges Based on Computer Modeling (Ronghua Ma)....Pages 131-137
Design of a Computer-Aided Learning Platform Based on the Intercultural Communication Teaching (Xue Yi)....Pages 138-143
Individualized Recommendation Service Model of University Intelligent Libraries Based on the Internet Technology (Cao Lei, Yuan Quan)....Pages 144-149
Development of Intelligent English Multimedia Teaching Resources Using Data Mining (Xiyang Sun)....Pages 150-155
Towards a Mathematical Algorithm for Conditional Uncorrelated Volatility Model in the Financial Big Data (Shulan Ma)....Pages 156-162
Research on the Mining Technology of the Financial Mathematical Model Based on the Partial Differential Calculus (Shulan Ma)....Pages 163-168
Security Management for the Financial Information System in Colleges and Universities Under the Changing Data Environment (Yang Jun)....Pages 169-175
WEB Resource Integration Based on the Physical Education Courseware (Huihui Du, Jiafa Li)....Pages 176-181
Reverse Digital Rapid Design and Manufacture of the Stamping Die (Jun Fan, Leigang Wang)....Pages 182-190
Visualization Analysis of the Research Field of the Water Resources in China Based on Cite-Space (Jiajia Pan, Yuwei Zhang, Yun Bao)....Pages 191-196
An Empirical Study of the New Mode of Educating People Through the School-Enterprise Cooperation in Private Universities Based on “Internet+” (Zhu Na)....Pages 197-203
Analysis of the Application and the Association Rule Mining in the Library and Data Management of College of Economics (Lin Lu, Lei Cao)....Pages 204-209
Analysis of the Development and Application of the Computer Integrated Management System for the Sports Teaching Platform (Suqiong Feng)....Pages 210-215
Multimodal Medical Image Fusion with Multi Resolution Discrete Cosine Transform (Hima Bindu Ch., Vijayan Sugumaran)....Pages 216-222
Numerical Comparison of Two Main Parametric Methods in Curve Approximation (Zhifeng Zhang, Zhili Pei, Yarong Zhang, Zhigao Zhang, Hongmei Zhang, Miangyang Jiang et al.)....Pages 223-230
Analysis on the Acceptance Degree of the Concept of Amateur Safety Management for Enterprise Employees (Wei Jiang, Wei Han)....Pages 231-238
Effects of Reaction Temperature on the Yield and Morphology of Silver Nanowires Prepared by Solvothermal Method (Guangnian Xu, Jiguang Zhu, Guolian Ruan, Xujia Ci)....Pages 239-245
Experimental Research of In-use Diesel Vehicle Emission Control System Based on Burner (Xiaodong Qi, Haitao Sun, Xinglong Duan, Qiang Liu, Shaozong Wang, Mingjun Zheng)....Pages 246-254
Difference Analysis of GB/T 18386 Between 2017 Edition and 2005 Edition (Ying Chen, Jian Liu, Huxin Jin, Yuanhong Zhuo)....Pages 255-266
Research on the Optimization Algorithm for Emission Control of Hybrid Power System Based on Energy Flow Model (Qingyang Zhang, Wei Sun, Jinglin Xia, Kai Li, Xinmei Yuan)....Pages 267-275
Construction and Heritage Studies Based on the “Internet+” Core Value System of Social Environment (Yu Zhang)....Pages 276-283
Optimization of Electrotransfection Conditions of BGC823 Cells (Penghui Li, Haiyan Zhang, Qingbu Mei, Yang Wang)....Pages 284-292
Research on Library Personalized Recommendation Method Based on Interest Ontology Modeling (Jie Dong, Gui Li, Xueyang Sun, Fengying Wang)....Pages 293-300
Innovation and Development of College Students’ Ideological and Political Education Under the Background of Computer Development (Wang Xu, Chen Jingyi)....Pages 301-308
The Study of JD Logistics Mode Based on “Internet+” (Zu Wenhong)....Pages 309-316
Research of Student Management in Colleges in the Background of “Internet+” in China (Xing Hua, Qi Yue)....Pages 317-322
Study on the Application of Big Data Analysis on the Electric Power Meter Inspection (Jia Li, Dapeng Xing, Wanyu Xue, Li Gao, Min Zhou, Bing Zhang)....Pages 323-329
Analysis on the Acceptance Degree of the Concept of Safety Creating Economic Benefits (Wei Jiang)....Pages 330-337
Material Flows Embodied in China–Japan Trade (Heming Wang, Xuan Zhao, Zhihe Zhang, Shuming Li, Jizhong Yuan)....Pages 338-344
The Comparison Between Reactive Powder Concrete and Traditional Concrete in Economy and Environmental Conservation of Bridge Engineering (Li Lai, Daisen Zhu)....Pages 345-355
Research on Robot Control System in Complex Information Environment (Xirui Sun, Chunyu Mao, Mingsheng Yu)....Pages 356-363
A Nine-Small Place Fire Safety Management System (Yufeng Fan, Xiaohua Li)....Pages 364-372
Characteristic Analysis of Temperature Change in Tai’an City in Recent Years (Mei Shan, Xun Wang)....Pages 373-378
Establishment and Implementation of Quality Management Standard System for Aviation Industry (Feng Zou, Pengyi Wei, Yan Zhao)....Pages 379-387
Design and Implementation of Informationalized Training System for Music Therapy Technology (Xuegang Zhang, Qianwen Li)....Pages 388-397
Influence of Environmental Factors on Stray Capacitance of GIS (Xiaochen Niu, Jie Huang, Xinglan Guo)....Pages 398-405
Macroscopic and Microscopic Analysis of Coarse Grain Defects of 7075 Aluminum Alloy (Hongzhi Wang)....Pages 406-413
Voltage Regulation Strategy for Active Distribution Network Based on OLTC and Inverter (Shiyong Dong, Wu Liu, Mengdong Li, Lin He, Jing Wang, Mingliang Yang et al.)....Pages 414-421
International Trend of Language Planning in Development of International Language (Dai Rui)....Pages 422-428
A Study of Corporate Responsibility by the Analysis of Chinese- on- Line Company (Jing Zhao, Xiaoning Dou)....Pages 429-440
Thoughts on the Path of New Media Technology Helping the Transformation of Newspaper Industry (Liya Yao)....Pages 441-448
Influence of Parameters of Internal Voltage Sensing Board on Stray Capacitance of GIS (Xinglan Guo, Chengyang Chu, Xiaobin Chen, Haisen Zhao, Jie Huang)....Pages 449-455
Accurate Investment Forecasting of Power Transmission and Transformation Project Based on BP Neural Network and Regression Analysis (Hu Li, Wei-Li Hu, Jing Shi, Jun-Yi Yang, Yi Ge, Lei Zhu et al.)....Pages 456-465
Research on Personal Credit Scoring Model Based on Artificial Intelligence (Chengyong Liu, Hueiling Huang, Shangqian Lu)....Pages 466-473
Research on Evaluation of Science and Technology Innovation Index of Power Grid Enterprises Based on Analytic Hierarchy Process (Yan Chang, Yi Zhu, Ningkang Zheng)....Pages 474-482
Talking About the Status Quo of China’s Emergency Logistics in Major Disasters—A Case Study of Jiuzhaigou Earthquake (Zenan Zhou, Yining Jin, Weiyang Zeng)....Pages 483-492
Research on Multimodal Teaching of Chinese as a Foreign Language Based on Information Technology (Li Guan)....Pages 493-498
Research Technology of New Polymer Materials for Environmental Protection Against Acid Rain (Xianghong Wang, Zhengkui Yu, Shina Zhang, Ying Lin, Jie Li)....Pages 499-505
Big Data Information Technology and the Development of E-commerce in Cultural Industry (Yuxia Hu, Haiying Ma)....Pages 506-514
Problems and Countermeasures of Digital Management of University Archives (Sha Li)....Pages 515-521
Analysis of Current Situation and Influencing Factors of Teaching Informationization in Colleges and Universities—Taking a University in Yunnan Province as an Example (Wenyuan Liao, Jingli Duan)....Pages 522-528
The Operation Mechanism of the Construction of Teachers’ Team of Innovation and Entrepreneurship Education in Applied Undergraduate Colleges (Nuan Sun, Yaofu Zhang)....Pages 529-535
Effectively Enhance the Learning Quality with Dialectical E-learning in Undergraduates (Yuchun Shu, Xiaofeng Ma, Zhengyi Shao, Sailapathi Sekar Saraswathi, Heng Shao)....Pages 536-544
Research on the Optimization of Asset Structure and the Promotion of Enterprise Value (Baifang Liu, Haiyan Zhao, Mingquan Sheng, Yuna Cui)....Pages 545-551
The Impact of the Internet on the Innovation Effect of Medical and Pharmaceutical Products Manufacturing (Guanghai Tang, Wenli Tang)....Pages 552-559
Reform of Engineering Graphics Course System and Teaching Mode Based on the Integration of Civil Engineering Majors (Wenming Shao)....Pages 560-566
Incentive Practice and Enlightenment of State-Owned Science and Technology Enterprises (Yan Chang, Xiaolin Mo, Ningkang Zheng)....Pages 567-573
Finite Element Analysis of Dynamic Contact Stress of Planetary Gear of RV Reducer (Linghui Wei, Canjiang Yao, Hailong Wang)....Pages 574-584
Line Structured Light Vision Online Inspection of Automotive Shaft Parts (Jianwei Miao, Hengyi Yuan, Lianzhi Li, Siyuan Liu)....Pages 585-595
An Empirical Study on Cultivating Learners’ Creativity in Smart Learning Environment (Qu Zhao)....Pages 596-603
An Empirical Study on the Influence of Ownership Structure of Listed Companies on Dividend Payment (Jinghu Zhu, Yi Qu, Shuling Li)....Pages 604-611
The Role of Government in the Enclave Economy Development - Take the Yangtze River Economic Belt as an Example (Wanhong Xiang, Yanfei Feng)....Pages 612-619
Research Long-Run Equilibrium and Short-Term Volatility of Energy Demand in Liaoyang City Based on Mathematical Modeling (Xiaoze Yu, Liang Sun)....Pages 620-628
College Teaching Management Under the Background of Innovation (Yonghai Yu)....Pages 629-636
Research on Practice Teaching Reform of Editing and Publishing Major Under the Background of Media Convergence (Yanhua Yin, Hongyuan Li)....Pages 637-644
Construction of Virtual Simulation Laboratory in Higher Vocational Colleges (Yue Zhao)....Pages 645-651
Transformation Mode of Job Research Results of Hubei Universities (Chen Guixin)....Pages 652-661
Research on the Dynamic Mechanism and Mode of School Enterprise Cooperation in Application Oriented Universities (Jingqiu Yang)....Pages 662-670
Research on the Operating Mechanism of College Student Management Based on Flexible Management (Yuzhen Wang, Chundi Zhao, Rengui Zhao)....Pages 671-678
On the Influence of Modern Digital Technology on Art Creation Under the Rapid Development (Qiang Wang)....Pages 679-685
The Spread of Traditional Chinese Medicine in Britain and Its Enlightenment (Yi Chen, Xiaofang Wang, Cheng Liu)....Pages 686-692
The Application of Confucianism in Human Resource Management—Taking Anta as an Example (Yigao Lv)....Pages 693-700
Construction of Calculation Model for Critical Safe Distance of Shared Lanes (Baiyu Chen, Da Fu, Yuanyuan Yang)....Pages 701-710
Study on Factors Influencing the Choice of Foreign Students to Study in China—Taking Yunnan as an Example (Lei Zhang)....Pages 711-719
Research on the Status Quo and Countermeasures of Agricultural Products Network Marketing in Jilin Province (Ning Zhai)....Pages 720-726
Big Data Security and Privacy Protection in Colleges and Universities (Jinlan Guo)....Pages 727-735
Design and Application of a Steel Bar Roll Management System (Qiaoshun Wu, Honggang Xu, Jie Li, Haibo Peng)....Pages 736-742
Investigation and Research on College Students’ Tourism (Guodong Gao, Wei Wang, Hongyun Gao)....Pages 743-753
Application of Embodied Cognition Theory in the Education and Management of College Students’ Mental Health Based on “Internet+” (Jun Luo, Yulan Yu)....Pages 754-760
Research on the Teaching Practice of Java Program Design Based on OJ System (Qiang Huang, Mantao Wang, Zhen Peng, Jiaxin Yuan, Zhiyong Li, Jie Zhang et al.)....Pages 761-767
Development of Cultural Tourism Industry Agglomeration in Hubei Province from the Perspective of Global Tourism (Minghui Long)....Pages 768-776
Effect of Medical Insurance on Subjective Well-Being of the Elderly in China (Xue Chen)....Pages 777-784
Design and Implementation of Small Variable Flow Electromagnetic Pump Control System (Ya-li Ma, Xue-yi Wang)....Pages 785-790
Confucian People-Oriented Management—Wal-Mart as an Example (Yigao Lv)....Pages 791-798
Study on the Guidance of Marxist Dialectics to the Cultivation of the Speculative Ability of College Entrepreneurs (Guangping Yang)....Pages 799-804
Research on Model Algorithms of Supply Chain of Material Scheduling with Elastic Variables in Construction Site for Giant Projects (Xinyue Zhang, Renkai Xiong, Silu Tao)....Pages 805-812
Design of Agricultural Spherical Robot (Hua Liu, Hui Wang, Yu Shi, Weiyu Zhang, Yong Wei, Jinfeng Dong)....Pages 813-820
Simulation of Economy-Hydrology Effects Caused by Water Price Adjustment (Ke Kong, Xinchao Gao, Yuan Xiu)....Pages 821-831
Analysis and Research on Resettlement Mode of Luola Hydropower Station Development in Tibet (Liyuan Dai, Cheng Zhang, Liya Yang)....Pages 832-840
Application of TOPSIS Method Based on Entropy Weight in Economic Activity Analysis of Power Grid Companies (Shanshan Wu, Xuanqi Liang)....Pages 841-849
Design and Practice of College English Micro-course Based on Information Technology Background (Haixia Yin)....Pages 850-856
Digital Restoration for Damaged Thangka Image (Wenjin Hu, Fuliang Zen, Jiahao Meng, Yuqi Ye)....Pages 857-865
Construction and Application of Intelligent Campus in Colleges and Universities Under the Background of Big Data (Yanmei Jia)....Pages 866-872
Cold Start Emission Characteristics and Its Effects on Real Driving Emission Test (Xiaowei Wang, Xiaojun Jing, Jingyuan Li)....Pages 873-882
Experimental Analysis of the Influence of Gear Shift Indicator on Vehicle Fuel Consumption (Sun Long, Sun Qiuchen, Ning Jun, Xie Nan, Zhu Kai)....Pages 883-892
The Promotion of Internet Technology to Thinking and Political Education (Yanmin Yu)....Pages 893-900
Study on Wet-Skid Resistance of Tire Tread Compound with Bionic Coupling (Chunyu Mao, Yunhai Ma, Junwei Li, Chuangfa Chen)....Pages 901-908
The Indication of Network Chat Text Security Based on the Analysis of Modal Particles Emotion (Meiyun Zhang, Yali Liu)....Pages 909-915
Influence of Installation Position of Internal Voltage Sensing Board on Stray Capacitance of GIS (Xiaochen Niu, Jie Huang, Xinglan Guo)....Pages 916-923
Research on Transformation Strategy of Enterprise Marketing Mode Under New Media Technology Environment (Guohong Zhen)....Pages 924-931
Current Status and Prospects of Big Data and Urban Emergency Management (Yining Jin, Danhui Fang, Hongqian Xu, Weiyang Zeng)....Pages 932-939
The Research of Big Data Management Capability on the E-commerce of Cultural Industry (Yuxia Hu, Haiying Ma)....Pages 940-948
Research on New Computer Software Teaching Method Combining Virtual Display Technology and Multimedia Technology (Wenjie Deng)....Pages 949-955
Application Research of Employment Recommendation Based on Improved K-means++ Algorithm in Colleges and Universities (Zhengce Cai, Cheng Zhou, Xianwei Li)....Pages 956-963
Optimization of Education Management Work for Undergraduate Education Based on Big Data (Han Guan)....Pages 964-973
Research on Differences of the Impact of Internet Development on Consumption of Urban and Rural Residents in China (Guanghai Tang, Huanli Su)....Pages 974-981
Research on Evaluation of Operation Management Efficiency of Listed Companies in China’s Financial Trust Industry Based on SFA Model (Qu Yi, Zhong Shen, Du Lei)....Pages 982-989
Construction of “3 + 2” Accounting Professional Training System in Middle and Higher Vocational Colleges of Jilin Province (Yanli Wang)....Pages 990-998
The Impact of Modern Educational Technology on College Teaching and Its Application Strategies (Yuzhen Wang, Chundi Zhao, Rengui Zhao)....Pages 999-1006
Research on the Training Path of Building Decoration Engineering Technology Professionals Under the Background of 2025 Manufacturing in China (Aimin Wei)....Pages 1007-1014
Preliminary Study on Interior Space Design of KTV (Guijun Yang)....Pages 1015-1022
Research on the Cultivation of English Translation Ability of Undergraduates in Smart Learning Environment (Xiaofang Wang, Cheng Liu)....Pages 1023-1028
A Judging Method of Electric Larceny in the Guise of Saving Electrical Energy (Heng Yang, Yang Xue, Sha Liu, Bo Gao, Yifei Shu, Yinghui Xu et al.)....Pages 1029-1037
Dongfeng Nissan Marketing Strategy Research (Jiaqi Zhang, Ze Gao)....Pages 1038-1045
Investigation and Analysis on Brand Promotion Strategy of Wenzhou Yandang Mountain Scenic (Guodong Gao, Haijun Xie, Xiyang Yu)....Pages 1046-1055
Research on the Innovation and Development of University Education Management Informationization Based on Big Data Environment (Fu Yong)....Pages 1056-1063
“Mutualism” – Research on the Sponge System Construction Strategy of Nanping Mountain Park in Chuzhou (Cheng Zhang, Xiaolan Tang, Liyuan Dai)....Pages 1064-1072
The Economic Activity Analysis Model and Application of Power Grid Company Based on AHP-DEA (Shanshan Wu, Xuanqi Liang)....Pages 1073-1080
The Study on VOC Emission Characteristics of Fabric Materials (Guangliang Zhong, Tianqi Ren, Haiying Zhao, Changyou Jin, Hua Wang)....Pages 1081-1092
Correlation Analysis of Light Passenger Vehicle Energy Consumption and Driving Characteristics (Xin Guo, Guolin Wang, Shupei Zhang, Wei Zhang)....Pages 1093-1102
The Construction of Taiyuan City Bus Driving Cycle (Jianjun Zhu, Zhiliang Zhang, Peng Li, Kexun He)....Pages 1103-1113
The Current Situation, Problems and Countermeasures of the Application of Double Qualified Teachers’ Education Technology (Chunbo Zuo)....Pages 1114-1121
Exploration on Teaching Design of Linear Algebra Under the Concept of New Engineering and Technical Disciplines (Meijia Wang)....Pages 1122-1132
Study on the Difficulties and Countermeasures of Rural Human Resources Development in Jilin Province (Lei Zhou, Yue Hao)....Pages 1133-1140
Vehicle Interior Methods for Evaluating the VOC and Odor of Materials (Guangliang Zhong, Haiying Zhao, Tianqi Ren, Changyou Jin, Hua Wang)....Pages 1141-1151
Research on the Correlation Between Test Cycles and RDE Test (Feng Yan, Yuwei Wang, Sikai Zheng, Yang Meng, Jinyong Xie)....Pages 1152-1159
Design and Research of RDE Test Routes (Yuanjun Zhang, Dongfeng Tian, Hongyun Du, Hongquan Pan, Wenshen Fang, Ying Wang)....Pages 1160-1169
New Media Technology Path for Children’s Literature Dissemination (Mingxiu Ding)....Pages 1170-1176
Research on Optimization of Rural Tourism Industry Chain in Jilin Province (Nan Jiang, Yue Wang)....Pages 1177-1184
Architecture Design and Cultural Deficiency of College English Computer Aided Reading System (Lu Wei, Binquan Liu)....Pages 1185-1191
Simulation and Optimization of Filler Tube on Fuel Tank Based on ORVR Technology (Chongzhi Zhong, Ying Wang, Taiyu Zhang, Ke Wu)....Pages 1192-1200
Experimental Study on Effects of OBD II Diagnostics on of Emissions for Light Vehicles (Le Liu, Jingyuan Li, Lihui Wang, Wei Zhao, Hongyu Qin, Yuwei Wang)....Pages 1201-1212
Heterogeneous Fleet Vehicle Routing Optimization with Consideration of Carbon Emission (Heng Wang, Shiyu Jin, Dechun Tian, Jialu Zhang, Guanfeng Li)....Pages 1213-1222
Research and Implementation of WEB Application Firewall Based on Feature Matching (Hui Yuan, Lei Zheng, Liang Dong, Xiangli Peng, Yan Zhuang, Guoru Deng)....Pages 1223-1231
Experimental Research on MMT of the Influence on Particulate Emission of GDI Engine (Ying Li, Tiecheng Zhang, Jun Qiu, Xiaojun Jing)....Pages 1232-1241
Study on In-cylinder Purification Technology for Gasoline Engine Based on Chemical Reaction Kinetics (Jun Shi, Jianjun Zheng, Zhao Luo, Xiaodong Chen, Huibing Qin, Bin Liu)....Pages 1242-1251
Research of Emission Evaluation Method for Heavy Duty Vehicle (Junhui Xu, Bo Li, Yong Guo)....Pages 1252-1263
The Design Development Research of Computer Music System Based on College Vocal Music (Haijing Shi)....Pages 1264-1272
Study on the Effect of Olefins on the Particulate Matter Emission of GDI Engines (Yin Zenghui, Jing Xiaojun, Li Dong, Li Zhijun, Fang Maodong)....Pages 1273-1283
An Analysis of the Carbon Emission of PHEV Based on Travelling Pattern in China Mega Cities (Hao Xu, Wang Hewu, Li Weifeng, Ouyang Minggao)....Pages 1284-1294
Study on Correlation of DF in Different Durability Tests (Li Jingyuan, Fu Tieqiang, Liu Le)....Pages 1295-1302
Experimental Study on Consistency of Different PEMS Devices (Wang Changyuan, Gao Dongzhi, Yu Quanshun, Guo Yong, Xu Junhui)....Pages 1303-1312
Effect of Fuel Injection Advance Angle on Combustion and Emissions of Dual Fuel Compression Ignition Engine (Peng Li, Jianjun Zhu, Wenjie Wu)....Pages 1313-1323
Study on Management of Non-road Diesel Machinery Emission and DPF Retrofit Evaluation for Tianjin (Dong Li, Jiguang Wang, Jiang Yin, Hao Chen, Mengliang Li, Xiyu Fang et al.)....Pages 1324-1333
Front Matter ....Pages 1335-1335
Improvement and Research on Innovative Cultivating Mode Through Cooperation Between Higher Vocational Colleges and Enterprises (Boru Yang, Kai Liu)....Pages 1337-1341
An Analysis on the Translation of Public Signs in Wuhan (Hao Peng)....Pages 1342-1346
Research on Parameter Optimization of Improving Machining Accuracy and Productivity of CNC Milling of Complex Parts (Xiurong Zhu)....Pages 1347-1352
Study on Operation and Maintenance Management Mode of High-Voltage Transmission Lines (Huigang Wang, Jian Han, Kan Zhang, Feng Wang, Sheng Fan)....Pages 1353-1357
Analysis of Excavation Procedure and Stability in Jointed Rock Masses of the Large Underground Caverns (Wen Wang, Guangwen Liu, Qiang Su, Rui Han)....Pages 1358-1362
Discussion on the Necessity of Establishing Directly Affiliated Hospitals in Colleges and Universities Under the Background of Big Data: Case of Longdong University (Erzhong Xve, Xing Li)....Pages 1363-1368
Comparison of the Key Structures Between RV Reducer and Spinea Reducer Based on Finite Element Method (Song Lei, Liang Shunke, Li Weihua, Chen Feixin)....Pages 1369-1374
Study on the Causes of Valve Leakage and Detection Methods in Natural Gas Station (Guanghui Xia)....Pages 1375-1378
Research on Operation Strategy of Liaoning Smart City Based on Data Analysis of Star Hotels in Three Northeast Provinces (Bingjie Xu, Yuanchun Huang)....Pages 1379-1384
On Computer Operating System and Its Development (Ming Xin)....Pages 1385-1390
Simulation Research of Influence of the Depth of SEN on Flow Field in Continuous Casting Mold with EMBr-Ruler (Fei Li, Nannan Yang, Zhuojuan Yang)....Pages 1391-1396
Promotion of Information Technology Teaching Ability of Food Specialty Teachers (Yuanbin Sun, Fengxiang Li, Zhuo Zhang)....Pages 1397-1402
Research on the Reform of Higher Mathematics Teaching in Applied Undergraduate Colleges (Lisa Zhu)....Pages 1403-1408
The Training Course on Numerical Control Programming in Higher Vocational Colleges (Yiying Chen)....Pages 1409-1412
An Analysis on the Cultivation Method of Studio Model Taking Craftsmanship as the Core of Occupational Quality—in Master Studio Case (Minhong Dai, Cui Wen)....Pages 1413-1417
Research on the Status and Countermeasures for the Development of Rural E-Commerce in China (Jun Wang)....Pages 1418-1423
On College English Translation Teaching and Quality Bettering Paths (Xiaoyan Geng)....Pages 1424-1429
Data Collection on Second Language Learners’ Performance in Different Learning Environment (Chenxi Li)....Pages 1430-1436
Regulation of Sharing Economy by Ethics and Law (Mei Xu)....Pages 1437-1442
The Research on Value Evaluation of B2C Online Shopping Platform in Jiangxi Province with EVA Model (Yujuan Xie)....Pages 1443-1448
Influencing Factors of Language Attrition and Loss of Aged People and Training Methods (Lin Lv)....Pages 1449-1454
Design and Implementation of Automatic Sorting Control System for Melon and Fruit Products (Zuliang Wang, Qi An, Chuanglue Cao, Ting Zhang)....Pages 1455-1459
Study on Infrastructure Construction of Higher School (Qiang Li)....Pages 1460-1464
Innovation of Humanized Thinking in College Students’ Management (Yonghai Yu)....Pages 1465-1468
Countermeasures for the Development of Agricultural Product E-commerce (Jun Wang)....Pages 1469-1473
Research and Practice of Carrying Out Entrepreneurship Education-Taking Jingzhou Institute of Technology as an Example (Xu Mei)....Pages 1474-1478
Application of Situational Experience Teaching in the Course of Architectural Decoration Construction (Hongxing Yi)....Pages 1479-1484
Training Division Innovative Thinking in the Higher Vocational and Technical Teachers College (Lingyu Wang)....Pages 1485-1490
Research on the Development of Musical Opera “Localization” Based on the Integration of Multiple Arts—Take Two Versions of Musical Opera Tang Xianzu as an Example (Qing Zhang, Quan Sun)....Pages 1491-1496
Vibration Table and Numerical Simulation for Safety Evaluation of Masonry Structures Under Earthquake Action (Li Lingxu, Ma Minchang)....Pages 1497-1501
Study on Location Planning and Countermeasures to Resettle Residents in Poor Areas - Taking Anle Village, Yunxian County, Yunnan Province as an Example (Lingxu Li, Zongheng Xu, Minchang Ma)....Pages 1502-1507
Back Matter ....Pages 1509-1513

Citation preview

Advances in Intelligent Systems and Computing 929

Vijayan Sugumaran Zheng Xu Shankar P. Huiyu Zhou   Editors

Application of Intelligent Systems in Multi-modal Information Analytics

Advances in Intelligent Systems and Computing Volume 929

Series Editor Janusz Kacprzyk, Systems Research Institute, Polish Academy of Sciences, Warsaw, Poland Advisory Editors Nikhil R. Pal, Indian Statistical Institute, Kolkata, India Rafael Bello Perez, Faculty of Mathematics, Physics and Computing, Universidad Central de Las Villas, Santa Clara, Cuba Emilio S. Corchado, University of Salamanca, Salamanca, Spain Hani Hagras, Electronic Engineering, University of Essex, Colchester, UK László T. Kóczy, Department of Automation, Széchenyi István University, Gyor, Hungary Vladik Kreinovich, Department of Computer Science, University of Texas at El Paso, El Paso, TX, USA Chin-Teng Lin, Department of Electrical Engineering, National Chiao Tung University, Hsinchu, Taiwan Jie Lu, Faculty of Engineering and Information Technology, University of Technology Sydney, Sydney, NSW, Australia Patricia Melin, Graduate Program of Computer Science, Tijuana Institute of Technology, Tijuana, Mexico Nadia Nedjah, Department of Electronics Engineering, University of Rio de Janeiro, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil Ngoc Thanh Nguyen, Faculty of Computer Science and Management, Wrocław University of Technology, Wrocław, Poland Jun Wang, Department of Mechanical and Automation Engineering, The Chinese University of Hong Kong, Shatin, Hong Kong

The series “Advances in Intelligent Systems and Computing” contains publications on theory, applications, and design methods of Intelligent Systems and Intelligent Computing. Virtually all disciplines such as engineering, natural sciences, computer and information science, ICT, economics, business, e-commerce, environment, healthcare, life science are covered. The list of topics spans all the areas of modern intelligent systems and computing such as: computational intelligence, soft computing including neural networks, fuzzy systems, evolutionary computing and the fusion of these paradigms, social intelligence, ambient intelligence, computational neuroscience, artificial life, virtual worlds and society, cognitive science and systems, Perception and Vision, DNA and immune based systems, self-organizing and adaptive systems, e-Learning and teaching, human-centered and human-centric computing, recommender systems, intelligent control, robotics and mechatronics including human-machine teaming, knowledge-based paradigms, learning paradigms, machine ethics, intelligent data analysis, knowledge management, intelligent agents, intelligent decision making and support, intelligent network security, trust management, interactive entertainment, Web intelligence and multimedia. The publications within “Advances in Intelligent Systems and Computing” are primarily proceedings of important conferences, symposia and congresses. They cover significant recent developments in the field, both of a foundational and applicable character. An important characteristic feature of the series is the short publication time and world-wide distribution. This permits a rapid and broad dissemination of research results. ** Indexing: The books of this series are submitted to ISI Proceedings, EI-Compendex, DBLP, SCOPUS, Google Scholar and Springerlink **

More information about this series at http://www.springer.com/series/11156

Vijayan Sugumaran Zheng Xu Shankar P. Huiyu Zhou •

•

•

Editors

Application of Intelligent Systems in Multi-modal Information Analytics

123

Editors Vijayan Sugumaran Department of Decision and Information Sciences Oakland University School of Business Administration Rochester, MI, USA Shankar P. Vinayaka Mission’s Research Foundation Aarupadai Veedu Institute of Technology Salem, Tamil Nadu, India

Zheng Xu Shanghai University Shanghai, China Huiyu Zhou Department of Informatics University of Leicester Leicester, Leicestershire, UK

ISSN 2194-5357 ISSN 2194-5365 (electronic) Advances in Intelligent Systems and Computing ISBN 978-3-030-15738-8 ISBN 978-3-030-15740-1 (eBook) https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1 Library of Congress Control Number: 2019934342 © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 This work is subject to copyright. All rights are reserved by the Publisher, whether the whole or part of the material is concerned, specifically the rights of translation, reprinting, reuse of illustrations, recitation, broadcasting, reproduction on microfilms or in any other physical way, and transmission or information storage and retrieval, electronic adaptation, computer software, or by similar or dissimilar methodology now known or hereafter developed. The use of general descriptive names, registered names, trademarks, service marks, etc. in this publication does not imply, even in the absence of a specific statement, that such names are exempt from the relevant protective laws and regulations and therefore free for general use. The publisher, the authors and the editors are safe to assume that the advice and information in this book are believed to be true and accurate at the date of publication. Neither the publisher nor the authors or the editors give a warranty, expressed or implied, with respect to the material contained herein or for any errors or omissions that may have been made. The publisher remains neutral with regard to jurisdictional claims in published maps and institutional affiliations. This Springer imprint is published by the registered company Springer Nature Switzerland AG The registered company address is: Gewerbestrasse 11, 6330 Cham, Switzerland

Preface

We are living in an era of data deluge. The world of big data exhibits a rich and complex set of cross-media contents, such as text, image, video, audio, and graphics. So far, great research efforts have been dedicated separately to big data processing and cross-media mining, with well-grounded theoretical underpinnings and great practical success. However, studies jointly considering cross-media big data analytics are relatively sparse. This research gap needs our further attention, since it will benefit a variety of real-world applications. Despite its significance and value, it is non-trivial to analyze cross-media big data due to their heterogeneity, large-scale volume, increasing size, unstructured nature, correlations, and noise. Multi-modal information systems, which can be treated as the most significant breakthrough in the past 10 years, have greatly impacted the methodologies utilized in computer vision and achieved terrific progress in both academia and industry. Intelligent systems have been recognized as one of the most important developments in multi-modal informatics domain. Significant progress has been made over the last few years in the development of computational intelligence techniques such as bio/nature-inspired computing within the artificial intelligence domain. While research on various aspects of intelligent systems and semantic technologies is progressing at a very fast pace, this is only the beginning. There are still a number of issues that have to be explored in terms of the design, implementation, and deployment of intelligent applications and multi-agent systems in various application domains. For example, the development of novel techniques for computational intelligence in support of deep learning, formal approaches for designing intelligent systems and agent-based applications, ontology-based information systems, and organizational impact of intelligent systems and semantic technologies in healthcare and education management are some of the areas in need of further research. Each paper of MMIA 2019 was reviewed by at least three independent experts, and the acceptance rate was 40%. The conference would not have been possible without the contributions of the authors. We sincerely thank all the authors for their valuable contributions.

v

vi

Preface

We would like to express our thanks to Professor Zhaofeng Ma, Beijing University of Post and Communications, and Professor Xiao Wei, Shanghai University, for being the keynote speakers at the conference. We thank the steering committee, general chairs, program committee chairs, organizing chairs, and workshop chairs for their hard work. The local organizers’ and the students’ help is also highly appreciated. Our special thanks are due also to editors for publishing the proceedings in Advances in Intelligent Systems and Computing of Springer. Vijayan Sugumaran Huiyu Zhou Zheng Xu Shankar P.

Organization

General Chair Tharam Dillon

La Trobe University, Australia

Program Committee Chairs Vijayan Sugumaran Huiyu Zhou Zheng Xu P. Shankar

Oakland University, USA Queen’s University Belfast, UK TRIMPS, China Vinayaka Mission’s Research Foundation (Deemed University), India

Publication Chairs Juan Du Xinzhi Wang

Shanghai University, China Tsinghua University, China

Publicity Chairs Shunxiang Zhang Neil Y. Yen

Anhui University of Science and Technology, China University of Aizu, Japan

vii

viii

Organization

Local Organizing Chairs Chang Liu Liyuan Guo

Shenyang Aerospace University, China Shenyang Aerospace University, China

Program Committee Members William Bradley Glisson George Grispos Abdullah Azfar Aniello Castiglione Florin Pop Ben Martini Wei Wang Neil Yen Meng Yu Shunxiang Zhang Guangli Zhu Tao Liao Xiaobo Yin Xiangfeng Luo Xiao Wei Huan Du Zhiguo Yan Rick Church Tom Cova Susan Cutter Zhiming Ding Yong Ge T. V. Geetha Danhuai Guo Jeng-Neng Hwang Jianping Fang Jianhui Li Yi Liu Foluso Ladeinde

University of South Alabama, USA University of Limerick, Ireland KPMG Sydney, Australia Università di Salerno, Italy University Politehnica of Bucharest, Romania University of South Australia, Australia The University of Texas at San Antonio, USA University of Aizu, Japan The University of Texas at San Antonio, USA Anhui University of Science and Technology, China Anhui University of Science and Technology, China Anhui University of Science and Technology, China Anhui University of Science and Technology, China Shanghai University, China Shanghai University, China Shanghai University, China Fudan University, China UC Santa Barbara, USA University of Utah, USA University of South Carolina, USA Beijing University of Technology, China University of North Carolina at Charlotte, USA Anna University, India Computer Network Information Center, Chinese Academy of Sciences, China University of Washington, USA University of North Carolina at Charlotte, USA Computer Network Information Center, Chinese Academy of Sciences, China Tsinghua University, China State University of New York in South Korea, Korea

Organization

ix

Kuien Liu Feng Lu

Pivotal Inc., USA Institute of Geographic Sciences and Natural Resources Research, Chinese Academy of Sciences, China University of Queensland, Australia Anna University, India Drexel University, USA Sathyabama Institute of Science and Technology, India University of Kitakyushu, Japan Amrita University, India Amrita University, India SRM University, India Microsoft Research Asia, China Renmin University of China, China George Mason University, USA China CDC, USA Baidu, Inc., China Deakin University, Australia Shanghai University, China Shanghai University, China Shanghai University, China Shanghai University, China

Ricardo J. Soares Magalhaes D. Manjula Alan Murray S. Murugan Yasuhide Okuyama S. Padmavathi Latha Parameswaran S. Suresh Xing Xie Wei Xu Chaowei Phil Yang Enwu Yin Hengshu Zhu Morshed Chowdhury Min Hu Gang Luo Juan Chen Qigang Liu

Contents

Regular Papers Application of PBL in the Multimedia Teaching Platform of Experiments on Complete Denture Prosthodontics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Juan Li and Xiaowei Wu

3

Use of Cloud Computing Technology and Neural Network in College Students’ Psychological Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Han Yang

9

Application of the Computer Aided Language Teaching Based on the Internet in the Business English Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hu Lu

15

Computer Application Technology in Enterprise Informatization . . . . . Yanying Wei Applying Computer Network Technologies in File Management of Colleges and Universities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yang Yang Incorporating Mobile Multimedia in School Student Management . . . . Xiuyan Meng

21

27 34

Utilizing Multimedia Network Technology in the Informatization of Art Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jingsi Zhu

40

Application of the Web Data Mining Technology in the English Translation Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fenfen Zhu

47

Construction of the Computer Platform Framework Based on the University Financial Management System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jun Yang

53

xi

xii

Contents

Design and Application of the Intelligent Learning Platform for College English Based on the New Engineering Concept . . . . . . . . . Caihong Han

60

Implementation of a Dance Teaching Live Broadcasting System Based on the Distance Education Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Congdie Jiang and Rong Wang

67

An Intelligent Learning System to Assist the Medical English Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Xi Luo

74

Design of the Intelligent Education System Based on the Piano Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rong Wang and Congdie Jiang

80

Development of an Intelligent Foreign Language Multimedia Teaching System Based on the “New Liberal Arts” Paradigm . . . . . . . . Niu Cui

86

Design of the Vocabulary Query System for Computer-Aided English Translation Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wang Ying

92

Informationized Technological Path for the School-Running Risk Prevention and Supervision of Private Colleges and Universities Under the Background of the Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liangjun Liu

98

Optimal Construction of the Multimedia Distance Education Resource Library Based on Chinese Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Li Ling Application of CAI Computer Technology in Teaching Western Art History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Hailan Shan Use of the Internet Technology in the Intelligent Library Services of Colleges and Universities in the Big Data Era . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Yuan Quan and Cao Lei Computer Simulation Training Methods of Taekwondo Athletes Before Competitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Jin Jun Construction of Quality Evaluation System for Tracking Personnel Training in Higher Vocational Colleges Based on Computer Modeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Ronghua Ma

Contents

xiii

Design of a Computer-Aided Learning Platform Based on the Intercultural Communication Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Xue Yi Individualized Recommendation Service Model of University Intelligent Libraries Based on the Internet Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Cao Lei and Yuan Quan Development of Intelligent English Multimedia Teaching Resources Using Data Mining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Xiyang Sun Towards a Mathematical Algorithm for Conditional Uncorrelated Volatility Model in the Financial Big Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Shulan Ma Research on the Mining Technology of the Financial Mathematical Model Based on the Partial Differential Calculus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Shulan Ma Security Management for the Financial Information System in Colleges and Universities Under the Changing Data Environment . . . 169 Yang Jun WEB Resource Integration Based on the Physical Education Courseware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Huihui Du and Jiafa Li Reverse Digital Rapid Design and Manufacture of the Stamping Die . . . 182 Jun Fan and Leigang Wang Visualization Analysis of the Research Field of the Water Resources in China Based on Cite-Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Jiajia Pan, Yuwei Zhang, and Yun Bao An Empirical Study of the New Mode of Educating People Through the School-Enterprise Cooperation in Private Universities Based on “Internet+” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Zhu Na Analysis of the Application and the Association Rule Mining in the Library and Data Management of College of Economics . . . . . . . 204 Lin Lu and Lei Cao Analysis of the Development and Application of the Computer Integrated Management System for the Sports Teaching Platform . . . . 210 Suqiong Feng

xiv

Contents

Multimodal Medical Image Fusion with Multi Resolution Discrete Cosine Transform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Hima Bindu Ch. and Vijayan Sugumaran Numerical Comparison of Two Main Parametric Methods in Curve Approximation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Zhifeng Zhang, Zhili Pei, Yarong Zhang, Zhigao Zhang, Hongmei Zhang, Miangyang Jiang, Qinghu Wang, and Shicheng Qiao Analysis on the Acceptance Degree of the Concept of Amateur Safety Management for Enterprise Employees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Wei Jiang and Wei Han Effects of Reaction Temperature on the Yield and Morphology of Silver Nanowires Prepared by Solvothermal Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Guangnian Xu, Jiguang Zhu, Guolian Ruan, and Xujia Ci Experimental Research of In-use Diesel Vehicle Emission Control System Based on Burner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Xiaodong Qi, Haitao Sun, Xinglong Duan, Qiang Liu, Shaozong Wang, and Mingjun Zheng Difference Analysis of GB/T 18386 Between 2017 Edition and 2005 Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Ying Chen, Jian Liu, Huxin Jin, and Yuanhong Zhuo Research on the Optimization Algorithm for Emission Control of Hybrid Power System Based on Energy Flow Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Qingyang Zhang, Wei Sun, Jinglin Xia, Kai Li, and Xinmei Yuan Construction and Heritage Studies Based on the “Internet+” Core Value System of Social Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Yu Zhang Optimization of Electrotransfection Conditions of BGC823 Cells . . . . . . 284 Penghui Li, Haiyan Zhang, Qingbu Mei, and Yang Wang Research on Library Personalized Recommendation Method Based on Interest Ontology Modeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 Jie Dong, Gui Li, Xueyang Sun, and Fengying Wang Innovation and Development of College Students’ Ideological and Political Education Under the Background of Computer Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Wang Xu and Chen Jingyi The Study of JD Logistics Mode Based on “Internet+” . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Zu Wenhong

Contents

xv

Research of Student Management in Colleges in the Background of “Internet+” in China . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 Xing Hua and Qi Yue Study on the Application of Big Data Analysis on the Electric Power Meter Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 Jia Li, Dapeng Xing, Wanyu Xue, Li Gao, Min Zhou, and Bing Zhang Analysis on the Acceptance Degree of the Concept of Safety Creating Economic Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Wei Jiang Material Flows Embodied in China–Japan Trade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Heming Wang, Xuan Zhao, Zhihe Zhang, Shuming Li, and Jizhong Yuan The Comparison Between Reactive Powder Concrete and Traditional Concrete in Economy and Environmental Conservation of Bridge Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Li Lai and Daisen Zhu Research on Robot Control System in Complex Information Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 Xirui Sun, Chunyu Mao, and Mingsheng Yu A Nine-Small Place Fire Safety Management System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 Yufeng Fan and Xiaohua Li Characteristic Analysis of Temperature Change in Tai’an City in Recent Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 Mei Shan and Xun Wang Establishment and Implementation of Quality Management Standard System for Aviation Industry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 Feng Zou, Pengyi Wei, and Yan Zhao Design and Implementation of Informationalized Training System for Music Therapy Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388 Xuegang Zhang and Qianwen Li Influence of Environmental Factors on Stray Capacitance of GIS . . . . . 398 Xiaochen Niu, Jie Huang, and Xinglan Guo Macroscopic and Microscopic Analysis of Coarse Grain Defects of 7075 Aluminum Alloy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406 Hongzhi Wang

xvi

Contents

Voltage Regulation Strategy for Active Distribution Network Based on OLTC and Inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 Shiyong Dong, Wu Liu, Mengdong Li, Lin He, Jing Wang, Mingliang Yang, Dawei Huang, and Chenglian Ma International Trend of Language Planning in Development of International Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 Dai Rui A Study of Corporate Responsibility by the Analysis of Chinese-on- Line Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429 Jing Zhao and Xiaoning Dou Thoughts on the Path of New Media Technology Helping the Transformation of Newspaper Industry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 Liya Yao Influence of Parameters of Internal Voltage Sensing Board on Stray Capacitance of GIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449 Xinglan Guo, Chengyang Chu, Xiaobin Chen, Haisen Zhao, and Jie Huang Accurate Investment Forecasting of Power Transmission and Transformation Project Based on BP Neural Network and Regression Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456 Hu Li, Wei-Li Hu, Jing Shi, Jun-Yi Yang, Yi Ge, Lei Zhu, Bing-Jie Li, Dong-Xiao Niu, Li-Jie Sun, and Di Pu Research on Personal Credit Scoring Model Based on Artificial Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 Chengyong Liu, Hueiling Huang, and Shangqian Lu Research on Evaluation of Science and Technology Innovation Index of Power Grid Enterprises Based on Analytic Hierarchy Process . . . . . 474 Yan Chang, Yi Zhu, and Ningkang Zheng Talking About the Status Quo of China’s Emergency Logistics in Major Disasters—A Case Study of Jiuzhaigou Earthquake . . . . . . . . 483 Zenan Zhou, Yining Jin, and Weiyang Zeng Research on Multimodal Teaching of Chinese as a Foreign Language Based on Information Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493 Li Guan Research Technology of New Polymer Materials for Environmental Protection Against Acid Rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499 Xianghong Wang, Zhengkui Yu, Shina Zhang, Ying Lin, and Jie Li

Contents

xvii

Big Data Information Technology and the Development of E-commerce in Cultural Industry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506 Yuxia Hu and Haiying Ma Problems and Countermeasures of Digital Management of University Archives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515 Sha Li Analysis of Current Situation and Influencing Factors of Teaching Informationization in Colleges and Universities—Taking a University in Yunnan Province as an Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522 Wenyuan Liao and Jingli Duan The Operation Mechanism of the Construction of Teachers’ Team of Innovation and Entrepreneurship Education in Applied Undergraduate Colleges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529 Nuan Sun and Yaofu Zhang Effectively Enhance the Learning Quality with Dialectical E-learning in Undergraduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536 Yuchun Shu, Xiaofeng Ma, Zhengyi Shao, Sailapathi Sekar Saraswathi, and Heng Shao Research on the Optimization of Asset Structure and the Promotion of Enterprise Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545 Baifang Liu, Haiyan Zhao, Mingquan Sheng, and Yuna Cui The Impact of the Internet on the Innovation Effect of Medical and Pharmaceutical Products Manufacturing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552 Guanghai Tang and Wenli Tang Reform of Engineering Graphics Course System and Teaching Mode Based on the Integration of Civil Engineering Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560 Wenming Shao Incentive Practice and Enlightenment of State-Owned Science and Technology Enterprises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567 Yan Chang, Xiaolin Mo, and Ningkang Zheng Finite Element Analysis of Dynamic Contact Stress of Planetary Gear of RV Reducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574 Linghui Wei, Canjiang Yao, and Hailong Wang Line Structured Light Vision Online Inspection of Automotive Shaft Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585 Jianwei Miao, Hengyi Yuan, Lianzhi Li, and Siyuan Liu An Empirical Study on Cultivating Learners’ Creativity in Smart Learning Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596 Qu Zhao

xviii

Contents

An Empirical Study on the Influence of Ownership Structure of Listed Companies on Dividend Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604 Jinghu Zhu, Yi Qu, and Shuling Li The Role of Government in the Enclave Economy Development - Take the Yangtze River Economic Belt as an Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612 Wanhong Xiang and Yanfei Feng Research Long-Run Equilibrium and Short-Term Volatility of Energy Demand in Liaoyang City Based on Mathematical Modeling . . . . . . . . . 620 Xiaoze Yu and Liang Sun College Teaching Management Under the Background of Innovation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629 Yonghai Yu Research on Practice Teaching Reform of Editing and Publishing Major Under the Background of Media Convergence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637 Yanhua Yin and Hongyuan Li Construction of Virtual Simulation Laboratory in Higher Vocational Colleges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645 Yue Zhao Transformation Mode of Job Research Results of Hubei Universities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652 Chen Guixin Research on the Dynamic Mechanism and Mode of School Enterprise Cooperation in Application Oriented Universities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662 Jingqiu Yang Research on the Operating Mechanism of College Student Management Based on Flexible Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671 Yuzhen Wang, Chundi Zhao, and Rengui Zhao On the Influence of Modern Digital Technology on Art Creation Under the Rapid Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679 Qiang Wang The Spread of Traditional Chinese Medicine in Britain and Its Enlightenment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686 Yi Chen, Xiaofang Wang, and Cheng Liu The Application of Confucianism in Human Resource Management—Taking Anta as an Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693 Yigao Lv

Contents

xix

Construction of Calculation Model for Critical Safe Distance of Shared Lanes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701 Baiyu Chen, Da Fu, and Yuanyuan Yang Study on Factors Influencing the Choice of Foreign Students to Study in China—Taking Yunnan as an Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711 Lei Zhang Research on the Status Quo and Countermeasures of Agricultural Products Network Marketing in Jilin Province . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720 Ning Zhai Big Data Security and Privacy Protection in Colleges and Universities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 727 Jinlan Guo Design and Application of a Steel Bar Roll Management System . . . . . . 736 Qiaoshun Wu, Honggang Xu, Jie Li, and Haibo Peng Investigation and Research on College Students’ Tourism . . . . . . . . . . . 743 Guodong Gao, Wei Wang, and Hongyun Gao Application of Embodied Cognition Theory in the Education and Management of College Students’ Mental Health Based on “Internet+” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 754 Jun Luo and Yulan Yu Research on the Teaching Practice of Java Program Design Based on OJ System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 761 Qiang Huang, Mantao Wang, Zhen Peng, Jiaxin Yuan, Zhiyong Li, Jie Zhang, Haibo Pu, Lanjing Wang, and Jinglan Lei Development of Cultural Tourism Industry Agglomeration in Hubei Province from the Perspective of Global Tourism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 768 Minghui Long Effect of Medical Insurance on Subjective Well-Being of the Elderly in China . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 777 Xue Chen Design and Implementation of Small Variable Flow Electromagnetic Pump Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 785 Ya-li Ma and Xue-yi Wang Confucian People-Oriented Management—Wal-Mart as an Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 791 Yigao Lv

xx

Contents

Study on the Guidance of Marxist Dialectics to the Cultivation of the Speculative Ability of College Entrepreneurs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 799 Guangping Yang Research on Model Algorithms of Supply Chain of Material Scheduling with Elastic Variables in Construction Site for Giant Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 805 Xinyue Zhang, Renkai Xiong, and Silu Tao Design of Agricultural Spherical Robot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 813 Hua Liu, Hui Wang, Yu Shi, Weiyu Zhang, Yong Wei, and Jinfeng Dong Simulation of Economy-Hydrology Effects Caused by Water Price Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 821 Ke Kong, Xinchao Gao, and Yuan Xiu Analysis and Research on Resettlement Mode of Luola Hydropower Station Development in Tibet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 832 Liyuan Dai, Cheng Zhang, and Liya Yang Application of TOPSIS Method Based on Entropy Weight in Economic Activity Analysis of Power Grid Companies . . . . . . . . . . . 841 Shanshan Wu and Xuanqi Liang Design and Practice of College English Micro-course Based on Information Technology Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 850 Haixia Yin Digital Restoration for Damaged Thangka Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 857 Wenjin Hu, Fuliang Zen, Jiahao Meng, and Yuqi Ye Construction and Application of Intelligent Campus in Colleges and Universities Under the Background of Big Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 866 Yanmei Jia Cold Start Emission Characteristics and Its Effects on Real Driving Emission Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 873 Xiaowei Wang, Xiaojun Jing, and Jingyuan Li Experimental Analysis of the Influence of Gear Shift Indicator on Vehicle Fuel Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 883 Sun Long, Sun Qiuchen, Ning Jun, Xie Nan, and Zhu Kai The Promotion of Internet Technology to Thinking and Political Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 893 Yanmin Yu

Contents

xxi

Study on Wet-Skid Resistance of Tire Tread Compound with Bionic Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901 Chunyu Mao, Yunhai Ma, Junwei Li, and Chuangfa Chen The Indication of Network Chat Text Security Based on the Analysis of Modal Particles Emotion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909 Meiyun Zhang and Yali Liu Influence of Installation Position of Internal Voltage Sensing Board on Stray Capacitance of GIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 916 Xiaochen Niu, Jie Huang, and Xinglan Guo Research on Transformation Strategy of Enterprise Marketing Mode Under New Media Technology Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 924 Guohong Zhen Current Status and Prospects of Big Data and Urban Emergency Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 932 Yining Jin, Danhui Fang, Hongqian Xu, and Weiyang Zeng The Research of Big Data Management Capability on the E-commerce of Cultural Industry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 940 Yuxia Hu and Haiying Ma Research on New Computer Software Teaching Method Combining Virtual Display Technology and Multimedia Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . 949 Wenjie Deng Application Research of Employment Recommendation Based on Improved K-means++ Algorithm in Colleges and Universities . . . . . 956 Zhengce Cai, Cheng Zhou, and Xianwei Li Optimization of Education Management Work for Undergraduate Education Based on Big Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 964 Han Guan Research on Differences of the Impact of Internet Development on Consumption of Urban and Rural Residents in China . . . . . . . . . . . 974 Guanghai Tang and Huanli Su Research on Evaluation of Operation Management Efficiency of Listed Companies in China’s Financial Trust Industry Based on SFA Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 982 Qu Yi, Zhong Shen, and Du Lei Construction of “3 + 2” Accounting Professional Training System in Middle and Higher Vocational Colleges of Jilin Province . . . . . . . . . 990 Yanli Wang

xxii

Contents

The Impact of Modern Educational Technology on College Teaching and Its Application Strategies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 999 Yuzhen Wang, Chundi Zhao, and Rengui Zhao Research on the Training Path of Building Decoration Engineering Technology Professionals Under the Background of 2025 Manufacturing in China . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1007 Aimin Wei Preliminary Study on Interior Space Design of KTV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1015 Guijun Yang Research on the Cultivation of English Translation Ability of Undergraduates in Smart Learning Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1023 Xiaofang Wang and Cheng Liu A Judging Method of Electric Larceny in the Guise of Saving Electrical Energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1029 Heng Yang, Yang Xue, Sha Liu, Bo Gao, Yifei Shu, Yinghui Xu, and Jinyu Wang Dongfeng Nissan Marketing Strategy Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1038 Jiaqi Zhang and Ze Gao Investigation and Analysis on Brand Promotion Strategy of Wenzhou Yandang Mountain Scenic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1046 Guodong Gao, Haijun Xie, and Xiyang Yu Research on the Innovation and Development of University Education Management Informationization Based on Big Data Environment . . . . . 1056 Fu Yong “Mutualism” – Research on the Sponge System Construction Strategy of Nanping Mountain Park in Chuzhou . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1064 Cheng Zhang, Xiaolan Tang, and Liyuan Dai The Economic Activity Analysis Model and Application of Power Grid Company Based on AHP-DEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1073 Shanshan Wu and Xuanqi Liang The Study on VOC Emission Characteristics of Fabric Materials . . . . . 1081 Guangliang Zhong, Tianqi Ren, Haiying Zhao, Changyou Jin, and Hua Wang Correlation Analysis of Light Passenger Vehicle Energy Consumption and Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1093 Xin Guo, Guolin Wang, Shupei Zhang, and Wei Zhang

Contents

xxiii

The Construction of Taiyuan City Bus Driving Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1103 Jianjun Zhu, Zhiliang Zhang, Peng Li, and Kexun He The Current Situation, Problems and Countermeasures of the Application of Double Qualified Teachers’ Education Technology . . . . . 1114 Chunbo Zuo Exploration on Teaching Design of Linear Algebra Under the Concept of New Engineering and Technical Disciplines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1122 Meijia Wang Study on the Difficulties and Countermeasures of Rural Human Resources Development in Jilin Province . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1133 Lei Zhou and Yue Hao Vehicle Interior Methods for Evaluating the VOC and Odor of Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1141 Guangliang Zhong, Haiying Zhao, Tianqi Ren, Changyou Jin, and Hua Wang Research on the Correlation Between Test Cycles and RDE Test . . . . . 1152 Feng Yan, Yuwei Wang, Sikai Zheng, Yang Meng, and Jinyong Xie Design and Research of RDE Test Routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1160 Yuanjun Zhang, Dongfeng Tian, Hongyun Du, Hongquan Pan, Wenshen Fang, and Ying Wang New Media Technology Path for Children’s Literature Dissemination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1170 Mingxiu Ding Research on Optimization of Rural Tourism Industry Chain in Jilin Province . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1177 Nan Jiang and Yue Wang Architecture Design and Cultural Deficiency of College English Computer Aided Reading System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1185 Lu Wei and Binquan Liu Simulation and Optimization of Filler Tube on Fuel Tank Based on ORVR Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1192 Chongzhi Zhong, Ying Wang, Taiyu Zhang, and Ke Wu Experimental Study on Effects of OBD II Diagnostics on of Emissions for Light Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1201 Le Liu, Jingyuan Li, Lihui Wang, Wei Zhao, Hongyu Qin, and Yuwei Wang

xxiv

Contents

Heterogeneous Fleet Vehicle Routing Optimization with Consideration of Carbon Emission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1213 Heng Wang, Shiyu Jin, Dechun Tian, Jialu Zhang, and Guanfeng Li Research and Implementation of WEB Application Firewall Based on Feature Matching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1223 Hui Yuan, Lei Zheng, Liang Dong, Xiangli Peng, Yan Zhuang, and Guoru Deng Experimental Research on MMT of the Influence on Particulate Emission of GDI Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1232 Ying Li, Tiecheng Zhang, Jun Qiu, and Xiaojun Jing Study on In-cylinder Purification Technology for Gasoline Engine Based on Chemical Reaction Kinetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1242 Jun Shi, Jianjun Zheng, Zhao Luo, Xiaodong Chen, Huibing Qin, and Bin Liu Research of Emission Evaluation Method for Heavy Duty Vehicle . . . . 1252 Junhui Xu, Bo Li, and Yong Guo The Design Development Research of Computer Music System Based on College Vocal Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1264 Haijing Shi Study on the Effect of Olefins on the Particulate Matter Emission of GDI Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1273 Yin Zenghui, Jing Xiaojun, Li Dong, Li Zhijun, and Fang Maodong An Analysis of the Carbon Emission of PHEV Based on Travelling Pattern in China Mega Cities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1284 Hao Xu, Wang Hewu, Li Weifeng, and Ouyang Minggao Study on Correlation of DF in Different Durability Tests . . . . . . . . . . . 1295 Li Jingyuan, Fu Tieqiang, and Liu Le Experimental Study on Consistency of Different PEMS Devices . . . . . . 1303 Wang Changyuan, Gao Dongzhi, Yu Quanshun, Guo Yong, and Xu Junhui Effect of Fuel Injection Advance Angle on Combustion and Emissions of Dual Fuel Compression Ignition Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1313 Peng Li, Jianjun Zhu, and Wenjie Wu Study on Management of Non-road Diesel Machinery Emission and DPF Retrofit Evaluation for Tianjin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1324 Dong Li, Jiguang Wang, Jiang Yin, Hao Chen, Mengliang Li, Xiyu Fang, and Zhengnan Yuhan

Contents

xxv

Short Papers Improvement and Research on Innovative Cultivating Mode Through Cooperation Between Higher Vocational Colleges and Enterprises . . . . 1337 Boru Yang and Kai Liu An Analysis on the Translation of Public Signs in Wuhan . . . . . . . . . . . 1342 Hao Peng Research on Parameter Optimization of Improving Machining Accuracy and Productivity of CNC Milling of Complex Parts . . . . . . . . 1347 Xiurong Zhu Study on Operation and Maintenance Management Mode of High-Voltage Transmission Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1353 Huigang Wang, Jian Han, Kan Zhang, Feng Wang, and Sheng Fan Analysis of Excavation Procedure and Stability in Jointed Rock Masses of the Large Underground Caverns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1358 Wen Wang, Guangwen Liu, Qiang Su, and Rui Han Discussion on the Necessity of Establishing Directly Affiliated Hospitals in Colleges and Universities Under the Background of Big Data: Case of Longdong University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1363 Erzhong Xve and Xing Li Comparison of the Key Structures Between RV Reducer and Spinea Reducer Based on Finite Element Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1369 Song Lei, Liang Shunke, Li Weihua, and Chen Feixin Study on the Causes of Valve Leakage and Detection Methods in Natural Gas Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1375 Guanghui Xia Research on Operation Strategy of Liaoning Smart City Based on Data Analysis of Star Hotels in Three Northeast Provinces . . . . . . . . 1379 Bingjie Xu and Yuanchun Huang On Computer Operating System and Its Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1385 Ming Xin Simulation Research of Influence of the Depth of SEN on Flow Field in Continuous Casting Mold with EMBr-Ruler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1391 Fei Li, Nannan Yang, and Zhuojuan Yang Promotion of Information Technology Teaching Ability of Food Specialty Teachers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1397 Yuanbin Sun, Fengxiang Li, and Zhuo Zhang

xxvi

Contents

Research on the Reform of Higher Mathematics Teaching in Applied Undergraduate Colleges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1403 Lisa Zhu The Training Course on Numerical Control Programming in Higher Vocational Colleges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1409 Yiying Chen An Analysis on the Cultivation Method of Studio Model Taking Craftsmanship as the Core of Occupational Quality—in Master Studio Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1413 Minhong Dai and Cui Wen Research on the Status and Countermeasures for the Development of Rural E-Commerce in China . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1418 Jun Wang On College English Translation Teaching and Quality Bettering Paths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1424 Xiaoyan Geng Data Collection on Second Language Learners’ Performance in Different Learning Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1430 Chenxi Li Regulation of Sharing Economy by Ethics and Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1437 Mei Xu The Research on Value Evaluation of B2C Online Shopping Platform in Jiangxi Province with EVA Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1443 Yujuan Xie Influencing Factors of Language Attrition and Loss of Aged People and Training Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1449 Lin Lv Design and Implementation of Automatic Sorting Control System for Melon and Fruit Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1455 Zuliang Wang, Qi An, Chuanglue Cao, and Ting Zhang Study on Infrastructure Construction of Higher School . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1460 Qiang Li Innovation of Humanized Thinking in College Students’ Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1465 Yonghai Yu Countermeasures for the Development of Agricultural Product E-commerce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1469 Jun Wang

Contents

xxvii

Research and Practice of Carrying Out Entrepreneurship Education-Taking Jingzhou Institute of Technology as an Example . . . 1474 Xu Mei Application of Situational Experience Teaching in the Course of Architectural Decoration Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1479 Hongxing Yi Training Division Innovative Thinking in the Higher Vocational and Technical Teachers College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1485 Lingyu Wang Research on the Development of Musical Opera “Localization” Based on the Integration of Multiple Arts—Take Two Versions of Musical Opera Tang Xianzu as an Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1491 Qing Zhang and Quan Sun Vibration Table and Numerical Simulation for Safety Evaluation of Masonry Structures Under Earthquake Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1497 Li Lingxu and Ma Minchang Study on Location Planning and Countermeasures to Resettle Residents in Poor Areas - Taking Anle Village, Yunxian County, Yunnan Province as an Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1502 Lingxu Li, Zongheng Xu, and Minchang Ma Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1509

Regular Papers

Application of PBL in the Multimedia Teaching Platform of Experiments on Complete Denture Prosthodontics Juan Li1(&) and Xiaowei Wu2 1

2

School of Stomatology, Jinan University, Guangzhou 510632, Guangdong, China [email protected] Human Resources Development and Management Department, Jinan University, Guangzhou 510632, Guangdong, China

Abstract. In order to explore the application of the digitized individual pallets for the edentulous jaw in the experiment teaching of the dental prosthodontics, this paper establishes a digitized teaching mode by making the complete denture individual pallets with the digital scanning and the 3D printing technology, and compares it with the traditional teaching mode, and evaluates the application effect of the digitized individual pallets in the digital teaching of the complete denture prosthodontics. Compared with the traditional teaching methods, this teaching mode can significantly improve the students’ interests in the digital technology, deepen the students’ understandings of the digital and traditional manufacturing process, and consolidate the students’ theoretical knowledge and clinical operation abilities. Therefore, the teaching mode of the digitized individual tray can improve the experimental teaching effect of the complete denture restoration to a certain extent. Keywords: PBL
Complete denture prosthodontics Multimedia teaching platform
Application strategy


Experiment


The combination teaching method can stimulate the students’ interest in learning the complete denture restoration, and has great advantages in cultivating the students’ initiatives in learning the complete denture restoration and their ability of integrating the theory with the practice and their ability of solving problems [1]. It shortens the distance between the theory, the laboratory operation and the clinical practice, lays a good foundation for the students’ future clinical practice, and is beneficial to the improvement of the experimental teaching levels of the complete denture restoration.

1 Content Requirements of the Multimedia Teaching in Experiments on the Complete Denture Prosthodontics The dental prosthodontics is one of the most important clinical backbone courses in stomatology. Compared with other clinical backbone courses, it pays more attention to the training of the practical skills. Mastering the clinical repair technology and cultivating the © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 3–8, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_1

4

J. Li and X. Wu

good operation skills are the important purposes for the students to enter the clinical practice [2]. The complete denture is an important part of the dental prosthodontics, the backbone course of the stomatology technology specialty, and the core course of cultivating the students’ oral operation skills. The complete denture is a kind of the prosthesis for the patients with the dentition loss. It can master the knowledge of the edentulous jaw restoration and train the students’ skilled post operation skills to meet the needs of the post and better prepare for their post practice and employment [3]. Through the experiment of the complete denture prosthodontics, students are trained to master the anatomical marks of the edentulous jaw, the retention principle of the complete denture and the factors affecting the retention and stability of the complete denture, the concept of the jaw position recording, and the principles of the tooth arrangement and the grinding adjustment, and to be familiar with the division of the edentulous jaw, the selection of the artificial teeth, the theory of the balanced dentistry, the methods of the impression, the jaw position recording and the grinding adjustment, and the trial wear and the initial wear of the complete denture, and to understand the tissue changes after the dentition loss, the oral examination and the preparation before the restoration of the edentulous jaw, the complete process and the requirements of the complete denture, and the repair of the complete denture [4]. Under the clear training goal of “cultivating the professional and skilled talents in the new era” in the contemporary stomatology teaching, in order to evaluate the students’ experimental abilities to promote the development of the students’ abilities, we should establish the reasonable and standardized experimental contents and the evaluation system for the experimental assessment to ensure the objectivity, completeness, scientificity and effectiveness of the experimental training course, so as to enable us to practice in the prosthodontics teaching, to actively explore the establishment of a scientific and effective comprehensive evaluation system for the standardized assessment of the experimental contents of the prosthetic dentistry. The study, implementation and evaluation of the students’ experimental skills run through the entire experimental teaching process. They not only pay attention to the specific details of the practical operation teaching, that is, the process standardization, but also pay attention to the evaluation of the results [5]. They can achieve the all-round and scientific teaching, assessment and evaluation of the experimental skills, which ensures the scientificity, objectivity, integrity and effectiveness of the buccal experimental training courses. In order to strengthen the training of the stomatological students’ clinical practice skills and improve the teaching effect, it is better for the students to complete the practical training and learning, to meet the standard requirements of the training doctors in the medical colleges and universities, and to meet the needs of our society to the greatest extent.

2 Analysis of the Connotation Elements of the PBL Teaching Method The PBL teaching method refers to putting the students in the complex and meaningful problem situations, solving the problems in the real life through the group cooperation, learning the knowledge hidden behind the problems, forming the ability to solve problems, and cultivating the students’ ability of the self-learning and the lifelong

Application of PBL in the Multimedia Teaching Platform

5

learning. The three basic elements of the PBL teaching are: creating the problem situations, the students and the teachers. Among them, the problems should be attractive, which can stimulate the students’ interests in their learning. Students, as the main subjects of the learning, actively participate in and engage in the learning. Teachers, as the instructors, put forward questions, monitor the learning, and encourage and stimulate the students’ thinking, so that students can continue to participate in the learning process smoothly. In order to cultivate the students’ mathematical thinking and their application abilities, we have explored the PBL teaching method actively and effectively. We have carried out the PBL teaching experiment in the school students with the theme of the experimental application of the complete denture prosthesis, and achieved good results. The PBL teaching, short for problem-based-learning, originated from Canadian Medical College and was put into practice. Later, after a long period of exploration, it was summarized by Dr. Howard Barrows of the Medical College of Southern Illinois University in the United States, which became a complete concept. In his opinion, the research object of the medical education should not be confined to the biological process of the disease, but should include the relationship and the influence between the medical education and the social groups, psychologies, environments and behaviors. The goal of our education and teaching should be to enable the students to grow up as the learners who can constantly improve themselves and learn for their life. The PBL concept is a new teaching mode. At the beginning of introducing this teaching mode, China has been imitating the practice of the foreign stomatological schools, mainly through collecting the resources from the foreign institutes to complete the domestic PBL stomatology teaching. Later, the domestic universities also invited the experts and professors from the United States and Canada to use the PBL teaching method in medical colleges. Since then, the medical community has been increasing its research on this topic. At present, some achievements have been made.

3 Application of PBL in the Multimedia Teaching Platform of Experiments on the Complete Denture Prosthodontics 3.1

Application Technologies of the Platform Development

With the continuous development of the computer application technologies, and especially the maturity of the network communication and the database technology, the advanced technological platform and the implementation means are provided for the experimental teaching management. The management mode of the B/S (Brower/ Server) architecture has become the mainstream. The unified browser interface and the Web server-centric distributed management system are the main features of this generation of products. The SQL network database is widely used, which greatly improves the data processing ability. The system software platform is the core of the entire system. It not only realizes the management function of the whole experimental teaching platform, but also realizes the data processing. The design of this paper adopts the B/S structure model based on the Internet/Intranet standard protocol, and develops an experimental teaching

6

J. Li and X. Wu

management platform based on the combination of the software and the hardware of the Web and the SQL Server database technology. It can provide the powerful and comprehensive teaching, management and communication services for the experimental teaching, and realize the scientificalness and modernization of the experimental teaching management and the automation and informationizaiton of the operation, to improve the level and efficiency of the experimental teaching management. Web server: The abundant website resources on the Internet greatly promote the development of the Web servers. In the entire design process of the experimental teaching management platform, the Web server chooses IIS (Internet Information Server) as the development and operation platform. It is tightly integrated with the NT Server operating system. Through the optimization work done by NT, it has the high execution efficiency, and adopts the security authentication characteristic of NT, which is easy to manage and develop, with the powerful web applications. In addition, IIS can be configured to provide the file transfer protocol (FTP) and other services, such as the SMTP services, in addition to transmitting the information through HTTP. 3.2

Application and Reform of the PBL Teaching in the Stomatology Teaching

The PBL teaching method is a new teaching mode. In order to achieve the good teaching results, teachers must change their teaching concepts. In the process of the PBL teaching and the stomatology teaching, teachers should abandon the original teaching concept of “one teacher decides everything by one man’s say” and the position themselves as the guide of the students’ learning rather than the counselor of the students’ learning. Teachers should take the overall perspective of the teaching contents as a whole, regard the knowledge and practice of the stomatology as a whole, and strengthen the combination of the knowledge and the practice, so that students can learn the knowledge while practicing, increase the coherence of the knowledge, and help students to form a more rigorous knowledge system. Increase the training of the teachers in the stomatological medical colleges and universities. At present, the PBL teaching in the stomatological medical colleges and universities needs greater financial support, as well as the sufficient teachers as a guarantee. Therefore, it is necessary to strengthen the training of the existing stomatology teachers. For example, teachers in the dental pulpology, the periodontal mucosal disease, the oral and maxillofacial surgery and the dental prosthodontics should carry out the special PBL teaching and training, and those who can go abroad for the PBL teaching and training should also organize more teachers to receive the relevant training in the institutions with the relatively successful application of the PBL teaching. Then, let these trained teachers play their role of helping and leading, get familiar with the key of the PBL teaching method as soon as possible, and complete the combination of the PBL teaching and the stomatology teaching as soon as possible. Let this new teaching mode better promote the improvement of the teaching quality of the stomatology teachers. Establish a perfect teaching evaluation system. The evaluation of the teaching effect of PBL includes not only the teachers’ investigation and evaluation of the students, but also the students’ self-evaluation and their mutual evaluation among students, as well

Application of PBL in the Multimedia Teaching Platform

7

as the students’ evaluation of the teachers. Students’ academic performance is not the result obtained by the examinations at the end of each semester or the school year, but the combination of the results obtained by the students in the daily operation and practice and the final examination results. At the same time, the evaluation made by the teachers and the students should be taken into account. At the same time, the evaluation of the teaching effect also needs another aspect, that is, students’ evaluation of the teachers. In order to promote the timeliness of the teaching of the “Complete Denture Technology” curriculum, most schools have adopted the practical teaching mode in the teaching of this major course, but the expected teaching effect has not been brought into play. One of the main reasons is that the teaching reform has not proceeded from the reality of the development of the personnel. In order to improve the teaching quality of the practice course of Complete Denture Technology, it is necessary to improve the adaptability of the subject development. While implementing the teaching reform, we should standardize the teaching and the teaching contents. In addition to introducing the teaching equipment, we also need to prepare the standard teaching aids and build a model system with the strong applicability. In the teaching of the students, we should also do a good job in the teaching evaluation, because we should pay attention to the use of the appropriate evaluation methods to objectively evaluate the works created by the students, so as to encourage the students’ works and improve the students’ learning enthusiasms. Therefore, it can play a certain role in improving the teaching quality of “Complete Denture Technology”. The knowledge coverage of the case database includes not only the biomedical fields such as the disease etiology, pathology, diagnosis and treatment, but also the knowledge points that each case should focus on in advance, so as to ensure that the students can be guided to discuss the key knowledge points in place in the course of the teaching and prevent the students from deviating from the main line in the process of their discussion. The entire process of the case discussion includes asking questions, consulting materials after classes to solve problems, the classroom reports, the teacher comments, integrating problems to get the best treatment plans, and completing the experimental reports. In the course of the case discussion, the students find out the problems that need to be solved by themselves, and then put forward the questions for discussion. After assigning the questions, the students can consult the materials to solve the related problems after class, report and discuss them, and instruct the teachers to comment on them, so as to get the best treatment plans. At the end of each learning period, students can exchange into another learning group to feel the different learning atmosphere, so that each student’s learning effect is more balanced.

4 Conclusion At the beginning of the application of the PBL teaching mode, we consulted various relevant PBL teaching materials, and conducted many discussions and studies. We have carried out the special training for the teachers and mainly learnt the PBL Teaching Instructions. Not only should we understand the PBL teaching process, but we should also deeply understand the PBL teaching, and change the teaching

8

J. Li and X. Wu

philosophy. The teachers should participate in the establishment of the case bank and the design of the entire teaching process. To collect the clinical cases, we should include the basic information of the patients, the preoperative model, the preoperative imaging data (X-ray and CBCT) and the preoperative intraoral and systemic examination results of the patients, and establish the case database according to the diagnosis classification. Acknowledgment. 1. The 20th Batch of the Teaching Reform Research Projects of Jinan University (Practical Teaching Project); 2. Higher Education Teaching Reform Project of Guangdong Province in 2018.

References 1. Gao L, Wang X, Ding S, Huang X, Zhang C (2017) Exploration of the PBL-seminar teaching method in the teaching of the chinese medicine chemistry theory. Guangming J Chin Med (10):111–112 2. Cheng G, Tong Z, Cao S, Zhang G, Li X, Zhao D (2017) PBL combined with CBL teaching method in the clinical practice teaching of cardiovascular medicine. Continu Med Educ (12):188–189 3. Ying X (2018) Practical research on CBS combined with PBL teaching method in the nursing teaching of critical medicine. China Continu Med Educ (11):114–115 4. Zhao C, Tang L, Qu T, Yan C, Ban S (2018) Application of the PBL teaching method based on the E-teaching platform in the pharmaceutical chemistry teaching. Basic Med Educ (12):125–126 5. Li J, Su J (2018) Exploration of making the digital individual pallet for the dental denture repair experiment. Sci Technol Innov Herald (07):111–112

Use of Cloud Computing Technology and Neural Network in College Students’ Psychological Testing Han Yang(&) Tianjin University Renai College, Tianjin 301636, China [email protected]

Abstract. Strengthening the psychological health education of college students is an urgent need to promote the all-round development and the healthy growth of college students in the new era, and also an important measure to actively promote the quality education in colleges and universities. The timely, accurate and comprehensive understanding of college students’ psychological status is the basis of the mental health education. In order to improve the level of the psychological testing and speed up the construction of the information management, we have developed a psychological testing system for college students. This paper discusses the development objectives, the overall structure, the main functions and the application effects of the system. The progress of our society brings us many pressures and challenges. Therefore, this paper designs and implements an online psychological counseling platform with the auxiliary diagnostic system for colleges and universities. Keywords: Neural network
Cloud computing technology
College students
Psychological testing
Application mechanism

In the traditional process of the mental health education, including the establishment, management and use of the students’ psychological files and the psychological tests for students, a lot of manpower and material resources need to be consumed. In recent years, a large number of the websites and forums on the mental health education have appeared on the network [1]. Although these websites have made certain contributions to popularizing the college students’ psychological knowledge and promoting their mental health, yet much psychological knowledge on the Internet and the mental health management cannot effectively improve and manage the students’ psychologies.

1 Analysis of the Implementation Background of College Students’ Psychological Testing In the university campus, the problems of study, interpersonal relationship and employment and so on increase the psychological pressure of college students, leading to their psychological problems becoming more and more serious. However, due to the shortage of the professional counseling teachers and the misunderstanding of the © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 9–14, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_2

10

H. Yang

psychological counseling, it is very difficult to achieve the comprehensive mental health counseling for students [2]. This paper probes into the application of the university students’ psychological test, university students’ psychological test resources website, the gender psychological test, the career choice test, the professional ability test, the entrepreneurship test and the successful psychological test in university students’ psychological files. In order to better solve the psychological problems of the students, this paper analyses the psychological characteristics and the common psychological problems of the college students, draws lessons from the relevant research of the psychological counseling theories and the expert systems at home and abroad, and uses the cloud computing technology of the neural network to construct the online psychological counseling platform for colleges and universities. According to the psychological characteristics of the college students, the application of the psychotherapy in college students’ psychological problems is analyzed in details, and the knowledge base is constructed, and the framework-production knowledge expression structure is designed. Then, the reasoning mechanism is studied [3]. Through the improvement of the classical C-F model and the application of the weighted fuzzy imprecise reasoning model, two reasoning modes of the reasoning engine are realized. As a special group of our society, college students are facing more and more pressures in all aspects, and their psychological problems are increasing day by day. Extreme events caused by the psychological problems emerge in endlessly. College mental health education plays an increasingly important role in alleviating and solving college students’ mental health problems and improving the students’ psychological qualities [4]. This paper demonstrates and analyses the feasibility of college students’ psychological testing and the platform, which can solve the current problems of college students’ psychological aspects, and has the profound significance for promoting college students’ mental health.

2 The Current Situation of the Psychological Health Education in Universities The contemporary China is in the process of the economic globalization. The social situation has undergone profound changes. College students who have just entered the campus face the complex social environment and are easily influenced by the outside world. In addition, in recent years, colleges and universities do not attach importance to the mental health education and there is a lack of the financial input, resulting in some advisory bodies idle [5]. At ordinary times, no one will ask and care about it, but only the superior inspection will force them to temporarily transfer other professional teachers to serve as the consultants. The institutions themselves are not perfect, and their subordinates are not clear. Some belong to the students’ departments and some are subordinate to the scientific research departments. This situation directly results in the situation of no management and no supervision. Even if school students have the mental health problems, they do not know where to go and who to communicate with, resulting in the embarrassment that students all know that the school has a psychological counseling department but do not know where it exists.

Use of Cloud Computing Technology and Neural Network

11

While practicing the mental health education, colleges and universities are not aware of the prevention orientation and the early education. Many people believe that there is no need for the mental health education, or that it is possible to find anyone at will. More people think that people need to be treated only when they have psychological counseling, taking treatment as their responsibility, but ignoring the importance of the early prevention. In the actual campus life, only when the teacher finds out that the individual students have the psychological problems will they urge the students to go to the psychological counseling department for counseling, without realizing that more students also need the psychological health education. Teachers are the soul of our education. Teachers of the mental health education in colleges and universities play an extremely important role in the education. Additionally, the mental health education itself needs the professional accomplishment of the practitioners. Only through the specialized training and the systematic learning can we solve problems in practice. However, in the current Chinese educational system, the degree of specialization of the mental health education is not high, and some of them are self-taught, which makes the mental health education team in colleges and universities complex and inefficient. In the process of the psychological test, we should pay attention to the scientificity, standardization and rigor of the tests, so as to get the accurate test results and help the development of the mental health education.

3 Analysis of the Cloud Computing Technology Based on the Neural Network The architecture of the cloud computing technology is divided into four layers: the physical resource layer, the resource pool layer, the management middleware layer and the SOA construction layer. The physical resource layer includes computers, memory, network facilities, database and software. The resource pool layer consists of a large number of resources of the same type which are isomorphic or near isomorphic, such as the computing resource pool, and the data resource pool and so on. The construction of the resource pool is more about the integration and management of the physical resources. The management middleware layer is responsible for the management of the cloud computing resources and the scheduling of many application tasks, so that resources can efficiently and safely provide services for the applications. The SOA construction layer encapsulates the cloud computing capabilities into the standard Web Services, and incorporates them into the management and use of the SOA architecture, including the service interfaces, the service registration, the service search, the service access and the service workflow. The management middleware layer of the cloud computing is responsible for the resource management, the task management, the user management and the security management. The resource management is responsible for balancing the use of the cloud resource nodes, detecting the node failures and trying to recover or shield them, and monitoring the use of the resources. The task management is responsible for the implementation of the tasks submitted by the users or the applications, including the deployment and management of the user task images, the task scheduling, the task execution, and the task lifetime management and so on. The user management is an

12

H. Yang

indispensable link to realize the cloud computing business model, including providing the user interaction interface, managing and identifying the user identity, creating the user program execution environment, and charging the users and so on. The security management guarantees the overall security of the cloud computing facilities, including the identity authentication, the access authorization, the comprehensive protection and the security auditing. The neural network is an intelligent science that imitates the structures and functions of the human center-nerve – brain. It uses the physical devices to simulate some structures and functions of the biological neural network. That is, many simple neurons are interconnected to form a network system that can simulate the human’s learning, decision-making and recognition functions. It has the ability of quick reflection, which is convenient for the timely control and processing of things, and is good at approaching the arbitrary non-linear systems in the complex environments. The rise of the neural networks has stimulated and greatly promoted the fundamental researches on the nature of cognition and intelligence, as well as the computer industry. Therefore, it has great application research in various fields.

4 Application of the Cloud Computing Technology Based on the Neural Network in College Students’ Psychological Testing The cloud computing is an Internet-based supercomputing model. In a remote data center, thousands of computers and servers are connected to the computer cloud. So the cloud computing can even let you experience the computing power of more than 10 trillion times per second. With such powerful computing power, you can simulate the nuclear explosions, and predict the climate changes and the market trends. Users access the data center through computers, notebooks, mobile phones and so on, and carry out the calculation according to their own needs. The research on the structures of the neural network is not only the premise of the realization and the successful application of the neural network, but also the superior physical premise. It embodies the unification of the algorithm and the structure, and is a mixture of the hardware and the software. This mixed structure model can explain the function and the basic mechanism of the consciousness. Future researches will focus on the information processing functional units, combining the knowledge of the systems, structures, circuits, devices and materials to construct the new concepts and technologies, such as the crystalline functional units, the minimal effect functional units, and the polymer functional units, and so on. In the hardware implementation, the structures and organizations of the materials are studied to enable them to process the information naturally, such as the neuron system, and the self-organizing system and so on. The user interaction interface provides the access interface to the applications in the form of the Web Services to obtain the user requirements. A service directory is a list of services that users can access. The system management module is responsible for managing and allocating all the available resources and its core is the load balancing.

Use of Cloud Computing Technology and Neural Network

13

The configuration tool is responsible for preparing the task runtime environment on the assigned nodes. The monitoring and statistics module is responsible for monitoring the running status of the nodes and completing the statistics of the users’ application of the nodes. The execution process is not complicated. The user interface allows the users to select and invoke a service from the directory. When the request is passed to the system management module, it allocates the appropriate resources for the users, and then calls the configuration tool to prepare the running environment for the users. Around the design of the management platform of college students’ mental health education, starting from the current reality of college students’ mental health education in our country, through the investigation and analysis of the current development needs of college students’ mental health education in our country, the actual situation of college students’ mental health education in our country is obtained. Combined with the knowledge of the current software development, the college students’ mental health education platform suitable for the current actual development needs is designed. There are mainly the functions of the file subsystem, the test subsystem, the exchange subsystem, and the decision-making management support subsystem and so on. The coordination work of each module can reflect the current college students’ mental health levels and the existing problems in a more comprehensive way. The system realizes the archives management, the psychological testing, the psychological communication and the decision-making management by using the modern network technologies. At the same time, the non-functional needs of the students and the teachers should be taken into account as much as possible. The main idea is to put the contents of the drop-down box in the table. The ID naming rule of the table is subtable+ID. The initial table is set to be not displayed. After clicking on “online test”, the contents of the drop-down box are displayed. The icon transformation is to change the icon path after clicking. Set the onclick event to trigger the show (id) function in the JavaScript in the label that displays “online tests”. The show function passes in a drop-down table for display. The selective psychological test is a set of the test papers consisting of several multiple choice questions, each of which has different scores. The examinee chooses each question, and finally calculates the test results of the examinee through an algorithm. This kind of the calculation is also implemented in the JavaScript. Using the JavaScript to achieve the above functions can make the pages more fluent, real-time, dynamic and interactive between the pages and the users. AJAX is a technology used to create the fast dynamic web pages. By exchanging a small amount of the data with the server in the background, AJAX can make the web pages update asynchronously. This means that some parts of the page can be updated without reloading the entire page. AJAX enables the asynchronous refresh of the date options to reduce the unnecessary page overload. Establishing the management platform of college students’ mental health education is the basic link of developing the mental health education in colleges and universities in China, and it is also one of the main tasks of the current management of college students in China. Students’ mental health information can provide certain guidance for the macro-management of the schools, improve the current management levels of the students’ mental health in colleges and universities, and monitor the current students’ mental health levels and their problems from the macro-level, so as to provide the

14

H. Yang

effective guidance for the psychological counseling, consultation and treatment in colleges and universities, and effectively maintain and guarantee the students’ mental health. The mental health education platform for college students will play a great role in the mental health education in colleges and universities, and can achieve a major breakthrough in the mental health education in colleges and universities.

5 Conclusion The implementation of the mental health testing requires the specially trained mental health teachers. The psychological health testing requires the rigorous attitude and the scientific steps. The non-professional teachers fail to notice the importance of the prompts before the tests or some behaviors that affect the students during the tests. All of these will lead to the ineffective or deviated test results, resulting in the huge waste of resources. The results of the affected tests will affect our understanding of the actual mental health of the students. The invalid and affected test results, if conveyed or inadvertently dropped into the hands of the students, will give them the wrong information and suggestions.

References 1. Yang Y (2016) Psychological test and its application in college students’ psychological archives. Lantai World (07):145–146 2. Wang Y, Deng Y, Zhang J, Wang W (2017) Application of the painting art test in college students’ mental health test. Knowl Econ (02):105–106 3. Feng L (2018) Research on the psychological curriculum reform of higher vocational college students based on the psychological testing. J Liaoning High Vocat (06):141–142 4. Lu S (2018) Research and implementation of the platform of the mental health education for college students in the new era. Electron World (07):122–123 5. Liu X, Dong C, Xue Y (2018) Investigation and analysis of the mental health status of higher vocational college students. J Taishan Med Coll (11):110–111

Application of the Computer Aided Language Teaching Based on the Internet in the Business English Teaching Hu Lu(&) School of Foreign Languages, Chengdu University of Information Technology, Chengdu 610025, Sichuan, China [email protected]

Abstract. Because of its own uniqueness of the Business English teaching, the traditional Business English curriculums cannot meet the learners’ requirements. The development of the computer-aided language teaching mode provides the powerful technical support for the Business English teaching. With the rapid development of our society, the application of Business English has entered a new stage. However, throughout its teaching mode, it still stays in the traditional stage of “ear-to-mouth transmission”. Therefore, how to optimize the teaching mode and change the mechanical and outdated teaching appearance has become a subject under the new situation. Keywords: Internet
Computer-assisted language teaching Business English teaching
Application mechanism




1 Advantages of the Computer-Assisted Language Teaching In the computer-assisted language teaching environment, the role of teachers has changed from the simple language knowledge imparters to the teaching organizers, learning instructors and teaching collaborators [1]. Thus stimulate students’ strong interests in learning English, arouse their strong thirst for knowledge, and greatly improve the students’ learning efficiency. In this process, it is necessary to increase the cooperation with business enterprises and issue certain tasks to students. 1.1

The Roles of Both the Teachers and the Students Have Changed

In the process of our teaching, teachers should not only design the teaching modes and tasks, but also stimulate the students’ learning motivation, mobilize the students’ enthusiasms, effectively organize the student-centered classroom activities, give the students more space for their self-development, provide the students with the necessary guidance, and let the students learn to learn and master the learning strategies and methods, to develop their abilities to collect, analyze, research, summarize, and transfer information [2]. Students should also change from the passive receivers of knowledge to the active participants in the learning process and the active constructors of

© Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 15–20, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_3

16

H. Lu

knowledge. In the process of their learning, students are not only the active receivers of the language, but also the active creators of their learning. 1.2

Effective Improvement of the Students’ Learning Efficiency

Psychological researches show that students can memorize 15% of the knowledge acquired from their hearing, and 25% of the knowledge acquired from their vision, and 65% of the knowledge contents can be accepted by the students if they use both methods simultaneously [3]. Through the integration of sounds, images, texts and animations, the computer-assisted language teaching enhances the sensory stimulation of the students and makes the English teaching visualized, three-dimensional and vivid [4]. It not only activates students’ thinking, which is easy to remember and understand the teaching contents, but also makes the students learn with affection and interests. 1.3

Cultivating the Students’ Self-regulated Learning Abilities

Under the computer-aided language teaching environment, teachers provide the students with the individualized, collaborative, modular and hypertext multimedia courseware materials [5]. Students can actively select, process and handle the external information according to their interests, hobbies and needs, and construct the new language knowledge by using the original knowledge structures. This learning process is a process in which students understand their language proficiency, define their learning objectives, implement the effective learning strategies, and evaluate their learning effects [6]. It promotes the cultivation of the students’ autonomous learning abilities. 1.4

The Teaching Contents Are Extremely Rich

The traditional college English teaching is “blackboard + textbooks + tape recorders”, which has a single form and lacks vividness. Using the computer-aided language teaching, teachers can select the audio-visual materials such as pictures, sounds, films and television clips to enrich the contents of the English teaching and improve the students’ interests in learning. The traditional feedback form of the teaching effect has a long period and inaccurate evaluation, while the computer-assisted language teaching can give feedback and solve problems very quickly and perfectly. Teachers can design the examination questions in the network software. When they need the feedback information, they can “authorize” each student on the network. After the students get certain “permission”, they can complete the questions directly in the computers. Teachers can monitor their answering process and the correct rate of any student on the Internet through the “Teacher Machine” in time, and then quickly grasp the correct rate of each question, the correct rate of each person and the correct rate of the whole class at the moment when all the students complete the test, so as to receive the feedback information of the teaching effect completely, accurately and timely. Teachers should take appropriate teaching strategies according to different situations in order to improve the teaching effect.

Application of the Computer Aided Language Teaching

17

2 Misunderstandings of the Computer Network Application in the Business English Teaching Compared with the traditional Business English teaching, the application of the computer network makes the Business English teaching develop towards the personalized learning and the autonomous learning. However, in many Business English teaching classes in colleges and universities, the nature of our teaching has not changed, and it is still a traditional teacher-centered teaching model. Compared with the traditional teaching methods of the blackboard, chalks and tape recorders, there are only more CD-ROMs, computers and networks. The Business English classroom teaching is still a situation of the teachers’ speaking and the students’ listening. Take the text explanations in the Business English teaching as an example. On the one hand, teachers rely too much on the courseware. Teachers often copy the contents of the textbooks completely into the multimedia courseware, and then explain them with the courseware. Even if the students study online after class, the contents of the online version are basically the repetition of the textbook contents, which is of little significance. In this case, it is very difficult to stimulate students’ learning potential, promote students’ autonomous learning and highlight students’ personalized learning. Thus, in many Business English classes of colleges and universities, it is generally believed that the purpose of using computers as the assistant tools in our teaching is to help the teachers improve their teaching methods. Its characteristics are as follows. First, it is the demonstration tool assisting the teachers (the difficulties or the key points). Second, the teaching contents are based on the textbooks. Third, students are the objects of the knowledge inculcated. Fourth, the teaching contents and structures should not be changed. Fifth, it still uses the teacher-centered teaching structure. The computers used in our teaching are thought to enhance the information taught by the teachers because the information is magnified on the screen. Therefore, as a technology, the computer can only play an auxiliary role in enhancing the teaching effect, but cannot really become a tool for people to solve practical problems. Although in our country there are clear provisions for the purpose of the Business English teaching and the standards for training the students, and colleges and universities are constantly carrying out researches and exploration of the Business English teaching, at this stage, due to various reasons, there are still some problems in the Business English teaching in colleges and universities. The main manifestations are as follows. In today’s Business English teaching in colleges and universities in China, there are two modes for the setting of the Business English courses and the arrangement of the class hours. The first mode is to teach Business English in accordance with the traditional English teaching method. Although on the surface it is a business English major, in the actual teaching, the courses offered seldom involve the Business English professional knowledge, but only with some simple foreign trade and economics. Correspondence and Telecommunications courses or some oral courses on the foreign economy and trade should be replaced. This mode has been widely used in the Business English teaching in colleges and universities in China, which makes the Business English major too narrow in terms of the learning knowledge and cannot meet the social requirements for their professional skills.

18

H. Lu

The teaching mode has an important influence on the improvement of students’ learning abilities, as well as the teaching of Business English. However, in today’s Business English teaching in China, there is a problem that the traditional teaching mode does not meet the requirements of today’s business activities. There are many colleges and universities that take the traditional English professional curriculum teaching mode as the benchmark in their teaching of Business English, and they carry out the “full-house irrigation” teaching. In the entire teaching process, teachers often occupy the entire stage, and students are only passively accepting the knowledge of Business English. On the one hand, it is difficult to arouse students’ interests in their learning, resulting in the low learning efficiency. On the other hand, it is also difficult for students to present their own views, and it is unable to cultivate students’ ability to solve some Business English problems.

3 The Application Mechanisms of the Computer-Assisted Language Teaching Based on the Internet in Business English Teaching It is more scientific to determine the directions of changing the teaching objectives of Business English according to the knowledge that Business English majors should possess and the language competence requirements of the social needs. Business English majors should take the theory of the linguistic economics as the main line. Besides listening, speaking, reading, writing and translation, students should also be familiar with the basic knowledge of the international business. Moreover, the cultivation of their English communicative competence is also the most important, because Business English learners should have the ability to actually operate the international business. At the same time, we should also be familiar with the working process of the relevant professional posts, so as to lay a good foundation for adapting to the needs of the surrounding export-oriented economic development. Thirdly, infiltrate and cultivate the students’ linguistic and cultural connotations. The vocabulary size is indispensable in the language learning, but the cultural background knowledge is a non-linguistic factor that cannot be ignored. Introducing the background knowledge related to the business activities in our teaching can not only increase students’ interests in the courses, but also help to strengthen their understandings of the knowledge they have learned, and cultivate their ability of the crosscultural communication. This is also one of the goals of the Business English teaching. The basic knowledge of Business English is the first element of Business English communicative competence and the basis of Business English communicative competence. Without the knowledge of the foreign cultures and humanities, it is difficult to express our thoughts and feelings accurately in English. There are great differences between the Chinese and the western languages and cultures. Only when students have a thorough understanding of the western cultures can they realize the differences between them and avoid misunderstandings and communication barriers in their practical work. Moreover, the Business English teaching is not isolated, but should fully expand students’ horizons, so that they can fully understand the cultural

Application of the Computer Aided Language Teaching

19

background of the English-speaking countries, pay attention to the cultural taboos of different countries, and learn the etiquette of the transnational business contacts and so on, so as to promote the international business contacts. In the practical teaching, it is mainly on the basis of cultivating students’ Basic English skills, gradually infiltrating the business English knowledge, so as to improve the students’ practical application abilities and achieve the combination of the language skills and the professional skills. The setting of this course is a gradual and progressive process, and the difficulty is gradually increased in the later stage, and the professional knowledge added is more complex. The middle span of the whole textbook arrangement is relatively large, and it is difficult in learning, and the teachers’ teaching pressure is relatively large. In this case, the task-driven teaching method can be used. According to the characteristics of the Business English teaching contents, teachers can also collect the information materials about trade, finance, laws, news, and science and technology, and make our teaching courseware with the Business English characteristics. On the one hand, according to the teaching progress, business vocabulary, terminology, set sentences and writing skills should be the focus of our teaching. On the other hand, students should be allowed to participate in the design of the courseware independently. This makes the whole courseware moderately difficult, and at the same time the texts, languages, audios and videos can form a three-dimensional space, form a harmonious learning atmosphere, and mobilize students’ interests in their learning. In addition, the prominence of the teachers’ comprehensive qualities is also an example of the students’ learning, which can easily stimulate students’ enthusiasms. Teachers’ humorous and interesting teaching language and passionate teaching attitudes are also the effective means to stimulate students’ interests in their learning. With the development of the information technology and the wide application of computers, great changes have taken place in the foreign language teaching. The multimedia technology is used to design a new, interactive and personalized language teaching process. It increases the output of the teachers’ information and creates a more vivid language learning environment, thus greatly improving the teaching efficiency and quality. Combining with the Business English teaching examples, this paper discusses the values of the computer-aided language teaching based on the Internet in the Business English teaching. Finally, make full use of the modern scientific and technological means and the multimedia teaching technology to enrich the classroom teaching activities, and show the students rich and colorful and lively business contacts. Through the multimedia technology, simulate the actual activities of the business contacts, close the distance between the students and the society, and improve students’ interests in learning Business English. The computer multimedia technologies can present the teaching contents in a multi-dimensional way, with rich pictures, texts and sounds. It integrates the vision, listening, speaking and translation into one, forming an attractive classroom atmosphere, which can mobilize students’ senses in an all-round way, generate good interactive interests in the classroom learning, and improve the students’ interests and efficiency in their learning.

20

H. Lu

4 Conclusion In the Business English teaching, generally speaking, the requirements for the English teachers are relatively high. English teachers need not only the profound knowledge of English and professional qualities, but also the practical experience in the business work, so that they can combine the theories with the practice in their teaching to improve students’ English, and at the same time, improve their Business English application abilities. However, there is still a serious shortage of such teachers in colleges and universities in China. More Business English teachers are either the only foreign language teachers or the teachers of the management subjects. Acknowledgment. (1) This research is financially supported by Web Culture Project Sponsored by the Humanities and Social Science Research Base of the Sichuan Provincial Education Department, English Language Study on Cross-border E-commerce Websites, Grant NO. WLWH17-30. (2) This research is financially supported by Scientific and Research Project sponsored by Chengdu University of Information Technology, The SWOT Analysis on the Translation of Sichuan Folk Culture in the Belt and Road, Grant NO. CRFYY1708.

References 1. Song M (2018) Research on the business english comprehensive textbook based on hutchinson and waters evaluation theory – take business advantage (upper-intermediate) as an example. Educ Mod (07):52–53 2. Jiang X (2017) A cross-cultural perspective on the business English translation strategies. Friends Acc (12):124–125 3. Ouyang Y, Ouyang H, Shi Y (2018) Applied research of the computer-assisted language teaching in the business English interpretation teaching. J Hubei Corresp Univ (10):110–111 4. Liu Y, Song X (2018) The design of the mixed collaborative teaching of business English in higher vocational colleges under the environment of the “Internet +”. Engl Sq (10):14–15 5. Long X, Wang Z, Yin M (2018) Applied research of the network learning community in the business English oral english teaching. J Mudanjiang Coll Educ (10):122–123 6. Bao W, Zhou H, Xie F (2017) An optimal design of web based online English teaching by using struts framework. Boletin Tecnico/Tech Bull 55(10):58–63

Computer Application Technology in Enterprise Informatization Yanying Wei(&) Guangxi College for Preschool Education, Baise 531400, Guangxi, China [email protected]

Abstract. With the rapid development of our society and the economy, the competitions among enterprises are becoming fiercer and fiercer. In order to take the lead in the fiercely competitive market economy, enterprises must keep pace with the times and constantly introduce the advanced technologies to improve their core competitiveness. Through the enterprise informatization, enterprises have achieved the remarkable results in improving their working qualities, working efficiency and controlling cost expenditure. In this context, the application of the computer application technologies in the enterprise informatization is analyzed to a certain extent, in order to promote enterprises to strengthen the construction of informatization, and then better respond to the latest challenges faced by enterprises under the background of the rapid development of the modern economy. Keywords: Computer application technology
Enterprise
Information construction
Application
Core competitiveness

With the rapid development of the information technologies, people have entered the information age. Under the background of the new era, the major global enterprises pay more and more attention to improving their product quality, improving their service levels, controlling their operating costs and realizing the efficient enterprise management, which in turn improved the flexibility of the enterprise response in the market. In this context, enterprises must constantly strengthen the construction of the information technologies, and accelerate the application of the computer application technologies in the enterprise production, management, operation and many other aspects. Integrating the computer application technologies into the enterprise information construction is the inevitable trend of the enterprise development and reform under the demand of the modern economic development.

1 Summary of the Enterprise Informatization 1.1

Connotation of the Enterprise Informatization

The so-called enterprise informationization refers to the application of the integrated information resource framework to the enterprise resource allocation through the system integration based on the advanced management theories and the application of © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 21–26, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_4

22

Y. Wei

modern technologies. Generally speaking, the enterprise informationization is to apply the computer technologies and the database technologies to centralize the management of all the information resources in our production, operation and management of the enterprises on the basis of the conventional operations, so as to promote the efficient circulation of the information resources within the enterprises. The core goal of the enterprise informationization is to improve the quality and efficiency of the enterprise management by applying the computer application technologies scientifically, reasonably and effectively, continuously improve the levels of automation, effectively control the enterprise costs, and then achieve the higher enterprise benefits [1]. 1.2

The Present Situation of the Enterprise Informatization

With the rapid development of the computer technologies, the computer technologies have the tremendous impact and changes on people’s work and daily life. According to the 41st Statistical Report on the Development of Internet in China published by China Internet Information Center in January 2018, the number of the Internet users in China reached 772 million by December 2017, up 5.6% compared with that in 2016. The number of the domain names of “.CN” in China reached 2.85 million, up 5.5% compared with that in 2016, and the number of the Internet companies listed at home and abroad reached 102. From January to November 2017, the total revenue of the ecommerce platform reached 218.8 billion Yuan, with an increase of 43% over the same period last year. Throughout 2017, China’s Internet economic environment is developing well, and the e-commerce is constantly innovating in the service mode and the technological form. In the field of B2B, through the application of the big data technology, the cloud computing technology and other technologies, the B2B e-commerce enterprises have realized the service mode of “industry chain + supply chain finance”, which greatly improves the business transaction rate. In the field of B2C, the network retail, represented by the unmanned convenience stores, the unmanned restaurants and the unmanned office shelves, constantly leads the innovation and reform of the entire industry forms and technologies. In addition, through the application of the computer technologies, the traditional business of enterprises is constantly changing their shapes and the technological innovation, and the AR technology, the virtual fitting room and other new technologies and new products are effectively promoting the transformation and upgrading of the offline business services [2, 3].

2 Analysis of the Application of the Computer Application Technology in the Enterprise Informatization 2.1

Application of the Computer Application Technology in the Enterprise Internal Management

Group Control The computer technology is widely used in the internal management of enterprises, and the types of the technologies used are also very rich. Firstly, through the application of

Computer Application Technology in Enterprise Informatization

23

the computer application technologies, enterprises can achieve the levels of automation in the internal office. Especially for the large-scale enterprises, their organizational structure is often multi-level, which has higher requirements for the enterprise informatization. In addition to the top-down omni-directional business management, we are also to achieve the bottom-up data and information collection. Through the application of the computer application technologies, enterprises can easily solve this problem. On the basis of guaranteeing the independence of the individual applications, enterprises can realize the centralized management needs, and meet the multi-level management of enterprises and the management and control of the parent and the subsidiary companies. Human Resource Management In the daily business process of enterprises, the human resource management has a very critical significance. In the human resource management, through the application of the computer technologies, the enterprise human resource management can achieve the timely integration of the data and information and the intelligent analysis, and then obtain the specific operating conditions of various departments of the enterprises, which is conducive to the enterprise decision-making departments to timely understand the specific situations of the enterprises, and to make a major strategy or the risk prevention ability with a higher keen observation abilities. Data Management Through the application of the computer technologies, enterprises can achieve the comprehensive and efficient collection, analysis, integration and processing of the information resources, which provides the important basis for the enterprise managers to make the important decisions, and promote the enterprise decision-making to be highly scientific, rational and accurate. In the internal management of the enterprises, the widely used computer application technologies include the data management technology, the data mining technology, the database security technology, the resource planning technology and the transaction processing system. These technologies play a great role in the daily management of the enterprises, which effectively promotes the realization of the office automation. Taking the data mining technology as an example, the enterprise information construction includes the information maintenance, the information diagnosis, and the information supervision and so on, which all need to rely on the data mining technology. For example, the data mining technology can realize the data information mining both inside and outside the enterprises when organizing the information. Among them, the data information inside the enterprises includes the data information in the daily process of the enterprise research and development, the production, the sales and the management. By applying the data mining technology, the enterprises can integrate these data into the enterprise database. The data information package outside the enterprises includes the market dynamics, the customer preferences, the behavior patterns, the competitors’ business situations and other data information. Through the data mining, we can provide the strong support for the enterprise management to make the accurate decisions [4].

24

2.2

Y. Wei

Application of the Computer Application Technology in the Enterprise Supply Chain Management

The enterprise supply chain management is of great significance to the enterprise management. The environment of purchasing the raw materials, storing the products, transporting the products, the production processing and the product sales all exist in the enterprise supply chain [5]. The main subjects of the supply chain include the suppliers, the producers, the service providers and the customers. Through the application of the computer application technology, the cooperative communication between the producers, the suppliers and the enterprises is no longer limited by the time and the space. Through the e-commerce cooperation mode, the traditional supply chain mode has been replaced, which makes the production and operation efficiency of the enterprises improved qualitatively. 2.3

Application of the Computer Application Technology in the Enterprise Production

The production environment in the enterprises is directly related to the healthy and long-term development of the enterprises. In order to continuously strengthen the construction of the enterprise informatization, enterprises should make full use of the computer application technology in their production links. It can not only monitor the production dynamics in the real time, but also realize the automatic production, thereby greatly improving the production efficiency and improving the production quality of the enterprises. For example, when the enterprise carries on the batch production line, it can carry out the real-time monitoring by applying many technologies such as the microelectronics and the network. At the same time, it can perfect the production management and the product quality inspection by applying the computer application technologies such as CAD and CAM [6, 7]. 2.4

Application of the Computer Application Technology in the Enterprise Information Link

Under the background of the dynamic market economy system, if enterprises blindly follow the traditional supply mode, it will not only lead to the disconnection between the enterprises and the market economy, but also hinder the further development of the enterprises. Therefore, enterprises should make full use of the computer application technology, actively join the ranks of the modern economic development enterprises, and constantly strengthen the enterprise’s raw material procurement, the product processing, the product transportation, the product sales and the after-sales services and other aspects of the information construction, to create a scientific, perfect and effective production supply chain [8]. For example, enterprises can make full use of the existing network resource sharing platform, strengthen their brand publicity, realize the organic combination of the online and the offline sales, and then continuously improve the economic benefits of the enterprises. At present, the popular network resource sharing platform includes Alibaba, JD.COM, Taobao, and Vipshop.com and so on. In the information age, in order to meet the needs of the modern economic development,

Computer Application Technology in Enterprise Informatization

25

enterprises should make full use of the computer application technology and constantly improve their production supply chain, so as to continuously improve their competitiveness in the fiercely competitive market and achieve the sustainable development of the enterprises [9].

3 Analysis on the Countermeasure of Enhancing the Informatization Construction in Enterprises 3.1

Strengthen the Construction of the Talented Personnel in Enterprises

In the process of the enterprise development, people are always in the leading position, and the competition among enterprises is the competition of talents in the final analysis. Therefore, the level of the computer application of the employees and the mastery of the relevant knowledge of the computer application technology directly affect the accuracy and authenticity of the enterprise operation. On the one hand, because the enterprise information system integrates many contents, such as the internal technology knowledge, the computer application technology knowledge, and the enterprise cultures and so on, enterprises should strive to introduce the compound computer professionals when strengthening the construction of the personnel team. On the other hand, in order to continuously improve the levels of the computer application technology mastery of the enterprise employees, enterprises should regularly provide the comprehensive training guidance for the informationization personnel, such as arranging the pre-job training, conducting the regular work exchanges, and inviting the relevant technical experts for the technical guidance, and so on [9]. 3.2

Continuous Improvement of the Enterprise Information Management System

Under the background of the information age, because of the openness of the network, the enterprise information system is easy to leak and lose the information because of the influence of the system loopholes, virus attacks, hacker activities and other factors. In order to effectively guarantee the safe operation of enterprises, enterprises need to constantly improve the enterprise information management system, and then continuously improve the management of the entire system of enterprises. For example, enterprises can set up the data encryption system, the important document backup system, and the system regular maintenance management system and so on. By constantly establishing a series of systems to strengthen the enterprise information management, we can ensure the data security and stability, to avoid the information leakage and losses. 3.3

Construction of the Enterprise Information Security Mechanism

In order to achieve the long-term, healthy and all-round development, enterprises must build a practical enterprise information security mechanism, and constantly improve the enterprise information security mechanism by combining the traditional security

26

Y. Wei

experience and the risk management and control experience. For example, enterprises can continuously improve the computer security emergency plans which are caused by the system vulnerabilities, the virus infection, and the hacker attacks, and so on by building the technology security mechanism, the data encryption mechanism, the data flow mechanism and so on, to ensure the security, confidentiality and stability of the enterprise information data, which is conducive to the long-term and the stable development of the enterprises.

4 Conclusion In summary, in order to better integrate with the national market, enterprises must timely update their business management concepts, strengthen the construction of the enterprise informatization, make full use of the computer application technologies, and constantly promote the high efficiency, high quality and all-round development of the enterprises. In the process of applying the computer technologies to strengthen the information construction, enterprises should apply the computer application technologies to the internal management, the supply chain management, the production links and the information supply chain, which is conducive to effectively optimize the information resource sharing and achieve the economic development with the times.

References 1. Lin H (2018) Explore the impact of the computer application technology on the enterprise informatization. Comput Fan (09):4 2. Cai Z (2018) Analysis of the impact of the computer application technology on the enterprise informatization. Comput Fan (06):232 3. Zhou Z (2018) Discussing the application of the computer application technology in the enterprise informatization. China New Telecommun 20(03):118 4. Zhang G (2017) A brief analysis of the computer application technology in the enterprise informatization. Pers Resour Dev (04):98 5. Lu F (2016) Application of the computer application technology in the enterprise informatization. Electron Technol Softw Eng (24):161 6. Chen Q (2016) Analysis of the impact of the computer application technology on the enterprise informatization. Telecommunications (16):57 7. Cui Y (2016) The influence of the computer application technology on the enterprise informatization process and the information security. Pract Netw Secur Technol (04):104–106 8. Chen Z, Yu W (2015) A brief analysis of the impact of the computer application technology on the enterprise informatization. Sci Technol 25(32):18 9. Fu H (2015) Research on the promoting role of the computer application technology in the enterprise informatization. China Comput Commun (Theor Edn) (14):46–47

Applying Computer Network Technologies in File Management of Colleges and Universities Yang Yang(&) Shandong Women’s University, Jinan 250300, Shandong, China [email protected]

Abstract. The traditional means of the file management in colleges and universities can no longer meet the needs of colleges and universities in the information age. It is necessary to reform and upgrade the traditional file management. Both in the theories and in the technologies, the informationization reform of the university file management will greatly affect the development of the informationization construction of the university file management. Therefore, the application of the computer network information technologies in the university file management and the transformation of the information technologies are of great significance to the university file management. Keywords: Computer
Network technology Application mechanism


University file management


The file management in colleges and universities mainly refers to the reorganization, editing and preservation of all kinds of the information data and documents generated in the educational activities of colleges and universities, thus providing a service of the resource reuse for the information retrieval of the teachers and the students in colleges and universities [1]. The rapid development of the information technology, represented by the computer network technologies, has accelerated the transformation of the university file management mode.

1 Application Values of the Computer Network Technologies in the File Management of Colleges and Universities The application values of the computer network technologies in the university file management are reflected in different aspects. From the following aspects, the application values of the computer network technologies in the university file management are analyzed, such as improving the integrity of the file records, enhancing the security of the file management, and promoting the construction of the university file information.

© Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 27–33, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_5

28

1.1

Y. Yang

Improve the Integrity of the Case Records

The computer network technology is very helpful to improve the integrity of the files. The rational application of the information technologies and the big data technology is the focus of the file management in colleges and universities [2]. The rational application of these advanced technologies will help to preserve the wealth of the information generated by the teaching and the scientific researches in colleges and universities, and can provide the necessary theoretical support for the future research work [3]. Secondly, considering the importance of the file secrecy, it is also important for the staff to use the computer network technologies to strengthen the records and management of the files. Therefore, the combination of the two can help colleges and universities further deepen the teaching reform [4]. To sum up, it is of great practical significance to do a good job in the development and utilization of the university files at this stage. 1.2

Enhance the Security of the File Management

The computer network technologies can effectively enhance the security of the file management. The computer network technologies have the strong confidentiality and interactivity, so the staff needs to use them according to the working conditions of the colleges and universities. Only in this way can the information and data in the university files be used by people, and the maximum value of the data and information can be brought into play in the process of the teaching and the scientific research services in colleges and universities. Secondly, when using the computer network technologies, the file managers should improve the information security concept of the teachers and the staffs to the greatest extent, and use the advanced systems including the anti-virus software and the firewall system for the particularity of the file security work, so as to ensure the security and integrity of the file calendar work. In addition, technicians need to focus on the construction of the technical systems when enhancing the security of the file management [5]. Only in this way can they improve the ability of the intrusion prevention, and at the same time further strengthen the anti-virus technical support work, so as to lay a good foundation for the smooth progress of the file management in colleges and universities. 1.3

Promote the Construction of the File Informatization in Colleges and Universities

The computer network technology can further promote the information construction of the university files. The scanning technology and the detection system are indispensable in the safety management of the university file management. In this process, the staff should change the passive information protection into the active information management, so that the system can immediately inform the network managers through an alarm device when it finds problems or the virus intrusion on the network, so as to make the targeted information prevention work. In addition, technicians should improve the password guarantee system of the file database when promoting the construction of the file informatization, and ensure the confidentiality of the

Applying Computer Network Technologies

29

information by using the advanced modern passwords, while ensuring the integrity and controllability of the information, which can ultimately significantly improve the overall efficiency of the file informatization management.

2 The Characteristics of the File Management in Colleges and Universities The historical characteristics of our country determine that the work of the file management has the characteristics of richness, complexity and diversity. We should make full use of these advantages in the work of the file management so as to promote the smooth progress of the work. 2.1

The Contents of the University Files Are Rich

The file management in colleges and universities includes many aspects, such as the teaching management, the classroom management, the administration, the Party affair management, the educational administration, the scientific research management, the logistics management, and the training base management and so on. In this process, a large number of the documents will be produced. These files reflect the files formed within different business areas of different functional departments, such as systems, instructions, requests, reports, plans and materials and documents recorded in different meetings and activities. In the scientific research and the related cultural creation activities of universities, there are also related files such as the research manuscripts, the project results, the research papers, and the writings and so on, which can be called the resource bank of the daily work of universities, which covers the relatively rich contents. 2.2

The Complexity of the File Management in Colleges and Universities

The files of colleges and universities come from a wide range of sources, including not only the contents of the daily work of the functional departments within the colleges and universities, but also the documents and materials of the higher authorities and the similar institutions and the scientific research institutes at home and abroad. These files determine to some extent the complexity of the file management of colleges and universities. The types of the university files can be divided into the following categories. The first-level files: The Party and mass files can reflect the current situation of the Party and the mass work management, and the administrative files are the indirect reflections of the university administrative work. In addition, they also include the teaching files and the equipment files reflecting the teaching activities and the equipment conditions, and then they are divided into different categories according to the specific needs of the university file management work. The hierarchical levels can be further divided into the second-level files and the third-level files.

30

2.3

Y. Yang

The Arrangement of the Teaching Files in Colleges and Universities Is Periodic and Professional

Colleges and universities take the semester as the division of the teaching stages, and the original files are generated periodically. Most of the file management in colleges and universities are summarized and sorted out according to the semester, and the files formed have the strong periodicity. Students in colleges and universities will form certain commonalities, and different departments in colleges and universities have the strong specialty. In addition, different teaching activities will have certain differences, so that the file management has the strong professionalism and scientificity. 2.4

The File Carriers in Colleges and Universities Are Diversified

The carriers of the file information in colleges and universities have the characteristics of diversity. The traditional files mostly use the paper materials as the carriers. With the arrival of the information age and the rapid development and popularization of the network technologies, the dominant position of the paper carriers has a downward trend. In order to improve the efficiency of the file management and consider the influence of the factors such as the storage of the time and the environment, the most popular file carriers such as tapes, CD-ROMs, disks and films are becoming more and more popular in universities with the high popularization of the technologies. And the ways of the record, transmission and expression of the file related contents are quite different from the traditional ways.

3 Problems in the File Management in Colleges and Universities 3.1

Lack of Attention to the File Management

The files of colleges and universities mainly consist of the paper files. The large number and the variety of the files bring some difficulties to the file management. Because colleges and universities do not attach enough importance to the file management and invest enough in the file management, the file managers can only collect and sort out a large number of the files, and they simply have no time and energy to excavate the file information resources, resulting in the serious waste of the file resources. 3.2

Lagging of the File Management Means

Although many university file management departments have equipped the corresponding modern management equipment to achieve the computer network management, in the actual management process, there are also serious shortcomings in the file management. The main file database is mainly the entry database, and the full-text database and the multimedia database are inadequate, and the number of records, CDROMs and other carriers is very small. In the modern network environment, this management mode cannot meet the various needs of users, and is not conducive to the smooth development of various kinds of the work.

Applying Computer Network Technologies

3.3

31

The Quality of the Archivists Is not High

The efficient file management is a professional work, which requires the file managers to have certain professional knowledge and skills. However, due to the lack of the attention paid to the file management in colleges and universities, the allocation of the file managers is relatively arbitrary, and the file managers have not received the systematic and professional training, and their professional qualities and skills are not high. The modern computer network technology is not well understood, and the skilled operational skills are not mastered, and the roles of the files cannot be fully played, leading to the emergence of the serious waste of the file resources. 3.4

The File Management Means Do Not Adapt to the Rapid Development of Our Modern Society

With the rapid development of the information technologies and the rapid improvement of the social information, the file management is facing great challenges. The traditional management mode has greatly hindered the development of the files. Therefore, we must change the traditional management ideas and methods in order to adapt to the new requirements of the information society. At present, although many university file management departments have been equipped with the corresponding modern management equipment and are gradually implementing the computer network management, there are also serious shortcomings in the actual file management. The construction of the file database is mainly based on the catalogue database, and the construction of the full-text database and the multimedia database is not perfect, and the file of the audio-visual, physical and other carriers are also inadequate. The quantity is very small. In the modern computer network environment, the traditional management mode cannot meet the needs of various users, and is not conducive to the smooth development of the higher educational work.

4 Application of the Computer Network Technology in the File Management of Colleges and Universities 4.1

Establish a Modern Concept of the File Management Based on the Utilization

The use of the computer information makes the file service work faster and more convenient. The files of colleges and universities should be based on the service concept of the “user utilization”, establish the concept of the computer-based file management, change the traditional management mode, fully realize the importance of using the computer network technologies in the file management, and gradually realize the networking, informatization and digitalization of the file management. 4.2

Establish a Perfect File Management Mechanism

The cornerstone of the scientific file management in colleges and universities is the file management mechanism. The file administrators in colleges and universities must

32

Y. Yang

strictly adhere to the principles of the management systems, strengthen the supervision and control of the schools and play the role of the education and incentives, and scientifically adjust the staffing of the file workers to lay the foundation for the realization of the scientific management of the files. Establish and improve the management mechanism of the filing work in colleges and universities, improve the management mechanisms of the files in colleges and universities according to the current relevant file laws, and promote the development process of the file undertakings. Establish a scientific and reasonable file management system to ensure the coordinated development of all aspects of the file collection, collation, filing, storage and utilization, establish the corresponding file system, and encourage the managers to improve their professional accomplishments. In order to realize the scientific development goal of the file management in colleges and universities in China, a team of the file management with the excellent scientific qualities should be established to improve the levels of the file management in colleges and universities. 4.3

Improve the Management Levels and Service Abilities of the File Managers

In order to do a good job in the file management, it is necessary for the file managers to set up the active service concepts, strengthen the service consciousness and improve the management and service levels. The quality and efficiency of the file management depends directly on the quality and ability of the file managers. Therefore, colleges and universities must establish a team of the file management with the excellent professional qualities and the strong information technologies. In addition to the basic operating skills and abilities of the file management, the file managers need to master the modern file management techniques, such as the scientific and accurate collection, classification and the paper formation of a large number of the university files by the computer programs. In addition, the file managers should be trained to use the computer terminals, the data entry, the database construction, and the network management and the network security skills to adapt to the continuous development of the file management technologies. The high-quality personnel team will provide the strong intellectual support and the personnel guarantee for improving the scientific levels of the file management. 4.4

Perfect the File Information Library of Colleges and Universities and Fully Apply the Computer Network Technologies in the File Management

The college file information database should be further improved to ensure the effective management and the full use of the file information. The reasonable classification of the archival information can ensure the effective extraction of the archival information. We should pay full attention to and improve the maintenance of the file information database, and set up the regular updating and checking of the file information to ensure the security of the file information, to realize the effective service of the file information as a starting point, and to achieve the full and effective use of the file information. Using the computer network technologies to improve the levels of the file collection,

Applying Computer Network Technologies

33

machining, processing and utilization also promotes the utilization efficiency of the file resources, and promotes the active and orderly development of the file management in colleges and universities.

5 Conclusion With the rapid development of our society, the computer network technology is also accelerating the pace of its development, widely used in many fields, and playing an important role. In the university file management, the application effect of the computer network technologies is good, which speeds up the process of the file management to the informationization. In the school management, the university file management is one of the most important tasks. The computer network technologies can manage the files more efficiently and scientifically. With the application of the computer network technologies, the file information retrieval mode is convenient and intellectualized, and the file management information network is speeded up, and the file information resources in colleges and universities are shared.

References 1. Bi D (2016) On the application of the computer network in the file management of colleges and universities. Electron Technol Softw Eng (07):145–146 2. Lu H (2017) Application of the computer network technologies in the file management of colleges and universities. Value Eng (05):105–106 3. Huang M (2017) A brief analysis of the application of the computer network technologies in the file management of colleges and universities. Hum Resour Manage (12):141–142 4. Liu R (2018) Computer network technologies for optimizing the teaching management in colleges and universities. Inf Technol Inf (04):122–123 5. Liang X (2018) The roles and the practice of the computer network technologies in the file management. E-Commerce (09):110–111

Incorporating Mobile Multimedia in School Student Management Xiuyan Meng(&) Zhengzhou University of Science and Technology, Zhengzhou 450064, Henan, China [email protected]

Abstract. Under the new situation, the information management has gradually become the focus of the school management. With the increase of the students in schools, the burden of the student management becomes heavier. To this end, strengthening the design and research of the school management system and improving the efficiency of the student management have become the focus of the school development. At present, with the development of the big data technology, the management of college students also needs the corresponding changes. Based on the student management, this paper analyzes the current situation and the existing problems of the student information management, and expounds the principles and effective ways of developing the student management information construction, which can effectively promote the modernization of the student management. Keywords: Mobile multimedia
School student management Application analysis
Information technology




With the rapid development of the network technology, the new media technology and the new communication media, the world has entered the era of the Internet. “Internet +” is a new form of the Internet development [1]. It has quickly integrated with the traditional industries, and has produced many new industrial forms. Universities, as the place where young people gather with the active thinking, the knowledge intensive and the network use, are directly and profoundly influenced by the Internet. In the context of the Internet, improving the levels of the student management has become a serious issue for educators.

1 The Connotation and Advantages of the Mobile Multimedia The mobile multimedia has all the functions of the traditional multimedia, and can accomplish the multimedia teaching tasks excellently. At the same time, the portability, usability and scalability of the mobile multimedia determine that it has more extensive application space than the traditional multimedia equipment [2]. More noteworthy is that the mobile multimedia equipment can be easily used between classes. Compared with the traditional multimedia, a set of the mobile multimedia equipment can meet the © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 34–39, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_6

Incorporating Mobile Multimedia in School Student Management

35

requirements of the multi-class multimedia teaching, and can save a lot of the equipment purchase, maintenance and using costs [3]. It is the multimedia teaching equipment in line with China’s national conditions, and especially the actual situation. It can be seen from this that the mobile multimedia has all the functions of the traditional multimedia, and can accomplish the multimedia teaching tasks well. At the same time, the portability, usability and expansibility of the mobile multimedia determine that it has more extensive application space than the traditional multimedia equipment. More importantly, the mobile multimedia devices can be easily used between classes [4]. Therefore, compared with the traditional multimedia, the investment of a set of the mobile multimedia equipment can not only meet the requirements of the multi-class multimedia teaching, but also save a lot of the equipment purchase, maintenance and use costs. This is the multimedia teaching equipment in line with China’s national conditions, and especially the actual situations of the rural primary and secondary schools.

2 Analysis of the Appeal of the School Students’ Management Activities The teaching management includes the management of the teaching objectives and the process, as well as the management of the teachers and the students. The task of the teaching management is to formulate the school’s teaching plans and strengthen the administrative management of the teaching affairs [5]. In the setting of the teaching goals and tasks, teachers can set different learning goals and contents according to the different levels of students. By using the multimedia learning software, each student can find their own learning goals and contents. In teaching, students show different levels of understandings and mastery of the knowledge, but the methods of the class teaching require the teachers to teach according to the mastery of most students. This problem can be well solved by using the multimedia teaching software. For those students who have better mastery and need further promotion, they can search for the higher-level learning plans and contents in the network. For those who fail to grasp the learning contents in the classrooms, they can also search the courseware for the teachers in the classrooms in the network to further consolidate the learning contents in the classrooms. The administrative management of the educational administration includes the financial and personnel management of the schools, which is unified by the network management, making the web page format, establishing the school’s portal website, and organizing the school’s student information files and the teacher’s information files into several small systems according to different standards, so that the staff of the schools can carry out various management in the multimedia. Teachers can also use the multimedia technology for the long-distance meetings. Many teachers with the strong teaching and research abilities may be distributed all over the country. If they want to hold a teaching seminar, they may have to travel a long distance in the past. Now these teachers can discuss and analyze their teaching with colleagues who are thousands of miles away without leaving home, which brings great convenience and breaks the restriction of the time and space to makes the education staffs get better information exchanges and communication.

36

X. Meng

3 The Application Values of the Mobile Multimedia in the School Student Management The student work managers use the mobile campus network to realize the office automation and paperless. They can deal with the student management work at any time or place, which greatly improves their working efficiency. More importantly, the mobile campus network has greatly broadened the channels of the student work management system and has innovated the ways and the media of the student work management. 3.1

Strengthen the Communication Between Teachers and Students

QQ, Blogs and Forums based on the mobile campus network make the communication between the teachers and the students closer and smoother. QQ, Blog, MSN, BBS and SMS and so on are the information platforms commonly used by the students nowadays. Using this platform, we can understand the brand-new information and disseminate various kinds of the information. They have the interaction and flexibility that the traditional media do not have, and are more acceptable to the modern students. The class QQ group is the most commonly used platform to strengthen the daily management of the class. The college requires each class to establish its own class QQ group, and the head teacher must join it. Blogs, forums, QQ and other online chatting tools have brought the new interactive platforms and the communication channels to people. These interactive platforms and communication channels, with their personalized design, provide more and more convenient services for people’s communication and exchanges. They have become an important way for people to communicate in the information society and a brand-new way for the teachers and the students to communicate with each other through the mobile campus network. 3.2

Understand the Students’ Real Thoughts

Based on the homepages, the message books and the mailboxes of the mobile campus network, the communication with the students is more direct. The students’ management departments set up the homepages, in which the message books, the employment information and other columns are very popular with the students, and about 700 people click on the questions every day. Through the E-mail, students can talk directly with the dean, reflect the problems in the college management, tell their opinions and puzzles, and put forward suggestions for the improvement of the college management. This way of communication not only shortens the distance between the dean and the students, but also enhances the feelings between the teachers and the students. It also provides a platform for the students to express different views and opinions. Students can freely reflect their own voices in the mailboxes and messages, pour out their own thoughts, ease their discontent, and release their inner pressure. As a manager, you can also hear the students’ truth. In this way, it also provides an opportunity for the teachers to understand the students’ inner world, and to find out some problems in time, to give the timely guidance, to solve their ideological problems as soon as possible, and to prevent them from happening in the future.

Incorporating Mobile Multimedia in School Student Management

3.3

37

Play the Guiding Role of the Public Opinions

The mobile campus network can better play the role of the public opinion guidance of the campus TV stations and broadcasting stations. The Institute has increased investment, and added and updated a large number of facilities and equipment to ensure the normal operation of the campus television stations and radio stations, firmly grasped the guiding role of this propaganda position, and used the camera to broadcast and publicize some harmful acts affecting the school atmosphere in time, which not only supervises the students, but also urges the formation of the students’ good behavioral habits, and guides the students to make positive progress. Through the mobile campus network, the colleges can update the latest trends of the state and the society, the latest working situations of the colleges, various activity notices and other information daily, and announces them to the students, so that they can know something about them. It plays an important role in promoting the construction of the school styles, the class styles and the learning styles. Using the mobile campus network, we can grasp the guidance of the public opinions, make the ways of propaganda more innovative, faster, more flexible and vivid, and more attractive to the students, and ensure the impact of the information propaganda timely and in place. 3.4

Application of the Information Resource Libraries and the Video On-Demand System in Serving the Students

By introducing the VOD video on demand learning system, the college will use the compression technology to make various multimedia teaching information containing images and sounds, such as the PowerPoint files, the quality courses, and the multimedia courseware and so on into the optional and the operable formats such as VCD, DVD, and RM and so on. Put these kinds of the courseware in the digital teaching resource database, and establish a complete set of the teaching resource information database. Through the mobile campus network as a support, transmit the multimedia textbooks and the material production or browsing for the teachers and the students to download and upload. A large number of the materials, such as the students’ daily English learning, have been placed to provide the learning materials for the students’ self-improvement. Students can use the computers and the handheld mobile devices connected with the VOD server network, and call the contents in the VOD server for the autonomous learning according to their interests and hobbies at any time.

4 Application of the Mobile Multimedia in the School Student Management The campus management service system developed in this paper strengthens the management of the school safety for the primary and the secondary school students through the identification technology of the radio frequency card, the mobile phone short message service platform technology, the computer information processing technology, the video surveillance technology and the network communication technology, and keeps in touch with the students’ parents by the short messages at any

38

X. Meng

time. The short message value-added service is a service platform based on the application and development of the value-added service of the short message center. It connects with short message center through the short message point-to-point protocol (SMPP), realizes the communication between the business application unit and the short message center, and has the function of the secondary development according to the agreement of each supplier. The application of the mobile management technology in the campus management service system can greatly reduce the costs of its application, improve the speed of sending and receiving the short messages, and expand a variety of the short message service projects. In order to make the system easy to use, stable and advanced, the campus management service system uses Visual C++6.0 to design the graphical operation interface, and encapsulates the products to ensure the confidentiality of the technology. Because the time of the students arriving and leaving schools is relatively centralized and the instantaneous information of the short messages is very large, in order to use various technologies to improve the speed of generating, processing and sending and receiving the short messages, this system intends to use the stored procedure technology of SQL Server database to complete the generation of the short messages and use Visual C++6.0 and JAVA multi-threading technology to realize the campus management service system and the server side of the client side. The development of the short message value-added service platform can improve the speed of sending and receiving the short messages and prevent the blockage of the short messages. The application of the modern educational technology in the teaching management includes the curriculum arrangement, the schedule scheduling, the course selection, and the teaching file management and so on. The modern educational technology realizes the establishment of the teaching information number system by the software for all the teaching information in schools. The teaching information system collects the teaching information in the real time and accurately, analyses the students’ achievements, inquires the students’ academic achievements in various subjects during schools. Through the teaching information system, we can intuitively understand the teaching quality and the learning quality. The teaching plan can be adjusted according to the feedback of the teaching information system at any time, so as to improve the teaching quality and the teaching effectiveness. For schools, students are the basis of their development, and the management of the students is the most important part of the school management. In the student management, a great deal of information will be generated from the enrollment, the teaching and the entrance. In the school management information, the amount of the student information is the largest. The student information management system of the modern educational technology deals with the enrollment information, the basic information of students and the information of the academic achievement, which greatly improves the efficiency of the student management in the school management. The traditional school financial management is the manual statistics and checking, but because of the particularity of the schools, the finance not only involves the school’s own finance, materials and expenditure and so on, but also involves the tuition and other expenses, so the school financial information is not only large and scattered but also miscellaneous. The traditional manual processing is very easy to make

Incorporating Mobile Multimedia in School Student Management

39

mistakes, and the efficiency of the traditional manual processing is also very unsatisfactory. And it has a certain lagging. The application of the modern educational technology in the school financial management and the use of the electronic technology in the financial management not only improve the levels and the efficiency of the financial management, but also improve the authenticity and accuracy of the financial management information. Through the acquisition and cataloguing management and circulation management system of the library and the reference rooms in the modern educational technology, the real-time management of books and materials is realized. Through the inquiry function, the use and scheduling of books can be clearly understood, and the heavy manual search operation can be omitted. The application of the information technology has provided the advanced educational means for the development of our education. The application of the information technology in the student management has greatly improved the efficiency and the quality of our management.

5 Conclusion Colleges and universities should carry out the in-depth reform of the school management according to the development of the information technologies and the actual situations of the overall popularization, and make the rational use of the information technologies to strengthen the management of the students, so as to improve the management efficiency of schools. The construction of the school information platform can provide more efficient, safe and comprehensive decision-making support for the student management, and make all working decisions more scientific. It is of farreaching significance to innovate the study of the student management informationization in schools for realizing the modernization of the student management. Acknowledgement. The study was supported by Ministry of Education Vocational College foreign language teaching reform project: vocational college non-foreign language student’s speculative ability evaluation research [FLAB005].

References 1. Hu L (2015) Path analysis of promoting the student management to achieve informatization. Guide to Bus (03):115–116 2. Qiu B, Ding W, Ma Q (2015) Development and application analysis of the school sports computer integrated management system. New Technol New Process (08):100–101 3. Wang Q (2018) Research on the innovation of the student management information. J Heilongjiang Vocat Inst Ecol Eng (03):183–184 4. Wang T (2018) Design and research of the school student management system based on .NET framework. PC Fan (08):155–156 5. Zhang Y (2018) Application of the analytical data mining technology in the student integrated information management system. Sci Technol Vis (09):134–135

Utilizing Multimedia Network Technology in the Informatization of Art Education Jingsi Zhu(&) Zhengzhou University of Science and Technology, Zhengzhou 450064, Henan, China [email protected]

Abstract. The advantages of the multimedia network technology, such as the rich network information resources, the strong interactivity and the multi-user ability, have brought great convenience to the modern education and teaching, promoted the transformation of the traditional teaching mode, and facilitated the introduction of the high-quality art teaching resources and improved the art education. The quality is promoting the innovation of the art education, driving the development of the art education in colleges and universities. Art education is of great significance to the human and the social development. We should pay attention to the development of the art education, combine the multimedia network technology, apply the modern educational technology and methods to reform and transform the teaching modes, teaching contents and teaching methods of the art education to make more artistic amateurs to learn and enjoy the art knowledge. Keywords: Multimedia network technology
Art education
Informatization
Application mechanism
Connotation and strategy

Students’ appreciation of the art works is just not a purely mechanical reflection, but is influenced by their life experiences, artistic appreciation, and aesthetic experiences. The emotional and contextual nature of the multimedia teaching will greatly promote the development of the students’ thoughts [1]. In the process of the art teaching, many physical objects and teaching resources cannot enter the classrooms. We can use pictures and animations and so on to replace the small objects, which can be enlarged and displayed by the computer software. The software in the computer can make various pictures more beautiful and meet the actual needs.

1 The Connotation of Multimedia Network Technology With the popularity of computers and the rapid development of the network technologies, human beings have entered the digital era with the rich information resources. Among them, the wide application of the multimedia network technology in our teaching has greatly changed the fixed and single traditional teaching mode, and fully mobilized the enthusiasms and initiatives of the students’ learning, which is catering to the era demand for the teaching modernization [2]. The multimedia network technology © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 40–46, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_7

Utilizing Multimedia Network Technology in the Informatization

41

is based on texts, sounds and television images, which can be simply understood as an organic combination of the multimedia technology and the network technology. The multimedia technology is the use of computers to integrate texts, images, graphics, and the audio and video media information into a logical connection, which will be integrated into an interactive system, to capture and compress a variety of the media information, which will be coded, edited, processed, stored and displayed. It combines with network technology to integrate the multiple media functions and the network functions, and organically group and exchange the texts, data, graphics, images, sounds, animations and other information to make the presented objects more colorful [3].

2 The Connotation and Implementation Background of the Art Education Informatization The art education has its particularity, and its informationization construction is facing many problems, among which the main problem is the concept. The conceptual problems are the main obstacles to the rapid development of the art education informatization. The modernization of education, first of all, is the modernization of the educational concepts [4]. The innovation of any system and institution depends on the renewal of ideas. As the art educators, we should cultivate our own modern education consciousness, set up the modern education concepts, and strive to make the modern information technology be effectively used in its teaching practice, so as to further develop the information construction of the art education [5]. The position of the art education in the modern education system is becoming increasingly prominent and important. Generally, the art education is divided into two categories: the art education in the narrow sense and the art education in the broad sense [6]. In the world, dance, drama, music and visual arts have basically formed a relatively mature model and content after nearly 100 years of the teaching practice. What we are going to discuss here is the art education in a broad sense, that is, the art education as an organic part of the quality education. In many countries in the world, the importance of the art education has been fully affirmed. The art education is an important means to improve people’s own qualities. What we call the art education here refers to the art education for ordinary college students other than the professional art colleges. It is an important part of the cultural quality education in colleges and universities, and has great significance in training the “people with the all-round development”. The art education is a subject characterized by the emotional education. It trains people’s correct aesthetic ideals with the Marxist aesthetic concepts. Through the concrete and vivid aesthetic forms and the aesthetic practice training, it strengthens people’s psychological abilities of perception, imagination, emotion and understanding of the social beauty, the scientific beauty, the natural beauty and the artistic beauty, to improve people’s perception, appreciation, expression and creativity of beauty. Under the background of the rapid development of the information technology, the art education ushered in the new opportunities for its development. The complexity and openness of the art education and the emphasis of the information technology on the

42

J. Zhu

essence of the practice and creation are highly integrated. Based on the possibility of such integration, we try to build a new system of the art education suitable for the current social development, that is, “the art education informationization system with the “humanistic” educational concept as the core, the “intelligent” educational technology as the fulcrum and the “double-core” educational model as the result. The educational informationization is the application of the modern information technologies in all fields of the educational system under the unified planning of the education department, so the educational informationization is a process that needs to be gradually improved. The essence of the educational informationization is to use the modern information technologies to realize the sharing of the educational information and knowledge. The educational informationization is to digitalize, network and multimedia all the information. It can share these information resources on the network, break the restrictions of the time and the space, make the communication more convenient, and help to realize the autonomy, lifetime and socialization of our education, which can also promote the multi-directional learning and communication between the teachers and the students, and between the classmates.

3 Application Values of the Multimedia Network Technology in the Art Education Informatization The multimedia network technology can enable more people to contact, understand and feel the art works more widely, and constantly improve the artistic accomplishments of the educated, which will be conducive to the all-round development of the educated, such as their personal creative thinking, imagination, and spiritual realm and so on. The multimedia network technology has greatly expanded the information capacity of the art teaching, enriched the teaching means and resources, opened up the channels and space for the construction of the campus cultures, and provided convenience for the effective development of the art educational practice activities in colleges and universities. 3.1

The Multimedia Network Technology Is Conducive to the Introduction of the High-Quality Art Teaching Resources

It can enrich the classroom teaching contents and enhance the students’ interests in learning. The teachers can search the network resources at home and abroad to enrich their teaching contents. They can also build the network art courses, the art resource treasury, the art websites and other educational resources to meet the needs of the art education, so as to facilitate the students’ independent learning. Students can also make full use of the existing campus network resources to learn the art knowledge they are interested in independently. The network art educational resources with the high efficiency, interaction, large amount of information and wide coverage play an important role in promoting the campus cultures and inheriting the aesthetic cultures.

Utilizing Multimedia Network Technology in the Informatization

3.2

43

The Multimedia Network Technology Is Conducive to Improving the Quality and Efficiency of the Art Education

Through the multimedia technology, teachers can integrate the teaching resources, and display the key and difficult points in the forms of pictures, moving pictures or selfmade animations, so as to transform the teaching from the abstract to the concrete, and make their teaching contents and structures more intuitive and easy to understand. Teachers can also bring the multimedia courseware to the classrooms, so that students can get more artistic knowledge, which is conducive to the students’ understanding and acceptance, so as to stimulate students’ learning enthusiasms and effectively disseminate the knowledge. In addition, the use of the multimedia network technology can assist our teaching, create a real situation, guide the students to actively participate in the inquiry learning, let them experience the situations, and greatly improve the quality and efficiency of our teaching. 3.3

The Multimedia Network Technology Is Conducive to Promoting the Innovation of the Art Educational Reform

The traditional art education classes only have the textbooks and some audio and picture materials, which are a bit monotonous and boring, and cannot meet the diversified learning needs of the students in the new era. The multimedia network technology is conducive to the teachers’ change of their teaching ideas, the integration of the network teaching resources, the development of the school-based teaching materials and courses, and the selection of the appropriate teaching contents, to give full play to the multimedia characteristics, and the production of the multimedia courseware the students are interested in. It is conducive to the teachers’ change of the teaching strategies and the multi-level construction of pre-class, classroom and afterclass exchanges between teachers and students. The good interactive teaching environment can improve students’ ability to learn independently. 3.4

The Multimedia Network Technology Can Promote the Diversified Development of the Teaching Evaluation System

In the teaching activities, the evaluation system is not only a guide to the teaching activities, but also an effective guarantee to improve the teaching quality. At present, the main body of the daily teaching evaluation is basically the supervision, and the teachers, the students, the parents and the social personnel have few opportunities to participate in the evaluation, which is not conducive to the rational guidance of our teaching. Moreover, in a single evaluation system, sometimes teachers are easily affected by the emotions, experience and other factors, and it is difficult to achieve the objective and fair evaluation. Moreover, in the art teaching, it is difficult for the teachers to fully understand students’ skills, feelings and beliefs in a short period of contact with the students, and to make the objective and reasonable evaluation, which is not conducive to the harmonious development of the teacher-student relationship. Through the multimedia network technology, teachers can put their own network courses and teaching courseware on the network, so that the students, the parents and

44

J. Zhu

the social personnel have the opportunity to participate in the learning and evaluation, and the students and the art lovers can also upload their works for comments by the teachers and others, and then improve their own works according to comments. Such an evaluation system reflects the objectivity of the evaluation and expands the scope of the evaluation.

4 Application Strategies of the Multimedia Network Technology in the Art Education Informatization The art educational website takes advantage of the network technology’s unique advantages of the high efficiency, interaction, the large amount of information and the wide coverage. It has the incomparable advantages and plays an important role in the process of constructing the positive campus cultures and inheriting the aesthetic cultures in the art education. 4.1

Use the Multimedia to Highlight the Key Points and Break Through the Difficulties in the Art Teaching

In the course of the art teaching, we should reasonably and appropriately use the multimedia means to resolve the key and difficult points, transform the abstract and difficult things into the concrete and sensible things, make the teaching process concrete, full of life and fun, clear and easy to understand, give full play to the synergistic effect of the students’ auditory and visual organs, and solve the obscurity in the course of our teaching and the contents difficult to understand, so that we can carry out the targeted intensive lectures, to achieve teaching purposes that the traditional teaching is difficult to achieve. In the process of our teaching, teachers should follow the requirements of the rigorous and pertinent courseware production. They should not focus too much on the gorgeous pictures and animations, nor excessively pursue the application of the production technology in the multimedia. Instead, they should focus on how to stimulate students’ interests in their learning, break through the limitations of the traditional media and help them better. Students leap over the key points and difficulties, so that students have enough time to think and discuss the problems, so that the students can summarize the knowledge, improve their abilities to analyze and solve the problems, and then enhance the training and cultivation of the practical operation, so as to improve the classroom efficiency and achieve the optimization of our teaching. How to make effective use of the multimedia teaching to make the teaching methods more scientific, the teaching capacity larger, and the teaching rhythm faster requires that we should carry out a reasonable “integration” of various forms of the teaching materials. 4.2

Based on the Advantages of the Innovation and Interaction in the Process of the Art Teaching

With the further deepening of the curriculum reform, the application of the multimedia in the art teaching practice is more extensive. The multimedia-assisted teaching has made great changes in the traditional single teaching mode, fully mobilized the

Utilizing Multimedia Network Technology in the Informatization

45

students’ visual and auditory sensory functions, and fully stimulated the students’ interests in their learning and motivation. The multimedia can give full play to its potentials in the art teaching. Compared with the traditional teaching methods, the multimedia teaching has the following irreplaceable advantages. Intuition: Direct perception of the artistic form helps people to enter the aesthetic perception directly. It can surmount the restrictions and make objects of observation from the multiple perspectives. It can also highlight the key points, which will deepen people’s understandings of the concepts and strengthen their mastery of methods. Dynamic variability: The application of the multimedia can help students to have a clearer understanding of the concepts and processes of the art teaching, thus effectively breaking through the teaching difficulties. Due to the introduction of the multimedia, students can participate more in the teaching process, and the students are more active in their learning, which is conducive to the students to form a new cognitive structure. The emotion is a reflection of people’s attitude towards the objects. Lines, colors and images in the process of the art teaching will have a greater positive impact on people’s emotions. Being moved by what we see is a phenomenon in the process of the art teaching, which can promote the development and deepening of the appreciation activities.

5 Conclusion Practice in recent years has proved that making full use of the modern multimedia network technology will greatly promote the quality of the art education and teaching, enable more people to contact, understand and feel the art works more widely, and constantly improve the artistic accomplishments of the educatees, so as to give full play to the positive role of the art education in training the creativity of people, stimulating people’s imagination and sublimating the spiritual realm, which is conducive to the allround development of the educated. The modern educational technology represented by the multimedia and the network technology has greatly expanded the information capacity of the art teaching, enriched the teaching means and resources, opened up the channels and space for the construction of the campus cultures, and has broad application prospects in the practice of the art education in colleges and universities.

References 1. Zhong L, Wang X, Yu H (2018) On the application of the multimedia technologies in the network curriculum teaching. Mod Comput (Prof Ed) (08):128–129 2. Zhang J, Zhang J (2018) College English teaching reform strategies in the multimedia network environment of private universities, J Baicheng Normal Univ (07):131–132 3. Ni J, Cao J, He L (2018) Research on the English cultural teaching model under the multimedia network environment. J Univ Shanghai Sci Technol (Soc Sci Ed) (06):114–115 4. Cao J, Wang T, Liu R (2018) A survey on the application of the multimedia network technology and the improvement of the oral English communicative competence of middle school students. Engl Square (05):155–156

46

J. Zhu

5. Li Y (2018) The application and practice of the network informatization and the multimedia technology in the teaching of the secondary vocational schools. Learn Wkly (04):115–116 6. Bao W, Zhou H, Lu W, Xie F (2016) The system of knowledge management using web based learning and education technology. Comput Syst Sci Eng 31(6):469–473

Application of the Web Data Mining Technology in the English Translation Platform Fenfen Zhu(&) Lushan College of Guangxi University of Science and Technology, Liuzhou 545006, Guangxi, China [email protected]

Abstract. The global economic integration makes the trade between China and other countries in the world more and more frequent. English translation naturally becomes the primary language used by all countries. At the same time, with the continuous development of the modern information technologies, the ways and means of our English learning are becoming more diverse. Especially with the emergence of the English electronic dictionaries, English learning has become more and more simple. However, with the changes of the users’ habits and the development of the mobile smart phones, the English translation platform based on the Web data mining technology has become the focus of the current applications, and it has attracted people’s attention and welcome, so that English lovers can complete their English learning through their mobile phones. Keywords: Web data
Mining technology Application mechanism




English translation platform




Today, with the increasingly mature information construction, the Internet platform has been fully penetrated into all areas of our public life, including our work, learning and other fields. In the Web data mining technology, it also provides the rich API interfaces, which provides a broader market space for it [1]. Therefore, in the light of people’s actual needs for the English translation in the development, an online English translation platform is designed and implemented to help us to solve their English communication barriers in their work and study, which has become the focus of thinking under the background of the information technology.

1 Connotation and Characteristic Analysis of the Web Data Mining Technology The Web mining is the process of extracting the information or knowledge from the Web resources. It applies the traditional data mining ideas and methods to the Web, and extracts the interesting, potential and useful patterns and the hidden information from the Web documents and the Web activities. The Web mining can play a role in many aspects, such as the mining of the search engine structures, the development of the © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 47–52, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_8

48

F. Zhu

search engine, the improvement and promotion of the quality and efficiency of the search engine, and the determination of the authoritative pages [2]. The Web mining research covers many research fields, including the database technology, the information acquisition technology, statistics, the machine learning and the neural networks in the artificial intelligence and so on. Especially in the field of e-commerce, through the understanding and analysis of the user characteristics, such as the user access behaviors, frequency and contents and so on, extract the user characteristics, so as to customize the personalized interface for users, and help to carry out the targeted ecommerce activities. According to the different objects we can divide the Web-based data mining into three categories: the Web content mining, which in fact is to obtain knowledge from the Web documents and their descriptions, the Web document file mining and the resource search based on the concept index or the agent technology, which should also be classified into this category. There are many types of the Web information resources [3]. At present, the WWW information resources have become the main body of the network information resources. However, in addition to a the large number of the resources that people can directly grab, construct the indexes and implement the query services from the Internet, a considerable amount of the information is the hidden data (such as the results generated dynamically by the users’ questions, the data in the database system, or some private data) that cannot be indexed, and thus cannot provide an effective way to retrieve them, which forces us to mine these contents. If we look at the manifestation of the information resources, the Web information content is composed of texts, images, audios, videos, metadata and other forms of the data, so what we call the Web content mining is also a kind of the mining for the multimedia data [4]. The Web structure mining: This type of the mining is the process of discovering the knowledge from the overall structures of the World Wide Web and the links between the web pages. It mainly excavates the potential link structures and patterns of the Web. This idea originates from the citation analysis, which is to establish the link structural model of the Web itself by analyzing the number of the links and the links to a web page and the objects. This model can be used to classify the web pages and obtain the information about the similarity and the association between different web pages [5]. The Web structure mining is helpful for the users to find the authoritative sites on the related topics, and it is of great significance to rank the search results of the network resources. Web usage mining: The Web usage mining is also known as the Web log mining. Unlike the first two mining methods, which use the raw data on the Internet as the objects of the mining, the Web-based mining faces the second-hand data extracted from the interaction between the users and the network. These data include: the network server access records, the proxy server log records, the user registration information and the user behaviors when visiting the websites and so on. The Web uses mining to record these data in the log files one by one, and then to mine the accumulated log files, so as to understand the significance of the user’s network behavior data. The examples we mentioned earlier fall into this category.

Application of the Web Data Mining Technology

49

2 Application of the Web Data Mining Technology in the English Translation Platform The Web mining refers to the use of the data mining technology to discover the potential and useful patterns or the information in the WWW data. The Web mining research covers many research fields, including the database technology, the information acquisition technology, the statistics, the machine learning and the neural networks in the artificial intelligence and so on. The Web mining can play a role in many aspects, such as mining the structures of the search engines, identifying the authoritative pages, the Web document classification, the Weblog mining, the intelligent query, and building the MetaWeb data warehouse and so on. 2.1

Processing Flow of the Web Data Mining

The task is to get the data from the target Web documents. It is noteworthy that sometimes the information resources are not limited to the online Web documents, but also include e-mails, electronic documents, newsgroups, or the log data of the websites, or even the data in the transaction databases formed through the Web. The task is to remove the useless information from the acquired Web resources and organize the information as necessary. For example, remove the advertising links, remove the redundant format tags, automatically identify the paragraphs or fields from the Web documents and organize the data into the regular logical forms or even the relational tables. Carry out the automatic pattern discovery. It can be done within the same site or between the multiple sites. Verify and explain the patterns generated in the previous step. It can be done automatically by a machine or by interacting with an analyst. With the advent of the knowledge economy era, the network information technology has been widely applied. In the new development period, English education is regarded as an important tool for the students’ learning and future employment development. And in our English teaching and learning, the application of the English online platform provides more convenience for the students’ learning, and has an important impact on improving the students’ English theories and their English application abilities. This paper refers to the design and implementation of the English online translation platform in the new era of its development. 2.2

Function Modules of the Web Data Mining Technology in the English Translation Platform

As an important function of the English translation, the pronunciation module enables the translators to learn how to read correctly in time by the pronunciation, which provides great convenience. In the realization of this module, the voice synthesis function in the Android system is used to read the voice. The translation module is mainly realized by the specific translation algorithms. After choosing the module, choose English to Chinese from the drop-down menu, and then input the corresponding English, and then the corresponding translation results can be obtained.

50

F. Zhu

3 Application Mechanism of the Web Data Mining Technology in the English Translation Platform Aiming at the needs of the modern English online translation learning, the design scheme of an English online translation platform based on the C/S mode is proposed. Based on the users’ needs, the overall layout of the system is implemented in the C/S mode, and the system is divided into the server and the client. At the server end, we use.net technology to develop and manage the data through MySQL. The mobile client uses the JDK to develop, and the SDK to develop the pages, and the UI to control the interface. Finally, the system is tested. The test results show that the system has the good interactivity and can meet people’s English translation needs. 3.1

Application of the Web Data Mining Technology

The data mining is to extract the knowledge that people are interested in from the data of the large databases. The knowledge is implicit and unknown potentially useful information in advance. The extracted knowledge is expressed in the concepts, rules, laws, patterns and other forms. This definition defines the objects of the data mining as a database. In a broader sense, the data mining means the decision support process of finding the patterns in a set of facts or observations. The objects of the data mining are not only the database, but also the data collection of the file system or any other organization, such as the WWW information resources. According to the types of the discovery knowledge, the data mining can be divided into the association rule mining, the feature rule mining, the discrimination rule mining, and the classification rule mining and so on. If it is divided according to the abstract levels of the mining knowledge, there is the original level data mining, the high level data mining and the multi-level data mining. The main tasks of the data mining are the association analysis, the clustering analysis, the classification, the prediction, the temporal pattern and the deviation analysis. The association rule mining was first proposed by Laksh Aihuo, et al. There is certain regularity between the values of two or more variables, which is called correlation. The data association is a kind of the important and discoverable knowledge in the database. The association can be divided into the simple association, the temporal association and the causal association. The purpose of the association analysis is to find out the hidden Internet in the database. Generally, support and credibility are used to measure the correlation of the association rules. Interest and correlation are also introduced to make the rule mining more in line with the requirements. 3.2

Design Ideas of the Web Data Mining Technology in the English Translation Platform

The design of the interactive intelligent assistant translation platform based on the multi-strategy is mainly based on the following design ideas. Most of the existing practical machine translation systems are based on the rule analysis and transformation, but because of the complexity and changeability of the natural language and the great

Application of the Web Data Mining Technology

51

randomness of its application, this kind of the translation system not only needs to establish a huge rule system to describe more complex. Such linguistic phenomena need to constantly add the personality rules to enhance the adaptability of the system. When the number of the rules increases to a certain extent, it will inevitably lead to redundancy, confliction and other phenomena, which will make the construction and maintenance of the high-quality machine translation knowledge base difficult and costly. The contradiction between the infinite linguistic phenomena and the enumerative nature of the rule-building makes the rule-based machine translation have some limitations. The statistical analysis based on the corpus and the analogical translation based on the memory require the huge workload and complexity in building the large-scale corpus and the statistical models, building the case base of the analogical reasoning methods, representing the case language patterns and implementing the analogical reasoning. However, as an effective supplement to the rule analysis method, combining the advantages of several translation methods organically and adopting the multiple translation strategies after the parallel processing and then selecting the best one can not only improve the quality and speed of the automatic translation, but also provide various levels of the language knowledge accumulation methods, which can improve the ways and effectiveness of the knowledge acquisition in our translation. Generally, the translation errors in the machine translation systems are mainly as follows. ① Inaccurate choice of the translation meanings. There are many errors in choosing the translation corresponding to the original meanings of the paragraphs (words and phrases and so on). ② The word order is incorrect. The sequence or combination of the translated segmental strings is incorrect. ③ The modification relationship is incorrect. There is a lack, redundancy or error of the auxiliary modifiers. Therefore, the system should be able to provide the intelligent editing tools based on the analysis results and the knowledge established in the translation process, select the correct translation strings efficiently, and adjust the positions of the meaning segment of the translation. At the same time, it is convenient to add, delete and modify the auxiliary modifiers which can be enumerated in the limited quantities, so that the highquality translations can be quickly obtained. In a multi-strategy machine translation system, the knowledge of rules, the statistical knowledge, the dictionary knowledge, the schema knowledge, and the case knowledge based on the surface strings are involved. In the process of the prior knowledge storage, the translation processing, the editing modification and the posttranslation knowledge storage, these kinds of the knowledge and other knowledge based on the knowledge are complex and relevant. The quality and management efficiency of the knowledge base of the system are very important to the processing performance of the system. Therefore, it is necessary to use the object-oriented knowledge representation and organization structures to organize and process the knowledge.

52

F. Zhu

4 Conclusion This paper presents and designs an intelligent translation platform system based on the Web data mining technology, which has been commercialized. The system organically integrates many analysis and processing strategies, such as the case-based pattern similarity matching and the rule analysis, and effectively utilizes the translation knowledge of various levels and existing forms to improve the speed and the accuracy of the translation processing system. This platform not only improves the efficiency of the manual modification technically, but also realizes the engineering management of the computer-aided translation. More importantly, it realizes the integration and the virtuous circle of the knowledge expression, the knowledge acquisition, the knowledge processing, the result feedback and other processing links. It provides a harmonious and unified environment for the improvement of the performances of the practical machine translation system and the continuous improvement of the system knowledge.

References 1. Hao X, Lv N (2016) Data mining in the English process assessment. Educ Mod (12):134–135 2. Li C (2017) Data mining technology and its practical application research in the teaching systems. Course Educ Res (07):147–148 3. Tang S, Yang Y (2017) Practice of the English intelligent preparatory course supported by the modern educational technology and the big data – take the wing course network intelligent synchronized teaching platform and the process on mind mapping website as an example. Engl Teach (10):124–125 4. Guan X, Zeng Y (2018) Progress and trend of the parallel data processing analysis and mining in the background of the spatiotemporal big data. Prog Geogr (10):151–153 5. Yin Z (2018) Modeling and analysis of the book lending flow in university libraries based on the data mining. Microelectron Comput (11):193–194

Construction of the Computer Platform Framework Based on the University Financial Management System Jun Yang(&) Xi’an Medical University, Xi’an 710000, Shaanxi, China [email protected]

Abstract. At present, most universities in China are still in the second stage of the financial information construction. Generally speaking, the degree of the information is relatively low, and the accounting is still the main function of the financial management. The daily reimbursement of the financial personnel and other data entry work is heavy, and business processes are not smooth. The timeliness of the data generation is poor, and the mode of the information transmission is backward. It is unable to meet the requirements of institutionalization, process and informatization of the financial management in colleges and universities. Keywords: University finance
Management system Platform framework
Construction mechanism


Computer


With the growing scale of the development of colleges and universities, the financial personnel will face more massive and complex data. Colleges and universities must rely on the information technology as a support to promote the transformation of the financial personnel from the traditional accounting to the management decisionmaking, and pay attention to the cultivation of the compound accounting talents with both knowledge of information technology and proficiency in using the management accounting tools and methods [1].

1 The Importance and Feasibility of Building the Computer Financial Management System 1.1

The Importance of Building the Computer Financial Management System

With the continuous development of the globalization and the informatization, the information age has come. The rapid development of the computer technologies and the Internet have provided convenience for the intensive and large-scale operation of enterprises, promoted the establishment of the world market and accelerated the process of the global economic integration [2]. Through the construction of the computer financial management system, managers can make more efficient use of the internal and external information, improve the levels and efficiency of the financial management, and then better improve the economic efficiency. © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 53–59, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_9

54

1.2

J. Yang

Feasibility of Building the Computer Financial Management System

Nowadays, in the network era, many resources in enterprises have been shared, and the information systems are open, and the allocation of resources is more optimized, which has played a great convenience in the sharing of the resources in enterprises. By using the interactive function of the network, enterprises can better allocate each part of the resources reasonably and prevent the waste of some resources [3]. The computer financial management system provides the enterprise information in an all-round way, so the construction of the computer financial management system is feasible and necessary. It provides more convenience for the enterprise information system and improves the working efficiency of enterprises. The feasibility of building a computer financial management system is mainly embodied in: The first is the establishment of the development-oriented financial management concept. Only by establishing a correct financial management concept can the process of the information management be more efficient [4]. The development-oriented financial management concept is embodied in humanization, knowledge and informatization. It is not difficult to find that it is necessary and feasible to introduce computers into the financial management system by integrating humanism, knowledge and informatization into the process of the financial management. The second is the realization of the network resource sharing. With the rapid development of the computer application and the Internet technologies, enterprises have realized the interconnection of the information and the high sharing of the network resources to a certain extent. The open information system makes the lagging phenomenon caused by the poor information become the past, and the resource integration is high-speed and efficient. The third is the application of the Internet interaction function. The Internet is an efficient and multi-functional medium, which makes the information allocation more scientific [5]. Enterprises can make use of the interactive function of the Internet to make the internal capital flow and resource allocation more convenient, avoid the unnecessary waste of the humans and the property, and make the capital operation and the enterprise management more smooth and convenient.

2 The Foundation of the Computer Financial Management System The management information system (MIS) is a system that collects, collates and analyses the data to produce various kinds of the management information. It develops gradually with the development of the electronic data processing system [6]. Satisfying the information needs of the management is one of the main objectives of the management information system, so its contents mainly include the following three aspects: First, the information needs. If we want to know which file and data we need to collect and process, we need to know what the output of the system is, and the demand for the information determines the output of the system. The needs of different departments, leaders and management departments within the organization are different.

Construction of the Computer Platform Framework

55

To clarify their information needs is the basis and the prerequisite for the establishment of an efficient and practical management information system. The second is the information quantity and the information flow. That is, we should have a clear and accurate description of the information flow in the management process or the production process, and understand the source, origin and direction of the information. Through the qualitative and the quantitative investigation and analysis of the information, the contents, frequency, formats, types and data length of the information are collected, stored and processed, and then we can transmit and output the information. The third is the methods of the computer operation and the structures of the information system. The data collected, stored and processed will be sent to the information users in time, effectively and accurately, to achieve the goal of the information management system.

3 The Present Situations and the Existing Problems of the Financial Informatization in Colleges and Universities At present, China’s university financial informatization has experienced three stages. One is the computerized accounting stage based on the single-machine version, which mainly solves the accuracy of the accounting by replacing the manual voucher input, output and accounting statement printing with computers. Secondly, in the stage of the financial integration software based on the campus network, the data sharing is realized between the accounting modules in LAN through the network technology. The third is the financial business integration stage based on the Internet, that is, the information stage oriented to the management accounting, which can realize the high integration of the finance and business and the high sharing of the internal and the external information. Specific problems are manifested in the following two aspects. 3.1

The Degree of the Data Sharing and Integration Is Low, and the Phenomenon of the Information Islands Is Obvious

In recent years, the computer information technology such as the Internet and the big data has developed rapidly. However, due to the limitation of the leadership’s attention and the capital investment, universities lack the scientific application of these information network technologies. As a result, all departments of universities have developed their own information management systems, but the data cannot be shared in the real time, forming an information island. For example, the internal financial, personnel, educational, scientific research and assets departments of colleges and universities all have their independent management information systems, and the off-campus banking, taxation, finance, education and other departments also have their independent systems, and they work within their respective functions, without forming the crossdepartmental and cross-functional business processes, so that the level of the financial management services is low.

56

J. Yang

With the increasing complexity of the economic businesses in colleges and universities, the data interaction between the financial departments and the departments inside and outside the universities becomes more and more frequent. For example, the communication between the salary allowance and the personnel departments of the faculty and the staff, the coordination between the tuition fee management and the administration department and graduate schools, and the collection of funds and the expenditure that the colleges at the tertiary level should keep in touch with in a timely manner, and the preparation, implementation, evaluation and supervision of the budget, all need to submit the data to the financial and educational departments. Therefore, it is necessary to unify and standardize the internal information standards of colleges and universities, build an integrated financial management information service platform, and form a big data center with the financial department as the core, so as to realize high data sharing and the real-time supervision and control inside and outside colleges and universities. 3.2

Lack of the Complex Financial Informatization Talents

For a long time, our university financial workers have paid more attention to the legitimacy of the financial revenue and expenditure, the accuracy of the internal control and the accounting in their work practice. Their time and energies have been occupied by the heavy expense reimbursement and various special audits and tax and price inspections. The research and practice of the internal management decision-making in colleges and universities are insufficient, and the structures of the financial knowledge are single, and the IT skills of the data processing by using the information technology such as the Internet and the big data are extremely deficient. They do not have the comprehensive knowledge and abilities of the management accounting needed to participate in the planning, decision-making, control and evaluation activities of colleges and universities, which have become the bottleneck restricting the rapid development of the financial informatization in colleges and universities.

4 General Framework 4.1

Institutional Framework

The corresponding organizational settings of the financial management system in colleges and universities should fully conform to the development trend and the longterm financial planning of colleges and universities. According to the basic principles, objectives, tasks and management system of the financial management, the post of the chief accountant with more professional levels should be established, and the work should be carried out under the leadership of the Party Committee or the Financial and Economic Management Committee, responsible for managing and coordinating the businesses of the Finance Department and other relevant departments of colleges and universities. The financial institutions are set up in accordance with the three functions of the finance, accounting and services. The finance mainly realizes the functions of planning and management, including the budget and the final accounts management,

Construction of the Computer Platform Framework

57

the income management, the bill management, the system construction, the performance appraisal, and the internal control and so on. Accounting is to realize the functions of the accounting and supervision, including the capital accounting, the school-bank interaction, the capital construction, the centralized payment, and the official card settlement and so on. Services are to achieve the data and the integrated management, including the data maintenance, the macro-and micro-links and coordination with internal doors, the campus card, the bill management, and the external links and coordination and so on. Schools can organize and set up institutions according to their specific circumstances. 4.2

Application System

The core of the application system can be designed from two modules: the financial management and the accounting service. The financial management includes the comprehensive budget and the final accounts management, the income management, the project management, the state-owned assets management, and the analysis and decision support, and the accounting services include the expenditure management, the cost accounting and the accounting and so on. 4.3

Data Platform

The large-scale data warehouse can collect, store and process all kinds of the shared data, realize the data integration of each application system, ensure the consistency of the information shared by the entire school, provide the effective decision-support data, provide a platform of the information sharing service for the school, and also provide the information sharing service for the school, as well as the support for the new application development. The standard design of the interconnection part is particularly important in the formulation of the information standards, including the data format, coding, and code, and so on. The application specifications and classification, the data specification and classification, the responsible departments, and the authorization levels should be clearly defined to ensure the accuracy, consistency and integrity of the data. The data is planned with the unified keyword segments and implemented with the subject management function, which ensures the high consistency of the keyword segment coding in all the databases and integrates the relevant information data of each system to form the subject data. Including the subject database and the subject object management, the subject database can provide the stable services for the school information resources for a long time. 4.4

Communication System

The communication system is used for the interconnection of various application systems. Including all the subsystems within the application system and the financial management system at all levels of the school, we need to design some open standards, that is, documents describing the accepted protocols, which can make different application systems work together and ensure the selectivity, openness and compatibility of each application system. Through the standard service interface of the

58

J. Yang

communication system, all kinds of the data are processed, and then provided to each application system, so that all the data are synchronized. The data sharing and the information exchange between the financial management system and other application systems on the campus are also realized through the communication system, such as the human resource management system, the educational administration teaching system, the scientific research management system and the student management system and so on. No matter what platform, database and programming language these systems adopt, they are taught through various interfaces. Power, monitoring and other management tools can be used for the data docking and integrated development between systems. 4.5

Internal Control Index System

The construction of the university financial management system and the internal control are closely related. The university financial system implemented in 2013 clearly points out that colleges and universities should establish and improve the internal control system, the economic responsibility system, the financial information disclosure system and other supervision systems. The main, simplest and most effective way to implement this content is to implement the internal control by means of informatization, and to embed an analysis index system in the system. According to the needs of the school management, the internal control system should be formulated scientifically, and the financial analysis indicators should be set reasonably, so that the internal control should be carried out. The design of the index system must conform to the development goals of the university organizations, so as to enhance their working skills and promote the development of the organizations. In view of the characteristics of many projects and the large funds in universities, a dynamic monitoring and graded early warning scheme is constructed, and the key doubtful data are tracked through the early warning analysis system. The internal control in colleges and universities should follow the principles of comprehensiveness, importance, checks and balances and adaptability, and we should pay attention to the situation of the organizations, the mechanism construction, systems, key posts and the financial information compilation, adopt the incompatible posts separated from each other, the internal authorization examination and approval, the centralized management, the budget control, the property protection, the accounting control, the document control, and the information disclosure and other methods, and run them through the entire process of the school economic activities. Through the formulation of the systems, and the indicator system analysis, control the risks of the economic activities. The system mainly includes the post economic responsibility management method, the internal restraint system, the bill management method, the financial management method, the accounting reimbursement method, and the authorization examination and approval system and so on. The analysis index system includes the basic school-running index, the budget management index, the financial risk management index, the income and expenditure structure index, the financial development ability index, the teaching analysis index, the scientific research analysis index, and the personnel training analysis index and so on.

Construction of the Computer Platform Framework

59

5 Conclusion According to the actual situations and the external environment of colleges and universities, the internal control risk assessment is carried out to provide a reliable and accurate data for the internal control decision-making of colleges and universities, and the corresponding risk assessment feedback mechanism is established. Relatively reasonable and perfect risk assessment feedback mechanism can ensure the stability and sustainability of the university development. With the continuous progress of our society, the competitive pressure faced by the education will become increasingly greater. University financial workers should keep up with the pace of the social reform and development, constantly think, and carry out the research and analysis, in order to achieve the best financial management mode to adapt to the entire social environment, survive in the competitions and develop in the survival, in order to ensure the intellectualized and open development of the schools, and win the competitive advantages of the development of colleges and universities.

References 1. Zhou L, Zhang Q, Li X (2016) Design and implementation of the financial management information system in colleges and universities. E-Commerce (12):142–143 2. Jiang X (2017) Research on the construction of the information service platform for the financial management in colleges and universities. Friends Account (12):124–125 3. Dong W (2018) Pushing forward the informatization construction of the financial management in colleges and universities. J Huaibei Prof Tech Coll (10):110–111 4. Zhang C (2018) On the construction of the financial informatization in Chinese universities. Econ Trade Pract (11):154–155 5. Ge Q (2018) Discuss some countermeasures to strengthen the financial management of colleges and universities under the new budget law. Mod Mark (11):157–158 6. Zhou Q (2018) Multi-layer affective computing model based on emotional psychology. Electron Commer Res 18(1):109–124

Design and Application of the Intelligent Learning Platform for College English Based on the New Engineering Concept Caihong Han(&) Zhengzhou University of Science and Technology, Zhengzhou 450064, Henan, China [email protected]

Abstract. The deep integration of the information technology and the higher education in China has changed the ways of the higher education in China and greatly influenced the implementation of the classroom teaching. Under the impact of the information technologies, college English classroom ecology has been greatly disturbed, resulting in the imbalance of the classroom ecological structures and the dysfunction. The intelligent learning requires the continuous improvement, optimization and adaptation to the environment, and the support and promotion of the personalized, characteristic, comprehensive and innovative development of people in the information age, which represents the direction of the human learning. The construction of the learning environment is the basis of realizing the reform of the teaching and learning methods. It is imperative to construct a wise and ecological college English learning environment. Keywords: New engineering concept
College English
Intelligent learning platform
Design mechanism
Application research

1 The Concept and the Research Status of the New Engineering The intelligent learning environment is the high-end form of the virtual learning environment and the personal learning environment. It can realize the deep integration of the virtual environment and the learning subjects, highlight the learner’s dominant position in the learning process, attach importance to the guiding role of the teachers in the learning process, and support the learners’ social collaborative communication [1]. Based on the concept of the integration of the modern information technology and the English language learning, and relying on the Internet learning environment, this paper constructs the intellectual development of the English learners in line with the characteristics of M-Learning. Because of the wide connotation and scope of the concept of the new engineering, there is no clear definition of the new engineering in the academia at present [2]. It is generally believed that the research areas of the new engineering include the new generation of the information technology industry, the artificial intelligence and the intelligent manufacturing, the high-end CNC machine tools and robots, and the © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 60–66, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_10

Design and Application of the Intelligent Learning Platform

61

upgrading and transformation of the traditional engineering specialties. Since China formally joined the Washington Agreement in June 2016, the horn of the development of the new engineering has officially sounded. The Washington Agreement is one of the most authoritative international organizations in the field of the international engineering and design. It mainly includes three themes: the student center, the result orientation and the continuous improvement. The accession to the Washington Agreement marks that China’s engineering and design education has moved from the previous follow-up stage to the run-in stage. From the “Fudan Consensus” in February 2017 to the “Tianda Action” in April 2017, well-known universities, such as Tsinghua University, Shanghai Jiaotong University and Tianjin University, have been vigorously exploring the methods and teaching modes under the new engineering mode in order to solve the problems of the personnel training under the current situation of the globalization of artificial intelligence [3]. From the perspective of the development trend of the industrial design discipline, the digitalization and the intellectualization have become the frontier development field of the industrial design. At present, the new intelligent products and services centered on “Industry 4.0”, the “Internet+” and the “Service Design” are quietly promoting the design researches and reform. According to the 12th Five-Year Plan for the Development of the National Strategic Emerging Industries, intelligent products and equipment are one of the strategic emerging industries of the country [4]. The intelligent manufacturing equipment and the intelligent service robots have gradually become the important research objects of the industrial design. The teaching system of the current industrial design often lacks this teaching link and content. Although there have been some studies on the educational concepts and methods of the new engineering, the research on the teaching methods of the industrial design under the new discipline concept is still relatively scarce, mainly aiming at the educational mode of combining the craftsmanship with the CDIO engineering educational certification [5].

2 The Construction of the Intelligent Learning Platform for College English The intelligent learning is to create a learning space-time environment with the characteristics of perception and reasoning for the learners by virtue of the power of ICT. It is the direction of the learning environment construction and development to promote the development of the learners’ wisdom and to cause the profound changes in the teaching and learning methods. From the perspective of the learners, it is a new and learner-centered learning paradigm with the learners’ active self-participation, with the complete learning experience. From the perspective of the technology, it has many important functions such as supporting the situational perception, the learning process record, the learning data analysis, the learning service promotion, and the learning diagnosis and evaluation and so on. From the perspective of view of the individuals and the technical environment, it can make full use of the seamless access of the intelligent devices, customize the personalized services freely and participate in the learning activities.

62

C. Han

Compared with the traditional English learning, the English learning has two distinct characteristics. One is the freedom of the learning, and the other is the autonomy of the learning. English learners generally have clear learning objectives and learning needs, even in order to solve the pressing work and life problems. Such learning is not a pure academic training, but it is more like an applied training. Learners usually acquire the independent learning units with the clear topics, which have the reusable characteristics and meet the fragmented, miniaturized and intelligent learning metarequirements, which support the information collection and the learning cognitive network sharing in the learning process.

3 Design Concepts of the Intelligent Learning Platform for College English Based on the New Engineering Concept Ideas are the forerunners of actions. Without the scientific ideas, actions can only be blind, ineffective and even negative. On the way of developing the new subjects, colleges and universities need the scientific ideas to guide their actions. These ideas include: first, the concept of the collaborative innovation. The development of the new engineering requires the combination of the governments, industries, education and researches, and the collaborative innovation of these four aspects. American scholar Ezkwitz and Dutch scholar Redsdorf call this “triple helix model of innovation”. At present, in our country, these four kinds of the institutions are forming the mechanism of the collaborative innovation, but many colleges and universities do not have this idea, or are excluded from this collaborative innovation system because of the government projects and systems. The second is the concept of serving the social development. One of the basic laws of the university development is that universities should actively adapt to the changes in the external environment and provide the leading services for such changes. Stanford University, University of Wisconsin and Carnegie Mellon University in the United States are the typical cases of the rapid development under the guidance of this concept. The establishment of the idea of serving the society in colleges and universities in China is often passive and compulsory, lacking the guidance of the rational consciousness and scientific concept. The most typical example is that after the original industrial university became a comprehensive university, it lost its services and supporting objects, and the disciplines with the strong characteristics are declining. Colleges and universities in our country often serve the government’s decision-making passively, and seldom provide the leading think-tank services for the governments and the society. The third is the student-oriented concept. “What kind of students should be trained in the new engineering?” “How should we train such students?” Most colleges and universities do not have sufficient theoretical proof of this, and more is the government’s requirement. The basic task of colleges and universities is to train talents. The new engineering is only a form of the development of the engineering. As colleges and universities, they should not be bound by this concept, but should consciously change the mode, specifications and methods of training the talents according to the development of the industries and enterprises. However, in any case, colleges and universities

Design and Application of the Intelligent Learning Platform

63

are to cultivate the innovative talents who can actively adapt to the development of various sectors of the society, and they are learning something of regularity. After four years’ study, college graduates should have the ability of active learning, the ability of adapting to the development of the enterprises in the social industrial industries, and the ability of reflection. In the English intelligent learning environment, learners can use the intelligent terminals to expand their freedom of learning through “differentiation”, and have seamlessly access to the learning resources, quickly extract the knowledge information needed, and then “integral” to select the appropriate supporting services to improve their autonomy in learning, which will attract more attention. The rational advantages are invested in the “calculus” process of the resources and services to enhance the learning values, directly involved in the problem definition, the rapid formation of solutions and the flexible action.

4 Application Strategies of the Intelligent Learning Platform for College English Based on the New Engineering Concept On the basis of discussing the connotation and characteristics of the concept of the intelligent learning environment, this paper puts forward that the design of the College English intelligent learning environment should focus on three factors: the learning platform, the learning resources and the learning service, so as to promote learners’ easy, devoted and effective learning. The construction of the College English wisdom learning should pay more attention to the four principles of socialization, mobility, intelligence and individualization in order to achieve the innovative wisdom learning methods. 4.1

Use the Intelligent APP Learning to Enhance the English Learning Enthusiasms

In the English learning, enthusiasms and interests are the primary factors and the prerequisites for learning English well. In the era of constantly updating and promoting all kinds of the computers, notebooks, smart phones and IPAD tablets, all kinds of the smart APPs have emerged as the times require. The development and application of various mobile learning intelligent APPs are conducive to improving the competitiveness of the English learning contents, making some English learners actively try to listen to the course, and also driving the surrounding crowd to learn together, and research and progress together. In some interesting learning games, you catch up with me and improve your interests in English learning by breaking through the games. The application of all kinds of English intelligent APPs can also meet the needs of all kinds of people to learn English, and the students can meet the needs of the examinations and exams, and the working people can meet the needs of their work, and the foreign personnel can meet the urgent need to strengthen their oral training before leaving the country. The mobile learning through the intelligent APPs greatly improves the enthusiasms of our English learning.

64

4.2

C. Han

Combine the Situations to Memorize the Words and Expand the Vocabulary Reserve

Vocabulary is the basis of the language learning and one of the important criteria to measure the English learners’ English proficiency. The traditional vocabulary learning mainly enhances the memory by the repeated recitation. In the mobile learning, we can not only remember words, but also remember parts of speech according to the categories. In some situational videos, sentences are suddenly inserted to choose the words to fill in, so as to enhance the ability of understandings and flexible application of the multiple meanings of the vocabulary. In the mobile English learning, learning time is also reminded by the intelligent software, so that we can use their leisure time to memorize words and improve their learning efficiency. In the long run, it can also develop the good learning habits and expand the accumulation of words. 4.3

Carry Out the Mobile Reading Learning in the Entertainment to Enrich the Reading Quantity

English reading is also an important part of improving the levels. How to choose the suitable reading materials for the English learning has always been a difficult problem. Some materials are suitable but outdated. Some materials are too professional and difficult to understand, although their sentence patterns and the grammar are novel. The web-based mobile learning can better select the reading materials, the interesting materials with rich pictures and texts, the vivid FLASH animations, and the vivid animation characters, which can get rid of the boring reading forms before. Choose a large number of the reading materials that interest the learners, and let the learners read aloud, or follow the demonstration together, and they can correctly imitate the pronunciation, intonation, pause and tone, and can correct their pronunciation, standardize their reading and expand their reading volumes. 4.4

Rich Network Learning Resources Can Expand the Writing Horizons

The English writing ability is one of the manifestations of the English learners’ comprehensive abilities in their English learning. When working people send and receive e-mails from their colleagues abroad, they also need to use the writing norms to write correctly. Learners can use the learning software for the writing exercises, select some representative and simulated topics to write, and then compare the model texts. Through comparison, they can open up ideas. According to their own interests, the English learners can develop the writing training on some topics they are familiar with, and achieve the writing innovation and breakthroughs by imitating the classical models, thus forming their own writing style. There are abundant learning resources in the network, a variety of the stylistic summaries, grammar and sentence patterns, which can make the English learners broaden their horizons and their writing horizons.

Design and Application of the Intelligent Learning Platform

4.5

65

Strengthen Listening and Oral Communication Skills Through the Social Software Communication

The purpose of the English learning is to communicate, and we should understand and speak, which should not be the mute English. English listening and speaking ability is particularly important and practical in our daily learning, work and life. In recent years, CET-4 and CET-6 have gradually increased the assessment of the daily listening. The social software of all kinds of the intelligent APPs expanded the circle of the English learners to communicate in English, and Weibo, We-chat, QQ, MSN and other social software turn the world into a circle of friends, who can communicate in English anytime and anywhere, including texts, voices and videos and so on. The English learners communicate with each other intuitively, promote their mutual learning and progress, and also urge the learning progress and learning effect, so as to truly strengthen the improvement of their listening and speaking abilities.

5 Conclusion Constructing a learning environment adapted to the learners’ individual needs is the basis of realizing the reform of the teaching and learning methods. The emergence of the intelligent learning environment provides more possibilities for the college English learning methods. The era of the mobile Internet has provided a new way of learning and the unprecedented rich learning resources for their English learning. The application of the modern information technology in the English learning has made great changes in the teaching concepts, the teaching contents and the teaching methods. The mobile learning fully embodies the subjectivity and subjective initiatives of the English learners. It realizes the individualization, technicalization and modernization of the English learning. Acknowledgement. The study was sponsored by Research Project by Henan Science and Technology Department: Research on the Wisdom Foreign Language Service Mechanism and the Construction of Henan Cultural Highlands [182400410440]; Zhengzhou high educational English teaching team construction project [2016344]; Zhengzhou University of Science and Technology teaching quality project [201667]; and Zhengzhou Teaching and Research project: Study Exploration of “New Engineering” talent cultivation mode for Foreign Language Majors under the background of “Belt and Road” [ZZJG-B8021].

References 1. Chang C, Yang X, Li X (2018) Exploration and practice of the foreign language teaching in engineering mechanics under the background of the new engineering. Educ Mod (04):131– 132 2. Zhao H (2018) Construction of the English humanities general course system in the polytechnic universities under the background of “New Engineering”. Chem High Educ (08):128–129

66

C. Han

3. Zhao S, Fan R, Wu F, Xie W, Sun X (2018) Chemical engineering design curriculum reform and practice based on new engineering concept. J High Educ (11):156–157 4. Jiang F, Chen Y, Li P, Tang X (2018) Teaching reflections on the course of basic electrotechnics and electronics technology under the new engineering background. Educ Teach Forum (11):245–246 5. Wang L, Wu X, Yang B (2018) Exploration of the training model of the innovation and entrepreneurship ability of mechanical talents in private colleges and universities under the background of new engineering – taking mechanical design and manufacturing and automation as an example. Intern Combust Engine & Accessories (11):133–134

Implementation of a Dance Teaching Live Broadcasting System Based on the Distance Education Platform Congdie Jiang(&) and Rong Wang Jiangxi Science and Technology Normal University, Nanchang 330000, Jiangxi, China [email protected]

Abstract. With the rapid development of the modern information technologies, to promote the education informatization and share the educational and teaching resources, the live classroom in the distance education emerges as the times require. The live classroom expands the space-time boundaries in our education and teaching, and changes the traditional teaching methods. It is a new model of the distance education. In order to recognize and understand the impact of the live teaching on the dance teaching and promote the development of the live teaching in the dance education, this paper, from the perspective of the distance education, uses the theories and methods of the distance education to analyze the characteristics of the live teaching, which is a feasible way. Keywords: Distance education platform
Dance teaching
Live broadcast system
Design mechanism
Implementation system

1 Technical Requirements of Dance Teaching Live Broadcasting System Based on the influence of the live teaching on the teaching environment, the teachers and the students in the dance teaching, four aspects of thinking are put forward: the connotation and characteristics of the live teaching, the construction and application of the live platform in the dance teaching at present, the effect of the live teaching on improving the dance teaching and promoting the students’ learning and the teachers’ development, and higher requirements that the live teaching puts forward for the dance teaching environment, the students’ learning qualities and the teachers’ live teaching abilities [1]. In the process of the systematical analysis of the different operation dimensions, we should combine the actual needs to ensure that the management structures and the management models are compatible with the network operation mechanisms and the network topology models, which, to a certain extent, can also realize the effective transmission and optimization of the data sharing, effectively maintain the stability of the servers and clients, and ensure the program structures can realize the validity of the data exchange function and ensure the orderly improvement while sending and receiving the data. © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 67–73, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_11

68

1.1

C. Jiang and R. Wang

Live Broadcasting System Servers

In the process of the technology integration, the server side should be systematically analyzed to ensure that the data transmission project meets the actual needs. The server only needs to centralize a small number of the clients, and can ensure the integrity of the data transmission [2]. The relevant technical personnel should optimize and integrate the data transmission control module, realize the modification of the channel module, and send the data directly to the interface port after the user request is legitimate. In order to reduce the missing items of the configuration data, to a certain extent, we should ensure that the data structures and operational dimensions are in line with the actual network needs [3]. Particularly, due to the difference in the data transmission ratio between the users and the servers, the client is required to integrate the data acquisition capability of its running nodes. Choosing the higher broadband nodes as the first-level nodes of the system can not only effectively improve the effectiveness of the data flow and transmission, but can also better achieve the stability between the client and the data transmission mechanisms. 1.2

Live Broadcast System Clients

Compared with the traditional technical structures, the relevant technical personnel should focus on the actual problems. The biggest advantage of the mode change structures is the operation dimension of the clients, which can achieve the communication control objectives between the clients and the client support, and form a good operation dimension between the data sending module and the user management module, to ensure that the data exchange operation mechanism and the data request control module can construct an effective balance system [4]. Managers should connect a channel of the live server to ensure that the live server obtains an effective buffer mapping module. The system design conforms to the system parameter configuration, intercepts several nodes from the user list, realizes the effective exchange of the xadjacent data, and improves the integrity of the standby nodes. In addition, in the process of receiving, the control information between the server and the data packet needs to be adapted to the actual needs. The buffer mapping module can centralize the operation dimension of the switched buffer data packets, ensure that the data sharing mechanism can be formed between the data acquisition process and the operation and maintenance operation model, ensure the stability of the sequence, and at the same time realize the integrity of the data pressurization and enhance the effectiveness of the synchronization operation mechanism of the data stream [5]. 1.3

Key Technologies of the Live Broadcasting System

In the process of the technical structure establishment, the centralized processing should be combined with the actual technical model. Firstly, the clients should be joined and pushed centrally, and the user list information and the connection status should be processed systematically, so as to improve the operation dimension of the server and ensure that the clients will not have the abnormal interruptions. For example, the server needs to make a centralized judgment based on the heartbeat packets. If the

Implementation of a Dance Teaching Live Broadcasting System

69

heartbeat packets fail three times in a row, the online user will delete the information in the list directly. Secondly, the buffer mapping strategy should be processed systematically and centrally. The buffer length is expressed by the BM length. In the process of the new data processing, it is necessary to update its operation structures and delete the data blocks. Thirdly, the data scheduling algorithm is mainly to further systematize the user list and ensure the complete operation between the clients and the connection structures.

2 Design of the Dance Teaching Live Broadcasting System Based on the Distance Education Platform 2.1

Design of the System Overall Structures

The application system of the three-tier architecture constitutes a dance teaching resource management system based on the live teaching broadcast system. The first layer is the user interface, which is the logical expression layer (application side). The middle layer mainly distributes the programmed function modules, namely the business logic layer (management side), and the third layer is the database. The middle layer mainly includes the management module, the content publishing module, and the multimedia module and so on. The structure system of the dance teaching resource management system based on the teaching live broadcasting system makes the modularization and the component design more convenient, and the entire system has the stronger expansibility. In order to make the program designed in this paper easier to browse, correct, reuse and supplement, the basic independent modular development mode is adopted to implement the system development, which can ensure the integrity of the data and get a clear software structure. The design and development of the interactive interface is very important in the system development. In order to meet the requirements of the basic functions, it is necessary to make the system more convenient, fast, and easy to understand and operate. 2.2

Design of the System Functional Structures

The dance teaching content publishing module in the system has the function of parsing the XML files and the XSLT files. It is a component program on the application server, mainly distributed in the middle layer. The request of the clients and the call requests of other intermediate modules in the application server can be responded by the dance teaching content publishing module. In order to respond to the retrieval request of the multimedia module and the data management module for submitting the data information, the dance teaching content publishing module needs to be realized by calling the parameters transmitted in the request. After acquiring the retrieval result set, the texts, images, tables and audio-visual information related to the dance teaching are fused in a specific typesetting form to form an XML intermediate file. In order to make

70

C. Jiang and R. Wang

the XML file match the client request format, the XSLT transformation can be carried out according to the transformation rules. The media server mainly stores the continuous images and sounds compressed by the streaming media, which can meet the needs of the users to download the streaming media information related to the dancing teaching and to watch the streaming media for the dancing teaching. If the user is watching the dance teaching videos for the first time, the system needs to download the data of a dance teaching video by default as a buffer, that is, to build a buffer on the user’s computer, and the dance teaching video begins to play after a certain number of the data blocks are pre-captured. When the speed of playing the data is faster than the actual connection speed of the network, in order to avoid the interruption of the playing, the player automatically takes the data in the buffer to play, so as to ensure the quality of the dance teaching video playing. 2.3

Design of the Data Management Module

This module mainly stores the data files for various purposes through the file systems of RDBMS, VML, DB and the operating system. The retrieval request of the dance teaching content publishing module and the remote image resource location request of the multimedia management module respond to the feedback through the data management module. The data storage and planning and the basic access of the database are implemented by the data management module. The XML data information format is selected to support the portability and openness of the data. The XML data information can be divided into two types: the text data and the media fragment data. The text data can be directly compiled into the separate XML files based on the information. The media data, on the other hand, incorporates its own storage location in the file system into an XML file. This system has the advantages of high efficiency and convenience in the data management and high efficiency in storing and optimizing the XML files. 2.4

Realization of the Courseware On-Demand Module

The courseware on-demand module plays a key role in changing the learners’ learning conditions and enhancing the learners’ creative learning abilities. The network courseware on-demand is the main form of the courseware on-demand module of this system. The designated dance teaching resources are made into the courseware that can be on demand on the Internet. The learners can demand the dance teaching resources according to their own preferences. The courseware on demand module is designed on the basis of the Web application, which creates a teaching system easy to master and operate for the users. Learners can switch between the dance teaching resources at will, and the progress of the dance teaching resources and the volumes of playing the resources can be set at will. After the learners select the dance teaching resources needed in the operation page of the courseware on demand, the SMIL files and the related resources of the dance teaching courseware are retrieved and extracted in the server, and the retrieval results are displayed in the courseware outline area.

Implementation of a Dance Teaching Live Broadcasting System

71

3 Realization of the Dance Teaching Live Broadcasting System Based on Distance Education Platform 3.1

Automatic Recording on Demand

The system makes a storage plan for the programs with the relatively fixed broadcast time on each channel. The storage plan is set by the background. The program is on demand in the form of a list according to the channel order. At the same time, the wellknown columns are recommended to the users in the form of the thumbnails. The VOD server creates and opens the automatic live recording storage upload program for each channel that needs recording. After recording, the program is uploaded automatically to the temporary disk of the VOD server, waiting for trans-coding. The trans-coding server trans-codes the video according to the time sequence and stores it in the disk array. At the same time, the manuscript publisher automatically sends every program. The manuscript is inserted into the database with the title: Program Name_Time. Users can watch the video programs on demand in the front desk of the system according to their needs. 3.2

Media Resources on Demand

The media management and broadcasting control system is composed of a server and several PC program editing workstations. It is responsible for the management and broadcasting control of the media resources inside and outside the schools. It is responsible for the uptake, collection, input, classification management and storage of the media resources. It encodes the media resources into H.264 video contents suitable for the live and on-demand media broadcasting system and uploads them to the media. The corresponding column of the volume live broadcasting system is for the majority of the teachers and the students on demand. Create various video libraries in the media live broadcasting system, such as the micro-lesson video library, the MOOC video library, the academic lecture video library, and the campus news video library and so on, upload all kinds of the media resources to the corresponding libraries in batches, establish the corresponding program libraries, design and set templates for each library or sub-library, and create and publish each video in the program library. The front end accesses the list of the videos in the video library according to the ID of the video library, which is convenient for clicking and playing the videos or browsing the media resources. 3.3

Live Video Broadcasting in the Classrooms and Activities

The path of the large-scale mobile live broadcasting, the video conference live broadcasting and the classroom live broadcasting is similar, which is to collect the signals through the cameras, transmit the signals through the optical fiber or the microwave, output the H.264 video streams from the encoders to the live broadcasting servers, add the remote streams in the background, add the channel groups and manage the channels for each. Each channel sets up a remote stream of the programs so that the videos can be broadcast live online. At the same time, carry out the program

72

C. Jiang and R. Wang

management, set up the storage plans of each signal, and open the server to upload and record automatically, so as to realize VOD. 3.4

Interaction Module

The interactive module of the media live broadcasting system mainly includes the evaluation, the online community, and the voting and so on. For each video clip, users can publish the evaluation, and the evaluation paging list is below the video playback window. The ID of the main key contribution of the video information table is the external key of the evaluation information table. After the release of the video contribution, the users can evaluate the video contribution, input the evaluation information table after the submission, and update the evaluation area in the video contribution page to display the latest evaluation information. The online communities use the thirdparty open source programs deployed in the value-added application servers, and create the multi-level classified sections based on the live television, the on-demand, the media on-demand, the classrooms and the academic activities and so on. This module is the biggest embodiment of the interaction, dissemination, sharing and comprehensiveness of the media live broadcasting system. For example, before the new live broadcasting classroom is opened, carry out the fore-notice in the community announcement, and a new sub-section named after the course name is created under the live classroom section. While the users watch the live classroom, they can communicate with the teachers and the students, upload and download, and share the information resources.

4 Conclusion The dance teaching system based on the teaching live broadcasting system has the functions of the multimedia and the network support. The application part of the teaching management mainly consists of choosing the dance teaching courses, the online communication of the dance teaching and setting up the dance teaching courses. It manages the dance teaching resources by using a unified electronic platform. Although it faces some challenges in the development of the dance teaching, it represents a development direction of the future learning interaction and the environment construction, and will be favored by more dance students.

References 1. Chen X (2016) On the advantages and disadvantages of the distance live broadcasting teaching model – taking Chengdu no. 7 middle school as an example. Course Educ Res (02):111–112 2. Liu J (2017) “Live + Education”: exploration of the new forms and values of the “Internet+” learning. Distance Educ J (01):116–117 3. Sheng C (2018) Study of the teaching model of the live classrooms in the distance education. Educ Mod (04):132

Implementation of a Dance Teaching Live Broadcasting System

73

4. Meng Y, Huang X (2018) On the impact of the live teaching on colleges and universities – viewing college live teaching from the perspective of the distance education. Comput Knowl Technol (08):155–156 5. Yang B, He J (2018) Research on the internet video interactive live broadcasting teaching platform. China New Telecommun (08):121–122

An Intelligent Learning System to Assist the Medical English Teaching Xi Luo(&) Xi’an Medical University, Xi’an 710000, Shaanxi, China [email protected]

Abstract. The learning strategy is a method taken for students to learn according to the specific learning contents. Generally speaking, different students, according to their different learning styles, adopt different learning strategies. The same student can adopt different learning strategies in different periods. Even the same student can adopt different learning strategies when learning the same learning content. The multimedia-assisted instruction can provide rich corpus and multi-dimensional perspectives for the classroom teaching, so it is becoming more and more popular. This paper attempts to use the multimedia to assist the medical English teaching in order to achieve better teaching results. Keywords: Assist System design


Medical English teaching
Intelligent learning


From the point of the literature analysis, the current domestic research on the intelligent teaching system mainly focuses on the theoretical basis and the system models. Many papers have studied the system architectures and implementation technologies, learning models, teaching design and other aspects of the intelligent teaching system, but little attention has been paid to the teaching application and effect of the system, so as to make the research lack the practical support [1]. In contrast, in this case, the corresponding teaching application experiment is designed to test the application effect of the system and find out the shortcomings of the system design.

1 The Roles of the Intelligent Software Assisted Learning 1.1

Provide the Teaching Platform Suitable for the Teaching Development Trend

Taking the future educational informatization as a requirement, develop the corresponding applications, and accord with the network memory words that must be used in the English teaching process, so that the English pronunciation can be learned on the platform, and further transparent the learning process [2]. Whether it is the school management or the teachers and parents of the students, they can pay attention to the students’ learning progress in real time, so that a good supervision environment can be gradually formed.

© Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 74–79, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_12

An Intelligent Learning System to Assist the Medical English Teaching

1.2

75

Voice System and Word Memory Based on the Cloud Computing

In the past, the traditional vocabulary memory software, that is, the stand-alone version of APP, often has a drawback. That is, the students’ learning progress cannot be controlled. After all, this stand-alone software is only stored on the designated equipment. Students can only use this designated equipment in the future English learning process, so that there are too many limitations for the students to learn English. But the intelligent software system based on the cloud computing such as the word memory and the pronunciation can store the progress of the students’ learning in the server, and form a memory curve and the personalized learning tasks, and then save each student’s learning progress in the cloud server [3]. It enables the students to memorize the words and learn the pronunciation at any place and at any time with any device. 1.3

Improve the Word Recitation Abilities and Speech Recognition

After the application of the intelligent software, every student’s memory of words, the pronunciation and the consolidation of these links will form a highly participatory learning method, that is, the immersion learning, as is often said. Compared with the traditional way of the classroom listening, the effect of the learning is bound to have a cross-revolutionary improvement. In addition, this way of learning can also have the training significance for reciting words and the pronunciation learning [4]. After learning through the intelligent software, it will produce the corresponding Ebbinghaus memory curve. Then according to the memory curve, at the most appropriate time, recite and pronounce the words and sounds, and through continuous practice, ultimately form an efficient and scientific way of learning [5]. In the process, the smart software uploads these details to the server. For the rest of the time, students can log on to the server anywhere with access to the network, using computers, mobile phones and tablets, and then continue to memorize the words and practice the voice. 1.4

Timely Feedback on the Students’ Learning Progress

The intelligent software is used to store the learning records of all the students in the cloud, and give the schools and teachers as well as parents permission, so that they can log on to the cloud server at any time, understand the progress of the students’ learning, and analyze the students’ learning situation from the whole macro level. And also we can analyze the students’ learning situation from the micro perspective, and then effectively form the environment of supervision and management. The intelligent software-assisted English teaching can help the students form a benign competitive atmosphere, and let the students know their ranking in the class or in their own small group, while competing with other students individually or in groups, using the results of the micro-blog or circle of friends. The scores of the competitions with classmates are sent up, which makes the learning exchanges between students become more frequent and more closely linked.

76

X. Luo

2 Design Background of the Intelligent Learning System to Assist the Medical English Teaching Change the students’ learning beliefs, and change the “learning English” to “learning in English”. Students’ cognition of the medical English teaching mode still has some problems. College English teaching has been based on the basic stage for a long time. Students tend to focus on CET-4 and CET-6. The idea of examination-taking has long occupied the minds of students, resulting in the rigid and mechanical learning methods. How we change the students’ learning concept from “learning English” to “learning in English” is a problem that the medical English teachers need to consider. The total hours for medical English courses each semester are only 36 h, half of College English in the foundation stage, which is difficult to meet the demand. Moreover, it is too hasty to complete the systematic teaching of medical English in a school year. There are few class hours, but the teaching contents are various, so that the teachers have great pressure, and their teaching speed is fast, and therefore, the students are more difficult to accept. The most important thing is that in order to complete the arduous teaching tasks, we have to reduce the time of communication and interaction between the teachers and the students, and the time for students to give feedback on what they have learned. The lack of the class time restricts the development of the medical English and affects the teaching effect. Therefore, the author believes that it is necessary to weaken the English teaching at the basic stage and increase the proportion of the medical English appropriately so that students can have access to medical English earlier. There are limitations in the large class teaching. Our medical English teaching is currently conducted in large classes, with an average class size of more than 60 students. On the one hand, teachers generally reflect that there are a large number of students, with less exchange between the teachers and the students, which seriously limits the development of many classroom activities, and it is difficult to create a classroom environment for the teachers and the students to interact. On the other hand, there are a large number of students in classes, and there is difficulty for the teachers to control the classroom, and there is a surprising amount of the after-class guidance and homework review, which is not conducive to the timely feedback of the teaching effect. In addition, the levels of the students are uneven, and the large classes are more disparity. In the actual teaching, teachers are difficult to give mature consideration to all aspects of a question.

3 Design of an Intelligent Learning System to Assist the Medical English Teaching The computer multimedia teaching can simulate the real-life situations, create the standard pronunciation language learning environment for the students, play English songs and watch English movies, so that students can experience and appreciate the original English language environment, and then integrate into it to communicate, so as to change the shortcomings and deficiencies of learning English under the Chinese circumstances. The use of the computer multimedia can maximize the classroom contents.

An Intelligent Learning System to Assist the Medical English Teaching

3.1

77

Attach Importance to the Assessment of the Students’ Initial Learning Abilities

The assessment of the students’ initial learning abilities usually uses some test exercises calibrated by the measurement theory to test the students. According to the students’ reaction, the students’ abilities and knowledge of the field are estimated. In the PIMS system, through the pretest, we can understand the students’ initial English reading ability and vocabulary mastery. At the end of a learning cycle, the results of the comprehension test and the vocabulary test are fed back to the personalized vocabulary recommendation agent, the personalized courseware recommendation agent and the user file database. With a systematic understanding of the students’ cognitive status, the teaching model can accurately evaluate the students’ understanding of the knowledge, so as to further recommend the suitable reading materials for students. At the same time, the teaching model can also diagnose students’ erroneous concepts formed in the learning process through the student model. Provide students with the corresponding tutorials to enable the students to establish the correct concepts. 3.2

Dynamically Generate the Adaptive Learning Contents

The dynamic generation of the adaptive learning contents refers to the intelligent teaching system which dynamically organizes and presents the learning contents most relevant to the learner’s current learning abilities according to the evaluation results of the students’ initial learning abilities and the records of the students’ learning files. It includes the contents in the two aspects. In the selection of the learning contents, the system chooses the learning contents that the students have not mastered or have not learned according to the learning history and ability evaluation results, which is the closest to the current students’ abilities. In the organization of the learning contents, the system will select the most suitable ways of presentation for the learners according to the ability of estimating students and their cognitive styles. In the PIMS system, the personalized courseware recommendation agent recommends the appropriate reading materials according to the students’ initial English reading abilities and vocabulary abilities, which are known by the pre-test. At the beginning of the next learning cycle, the personalized courseware recommendation agent makes further reasonable recommendation based on the feedback results of the previous cycle. According to the theory of the limited resources, the human cognitive resources (mainly in the working memory capacity) are limited, and any learning and problemsolving activities will consume the cognitive resources, which may cause the cognitive load. If the cognitive resources needed to process certain information exceed the total amount of the cognitive resources that the human beings have, it will lead to the cognitive overload, thus affecting the efficiency and results of our learning. According to the basic factors affecting the cognitive load, the cognitive load can be divided into three categories: the intrinsic cognitive load, the external cognitive load and the germane cognitive load. The intrinsic cognitive load is generated by the interaction between the intrinsic nature of the learning materials and the learners’ professional skills. The magnitude of the load depends on the amount of the information processed simultaneously in the working memory and the relationship with the existing schemas.

78

X. Luo

The dynamic generation of the adaptive learning contents can effectively reduce students’ internal cognitive load, which conforms to the principle of the individualized teaching according to their aptitude. 3.3

Dynamic Adjustment of the Learning Strategies

The PIMS system gives full play to the advantages of the intelligent tutoring system and the mobile learning. On the one hand, the intelligent teaching system can support the learners to carry out the autonomous learning, collaborative learning and inquiry learning strategies, and provide rich resources and learning suggestions for the learners. On the other hand, the mobile learning has not only all the characteristics of the digital learning, but also its unique characteristics. The mobile learning provides the learning methods based on the short messages, texts, and images and so on, and the learners are no longer confined to the computer desks, but they can be free and easy to carry out the learning in different places and different ways. The learning environment is mobile and the students are mobile. The learners can dynamically adjust their learning time and place according to different learning conditions. Each student can control the pace of learning by himself, and combine with the learning characteristics of “short time and high frequency” of their English learning. The specific learning contents are presented in an appropriate way, and the flexible learning strategies are used to promote the learners’ active learning, so as to realize the meaning construction of knowledge. 3.4

Pay Attention to the Teaching Application and Effects of the Intelligent Teaching System

The case first introduces the method of using the system, the method of collecting English news, the courseware management system, English news and the interface of the system. Then it clarifies the limitations of the experiment objects and experiments, presents the experiment design, data statistics and tests in a vivid and intuitive chart form, and understands the system in our teaching through the evaluation of the learning achievement. Through the questionnaires, the students’ views on the ease of the operation of the system, the learners’ learning attitude towards using the PIMS system, the advantages and disadvantages of the system, and the students’ self-evaluation of the English reading ability before and after the experiment are understood, so as to lay a foundation for the further improvement of the intelligent teaching system. Experiments show that the English news recommended by the PIMS system for different learners is beneficial to the students’ learning, which can reduce their cognitive load, improve their learning effect and enhance their learning interests.

4 Conclusion Paying attention to the evaluation of the students’ initial learning abilities helps to determine the starting point of the teaching and conforms to the idea of designing the teaching with the systematic method. The advantage of using a systematic view of teaching is that it can grasp the elements of the students, the teachers, the teaching

An Intelligent Learning System to Assist the Medical English Teaching

79

materials and the learning environment in the process of our teaching and the elements must interact effectively. In the intelligent teaching system, the student model is the core component of the intelligent teaching system, which records the cognitive state of the students. It reflects the students’ learning progress, their knowledge proficiency, the existing misunderstandings and the gap with the expected goals. It provides an important basis for the dynamic organization of the learning contents.

References 1. Liu C, Tan F (2017) The coexistence and difference of the intercultural communicative competence in college english course – an interpretation of the college English teaching guidelines based on the legalized code theory. Foreign Lang World (08):129–130 2. Cheng M, Wu S (2017) Questions and suggestions on the English teaching and learning in the higher vocational education – based on the survey of the present situation and needs of the English competence assessment in the higher vocational education. Foreign Lang China (11):124–125 3. Xu J, Zhang X, Hu J (2017) Research on the cooperative teaching between college English teachers and professional teachers in the transition of ESP – taking news English as an example. Foreign Lang Learn Theory Pract (02):100–101 4. Zhang X (2018) The enlightenment of the genre analysis to the teaching of the international business English – taking the teaching of international business English: business theory, language and practice as an example. J Xi’an Int Stud Univ (06):155–156 5. Cai J (2018) An exploration of English as a paradigm for second language teaching in foreign language environment – review and reflection on the foreign language education in Chinese universities on the 40th anniversary of reform and opening-up. J. Northeast Normal Univ (Philos Soc Sci Ed) (09):119–120

Design of the Intelligent Education System Based on the Piano Introduction Rong Wang(&) and Congdie Jiang Jiangxi Science and Technology Normal University, Nanchang 330000, Jiangxi, China [email protected]

Abstract. In the era of the education informationization, it is necessary to collect the big data of the industries to realize the individualized music education and accelerate the development of the music industry. Regardless of the efficiency and effect of the piano learning, or from the perspective of the education inclusion and fairness, it is the general trend to use the Internet, the artificial intelligence and other technologies to carry out the music education. In the past, the piano learning was difficult to objectively demonstrate the effect of the piano learning by means of the science and technology, and there is a lack of the accurate effect analysis, which is one of the main reasons for the low efficiency of the piano learning and practicing. Keywords: Piano introduction
Intelligent education Design concept
Humanistic thinking


System design


When the experiencer plays a piece of music, the platform detects and analyses the accuracy, rhythm, speed, intensity, expressiveness, difficulty and other dimensions of the piano player through the intelligent evaluation system, and converts the details and results of the detection into the visual graphical display, so that parents can see the progress of their children’s piano learning intuitively. Teachers can teach students in accordance with their aptitude according to the evaluation data of the students playing the piano, and let the children receive all-round analysis and guidance [1]. The “Artificial Intelligence Piano Education Platform”, through the accurate evaluation, the real-time feedback and other functions, truly realizes the closed-loop of “teaching, learning, training, and testing” in the field of the piano education, which will accelerate the arrival of a more equitable era of our education [2].

1 Feasibility Analysis of the Intelligent Education System Design Based on the Piano Introduction The rapid development of the mobile communication technologies provides the technical support for the mobile education. In recent years, the mobile communication technology has been developing at a high speed. From GSM/GPRS to UMTS to 5G, the communication rate and the multi-service carrying capacity have been greatly improved (the packet data rate can reach 2 Mbps at rest, 384 Kbps at walking and © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 80–85, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_13

Design of the Intelligent Education System

81

144 Kbps on vehicle). IEEE802.11n makes the highest transmission rate of WLAN up to 320 Mbps. The Bluetooth transmission technology of 100 m distance is also gradually mature [3]. The mobile education has great demand potential. China is a big educational country with great regional differences, and it is difficult for the remote areas to enjoy the advanced educational resources. There are nearly 20 million college students who have many learning problems during their holidays and internships. There are also continuing education problems for tens of millions of employees. As the world’s largest mobile phone country, these are potential users of the mobile education, so the demand potential of the mobile education is great. Teachers can also make some cards with various rhythms, and combine these cards according to the rhythm to the practice. They can practice with palms or keys on the piano. Every lesson is practiced from easy to difficult [4]. At the same time, we should pay attention to the laws of rhythms and senses of rhythms in order to cultivate the students’ good sense of rhythms. In practice, there is often a problem of the unstable rhythm, so teachers must guide the students to develop the habit of slow practice, and to adhere to practice for a long time.

2 Design Requirements of the Intelligent Education System Based on the Piano Introduction The playing posture is the basis of the piano performance, which directly affects the levels of their performance. Children aged 5 to 10 are often active and lack of concentration. Therefore, special attention should be paid to the training of their playing postures for the beginners. Children should be in the center of the quasi-piano, sitting at one third of the piano stool, with both feet on the ground. Younger children can prepare a highly suitable stool, with both feet on it. Shoulders relax and droop, upper body naturally straightens, but slightly forward tilt and eyes face the music. The hip cannot move left and right when playing, and even if both hands are in the high or bass area, they cannot move the body [5]. The good hand shape should keep hands relaxed naturally, like the shape of a lampshade. The fingers bend naturally, and the joints of fingers protrude strongly. Because the length of the five fingers is different, they cannot keep a straight line when touching the key. If the fingertips of the five fingers are accidentally stained with ink, the marks they leave on the keys should be a rainbow, and a pencil can be placed horizontally between the top of the rainbow and the black key. In order to enable the students to grasp the hand shape correctly and improve the teaching effect, teachers can give students a vivid analogy, such as comparing the hand shape to a beautiful stone arch bridge or a small cave, so that the palm joint will not collapse. We can also compare the five fingers to five brothers, and the fingertips to five brothers’ heads, and the white keys to the sheet bed. The five little brothers sleep in five small beds. This kind of analogy makes the contents acceptable to the children in a short time, and the correct hand shape is remembered all of a sudden, and the practice is not boring, just like playing on the piano, once, twice, three times… The hand shape is mastered unconsciously.

82

R. Wang and C. Jiang

The first step in learning the five-line spectra is to define the concepts of the lines and the spaces. The five-line spectrum consists of five lines and four intervals, and each line and each interval represents a sound, and there is a corresponding key on the piano. The key to the correct spectrum recognition is to install an “azimuth converter” in the brain, which can transfer the high and low azimuth of the five-line spectrum to the pitch position of the instrument. When a note moves up or down, the hand moves right or left, and the pitch on the five-line spectrum will be higher. Because the children are younger, they should learn the sounds step by step. They should start from the central c, and then expand to both sides. They only learn 1 or 3 sounds in each lesson. They need to memorize the sound names and the roll names, and should quickly find the corresponding positions on the keyboard. The distance between the five-line score and the keyboard is the same, so in practice, we must develop the habit of reading the score and playing it. In a word, we should make sure that we have a good command of the keyboard. Through such long-term and repeated practice and consolidation, we can make the recognition speed faster and faster, and become more familiar with the keyboard. In teaching practice, there are often many problems, such as the confusion of the pitch and bass, and the mispronunciation of the temporary rising and falling horn. In order to make it difficult for children to mispronounce, when learning the piano, they can first find out these easily mispronounced sounds, mark them, play on the piano repeatedly, and listen to and compare them. Usually we must see more, read more, play more and listen more, so that all difficulties will be solved. The notes are divided into the high and the low, and the symbols used to record the length of the music are called notes. The notes in the five-line spectrum are divided into three parts: the head, the trunk and the tail. Different notes have different shapes, names and time values. In order to enable the students to quickly understand the notes, they can combine the images of things to teach them in learning, such as the whole notes as a white ball singing four beats, the dichotomy as a white racket singing two beats, and the quarter as a black racket singing one beat. It should be emphasized that no matter which line or between the notes are written, the trunk is up or down, and the time value of the notes is unchanged. With these notes of different duration, we can combine these notes of different duration according to certain rhythms, which is the rhythm. Rhythm is one of the basic elements of music, which coexists with the rhythm. There is the four-four time, the three-four time, the two-four time and the three-eight time in music. The rhythm has rich changes in these fixed rhythms. There are many rhythm types of music, which are very important and difficult to master, but we can also find rules. It is not difficult to find that there is a certain proportion relationship between different notes. Understand the proportionality between notes, no matter how difficult the rhythm can be mastered. The difficulty of the rhythms in children’s introductory stage is mainly in the syncopation and the point-by-point rhythm, which can be learned from the two-beat syncopation, point-by-point of two-beat to point-by-point of one-beat syncopation and point-by-point of one-beat. In order to enable the students to better understand the rhythms and master the proportion, they can be described by familiar things when explaining, and guide them to clarify the proportion relationship. In addition to writing the notes, music also uses various symbols to indicate the composer’s intention and artistic conception. In our teaching, we must pay attention to

Design of the Intelligent Education System

83

the expression of these symbols and guide the students to recognize and play correctly. There will be differences in the timbre and feeling between different pieces of music, and there will also be rich changes in the timbre between the same piece of music, so the touching keys and the force are very subtle and important. When teaching all kinds of playing methods, teachers should demonstrate correctly so that students can imitate the movements and timbre, and practice more until they master all kinds of the playing methods skillfully. In addition, teachers should let the students understand from the beginning that music is used to express people’s thoughts and feelings, so it has a rich expression, just as people have happy, sad, exciting and other emotions. Only music with changing expressions can be attractive and moving. Teachers should demonstrate more, let students experience the breathing of the phrases, strength the changes and so on, and then guide the students to pop up the voice with changes and expressions according to the requirements of the expression terms.

3 The Composition and Functions of the Intelligent Education System Design Based on the Piano Introduction 3.1

The Composition of the Mobile Education System

The mobile education system is mainly composed of the wireless communication network, the computer network and the mobile terminals. (1) The wireless communication network can be a part of the entire cellular mobile network, consisting of several base stations, used to transmit or receive the information from mobile stations and the Internet and seamlessly connect the mobile stations to the Internet through air interface. It can also be constructed by applying other wireless access technologies such as the wireless LAN consisting of the IEEE802.11 series and the Bluetooth technology. (2) Computer network. At present, the Internet technology has been very mature. Customers connected to the Internet can exchange information conveniently and access the Internet teaching server, which is connected to the Internet or LAN, and stores rich teaching resources and corresponding service procedures. (3) Mobile terminals. They mainly refer to a variety of the wireless mobile devices, such as smart-phones, PDAs, table PCs and portable computers with wireless modules. 3.2

System Functions

A practical mobile education system must take into account the students, the teachers and the resources at the same time. It should have at least the following two functions: (1) The student-oriented function. Share information among the students, exchange their learning experience, discuss their learning problems, and report their learning progress to each other. Ask questions to the teachers. Some simple or urgent questions of the students can be posed to the teachers at any time through the wireless and mobile devices. Answer questions automatically. After receiving students’ questions, according to the key-word matching method, the system searches the database and automatically returns the corresponding answers to the students if it finds that similar questions have been answered. Browse the questions and answers. Students can browse

84

R. Wang and C. Jiang

other students’ questions and the corresponding answers for a period of time through the system, and improve in other students’ questions. (2) The teacher-oriented functions. Understand the progress of students’ collaborative learning and provide guidance at the appropriate stages. Inform the teachers to browse when students’ questions accumulate to a certain number. Teachers browse and answer the questions raised by the students. At the same time, they can send some important and urgent teaching activities and notifications through the wireless and mobile devices. The piano cloud school adopts the advanced audio recognition technology, and the image and video recognition technology, which can record the entire process of the students’ playing in an all-round way, and use the artificial intelligence and the big data technology to analyze and compare the performance data of the pianists and the students, forming an objective evaluation of their learning abilities. Regardless of the efficiency and effects of the piano learning, or from the perspective of the education inclusiveness and fairness, it is the general trend to use the Internet, the artificial intelligence and other technologies to carry out the music education. In the near future, ordinary people will also be able to play masters’ famous music perfectly. How amazing it is! And for all of this, the artificial intelligence + musical instruments will fulfill your music dream. The entertainment and toy intelligent musical instruments will ingeniously combine various kinds of the intelligent software, and will inevitably redefine people’s music life. Different from the traditional music training models, the development of the intelligent piano enables more people to embrace music, learn music, play music, and close the distance between the instruments and people. In an interesting interactive way, rich and diverse learning modes make music learning no longer tedious and difficult. This paper introduces how to use the ANSYS software to carry out the finite element analysis of the piano sound board vibration. It effectively solves the problems of the non-intuitive programming results and the poor visualization of ANSYS, makes the finite element analysis of the piano sound board easier to operate, and greatly improves the efficiency of the finite element analysis and the maneuverability of the aided design of the piano sound board. There are three main steps in using ANSYS to analyze the vibration of the piano soundboard: creating the finite element model, applying the load and boundary conditions to solve the problems, and viewing the analysis results in the post-processor. When creating the finite element model of the piano sound board, this paper adopts the following methods: the plate-beam structure to build the model, the ribs and bridges on the sound board simulated by Beam 189, the resonant plate simulated by Shell 93, and the mesh divided by free mesh, and the boundary clamping around the plate taken as its constraint condition.

4 Conclusion The piano is very expressive. In order to play correctly and fully express its music connotation, the correct playing postures, the score recognition and the playing methods are the foundation. The good postures, the fast reading and the correct playing can improve the efficiency and quality of the piano learning, so it is very important for teachers to guide the students to develop the good postures, and the reading and playing habits.

Design of the Intelligent Education System

85

References 1. Guo Q, Yu Q (2015) Design of the intelligent education resource management system in the cloud environment. Comput Educ (01):199–200 2. Yan H (2015) Brief discussion on the application of the intelligent teaching system supporting the situational awareness in our education. Heilongjiang Educ (Theory Pract) (03):212–213 3. Li J, Xing Z (2017) System design of the creator education intelligent controller based on FPGA. Instrum User (01):57–58 4. Yang Z (2015) Design of the intelligent cross-network education and training system based on the “4G Cloud” technology. Electric Ind (09):212–213 5. Zeng Z (2017) Design and research on the intelligent education system. Comput Prod Circ (12):155–156

Development of an Intelligent Foreign Language Multimedia Teaching System Based on the “New Liberal Arts” Paradigm Niu Cui(&) Zhengzhou University of Science and Technology, Zhengzhou 450064, Henan, China [email protected]

Abstract. The main features of the foreign language education in the information age are to realize the modernization, informatization, intellectualization and diversification of the foreign language teaching, and to promote the modernization of the foreign language teaching through the informatization of the foreign language teaching. The new concept of the leapfrogging development in the foreign language teaching should be a hot topic and trend in the study of the foreign language teaching theories and practice in the new era. Under the “New liberal arts” paradigm, students are expected to take part in various activities to promote the transformation of the classroom theoretical knowledge into the specific practical skills and enhance their abilities to solve the practical problems in the real world. Keywords: “New liberal arts” paradigm
Intellectualization
Foreign language multimedia
Teaching system
Design ideas

Teachers play an important role in the development and utilization of the English multimedia teaching resources. Teachers are not only the users and evaluators of the teaching resources, but also the developers and organizers of the teaching resources. When teachers use the multimedia teaching resources to teach, they are the people who pay most attention to the quality of their teaching [1]. They can evaluate the teaching resources reasonably and directly. Therefore, they will pay more attention to the rationality of the development of the multimedia teaching resources.

1 Analysis of the Connotation of the Paradigm of “New Liberal Arts” The new liberal arts is a cross-disciplinary reorganization of the liberal arts and the sciences relative to the traditional liberal arts, that is, integrating the new technologies into such courses as philosophy, literature, and language and so on, to provide the students with the comprehensive interdisciplinary learning. Because some majors in the new liberal arts program overlap, this integrated teaching method is very helpful for the students to understand a particular field in depth [2]. It is expected that students will expand the breadth of their knowledge on the basis of the new liberal arts as the © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 86–91, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_14

Development of an Intelligent Foreign Language Multimedia Teaching System

87

orientation advocated by the schools. By taking a series of the core courses and participating in the “joint activities” of the colleges, students can actively explore and conduct the in-depth research on a specific field of their choice. By participating in these activities, students will be encouraged to translate the classroom theories into the practice and enhance their ability to solve the practical problems in the real world. In the process of our learning, students are expected to master the following skills: the communication skills: oral, written, electronic and data visualization, the critical thinking: the ability to conceptualize, synthesize, empirically analyze, apply and evaluate the information in order to find the answers or conclusions, and the systematic and designing thinking skills [3]. There are many ways to define these two skills. The systematic thinking usually requires the students to examine the interaction and interreaction between various parts of the system from the perspective of the entire system, how each part affects each other and how it affects the operation of the entire system. Generally speaking, the design thinking requires understanding and solving the social problems from the perspective of the targeting audience. Usually, the design thinking includes several steps: definition, research, conception, prototype, testing and implementation [4]. Teamwork: Work with all kinds of people to achieve the collective goals or the propose solutions. Computing ability: It includes the mathematical operation, the data analysis, testing, coding, and programming. First, we should speed up the innovation of the theoretical system, speed up the construction of the discourse system with the Chinese characteristics, form a theoretical system, explain the Chinese phenomena with the Chinese theories, solve China’s problems and guide China’s practice [5]. Second, deepen the professional reform, improve the qualities of the connotation construction of the liberal arts specialty, and build a new liberal arts specialty. Third, the liberal arts education should come to a classroom revolution, eliminate the “water course” and create the “golden courses”, to promote the reform of the teaching contents, the curriculum system, the methods and means, and the practice teaching. Five kinds of the “golden lessons” including the offline, the online, the hybrid, the virtual simulation and the social practice should be created to make a series of changes in the concepts, contents, means, methods and students’ examination standards of the liberal arts education in order to improve the quality of the liberal arts education.

2 Design Background of the Intelligent Foreign Language Multimedia Teaching System If the development of the multi-media teaching resources is not supported and participated by the English teachers, the shortcomings of the teaching resources cannot be found in time. On the one hand, it will increase the difficulty of the development of the teaching resources. On the other hand, it will also cause various problems in the use of the teaching resources, reduce the practical application values of the multi-media teaching resources, and result in the poor teaching quality. Therefore, in the process of the resource development, schools should vigorously encourage the English teachers to participate in it. If necessary, they should act as the administrators of the resource development. The resource development departments should adopt more teachers’

88

N. Cui

opinions and absorb teachers’ practical experience so as to make the multimedia teaching resources more perfect and reasonable. The effect of the development and utilization of the English multimedia teaching resources is closely related to the information technology, the computer operation skills and the professional skills of the English teachers participating in the construction. Through the questionnaire survey of the teachers, we can see that most schools have the training of the multimedia skills for the teachers, but the training effect is not satisfactory to them. Teachers also listed the contents and methods of the training they want to participate in, and the relevant opinions can be found in the questionnaire analysis. Firstly, we should work with the students to determine the teaching objectives and cultivate the students’ autonomous learning abilities before class. The self-regulated learning refers to “learners can make their learning plans according to their actual situations, determine their learning objectives, contents, materials and methods, monitor the learning process and check and evaluate their self-development”. Teachers can communicate the pre-lecture contents to the students through the multimedia network system before class, and discuss and determine the topics with the students, which can stimulate the students’ interests, make them pay attention to the classroom contents and determine the learning objectives, and make full preparations before class. Secondly, we should use the multimedia courseware reasonably according to our leading role, and “create more opportunities for the students to output by using various tasks and activities.” The multimedia-assisted instruction has many advantages, but too much and excessive use of it will make the English classes become the exhibition of the courseware. The courseware should avoid flashiness and highlight the key points. More importantly, “the natural language between people is the most affinity and flexibility of the language. The interactive communication between the teachers and the students in class should be the most effective way of our teaching and learning”. Many activities organized by the teachers in the English classes, including lectures, group performances, discussions and debates, are good ways to cultivate the students’ listening and speaking abilities, which are irreplaceable by computers. Finally, the network system is used to guide the students to study and evaluate independently after class. After class, teachers can adopt the principle of combining the real-time and the non-real-time counseling, communicating with the students, assigning the homework, uploading the counseling materials, and answering the students’ questions and so on. In addition, “teachers can also use the network system to keep abreast of the students’ learning progress and learning effects at any time, and can give the targeted guidance according to the situations they have mastered”. Students use the part of the online courses to review what they have learned in class, to know their progress in their learning in time, and to get the relevant information feedback in order to adjust their learning strategies. In addition, valuation can be carried out between the teachers and the students and between the students to promote each other.

Development of an Intelligent Foreign Language Multimedia Teaching System

89

3 Design Requirements of the Intelligent Foreign Language Multimedia Teaching System Based on the “New Liberal Arts” Paradigm The cognitive principle is the principle that any teaching should follow. “Emphasizing the cognitive principles in the college English teaching includes two aspects. First, the influence of the learners’ original linguistic knowledge and the world knowledge on the college English learning should be fully taken into account, and the similarities and the differences of the structural characteristics between the mother tongue and the college English should be consciously compared, and students’ understanding of the new linguistic system knowledge should be deepened. Second, the learners’ learning strategies and their memory habits should be fully taken into account.” First, the courseware designers should evaluate the cognitive characteristics of the courseware users, clarify their current language levels, and understand their learning strategies and memory habits, so as to maximize the teaching efficiency. In addition, the designed courseware should also help the learners to transcend their self-restraint, contact with different learning methods, get rid of the bad learning habits, and cultivate the effective learning strategies, which is undoubtedly of great benefit to the improvement of the learners’ comprehensive qualities. The proposition of the cultural principles is obviously of the epochal significance. On the one hand, the close relationship between the language and the cultures determines that the language teaching cannot be separated from the teaching of the relevant cultures. On the other hand, because the intercultural communication has become a feature of the times, the intercultural awareness and the intercultural communicative competence have become an important part of the college English teaching, which is not only the need of the college English learning itself, but also the need of the college English teaching to serve the society and adapt to our social development. In addition, cultivating the students’ cross-cultural awareness and improving their cross-cultural communicative competence are the best manifestations of the quality education in the college English teaching, so they have the strong practical significance. The multimedia computer-assisted foreign language teaching courseware can make full use of the advantages of the diversity and the integration of its information carriers, display the language materials and the cultural backgrounds simultaneously, consciously select the different aspects of different cultures and the same culture, and compare them with the students’ own cultures, so as to enhance the students’ sensitivity to the cultural differences.

4 Design of the Intelligent Foreign Language Multimedia Teaching System Based on the “New Liberal Arts” Paradigm The text output: Teachers collect the information after class, arrange the text contents, and make the slides, save them to the portable storage disks. In class, they copy the teaching contents and the teaching data to the multimedia computer in advance. In

90

N. Cui

class, they transmit the basic text data signals to the multimedia terminal system through the teaching terminal computers. The multimedia terminal system is connected. Through the video streaming, the basic text data is transmitted to the video display equipment (projection and LCD), so that teachers can smoothly transmit the preproduced text teaching data to the students through the multimedia terminal system in the real time. The audio output: In the course of the classes, in order to better let the students understand their teaching intentions, teachers must equip the corresponding audio equipment to assist the teaching, which includes the output of the basic audio files and the sound transmission of the teacher’s lecture contents. The output of the teaching audio files is to copy the prepared teaching audio files to more than one through disks. In a media computer, the basic audio signals are transmitted to an audio receiver (e.g., the power amplifier and the mixer) through a multimedia computer. The audio control equipment will receive the audio signals through the audio amplifier (the sound and the speaker) and then transfer them to students to achieve the real-time audio transmission. At the same time, teachers carry the audio receivers with them to receive the audio signals through the basic audio receiving devices, and transmit the audio signals to the output devices, so that teachers’ voices in their lectures can be transmitted to the students in the real time, thus realizing the effect of the simultaneous transmission of the teachers’ voices and the teaching documents’ voices, and effectively improving the richness of our teaching. The video output: The video equipment collects the basic information into the storage devices through animations, images and special effects collected by the teachers before class. In the course of the classes, teachers transfer the video files with animations, images and special effects to the output devices through the multimedia terminal devices, so that students can see all kinds of the video files prepared by the teachers in class, thus strengthening the richness of the teaching of the teachers. In this system, My SQL database is used in the database. The database is a multi-user and multi-threaded relational database, which has many advantages, including the following aspects. First, the speed of writing the data is fast, and the number of the writing is only one percent or less of Access and SQL Server. Second, the amount of the information stored is large, and the storage of each information table is up to 50,000,000 records. Third, the privilege setting mechanism is perfect, and the data security is guaranteed. Fourth, with the use of the optimized SQL query algorithm, the query speed has been greatly improved. Fifthly, the ways of the database connection mostly include ODBC, TCP/IP, and JDBC. Sixthly, MySQL is easy to start, execute and install, and the disk occupies little space, in only more than 100 megabytes. Seventhly, the management tools of the database can manage and optimize and check it, and the system platform it runs is wide, including the windows system, the Linux system, and the UNIX system. And at the same time, the MySQL database supports the B/S development model. In this system, users mainly include the teachers, the students and the system administrators. According to the description of the functions of each module, the information tables of the database are designed, including the user information tables, the students’ basic information tables, the teachers’ basic information tables, the curriculum information tables, and the test information tables and so on.

Development of an Intelligent Foreign Language Multimedia Teaching System

91

5 Conclusion The multimedia teaching resources are extensive. When using the multimedia teaching resources, English teachers should not only confine themselves to the supporting CDROMs and the courseware media, but also absorb various forms of the resources, such as English movies, English news, English songs, teaching videos, network resources and English TV programs, which can be screened and developed and applied to our English teaching. Therefore, English teachers should establish the awareness of the development and utilization of the teaching resources, so as to continuously enrich and improve the English multimedia teaching resources.

References 1. Wen H (2014) Exploring the english teaching in the military academies based on the MOOC platform from the perspective of constructivism – taking MOOC “College English (spoken language)” course of China University as an example. Educ Forum (16):99–103 2. Yan L (2015) Integrating the information technologies and practicing the english language sense reading teaching – a case study of the national integration of the information technology and the discipline. China Educ Innov Herald (03):89–93 3. Chen Y (2016) Reforming college english spoken language curriculum model and improving students’ spoken english level – report on the reform of the spoken english curriculum teaching for foreign teachers of non-english majors in Beijing City University. J Shenyang Norm Univ (Soc Sci Ed) (02):51–53 4. Tang S, Yang Y (2017) Practice of the english intelligent preparatory course supported by the modern educational technology and the big data – take wing course network intelligent synchronized teaching platform and process on mind mapping website as an example. Engl Teach (10):124–125 5. Xiang J (2018) Application of the data mining in the integration of the network teaching resources. J Guangxi Radio TV Univ (09):225–226

Design of the Vocabulary Query System for Computer-Aided English Translation Teaching Wang Ying(&) Zhengzhou University of Science and Technology, Zhengzhou 450064, Henan, China [email protected]

Abstract. The design of the vocabulary query system for the computer-aided English translation teaching is mainly aimed at the students’ use, hoping to improve the efficiency of the students’ English vocabulary learning. Experiments show that this system can effectively and accurately query the vocabulary in the English translation teaching activities. It has the advantages of the fast speed, the strong stability and the high practicability. It can promote the learning of the English vocabulary and realize the initial expectation of the system design. The application of the computer-aided translation in our translation teaching has improved the traditional translation teaching methods. For students, the computer-aided translation not only provides a living dictionary, but also provides the rich translation examples, the complete contexts and the sufficient background information. Keywords: Computer-aided
English translation teaching Vocabulary query
System design




The computer aided language instruction (CALI) has always been a very active branch in the field of the CAI. Many kinds of the CAI software have been developed for the language teaching exercises and words and so on. However, these kinds of the software are designed for a single problem, and the teaching effect is limited. How to take the language teaching as an entire process and carry out the systematic computer-aided teaching is still lack of the sufficient research and development [1]. The use of the computer and the network technologies in our English translation teaching has been widely accepted and put into practice.

1 The Inadequacy in the Traditional Translation Teaching In the traditional translation teaching, teachers are the main subjects of the classrooms. They use the cramming method to teach the students various translation theories and explain various translation techniques and methods [2]. This teaching method has many disadvantages, including the following aspects. It is dominated by the teaching. Most of the time teachers explain various translation theories and doctrines and impart various skills and techniques to the students. However, they seldom communicate with the © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 92–97, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_15

Design of the Vocabulary Query System

93

students and give the students more opportunities to practice. Therefore, students are often disconnected from the theory and the practice in their practical translation and cannot complete the translation work well. The contents of the translation textbooks are outdated, with a lack of the advanced textbooks reflecting the requirements of the times and integrating the theory with the practice [3]. Most of the subjects of the translation in our teaching are the literary works, reflecting the lack of the materials in the contemporary social economy, the science and technology, the diplomacy, the foreign trade, the media, laws, films and televisions, the military and other fields. This makes our teaching and training out of touch with the social reality, which not only affects the students’ interests in their learning, but also affects the comprehensive cultivation of the students’ translation ability. The teaching time is short and the class hours are small, which cannot meet the actual learning needs of the students. At present, the English-Chinese translation classes in colleges and universities are short in the hours and heavy in the teaching tasks [4]. Teachers should not only teach the translation theories to the students, but also carry out the practical exercises. They often neglect one thing or the other. The traditional classroom teaching is difficult to take care of the individual differences of the students. After twelve years of the basic examination-oriented education, students’ language foundation is uneven, and some students’ language expression ability is very weak. The unified teaching contents and methods cannot meet the learning needs of the individual students. The evaluation method of the translation teaching is single [5]. The written examinations are mainly adopted, and there is a lack of the evaluation of the students’ translation response ability and interpretation. On the other hand, teachers are the only readers and judges of the students’ works. Even in the classrooms, due to the time constraints, it is difficult for all the students to get the extensive and effective feedback.

2 Computer Aided Translation The computer-aided translation (CAT) is a form in which the translators use the computer software specially designed for the translation process. In the computer-aided translation, the computer programs assist the translators, who translate the documents themselves and make all the basic decisions involved. The computer-aided translation, similar to the computer-aided design, actually plays a role in assisting our translation. It can help the translators to complete the translation work with the high quality, efficiency and ease. It is different from the previous machine translation software. It does not depend on the automatic translation of computers, but completes the entire translation process with the participation of the humans. Compared with the manual translation, the quality is the same or better, and the translation efficiency can be more than doubled. CAT makes the heavy manual translation process automated, and greatly improves the translation efficiency and quality. The CAT technology has a long history of development. Trados, the IBM Translation Manager, Wordfast, and OmegaT and so on are the most popular translation memory products in the world. In China there are mainly Yaxin, Huajian, and Wenjie WinMAT and so on. Both at home and abroad, Trados in Germany is the most widely

94

W. Ying

used and well-known one. In recent years, with the development of the computer linguistics and the corpus linguistics, some researchers have begun to introduce the corpus linguistics research methods and the technical means into the research and practice of the English vocabulary teaching (Wang 2011). This paper analyses the current situation of the English vocabulary teaching, and explores the motivation of the corpus-based vocabulary teaching. From the frequency statistical analysis, the word collocation and the word discrimination and so on, this paper explores the application values of the corpus in the English vocabulary teaching. By using the computer-aided language teaching to teach the collocation, students can intuitively learn the typical collocation of words. With this corpus-assisted vocabulary teaching method, students will have a stronger grasp of the lexical collocation. The corpus can help answer many difficult questions. However, the corpus is not omnipotent. It has the obvious advantages in teaching and learning the verbs and the adjectives. The vocabulary is the basis of the English learning. The choice and use of the vocabulary learning strategies is an important problem that needs to be solved effectively in the current computer-assisted language teaching environment. In the computer-assisted language teaching environment, learners make the correct choices and use of the vocabulary learning strategies.

3 Design Mechanisms of the Vocabulary Query System for the Computer-Aided English Translation Teaching In the past, the computer-aided English vocabulary query system based on the Visual Studio has some shortcomings, such as too cumbersome query pages and the low efficiency, resulting in the slow speed and the poor practicability of the query system. Therefore, a computer-aided English vocabulary query system based on the Struts is designed. On the basis of the Struts framework structure, the overall functional structure of the system is designed, including the system management, the application operation module and the query module. When the system uses the JSP page design to display the user login and the query interface, in order to reduce the page complexity and improve its working efficiency, exclude all the business processing and try not to involve the Java scripts. The struts application is realized by copying the files and adding the elements. The normal operation of the program ensures that the system can query the English vocabulary smoothly. Experiments show that the designed system can query the English vocabulary accurately and has the advantages of the high efficiency and practicability. Based on this, this paper designs a computer-aided English vocabulary query system based on the Struts, which can effectively and accurately query the English vocabulary, and has the advantages of the fast speed, the strong stability and the high practicability. The system is mainly designed for the students. Students can query and synthesize the English vocabulary through the system according to their own needs, store the query results for the easy reuse, and refer to the query records, summarize the current learning situations, arrange their future learning plans, and improve the efficiency of their English vocabulary learning.

Design of the Vocabulary Query System

95

The core function of this system is to retrieve, provide the more comprehensive information, and minimize the repetitive work of the teachers. From the user’s point of view, it also needs the function of the content management and the question feedback. The query function is queried by words, including the single words, the batch queries and the fuzzy queries (all words including the keywords are retrieved). According to the vocabulary of the texts, select the textbooks and the names of the texts, and inquire the meanings of the new words, the relevant multimedia resources and the courseware of the whole course at one time, with the query by the resource category and by the resource category. The function of adding, modifying and deleting contents: In the initial stage of the system construction, designers can add contents centrally, and then open the content management authority to some users to improve the relevant contents together. Users can easily and timely feedback suggestions on the contents, report the program errors in the operation of the system, and put forward suggestions for the modification and so on. The system adopts the Microsoft SQL Server 2000 database and the Asp.net (C#) technology to carry out the development, and the developing tool uses the Visual Studio 2005. SQL Server 2000 database is an enterprise database produced by the Microsoft. It has the high data performance and the strong data security. Asp.net (C#) is one of the mainstream technologies in the development of the Web applications (the online system). Visual Studio 2005 is a powerful integrated development tool. Firstly, the database is designed to build the data tables for different contents of the plan, and the relevant Web pages are designed. The corresponding adding, query, updating and deleting codes are compiled, and a small amount of the data is input to debug and modify the program repeatedly, so as to realize the function of querying by words and the basic content management. At this time, the system can be used in our teaching, but because there is only a small amount of the data, the program code is not perfect and needs to be modified at any time. It is only a minimal test system, and no help documents have been written, so it cannot be shared with other teachers for the time being. It is only suitable for the developers (that is, the author himself) to continue testing in the actual teaching. When preparing a new text, first input the pinyin, part of speech and the interpretation of all the words in the vocabulary to the entry the data table, then add pictures for the nouns, adjectives and a few verbs, add the pairs of words and their synonyms to the vocabulary analysis data table, and enter the analysis explanation. When entering, the inquiry function is constantly used to query all the words in the vocabulary, check the operation of the system, revise the program code in time, and make the final inquiry results into the courseware for our teaching. By the end of the semester, the vocabulary materials of the whole textbook have been entered into the system, and the program code has been further improved, and the field design of the data tables in the database has been adjusted appropriately. In the second semester of our teaching, the author continues to input the vocabulary materials from other textbooks and further modify the procedures. But then more and more reusable entries have been recorded, and the work is relatively easy. In addition, the function of the user rights is designed, and the system is shared with some teachers. After login, teachers can input and modify the relevant

96

W. Ying

contents according to the system’s setting rights, speed up the expansion of the entries, and improve the efficiency of the vocabulary lesson preparation. With the improvement of the efficiency and the time saved, the input of the sample sentence database has begun to proceed one after another. When more textbooks can be covered by the included entries, teachers can use the system to query the commonly used words in the TCFL as long as they are online and do not need to log in. At the same time, the feedback function is added so that the users can submit their feedback opinions. Open accounts for the teachers willing to participate in the system construction and expand the construction team. According to the actual situations of the teaching and the feedback of the users, we should continue to improve the functions and expand the contents. This is a long-term job. The steps of the query module for the English vocabulary query are as follows. Users edit the description of the English vocabulary to be queried on the client’s query page, and test the accuracy of the vocabulary description by the script. And if the test passes, the query command is transmitted to the business logic program. The business logic program forms the query condition for the received query command and then accesses the data. The layer interface is passed to the database, and the database is queried and the result is transferred back to the business logic program. The business logic program normalizes the query result that the database is transmitted back to, and changes it into the mode that the client can express and transmits the command to the browser. After the browser receives the command, it can record the query results in the client’s SQLi database many times. The browser renders the query results for the users to view concisely or in details.

4 Conclusion For the teachers, the computer-aided translation is the assistant of the translation teaching. It helps the teachers to input the key points and the difficult points of the knowledge into the computer-aided translation system in advance according to certain needs, so as to achieve the ideal teaching effect. The computer-aided language learning is one of the important symbols of the reform of the translation teaching. In learning English vocabulary, we should make full use of the modern teaching methods so that more information can be displayed and utilized. On the basis of conforming to the learners’ cognitive thinking process, we should actively create a better learning environment, and improve the vocabulary memory efficiency and the learners’ autonomous learning abilities. In the future, the development and the application of more interactive software will provide a broader space for the computer-aided English vocabulary teaching. Users use the query module to query the English vocabulary through the clients. The working process of the query module is represented by a Sequence Diagram. The priority ranking representing the communication between the targets can reflect the changes in the coordination process between different targets, which is called the sequence diagram or the sequence chart.

Design of the Vocabulary Query System

97

References 1. Zou D, Yan F (2017) Development and application of the computer image recognition technology. Comput Prod Circ (09):122–123 2. Song W, Zhu L (2017) Research on the feature extraction and the matching technology of images. Geomatics Spat Inf Technol (07):105–106 3. Chen H (2017) Practice of the CAI in the teaching of mechanical principles. J Zhejiang Univ Water Resour Electr Power (12):153–154 4. Xie C (2018) Design of the computer aided dance teaching resource management system. Mod Electron Tech (08):124–125 5. Ma C (2018) On the training of the applied talents in the english major by the computerassisted translation teaching. Data Cult Educ (04):138–139

Informationized Technological Path for the School-Running Risk Prevention and Supervision of Private Colleges and Universities Under the Background of the Internet Liangjun Liu1,2(&) 1

2

Xiamen University, Xiamen 361005, Fujian, China [email protected] Zhengzhou University of Science and Technology, Zhengzhou 450064, Henan, China

Abstract. At present, with the decrease of the educational population and the gradual deepening of the higher educational reform, the development of the private colleges and universities is facing various contradictions and challenges. The development concept of “innovation, coordination, green, open and sharing” put forward at the Fifth Plenary Session of the Eighteenth Central Committee of the CPC provides the value guidance and the practical basis for the private colleges and universities to renew their development concepts and solve their development problems. Keywords: Internet background
Private colleges and universities
School-running risk prevention
Regulatory mechanism
Informatization Technological path




Since entering the new century, the private higher education in China has entered a vigorous stage of development. The state and the local governments have promulgated a number of policies to support the development of the private higher education. The enthusiasm of the social forces to invest in the establishment of the education has been further stimulated [1]. The quality of the private colleges and universities has been continuously improved, and their running behavior has been constantly standardized. A number of the private colleges and universities with characteristics and qualities are taking shape.

1 The Origin of the Risks in Private Colleges and Universities The discussion of the risks was first seen in the economic studies at the end of the 19th century in the West. American scholar J. Haynes proposed in 1895 that the risk means the possibility of damage. After the American Management Association Insurance Department first proposed the concept of the risk management in 1931, as an independent discipline, the risk management has been greatly developed in the western © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 98–104, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_16

Informationized Technological Path for the School-Running Risk Prevention

99

countries, especially in the United States. In 1986, the famous German sociologist Ulrich Beck published the German edition of Risk Society, which first used the concept of “risk society” to describe the post-industrial society full of risks and put forward the theory of the risk society [2]. He pointed out that, in the world, today’s society is experiencing a fundamental change aimed at challenging the industrial society based on the enlightenment as the knowledge basis, with the nation and the state as the regional foundation and with the social stratum as the collective base. The new political and social formation based on this is called the risk society [3]. It is not long to apply the risk theory to the management research of colleges and universities in China. In the late 1990s, in order to meet the needs of the development of the higher education, China’s colleges and universities used the bank loans to continuously increase their infrastructure transformation and improve the conditions of running schools under the condition of the insufficient funds. After borrowing a lot of debts, the problem of the school financial risks has become increasingly prominent, which has gradually attracted the attention of scholars, and they analyzed the outstanding debt risks of the public universities in China since the expansion of the enrollment mostly from the perspective of the financial management. Under the influence of the university development orientation, the enrollment scale, the school running quality, the asset structure, the credit funds, and the sustainability and other factors, the risk of the university debt inevitably exists and the size of the risk is closely related to these factors [4]. Compared with the public universities, the private universities not only have more serious debt risks, but also have “policy risks, market risks and education quality risks”. Therefore, we must construct a complete legal system of the private higher education, strengthen the macro-management of the investment in the private higher education, and implement the policy of funding the private higher education to prevent and avoid the risks of the investment in the private higher education [5]. However, the previous studies on the risk prevention mainly focused on the financial risks of colleges and universities, lacking the comprehensive consideration of the risks and management of colleges and universities. Compared with the development of the private higher education in the ascendant, the theoretical research on the risks in the private colleges lags behind a lot.

2 Risk Types of Running Private Colleges and Universities Under the Background of the Internet There are many uncertain factors in the management and operation of the higher education. At the same time, because of the limitation of people’s cognitive abilities, the lag of the information itself, and the uncertainty of the operation environment, private colleges and universities have risks in the operation and management process. Therefore, we can define the operational risks of the private colleges and universities as the incompleteness and uncertainty of many factors in the internal and the external environment of the private colleges and universities in the process of management and operation, which leads to the uncertainty and possibility of the loss of the private colleges and universities caused by the mistakes in the process of operation and

100

L. Liu

management, which leads to the risks of private colleges and universities in the process of operation and management. 2.1

Risks in the Policies and Regulations

The development of the private colleges and universities cannot be separated from the guidance and support of the relevant national and local policies and regulations. In 2002, the National People’s Congress officially passed the Law on the Promotion of Private Education, which has played a positive role in regulating the behavior of the private education, encouraging the social running of schools and promoting the educational equity. However, although the Law on Promotion of Private Education has been promulgated for a long time, many provisions are still not operable, and even some laws and regulations are contradictory. 2.2

Risks in the Market Competitions

At present, most private colleges and universities do not have the deep foundation and the distinct characteristics, with a lack of the internal development connotation. Therefore, the development of private colleges and universities is more vulnerable to the influence of the market demand. Even some private colleges and universities cater too much to the market demand, and they do not consider their own development characteristics, school-running conditions and teachers’ levels, but follow the social hot spots in a swarm, and blindly start the popular majors, with a lack of the foresight and scientific planning of the personnel training, resulting in the similar specialty settings and the weak market competitiveness. This will inevitably result in the structural waste of the personnel training, which will lead to the difficulty of the employment of the graduates and their disadvantage in competitions. 2.3

Operational and Management Risks

The private colleges and universities, because they are run by the private or the private legal persons with capital injections, carry out the self-management and take responsibility for their own profits and losses economically, resulting in the familiarization of their management modes, the backward management concepts and the relatively low quality of the managers. On the other hand, in the daily management process, managers of the private colleges and universities often equate the management of colleges and universities with the management of enterprises. They regard schools as the profitmaking organizations and have the strong utilitarian motives for running the schools. The purpose of running schools is not only to cultivate talents, but also to regard running schools as an investment behavior. As a result, a series of problems such as the insufficient investment in the teaching, the inadequate rigorous teaching management and the incomplete teaching planning and outline have emerged. As a result, the private colleges and universities violate the laws of the operation and development of the education, and there are operational risks to varying degrees in the process of the operation and management.

Informationized Technological Path for the School-Running Risk Prevention

2.4

101

Risks in the Teaching Quality

Only if a university has a high quality of running a school can it attract more candidates. At present, there are some problems in the teaching staff of the private colleges and universities, such as the unreasonable structures, the instability and the low quality. In terms of the structures, there are many part-time teachers, the fewer full-time teachers, more retired old teachers and young teachers, and fewer middle-aged backbone teachers in the teaching staff of private colleges and universities in China. The unreasonable structure of teachers leads to the low quality of the teachers, which will inevitably affect the improvement of the teaching quality. Therefore, many private colleges and universities have fallen into a vicious circle. The poor quality of the teaching will inevitably affect the social status and reputation, and the social reputation is poor, and students will become worse and worse. The worsening of the student resources has led to the increasing pressure on the survival of the private colleges with the tuition as the main funding. The shortage of the operating funds leads to the shortage of the teaching resources, including the teaching equipment, and the teaching staff and so on, which leads to the worse and worse teaching quality, which in turn affects the reputation of the school.

3 Informationized Technological Path for the School-Running Risk Prevention and Supervision of Private Colleges and Universities Under the Background of the Internet In recent years, with the overall advancement of the national education informatization construction, the informatization construction of private schools is still relatively lagging behind. Some schools are not enthusiastic about this aspect and pay less attention to it. They do not realize the positive role of the informatization construction in the development of the schools. At the same time, subject to the subjective and the objective constraints, the traditional management concepts, and the ways of thinking and funding have always been unable to effectively take the informatization as an important part of the teaching and management, reducing the utilization rate of the existing information resources, seriously restricting the construction and development of the informatization in private schools. Increase the continuous investment in the education informatization funds. The educational administrative departments should give more guidance to the construction of the educational informatization in the private colleges and universities, and give support and assistance to the private colleges and universities in terms of policies and funds. At the same time, private colleges and universities themselves should increase their investment in the information construction, actively raise the special funds, rationally coordinate the use of the construction funds, and ensure the implementation of the information construction planning.

102

3.1

L. Liu

Renew the Educational Concepts and Improve the Understanding of the Construction of the Educational and Teaching Informatization

The first task of the educational informationization is to change ideas. The educational informationization should guide the wide application of the information technologies in various departments and fields of the teaching and education with the new educational thoughts and concepts. According to the requirements of training the innovative talents, we should explore the new educational models by using the information technologies to promote the educational modernization. Leaders, teachers and students should change their traditional ideas. First of all, leaders should strengthen the leadership of the educational informationization. The process of the educational informationization cannot be simply regarded as the process of introducing the information machines and the information technologies. It is different from the computerization or the networking. The process of the educational informationization is the process of changing the educational ideas and concepts. Secondly, teachers should set up the modern teaching concepts, change from the traditional knowledge imparters to the learning organizers and coordinators, pay attention to cultivating the students’ self-learning abilities and acquiring the information and knowledge, and guide, plan, organize and coordinate the students’ learning activities. Finally, students should cultivate their modern learning concepts, and change from the passive acceptance of the knowledge, and understanding and mastery of the knowledge to the independent acquisition and use of the knowledge. They should be able to use the information networks to acquire the knowledge and explore it, and have the strong self-learning abilities. 3.2

Improve the Internal Control System

Colleges and universities can use the “Internet+” to establish a perfect internal control system. The institutions of the higher learning can set up posts by the “Internet+” according to their posts, and define the responsibilities and division of responsibilities of each post. In addition, when setting up the posts, we need to consider the contents and needs of the work, and also abide by the internal control of accounting, so as to make the posts reasonable, applicable and effective. The division of the posts should follow the principle that the incompatible posts are separated from each other. At the same time, through the “Internet+” training and other ways, improve the professional knowledge of the financial personnel, with the implementation of the regular rotation system. 3.3

Standardize the Examination and Approval Process

The authorization examination and approval is the main measure of the accounting internal control. Most of the fund management in colleges and universities is carried out by the payment examination and approval, the account examination and the post division. The financial department should make full use of the “Internet+” to issue various documents, such as using the form of the “campus network platform” to issue the approval process, the authorization of the approval and control system, the asset management system and other related financial systems. At the same time, the OA

Informationized Technological Path for the School-Running Risk Prevention

103

system can be used to strictly implement the management of the scientific research funds and the financial reimbursement system. Private university leaders also need to pay attention to the appropriate authorization, which should not be too light and nor too centralized. We should not only improve the efficiency, but should also improve the enthusiasms of the employees. 3.4

Strengthen the Budget Management

Private colleges and universities generally have the high financial risks. In order to effectively avoid the financial risks, it is necessary to strengthen the financial budget management. Private colleges and universities are different from the enterprises in that their income mainly comes from the students’ tuition fees, which can be estimated by the annual enrollment plan and the tuition fees of each student. Under the stable situation of the students’ income, the budget income generally does not differ much. The expenditure of the schools is usually budgeted by the departments and institutions in advance and reported to them step by step. Finally, the leaders will discuss and decide which budgets to be implemented, and the relevant departments should supervise the implementation of the budgets. At the end of each year, this year’s budget situation is summarized and analyzed to prepare for the adjustment of the next year’s budget. 3.5

Strengthen the Risk Awareness

Sometimes, there will be the instability in the source of the private universities. This requires the private colleges to step up the publicity efforts, and analyze the number of the candidates each year through the “Internet+”, and make the reasonable enrollment plans by adjusting the professional orientation. The main source of the income of private colleges and universities is the students’ tuition fees, but there are often cases of the tuition arrears. Schools can reduce the financial risks by strengthening the tuition reminders, the students with family difficulties applying for grants and the bank loans and other means. At the same time, schools should strengthen the construction of the teachers and the students’ practice and employment, so as to ensure that students’ sources are not affected when the national policy changes, to improve the importance of the educational informatization construction. 3.6

Resource Integration and Information Sharing

Improving the management informationization and strengthening the construction of the hardware facilities are the foundation, and establishing a fast and stable network is the guarantee. Facing the main business needs of the schools, such as the daily educational administration, the network teaching, the daily office, and the finance and so on, the office system, the educational administration system and the financial management software can be integrated into a system, which can then provide users of various departments with the uniform styles and complete functions of the interactive platform, which can enable the users to have access to the same interface uniformly, and can enjoy the personalized services. The information integration platform is

104

L. Liu

responsible for the information sharing and eliminating the “information island”. Aiming at the phenomenon of the data redundancy and the inconsistency in the information system, the original redundant business data are merged and we can carry out the centralized management through the establishment of the main database.

4 Conclusion From the perspective of the development stages of the private schools, this paper briefly describes and analyses the risks and countermeasures faced by the private schools in various stages of development. If we look at it from a broader perspective, the risk of running a private school obviously does not end there. Considering the technical characteristics of the current Internet era, it provides a good information technological advantage and path for the private colleges and universities to effectively guard against and supervise the risks of running schools. Acknowledgment. This article is the result of the Ministry of Education Humanities and Social Sciences Research Youth Fund Project “Research on Risk Prevention and Government Supervision of Non-profit Private Colleges and Universities” (18YJC880053).

References 1. Guo W, Fan C (2014) Evolution, latest development and motivation of the risk management in private universities. J Changchun Univ Technol (High Educ Res Ed) (16):99–103 2. Tao Y (2015) Construction of the risk management model and the risk avoidance in private colleges and universities based on the system theory. Educ Vocat (11):212–213 3. Guo W (2016) Research on the comprehensive risk control strategy of private universities under the background of the comprehensive deepening educational reform. Knowl Seeking Guide (02):51–53 4. Chen L (2016) Research on the accounting system of private colleges and universities – taking the revision of the accounting system of private colleges and universities in Jiangsu Province as an example. Econ Res Guide (08):71–74 5. Xiao J, Wang Y, Shi M (2017) Analysis of the root causes of the school-running risks of private colleges and universities and the preventive measures – based on 32 cases of the school-running risks of private colleges and universities. China Adult Educ (08):261–263

Optimal Construction of the Multimedia Distance Education Resource Library Based on Chinese Education Li Ling(&) China West Normal University, Nanchong 637002, Sichuan, China [email protected]

Abstract. The computer-aided instruction (CAI), represented by the distance education resources, is a true double-edged sword. Only by combining it with the traditional teaching theories and methods can it be perfected gradually. Only by using this technology properly and skillfully in the classroom teaching can we really play its role. In order to effectively improve the level of the Chinese teaching, the specific strategies of the effective use of the distance education resources in Chinese teaching are to continuously improve the informationization level of the teachers and enhance their abilities to use the distance education resources, to enrich the contents and modes of the Chinese teaching based on the distance education resources, and to integrate the distance education resources and break through the key and difficult points of our teaching. Keywords: Chinese education
Multimedia Resource library
Optimized construction


Distance education


With the development of the educational information technologies and the need of the new educational situation, Chinese teachers should firmly implement the belief of the goal of the students’ core literacy education, create the learning situations that can guide the students to participate extensively and deeply, creatively design the language learning activities, selectively develop the curriculum resources, and build the open, diverse, orderly, practical and high-quality digital language curriculum resources as soon as possible [1]. The library forms a pattern of the development and utilization of the curriculum resources, helps the students to improve their ability to solve the real language problems, and gradually improves the core literacy of Chinese.

1 Analysis of the Characteristics of the Multimedia Distance Education Resource Library 1.1

Openness

The modern distance education, with the Internet and the multimedia technology as its main media, has broken through the limitations of the learning space and time. The modern distance education is not restricted by the region. It provides the simultaneous teaching between the teachers and the students in different places [2]. The teaching © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 105–111, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_17

106

L. Ling

contents, teaching methods and teaching objects are open, and the learners are not restricted by their occupation or their region. The modern distance education is not limited by the learning time. Anyone can receive the required educational information at any time, obtain the educational contents he needs, and realize the real-time and the unreal-life study. 1.2

Integration

The multimedia technology can organically combine various media information, such as data, texts, images, graphics, animations, and sound and so on into a complete multimedia information, and display the results synthetically. It can also integrate different input display media or the output display media to form a multimedia broadcasting system [3]. 1.3

Interactivity

The advanced modern educational technologies have greatly improved the interactive function of the distance education, which can realize the multi-directional interaction and the timely feedback between the teachers and the students, and between the students and the students. Students can always consult the first-class experts, scholars or teachers of their major on the Internet, such as the face-to-face communication like the videophone. 1.4

Flexibility

It can meet the needs of the individualized learning and give the educated greater autonomy. It has changed the traditional teaching methods. The educated people can learn according to their own choice, making the passive acceptance into the active learning, changing the traditional teaching methods based on the “teaching” to “learning”, reflecting the characteristics of their self-learning. 1.5

Resource Sharability

The modern distance education provides the learners with abundant information through various networks, realizes the optimization and sharing of various educational resources, breaks the geographical and attribute characteristics of the resources, and integrates the advantages of the resources such as talents, technologies, courses and equipment to meet the needs of the learners’ self-selection of the information [4].

2 Characteristics and Structures of the Multimedia Distance Education Resource Library The lack of resources, and especially the excellent network teaching resources, is one of the bottlenecks restricting the development of the distance education [5]. In recent years, the Ministry of Education, the RTVU system and various network colleges have

Optimal Construction of the Multimedia Distance Education Resource Library

107

placed the construction of the distance education resources in an important position. However, there are some problems in the current resource construction, such as the lack of the resource sharing of the high-quality resources, the serious repetitive construction of resources, the low level of the technical intelligence in the resource retrieval, the slow speed of the resource acquisition and application and renewal, and the poor dynamic adaptability, among which the main problem is still the lack of the effective resource sharing. 2.1

Characteristics of the Distance Learning Resources in the Grid Computing Environment

Firstly, the amount of the resources is huge. These resources may be geographically distributed, and heterogeneous. They are interconnected by the multi-level networks and form a huge resource pool. Second, the resources are dynamic, and the resource database system can adapt to it dynamically. Third, the resource sharing mechanism is established. Although these resources are managed by different individuals, the grid resource database system provides a unified standard to achieve the interoperability and provide the interaction and collaboration functions. 2.2

Architecture of the Teaching Resource Library Based on the Grid

According to the OGSA four-tier model of the open grid service structure, we summarize the practical application of the teaching resource database in the open education, and propose the construction framework of the distance education resource database system based on the grid technology. The grid repository nodes: All kinds of the resources accessible on the internet include all kinds of the hosts and the workstations running on different platforms, which can also be the cluster devices, the large storage devices and the databases running the cluster operating systems, which mainly refer to various resources and databases. The grid repository middleware: The middleware defines a series of the protocols and services, provides a series of the tools and protocol software. Its function is to shield the distribution and heterogeneity of the spatial information in the infrastructure of the grid resource repository system, and provide the transparent and consistent interface for the data grid application layer. It can provide the remote management services, resource allocation services, storage access services, information services and the security control services and so on. The management middleware includes the dynamic allocation and the unified management of the information and resources in the virtual organizations, and the predefinition of the resources. At present, the first step is to realize the semantic retrieval of the teaching resources. The grid resource library development environment provides the users with the secondary development environment and tools, develops the high-level services, and allows the application programmers to manage and schedule all the resource nodes for computing. The grid portal provides the service of the network application. That is, users can submit and collect the remote resources they need through a Web interface. Users can call the information resources of different parts of the grid through this layer, and collate and process and use them.

108

L. Ling

3 The Background of Optimizing the Construction of the Multimedia Distance Education Resource Library The distance education teaching resources are a very complex system. From the content, it includes many disciplines, and they are constantly subdivided into various categories of courses, or are integrated and intersected with each other. From the presentation, there is any combination of the network courses, courseware, videos, audios, graphics, and animations and so on. It is precisely based on these characteristics of the teaching resource system that the abstract model processing is carried out, and the management architecture of the structured teaching resources “professional categories – courses – different types of media resources” is proposed. Each teaching resource is stored in a kind of the media. Then the intelligent classification of the courses and specialties is carried out on this basis. In this way, the teaching resources also meet the concept of the grid resources and can be integrated into the grid resource system for the management and manipulation. In the teaching resource database system designed by us, 19 professional disciplines are set up according to the requirements of the distance education. Each subject is divided into the courses according to the catalogue of the network courses, the courseware, videos, audios, graphics, animations, documentation, academic papers, papers, and text classifications, showing all kinds of the resources, and counting the sum of each kind of resources according to the update time. It also shows the number of the times each media resource is browsed. It should be pointed out that in different professional disciplines, courses are allowed to overlap. That is, the same course belongs to different professional disciplines, but in different courses all kinds of the resources are not allowed to overlap. That is, one resource can only belong to one course.

4 Strategies for Optimizing the Construction of the Multimedia Distance Education Resource Library Based on the Chinese Education The distance education resource library is the integration of the resource collection and management system. Firstly, the resource library contains a large number of the wellorganized distance education teaching resources. Secondly, in order to manage and utilize the massive resources effectively, we need to use the management system with the computer network technology and the database technology as the core. Thirdly, the resource repositories are not only the “warehouses” and the “conveyor belts” of the resources, but also, as Nicholas C. Farnes said, a platform to support the teaching and the teaching activities. Fourth, the resources and the management systems are usually provided by different people or organizations. Finally, the distance education institutions generally have the multiple network systems that provide the support services for the students and the teachers. These systems need the reasonable division of labor and cooperation to construct a digital learning environment for students. At the same time,

Optimal Construction of the Multimedia Distance Education Resource Library

109

students may register the courses in the multiple distance education institutions and need access to the multiple resource libraries. Combining with the school’s teaching activities, using the broadband Internet access and the satellite reception, all the teachers can watch the high-quality teaching programs provided by the educational websites in different grades and subjects. The lectures and the courseware making methods of experts, scholars, excellent teachers and super teachers are disseminated directly to the teachers and the students. By observing, discussing, communicating, recording and broadcasting, many contents have become teachers’ teaching aids and entered the classrooms, thus freeing the teachers’ teaching concepts and teaching practices from the constraints of the traditional classroom teaching. In the classroom teaching, various teaching methods are used to give full play to the overall advantages, showing a dynamic and static staggered, graphics and texts, and audio-visual teaching environment, which activates the interest of the teachers and the students in the teaching and learning, and improves the efficiency of the classroom teaching. Moreover, teachers can actively find the knowledge contents they need from the network resources according to the needs of the teaching contents, break the traditional ideas that the textbooks are the only resources of the curriculums, broaden their horizons and improve their appreciation abilities. The new learning concepts have been established and the innovative consciousness has been enhanced. The use of the distance education resources can also find the very rich subjectrelated information, as if there is a mysterious and wonderful library. Teachers start the media materials in the teaching resource bank of the distance education, which makes the students have a real sense of Zhaozhou Bridge’s close-up and panorama, as if they were in the situation. Some programs about the popular science knowledge, patriotism and environmental education are planned to be broadcast during the class meeting or the activity class. Through the popular science education, students can understand the development of the science and understand the power of the sciences, looking forward to the bright future of science. It induces children’s fantasy and creative wisdom. Through the patriotic education, students’ hearts are shocked and their patriotic enthusiasm is stimulated. Understanding that the personal destiny is related to the future of the motherland, only building the motherland can have a good future for individuals. Through the environmental education, students can enjoy the beautiful scenery and broaden their horizons in all parts of the motherland, and realize the importance of protecting the environment. The new curriculum standard clearly points out that the Chinese teaching should focus on improving students’ ability to understand and use the Chinese language of the motherland, cultivating the students to learn to choose themes from their own learning life, social life, nature and human development, making the comprehensive use of the knowledge and skills they have learned, and gradually learning in the process of the independent learning and the active exploration. In the process of study, research and exploration, we should develop the creative thinking, experience the creative emotions, cultivate the students’ scientific spirits, practical abilities and innovative spirits, and develop the students’ individual characteristics. This requires the teachers to change their educational concepts, change the original “classroom instructor” into the “classroom promoter”, and use certain means to help the students achieve the teaching

110

L. Ling

objectives, so that the students can devote themselves wholeheartedly to their spontaneous learning, enhance their interests in their active exploration, and improve the overall development of their humanistic qualities and language abilities. The modern distance education, with its irreplaceable advantages, has become the best choice of a certain means. The Chinese teaching is to edify and educate the students with truth, kindness and beauty, to cultivate the students’ literary literacy, and to enable them to grasp the proper knowledge of Chinese. If the students who are taught in our Chinese teaching do not like Chinese or do not understand it, it will only be the failure of the Chinese education. The traditional curriculum system is characterized by the singleness of the educational objectives, the closeness of the teaching contents, and the “model” and “one-size-fitsall” drawbacks of the teaching methods and means, which not only fail to meet the requirements of cultivating the creative and pioneering talents in our modern society, but also hinder the development of the students’ initiatives, enthusiasms and personalities. Therefore, the curriculum reform is imperative. In the distance education resources, there are abundant flash animations, video resources and pictures, which can be directly used in the classroom teaching. To turn the static into the dynamic, the far into the near, the difficult into the easy, the abstract into the concrete, and the micro into the macro, and help the students understand textbooks and master the learning contents. The greatest enemy of our learning is forgetting. In order to reduce the forgetting, after class, we must consolidate and review the knowledge learned in class, so as to achieve the purpose of strengthening the textbooks and internalizing the knowledge. It achieves the goal of mastering and consolidating the knowledge, improving the abilities and strengthening the texts. It has achieved twice the results with half the efforts.

5 Conclusion The modern distance education is a modern teaching method. The multimedia transmits the information to the students by means of texts, material objects, images, sounds and other media. Teachers who are familiar with the theories and operations of the modern teaching methods, and can reasonably choose the modern teaching media according to the syllabus and the students’ reality, and combine them with the traditional teaching media, will greatly enrich the classroom teaching, optimize the teaching process, promote the students’ understandings and memory of the knowledge, cultivate the students’ various abilities, and improve students’ qualities, and improve the teaching effect. Now I want to talk about my feelings in combination with my teaching practice.

References 1. Zhao S (2017) Analysis of the application of the distance education resources in the primary Chinese teaching. China Educ Technol Equipment (07):130–131 2. Hu T (2017) Construction of the Chinese teaching resource library system in the higher vocational colleges under the modular teaching model. Commun Vocat Educ (11):105–106

Optimal Construction of the Multimedia Distance Education Resource Library

111

3. Ren H (2018) A brief analysis of the application of the modern educational technologies in the situational teaching of Chinese in higher vocational colleges. Educ Mod (04):174–175 4. Chai R, Wang G (2018) Construction of the high-quality chinese course resource library. J Teach Manag (06):165–166 5. Lan T (2018) Hotspot analysis of the special education informatization and the resource library construction. Inf Technol Educ (08):120–121

Application of CAI Computer Technology in Teaching Western Art History Hailan Shan(&) Xi’an Academy of Fine Arts, Xi’an 710065, Shaanxi, China [email protected]

Abstract. The purpose of the computer aided instruction (CAI) is to improve the teachers’ teaching efficiency and stimulate the students’ interests in their learning. By using the modern means of the computer aided instruction (CAI), we can do a better job in our teaching. The application of the computer-aided instruction (CAI) in the art teaching should be guided by the new ideas and concepts in the best environment for the students to learn in the most efficient and intuitive way to promote the development of the educational modernization. The current situation of the CAI courseware assistant teaching is good as a whole, but there are still some shortcomings in three aspects: the teachers’ CAI skill proficiency, the integration and sharing of the CAI teaching resources, and the frequency of the CAI courseware teaching. The teaching of the art history needs to be improved. Keywords: CAI
Computer technology Western art history teaching


Assistant teaching


In the art education, the role of the CAI is very obvious. The advent of the information age has provided many favorable conditions for our teaching. We should make full use of these conditions and change the traditional teaching methods so as to make our students learn knowledge more effectively.

1 Analysis of the Teaching Contents of Western Art History The teaching of Western Art History usually takes the way of leading the students to appreciate the famous paintings, but the real meaning of the famous paintings is often deep-seated and vague, which cannot be seen at a glance [1]. Therefore, students often feel helpless when they appreciate the famous paintings in Western Art History. In addition, because the experience, knowledge accomplishments and emotional experience of the appreciators are different, even if the appreciators appreciate the same work of art, different appreciators will certainly have different explanations and experiences. Therefore, there are the aesthetic differences in the process of appreciating the works of art. Even in the face of the same works of art, the appreciators will have different opinions [2]. The rich meanings contained in famous paintings arouse the interests of the appreciators, and also stimulate their in-depth thinking and exploration. The multimedia and the Internet in the 21st century have brought great influence on the teaching and researches of the traditional art history. With the advent of the era of © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 112–117, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_18

Application of CAI Computer Technology in Teaching Western Art History

113

“reading pictures”, various arts and the related categories interact and inter-react more closely. The research object of the art history is mainly the image art, and art has been inseparable from philosophy, cultures and regions since its occurrence and development [3]. Especially when today’s Internet is so developed, access to the information and the images has become more convenient. In the teaching of the art history, the film appreciation is also an important auxiliary teaching method. Therefore, the influence of the film art on the art history teaching is obvious. Learning the art history in the process of watching movies is one of the good auxiliary teaching methods. According to our traditional teaching mode of thinking and the teaching requirements, teachers should teach students the knowledge points in the textbooks [4]. But the art history course has its own particularity. Teachers should simplify and summarize it according to their actual teaching abilities and the students’ acceptance. The textbooks should have the ability of summarizing and comparing and grasping the main knowledge points and explaining them. The secondary supplementary needs should be tasted so far. Others need not be explained. They should be flexibly arranged so that the students can read by themselves after classes. This reduces the total amount and difficulty of the students’ learning, increases their interests and confidence in their learning, and also highlights the key points, reinforces the foundation, and achieves the targeted goal. At the same time, teachers should prepare lessons, prepare enough lessons, and make the relevant knowledge beyond the knowledge points and the historical reasons behind, the art problems and the art phenomena explained vividly and lively, so as not to make the students feel dull and tasteless [5]. Therefore, a good teacher should make this course lively, and a good lesson should stimulate the students’ thirst for knowledge, so that a distinction should be made between what is primary and what is secondary. In addition, it is also very important to broaden the knowledge of the teaching and strengthen the connection between the art history and other disciplines in the teaching of the art history. A textbook of the art history is only the basic resource of our teaching. To achieve the ideal teaching effect, we must supplement and infiltrate the knowledge of other disciplines in the course of our teaching, integrate the humanities, history, aesthetics, philosophy, science and the history of the art development, so as to broaden the students’ thinking mode and cognitive perspectives. In short, the integration of the art history and other disciplines will achieve twice the results with half the efforts.

2 Analysis of the Connotation of the CAI Computer Technology The so-called computer aided instruction (CAI) is to integrate the multimedia technology and the Internet information into the teaching curriculum and apply it through the computer aided instruction. In the process of the classroom teaching, teachers use the courseware, VCDs, slide projectors and other audio-visual teaching tools to enable the students to learn in a relaxed and interesting classroom atmosphere. CAI refers to the computer-aided teaching system. Specifically, it means carrying out all kinds of the teaching activities with the assistance of the computers, communicating with the

114

H. Shan

students equally by means of dialogues, creating a good humanistic environment for students, improving the efficiency of the classroom teaching, and promoting the comprehensive development and growth of the students. CAI (Computer Assisted Instruction) is a kind of the teaching activity which is carried out under the computer assistance. It discusses the teaching contents, arranges the teaching process and carries on the teaching training methods and the technology with the students in the way of dialogues. CAI provides a good personal learning environment for the students. The comprehensive application of the computer technologies such as the multimedia, the hypertext, the artificial intelligence and the knowledge base overcomes the shortcomings of the single and the one-sided traditional teaching methods. Its application can effectively shorten the learning time, improve the quality of our teaching and our teaching efficiency, and achieve the optimal teaching objectives. The traditional art education teachers often spend a lot of time preparing the teaching materials such as pictures and model paintings before classes, which will waste a lot of the manpower and the material resources in the process. The use of the computer-aided teaching will greatly improve the efficiency of our teaching, because the teachers can easily complete the preparation work before classes with only one CD or slide after slide before classes. The computer-aided teaching has the following characteristics in the art teaching: using the CAI can make full use of the characteristics of computers, and according to the needs of the teaching, obtain the unique digital virtual effect, and help the teachers break through the difficulties in their teaching. The art appreciation class has a strong intuitive. Using the computer-aided teaching, through the digital projectors, we can clearly enlarge and display the works, so that students can more effectively “appreciate” them in the appreciation classes. Taking the lessons of Stamp Design as an example, students can broaden their horizons and enrich their knowledge by appreciating the stamps of different ages and forms. Stamps are very small. If teachers show them in their hands, it is very hard for the students to see clearly, let alone appreciate them. For teachers, it is also not easy to explain the knowledge with a small stamp. Through the computer and the digital projector, stamps can be projected into the image in 2 m2, so that every student in the classroom can see clearly the teacher’s explanation of each knowledge point, so as to achieve the best teaching effect. Computers have the powerful multimedia functions, which can integrate texts, images, graphics, sounds, animations and videos. Teachers can express many things and phenomena that the traditional teaching technology can’t express through the computers according to the teaching needs, such as the vivid animation of the demonstration images, the sound pictures with the abundant voice and emotions, and the colorful teaching pictures and so on. CAI can make the abstract problems visualized and the static problems dynamic, and solve the problems that are difficult for the teachers to express and the students to understand in the past.

Application of CAI Computer Technology in Teaching Western Art History

115

3 Research on the Application of the CAI Computer Technology in the Western Art History Art is the plastic art, and the art teaching cannot be separated from a large number of the visual teaching props. In this regard, the use of the computer multimedia teaching means can be said to be a great convenience for the art teaching. Because the computer information storage is huge, it can greatly enrich the diverse teaching contents, and the teachers can expand the knowledge contents of the books at the same time, and use the many functions of computers to solve many long-standing teaching problems in the tradition teaching methods, to make the classroom teaching lively, greatly improve the teaching efficiency, and win the favor of the students. In order to effectively play the role of the CAI courseware in the western art history classrooms, we must first fully recognize and attach importance to the important roles of the CAI courseware assisted teaching. The effective use of the CAI courseware is based on the background that the multimedia is widely used in our education and teaching activities. From the beginning of the projectors and slide projectors to the more popular computers and other multimedia facilities, the multimedia itself has the advantage of the intuitive and vivid images. It can improve the effect of the classroom teaching when it is used in the educational and teaching activities. What we need to pay attention to is that the role of the CAI courseware in the classrooms of the western art history should be the “assistant” teaching instead of replacing the teachers to become the masters of the classrooms. Teachers should regard the CAI courseware as a means of assisting and cooperating with our teaching, but we cannot rely on it completely. Although it has advantages that the traditional teaching methods do not have, it cannot completely replace the traditional teaching methods. The more scientific and reasonable teaching mode of the CAI courseware assisted instruction should be the effective interaction cycle among the teachers, the courseware and the students. We illustrate it through a specific example. When using the CAI courseware to teach the contents in the course of the western art history, teachers can use the advantages of the CAI courseware to play the beautiful scenery of spring for the students. Teachers can make the dynamic PPT forms to deepen the students’ feelings, which can increase the students’ emotional experience and bring the students into the classroom situations quickly. While applying the multimedia technologies to assist our teaching, we must pay attention to it that the multimedia technology is only an assistant means of our teaching. Its purpose is only to make up for the deficiency of the traditional teaching methods, and it is only a necessary technical assistance to play the leading role of the teachers. Therefore, in the application of the multimedia CAI, we must pay attention to the following problems: We can’t “take the place of the principal by the supplementary means”. In the teaching activities, the students are the main subjects and the teachers should play a leading role. The multimedia technology is only an auxiliary means to achieve the better results. If we blindly rely on the multimedia technology to reproduce all the teaching links using the multimedia means, then teachers will become slaves of the multimedia technology, only playing the role of the announcers and interpreters, but

116

H. Shan

not the leading role that the teachers should play. For example, the teacher demonstration in the art classes is sometimes irreplaceable. If it is replaced by the multimedia, even if the performance is good, its teaching effect is still not as good as the direct and the unique appeal of the teacher demonstration. We should not “use the multimedia means for the sake of using the multimedia means”. The multimedia technology can provide many kinds of the signal stimulation, such as sounds, and photo-electricity and so on. It can effectively attract the students’ attention. However, if we use all kinds of the media blindly, regardless of the actual teaching needs, and make the information in the classroom excessive, it will cause the flood of the invalid information, and will also distract the students’ attention, which not only will not assist our teaching, but will affect the realization of the teaching objectives. It is not possible to “replace the actual operation with the analog operation”. The multimedia technology can be used to simulate the reality conveniently, and even to simulate the effect that is difficult to achieve in reality. However, if we are keen on simulating the operation on the computer and neglect the actual operation of the students, it will certainly be unfavorable to the cultivation of the students’ practical abilities. Teachers’ activities should not replace the students’ thinking. In our teaching activities, we must give full play to the subjective roles of the students. The function of the multimedia assisted instruction is to stimulate and mobilize the students’ thinking enthusiasms, inspire the students’ thinking, and cultivate the students’ abilities to discover, think and solve problems by applying the modern technical means. Therefore, in the practice of applying the multimedia in our teaching, we must pay attention to the fact that the audio-visual media cannot occupy the time of the students’ exploration, analysis, thinking and even practice. We must take the cultivation of the students’ thinking abilities as an important goal of our teaching. The teaching activities are those that the teachers and the students participate in together. In our teaching, through the dialogues between the teachers and the students, through the exchange and the feedback of the information and emotions, the teachers can grasp the teaching process, which can help the teachers complete the teaching tasks and achieve the teaching objectives in a dynamic process. If we rely blindly on the computers and only pay attention to the human-computer conversation and ignore the information and the emotional feedback between the teachers and the students, then teaching activities will be in a one-way information system, and will give the students a cold feeling of the mechanical operation, with a lack of the due classroom affinity and appeal.

4 Conclusion An important purpose of the teaching activities is to cultivate the students’ abstract thinking abilities. For the senior students, the cultivation of this ability is particularly important. The multimedia technology can use its powerful function to reduce the difficulty and break through the difficulty. However, if we simply reproduce the imagination which should be in the students’ minds with the vivid pictures, it will inevitably affect the formation and development of the students’ abstract thinking

Application of CAI Computer Technology in Teaching Western Art History

117

abilities, which is not conducive to the long-term development of the students. Especially for the art teaching, beauty should be different from person to person, reflecting their own personality, so different imaginations are very important. We can’t use the multimedia technology to directly convey a fixed image to the students, thus creating a “unique” impression in the minds of the students.

References 1. Xiong Y (2015) Practical exploration of the integration of the information technology and the art teaching. Jiangxi Educ (11):130–131 2. Yan Y (2017) Research on the interactive learning environment based on the mobile terminals. Art Sci Technol (11):188–189 3. Liu W (2017) Research on the current situation of the CAI courseware assistant teaching in the art appreciation course of middle schools. Read Write Periodical (Educ Teach J) (09):194– 195 4. Luo X (2017) Using the computer multimedia technology to improve the teaching efficiency. Rural Econ Sci-Technol (12):165–166 5. Zhong B, Han L (2018) How to use the multimedia to assist the art teaching in primary schools. E-educ Res (08):142–143

Use of the Internet Technology in the Intelligent Library Services of Colleges and Universities in the Big Data Era Yuan Quan and Cao Lei(&) Library of Wuhan University of Technology, Wuhan 430070, Hubei, China [email protected]

Abstract. With the development and application of the intelligent technologies, the Internet of things has become a hot word in recent years. Intelligent libraries and smart libraries have also entered our real world and become a major research hotspot in the library academia in recent years. The continuous development and progress of our society has accelerated the arrival of the era of the big data. In such an environment, how to continuously improve the application level of the mobile augmented reality technologies in the university libraries has become a very important task. The service of university libraries has distinct characteristics of knowledge and specialization, and its intellectualization construction is also unique. It is of great significance for the development of university intelligent libraries to define its intellectualized functions and structures. Keywords: Big data age
Internet technology
College education Intelligent library service
Application mechanism




The coming of the big data era will challenge the practical construction of the smart libraries, but it will also provide a growth point for the academic research of the smart libraries. How to meet the needs of the users and the social development and ensure the interconnection, efficiency and convenience of the smart libraries in the big data era will be the main problem in the research on the smart libraries in the big data era [1]. The intelligent service is an important component of library’s new service abilities. The functional structure of the intelligent libraries needs the systematic analysis and construction.

1 The Application Background of the Internet Technology in the Intelligent Library Service of Colleges and Universities in the Big Data Era Since the beginning of the financial transformation in 2012, the world has opened the era of the “big data” in the Internet of things, and the social development as a whole has moved to a new stage. So far, there has been no clear definition of the concept of the big data. The big data is not the same concept as the big amount of the data [2]. The big data must be able to provide the human use of resources, and no amount of the data can © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 118–123, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_19

Use of the Internet Technology in the Intelligent Library Services

119

be called the big data if it cannot be used by people. In other words, the big data is not the amount of the data consolidation. The definition of the big data in the Encyclopedia is that the big data refers to a kind of the information that cannot be counted by the existing statistical tools or software because of too much data. The United States calls the big data age, the intelligent production and the wireless networks the three major technological revolutions that will open the future. 1.1

How to Realize the Data Interconnection of Intelligent Libraries

One of the main characteristics of the intelligent libraries is their interconnection. The progress of the technology of Internet of things and its practical application make the perceptual difficulties of libraries no longer a problem [3]. Libraries can also use the Internet of things to find and locate resources. However, from the perspective of the development of the big data era, some new problems have arisen in the process of intelligent libraries. It is mainly because of the convenience of the knowledge acquisition in the era of the big data, which leads to the deeper organization and personalized data provision of relevant users [4]. In order to meet this demand, the services form of the libraries also require to be more comprehensive and abundant, to construct a complete service terminal system including the digital, the network, mobile phones, and 24-h libraries and so on, to enables libraries to provide more information services in the process of providing services. So how to make this demand come true and achieve the perception, interconnection and sharing effect of the new data types has become a major problem that must be paid enough attention to in guiding the construction of libraries. 1.2

How to Realize the Efficient Management of Intelligent Libraries

In the era of the big data, the primary manifestation of the library changes is the change of the data. In addition to the change of the data types and forms, there are also many types of the data storage, organization, analysis, association, integration and changes in the process of the data collection [5]. In order to have more data, libraries will analyze users’ behavioral characteristics and their information needs from the massive data, and then provide the necessary data analysis sources for the users’ personalized knowledge services, disciplinary services and situation analysis services. On the one hand, libraries will pay attention to collecting more types, more scenarios and more related data, and the multi-range and quantitative data. For example, through the library monitoring terminals, the PC service terminals and the user log of the digital library, we can collect the users’ borrowing characteristics, the users’ scientific research behaviors and other data. 1.3

How to Realize the Convenient Service of Intelligent Libraries

In the society full of the competitive information, the traditional information service institutions such as libraries, which depend on the literature resources, and especially the paper literature resources, have gradually become marginalized due to the participation and competition of the new information service providers such as Google,

120

Y. Quan and C. Lei

which depend on the network and innovation, thus triggering a discussion on whether libraries will die out. The emergence and the long-term existence of this competitive forms seem to pose a great challenge to the development and service provision of libraries, but we should also see that the innovative knowledge service mode of the new service providers such as Google provides a reference for the future development of the library service mode, and the one-stop knowledge discovery service that competitors are striving to build is already in place. It shows great advantages and is leading the development trend of the information services.

2 Service Innovation of the Intelligent Libraries in Colleges and Universities in the Big Data Era According to the service objects and the business characteristics of university libraries, the functional structures of university libraries are designed and constructed from three dimensions: the intelligent services, the intelligent building and the intelligent management. In the era of the big data, the service innovation of university intelligent libraries is helpful to the overall improvement of the intelligence function of university libraries, to promote the in-depth and systematic development of university intelligent libraries. The intelligent library is the innovation and sustainable development of the library industry and it is the new idea and practice of libraries. From the point of view of its forms, the intelligent library has been realized. 2.1

The Construction of the Intelligent Libraries

Libraries have a lot of information to deal with every day, so the bandwidth and interface of smart libraries must be enough. The Internet is very important for the development of intelligent libraries. In order to achieve the green, efficient, safe and environmental protection, intelligent libraries need to build the adequate Internet facilities. The use of the Internet can also reduce the energy consumption, and can fully sense the safety and sanitation information, the traffic information, and the human flow information and so on. 2.2

The Intelligent Collection of Information

The base of libraries is the collecting books. The traditional libraries have many collections, which are inconvenient to manage, and the books are easily damaged. The classification, management and preservation of books should take up a lot of space, and also we shall spend a long time putting the staff, and the search of books is also inconvenient. In smart libraries, physical books account for a small proportion, and they are mostly stored in the electronic form. This is convenient for the management and search, but it has higher requirements for intelligent libraries. First, it is the fast output of the data retrieval. The data output must be fast, which requires the strong network support. The second is the data security. The data security is the most important, and the intelligent libraries can communicate with the outside world, but we should also pay attention to the confidentiality of our own data. Thirdly, it is the storage of the data. The intelligent libraries have a lot of data, so it needs a lot of the storage equipment.

Use of the Internet Technology in the Intelligent Library Services

2.3

121

The Intelligent Service Forms

Because of the limitation of the time and the space, traditional libraries can only be served in a specific environment and time. The intelligent libraries can break through the restrictions of the practice and the space, so we can not only provide services in the physical environment, but also accept the library services on the network. This greatly enriches the reader’s reading and provides more ways for the readers to get books.

3 The Application Background of the Internet Technology in Intelligent Library Service of Colleges and Universities in the Big Data Era With the rapid development of the modern information technologies, such as the big data, the neural network and the in-depth learning, which drive the advent of the era of the artificial intelligence, university libraries will also usher in new developments and changes. This paper probes into the intelligent services of university libraries from the aspects of the library intelligent management system, the intelligent literature resources construction, and the intelligent retrieval and pushing of resources and so on. The new mode of the service and the future artificial intelligence framework of libraries are prospected, which can provide reference for the developing intelligent libraries. Under the background of the big data era, the operation mode of university libraries in China will face the transformation from informationization to intellectualization, with the intellectualization of the communication system of the Internet of things, buildings, massive information resources, information environment and document management. However, the contradiction between the high investment of the construction funds of university library resources and the relatively lagging library service capacity will be the main contradiction of the university library operation in the era of the big data. Therefore, this paper discusses the intelligent service work of university libraries under the increasingly intelligent environment, which has the broad application prospects and the important practical significance. The study of the university intelligent services is not only conducive to improving the utilization and value of university library’s collection resources, and electronic resources, as well as the reading and promotion oriented service abilities of the subject professional information resources, but also conducive to optimizing the environmental service functions of university libraries and improving its social status. The intelligent libraries in colleges and universities are a new mode of the integration and development between libraries and libraries. It is aimed at the functional characteristics of the libraries in carrying out the literature information services mainly serving the teaching and the scientific research activities of teachers and students in colleges and universities. It applies the information technology and the wisdom such as the mobile Internet, the cloud computing, the big data, and the Internet of things and so on. It can upgrade the traditional functions of university libraries, improve the service qualities and efficiency of university libraries, and provide the literature and information guarantee for our teaching, scientific researches, discipline construction and personnel training.

122

Y. Quan and C. Lei

4 Application Strategies of the Internet Technologies in the Intelligent Library Services of Colleges and Universities in the Big Data Era With the “Internet+” rising to the national strategy, the thinking mode, the working mode and the action plans around the Internet plus have been integrated into all walks of life. As a business card of each university, the library plays an important role in the development, the personnel training and the education of the universities. The development of the university libraries also needs to keep pace with the times and the national strategic deployment, create a new ecological chain of university libraries with the idea of “Internet+”, transform from the digital library to the smart library, and improve the quality and the efficiency of the management and the service of university libraries. The library management in university libraries involves the collection, arrangement, circulation and inventory of books. The traditional management of books consumes a lot of time and energy of the librarians. In the library management of university intelligent libraries, aiming at the acquisition and cataloguing links, through the analysis of readers’ borrowing data and the subject development trends, the purchase list of books and periodicals with the high demand for teaching and scientific research development, the high demand for readers and the highest utilization rate can be produced. In view of the circulation link, we should gradually improve the selfservice lending system with the RHD technology as the core, and at the same time we should realize the shelf management and the regular inventory of books. The selfservice borrower can scan, identify, lend and return books with the RFID tags, and connect the self-service borrowing and returning system with the library cluster management system, so as to realize the self-service borrowing management. The use of the RFID tags can facilitate the rapid search and identification of books, help the book inventory and search, and facilitate the shelving and shelving of books. 4.1

The Intelligent Navigation Services

The development of university libraries has always been reflected not only in the digital resources such as the hardware equipment, the paper resources, and the databases, but also in the scale of the library building space. Many newly-built libraries in colleges and universities not only have the large building areas, but also show more reasonable and innovative characteristics in the spatial layout. When readers are not familiar with the layout of the library space and collection, they often fail to find the required area. The construction of university intelligent libraries should make full use of the information technology such as the mobile communication network, the wireless Wifi and the GPS navigation system to provide the library intelligent navigation service for the readers. Readers can locate their position through the relevant electronic equipment or the mobile phone clients of the libraries. They can view the geographical location and the functional introduction of each department and collection area. They can also search the required area to get the route in the libraries, and then reach the destination.

Use of the Internet Technology in the Intelligent Library Services

4.2

123

Book Positioning Service

At present, all the libraries in universities adopt the mode of the open-shelf borrowing, which not only promotes the development of libraries, but also brings some problems. For example, the misplaced books may become the “dead books”, and the readers unfamiliar with the layout of the library collections may spend too much time looking for the targeting books and so on. The use of the RFID radio frequency technology and the technology of the Internet of things can achieve the accurate positioning of books borrowed from open shelves, which can help readers quickly find the targeting books. Using this technology, librarians can be further assisted to find books that have been misplaced.

5 Conclusion The intelligent services for readers are the core of the intelligent services in university libraries, which are especially based on the subject backgrounds, research directions, reading interests and reading habits of the readers, and the intellectualized knowledge services with the readers as the core. According to the readers’ “Campus One-card” data records in the libraries, including their information data such as their arrival, departure, borrowing and downloading, the data are analyzed and excavated in depth to obtain the information about the readers’ subject backgrounds, research directions, reading interests, and reading habits and so on, as the basis to provide the readers with the intelligent and personalized and active subject services, scientific research information push, knowledge navigation, and the embedding scientific researches.

References 1. Chen X (2017) Research on the intelligent development of university libraries under the platform of the “Intelligent Campus” – taking the library of Changzhou institute of information technology as an example. Libr J Henan (01):192–193 2. Du L (2018) Problems and strategies of the information technology utilization in the Internet + Era Smart Library. Modern Mark (01):117–118 3. Yang S (2018) Analysis of the “intelligent services” of the intelligent libraries in universities under the background of the “Internet+”. Legal Syst Soc (08):258–259 4. Yu J (2018) Intelligent services of the intelligent libraries of Chinese universities in the background of the big data: practical exploration and future prospect. J Nanchang Normal Univ (10):131–132 5. Lin X, Zhao D, Yang C, Li L (2018) Analysis of the intelligent service model of university libraries based on the artificial intelligence. J Libr Sci Soc Sichuan (10):105–106

Computer Simulation Training Methods of Taekwondo Athletes Before Competitions Jin Jun(&) University of Shanghai for Science and Technology, Shanghai 200093, China [email protected]

Abstract. In Taekwondo competitions, the competition venues, the on-the-spot environment and the athletes’ own tension and other factors have certain effects on the athletes’ sports performances. Therefore, through the formulation of the training plans during the competition period, we should ensure the adequate sleep, the reasonable diet, the adequate preparation activities, and the sufficient psychological preparation before the competitions, so that athletes can achieve excellent results. Based on the analysis of the pre-competition computer simulation training methods, this paper puts forward several specific research strategies. Keywords: Taekwondo athletes Computer simulation
Strategy


Pre-competition simulation training


1 Introduction Taekwondo competitions have various forms and different grades. The athletes who participate in the competitions strive to achieve excellent results. However, due to the uncontrollable factors of the competitions, such as the factors of the venue, the scene environment, and the athletes’ own tension, there will be a series of problems, which will have certain effects on the achievements of sports to some extent [1]. How to transform the negative factors into the positive ones to promote the competitions needs continuous study by the relevant personnel.

2 Analysis on the Competitive State of Taekwondo Athletes Before Competitions Faced with the upcoming competitions, their moods are too early or too late exciting. Their mood is too tense, and there are worries about the games, with mental instability, restlessness, internal worries, and even panic and fear [2]. They hope to win, but there is also a lack of confidence in victory. The serious people will have pessimistic disappointment and other reactions. The performance of this kind of Taekwondo athlete is lack of concentration and their judgment ability drops. The technical reaction is too monotonous and uncoordinated, and their entire body is stiff [3]. Their physiological response is the increased pulse, breathing urgency, thirst, frequent urination, and even pale face, weakness of their limbs, with cold and shaking hands and feet and so on. © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 124–130, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_20

Computer Simulation Training Methods of Taekwondo Athletes Before Competitions

125

According to the response of the cerebral cortex nerve activity, there are imbalances due to the high excitation and the weak control. These kinds of the athletes are usually the young athletes with the short training time. Due to the lack of participation in competitions, and especially the large-scale competitions, they have the insufficient training and there is a lack of the competition experience. There is no desire and confidence for the upcoming competitions because of the low mood, the low spirits, depression, listlessness, fatigue and laziness. From the neurological activity reflection of the cerebral cortex, this is due to the lack of excitement in the cerebral cortex and the strong degree of inhibition [4]. The reasons are generally the inappropriate pre-competition training arrangements, and the excessive training caused by the excessive fatigue, resulting in a decrease in the psychological motivation. There are also unfavorable conditions for competitions, and there is no solution or too much consideration of the personal gains and losses. There is the blindness and confidence in the games. Such athletes seem confident, but if we carefully analyze their hearts, we will find that they have insufficient understanding of the difficulties of the competitions, and they overestimate themselves and have the idea of belittling the enemies, so they are not focused, but they cannot listen to the coach’s guidance, and they cannot correctly analyze the strength of both sides. If they are at a disadvantage or even lose points first, their emotions will fluctuate, and their technical movements will be out of balance, and their rhythm will be disordered, and they will not be able to attack effectively, but they will be helpless to their opponents’ attack, and they will often lose in the result of their busy work [5]. This kind of the taekwondo athletes is generally not very skilled, and they are proud and complacent, with a lack of the correct understanding of themselves. The best competitive conditions. This is the most ideal way to enable the athletes to fully and normally play their skills and tactics. Its reaction is to have a correct understanding of the games, a strong desire to win the honor, a confidence to win the games, a good sense of self, who are full of spirits and vigor, high in the concentration, with the quick thinking and quick reaction. They know each other’s situations well, and can coordinate their movements and change a lot. The taekwondo athletes of this kind are in the most suitable process of excitation and inhibition of their brain nerve activities in a relatively balanced interaction from their physiological point of view. This state is the ideal competitive state, which is the result of the long-term rigorous and scientific training, and the performance of their self-control and adjustment trained by the athletes in the long-term sports practice.

3 Make the Effective Plans to Prepare for the Pre-competition Computer Simulation Training of the Taekwondo Athletes 3.1

Regular Daily Life, to Ensure the Adequate Sleep

Athletes should make their daily life and training regular. They should not be overexcited and nervous because of participating in competitions, thus affecting their sleep quality. Good sleep can not only make the athletes energetic, but also make them

126

J. Jun

highly focused and confident, so as to improve their sports performances, and vice versa. Sleepless will damages people’s spirits, directly leading to fatigue, irritability and emotional changes, which, of course, will affect their performances of sports. Generally speaking, athletes should ensure 8 to 9 h of sleep, and 30 min of noon break at noon, so as to make their body rest and help their later training. 3.2

Reasonable Diet

(1) Every day’s food should be diversified, colorful, fragrant, and easy to digest and absorb. Food before competitions should be the usual habits of athletes, and it is not appropriate to change food or dietary habits. (2) Athletes generally require the high sugar, low fat, low protein, but can properly increase the proportion of fat in the long-term competitions. (3) It is also important to pay attention to the proportion of the fruit and vegetable intake every day. (4) Keep plenty of water in your body. Finish the last meal 2.5 h before the start of the competitions. For the general endurance sports, sugar can be supplemented 2 h before the competitions. Coffee, strong tea and alcoholic beverages cannot be taken before the competitions. 3.3

Preparatory Activities Should Be Adequate

(1) To prepare well, the amount and intensity of the preparatory activities should be smaller than those of the formal competitions. If they are too large, fatigue will occur, which will affect their performances of sports. Each athlete can prepare the appropriate preparatory activities according to his own specific conditions, usually with slight sweating and self-feeling so that he can be active. Usually the time should not be less than 20 min, and according to the events of the games, we can also appropriately extend the preparation time. (2) When the body is slightly sweating, a special preparatory activity should be done. The rhythm and intensity of the special preparatory activity should be similar to those of the formal competition, and the specialized preparatory activity is very important. In the competition of the track and field events, some stretching exercises of the upper and the lower limbs should be done, so as to further strengthen the stretching of muscles. They can also do some emergency stop and start, fast jump, 20-m acceleration, and high leg lifting and so on. (3) The length and duration of the preparation, the contents and forms of exercises, and the amount and intensity of exercises are all gradual, and vary from person to person. Due to the differences of the competition events, the individual athletes, the seasonal climate and the pre-competition states, the pre-competition preparation is different and not arbitrary. This requires our coaches and athletes to find the best time interval according to the experiment or the summary of the previous conclusions. In a word, the preparation activities are very important in the entire games and cannot be ignored.

Computer Simulation Training Methods of Taekwondo Athletes Before Competitions

3.4

127

Have the Adequate Pre-competition Psychological Preparation

Define the Tasks and Objectives of the Competitions and Stimulate the Motivation of the Competitions Firstly, coaches should set the realistic and challenging goals for the athletes according to their levels of the competitive training and their strength. Tasks should not be too high. If it is too high, it will bring too much pressure to the athletes, but if it is too low, it will make the athletes blindly confident, with underestimated difficulties. Coaches should be good at stimulating the athletes’ competition motivation, help the athletes to establish a high sense of responsibility and career regardless of their personal gains and losses, and establish a sense of collective honor to strive for the glory for provinces and cities. Only with the right motivation can the athletes actively desire to participate in the competitions. Coaches Should Seriously Formulate the Competition Plans for Athletes Before the competitions, coaches and athletes must work together to formulate the detailed emergency plans for the main competitors at this level, as well as all kinds of the adverse situations and countermeasures that may occur in the competitions, so that the athletes can cope with the situations calmly in the field and avoid the situations that they are too busy to cope with. Let the Athletes Master the Specific Psychological Knowledge and Training Methods Before competitions, coaches should lead athletes to learn more about sports psychologies, so that they can learn to control and regulate their psychological states, eliminate their psychological barriers, and form the best competitive states. The psychological adjustment methods athletes commonly use are: breathing adjustment method, suggestive adjustment method, image adjustment method, muscle relaxation method, and music regulation method and so on. Conduct the Simulated Competition Environment Training to Improve Athletes’ Psychological Adaptability Simulated training is to set up some problems that may arise in the simulated competition environment, carry out the practical exercises, let athletes overcome difficulties and solve problems, repeat the exercises, and prepare for the athletes to participate in the competitions. Coaches can designate the training methods according to the problems and situations that may occur in the competitions, and let athletes simulate the competition environment to practice, so as to avoid the athletes’ impetuosity or anxiety when difficulties and problems occur in the competitions, which will affect the athletes’ psychologies and lead to the failure of the normal play of skills and tactics and lose the competitions.

4 Training Methods of the Taekwondo Athletes’ Pre-competition Simulated Training The simulated training refers to the training in a similar situation to a match to achieve a relaxed mental state. This way of training can effectively improve the ability of the taekwondo athletes to play on the spot and to adapt to the competition venue. In the

128

J. Jun

process of the model training, the simulation training can be strengthened by the conventional means such as movies, videos, pictures and computer technology analysis. By means of the computer simulation training, we can quickly understand the physical condition, the psychological state and the technical levels of athletes before the competitions, as well as many other problems. We can make up and correct them before the competitions, so that athletes can adjust their states well before the competitions. 4.1

Simulated Training for the Characteristics of the Competition Opponents

In the course of competitions, through the computer simulation methods and means, the technical characteristics of the opponents are recorded and understood, and the targeted simulation is carried out. This training method is commonly used by many competing athletes. In the course of their training, teammates can play the opponents. Such a method is close to the actual combat, and can mobilize the subjective initiatives of the athletes, so that in the formal competitions athletes will not have a sense of strangeness. 4.2

Simulated Training at Different Starting Points of Competitions

In different events, according to the different competition situations, such as leading, lagging and key scores, in the usual training process, we can exert pressure on the athletes in a certain situation, and simulate how the athletes play when the score is backward by computers. And in the key ball score processing, we can allow the players to deal it decisively. In the case of taking the lead, let the players maintain a normal mentality and face each point seriously. 4.3

Anti-jamming Simulation Training

The anti-jamming training can be divided into the climate and site adaptation training and the environment adaptation training. The climate and venue training is mainly aimed at the climate of the competition venues. Athletes should simulate the training under the similar conditions with the competition venues as far as possible, and the specific time difference of the competitions should also be considered. The other is the environmental adaptation training. Even the experienced athletes face the audience’s cries and intense situation will be distracted and nervous. Therefore, in the ordinary training process, consciously creating the same scene for the athletes will help reduce the athletes’ stress response in the competitions. With the development of the computer technology, this simulation scenario can be completed with the help of the computer technology. 4.4

Simulated Training of the Judges’ Misjudgment

The misjudgment of the referee is one of the most difficult problems for the athletes in the competitions. Because of the different levels of the referees and the different scales of the mastery, it will have a great impact on the athletes’ psychologies. In order to

Computer Simulation Training Methods of Taekwondo Athletes Before Competitions

129

solve this problem, in the peacetime training, combined with the computer analysis, simulate the competition scenes, the partial judgment of a certain athlete or the wrong judgment of a certain score, so that the athletes can face the situation of the partial judgment and the wrong judgment calmly, and concentrate on the controllable things, while ignoring the uncontrollable things and things difficult to control.

5 Notes for the Taekwondo Athletes in the Pre-competition Simulated Training (1) In the training of simulating the opponent’s characteristics, coaches must take into account the individual differences of the people who assist in the simulation. Therefore, when trained, they must ask the people who play the simulating opponents to play the authenticity. (2) In the process of the simulated training in the peacetime, coaches must master well the intensity and difficulty of the training, and must make the intensity and difficulty higher than the actual intensity and difficulty of the competitions, so that the players can enter the state early and play a higher level in the process of the competitions. (3) In the training of simulating the referees’ misjudgment, attention should be paid to the players’ emotions. In the training process, when they first come into contact with such training, the athletes will have some small emotions. The coaches must intervene and enlighten them in time, so that the athletes can adapt to such training as soon as possible, and make decisions in the training and competitions. Judges’ misjudgment can be mediated by themselves in order to better concentrate on solving the problems they can control.

6 Conclusion In a word, in the process of the computer simulation training for the taekwondo athletes before competitions, coaches and athletes should fully understand the concepts of the psychological training from a theoretical level, improve their understandings of the scientific training, and devote themselves to the psychological training with a rigorous attitude. At the same time, we should be good at discovering their psychological changes so as to make correct judgments about the athletes’ situations, find problems and timely carry out the intervention and psychological counseling during the precompetition training.

References 1. Li T (2016) Study of the pre-competition psychological states and adjustment methods of taekwondo athletes. West Leather 38(08):192 2. Li Y (2013) On the importance of pre-competition simulated training. Guide Sci Educ (05):119–120

130

J. Jun

3. Jiang G (2011) Reviewing the connotation of the simulated training under the development background of the competitive sports. Zhejiang Sports Sci 33(06):36–38+46 4. Jiang G (2011) On the changes of the simulated training forms and its impact on the sports training practice. J Nanjing Sport Inst (Soc Sci Ed), 25(01):113–115+119 5. Huang W (2010) Research on the pre-competition psychological training methods of taekwondo athletes. Sport (12):16–18

Construction of Quality Evaluation System for Tracking Personnel Training in Higher Vocational Colleges Based on Computer Modeling Ronghua Ma(&) Zhengzhou Railway Vocational & Technical College, Zhengzhou 450000, Henan, China [email protected]

Abstract. With the upgrading of the industrial structures and the development of the industrial chain, some higher vocational colleges have some problems, such as the poor specialty development, the weak ability of collaborative development between specialties, and the poor resource sharing and so on. It is an effective way to solve these problems to construct the specialty group of the service industry chain and explore the training mode of the specialty group. Taking the specialty group of the rail transit as an example, this paper analyzes the construction forms of the industry chain and the specialty group of the rail transit, and puts forward the development path and safeguard measures of the integrated training scheme for the specialty group of the rail transit. Keywords: Computer model
Higher vocational track talents
Training quality
Evaluation system
Construction mechanism

The evaluation of the training quality of the applied talents is not only an important link in the process of cultivating the talents, but also an important basis for the management and development of colleges and universities [1]. At present, there are still many deficiencies in the evaluation of the applied talents in our country, and there is not yet a set of the evaluation system for the applied talents, which greatly affects the roles of the applied talents.

1 Connotation of the Personnel Cultivation Quality 1.1

Orientation of the Segmental Personnel Training

In the period of the elite education, the university mainly trains the academic talents. In the period of the mass education, if all the undergraduate education is still focused on the academic talents, it is obviously divorced from the social needs and wasted the educational resources, which will lead to students’ unemployment and enterprises being unable to recruit people. Therefore, the higher vocational education must change its educational concepts to cultivate the applied and skilled talents to meet the needs of © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 131–137, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_21

132

R. Ma

our society. However, some colleges and universities are unwilling to change the types of the personnel training, and still pursue the cultivation of the academic talents [2]. Under this background, this paper puts forward the “3+2” segmental training mode for higher vocational and general undergraduate students, which can cultivate the all-round technical and skilled talents, to meet the needs of our society. Meanwhile, they will have a relatively perfect theoretical knowledge system and a certain development potential. 1.2

Constituent Elements of the Quality of the Talents

The different orientation of the personnel cultivation will form different views of the personnel cultivation quality. The evaluation of the quality of the academic and research-oriented talents can follow the criterion of “the comprehensiveness and the logical relevance of the subject knowledge” [3]. The evaluation of the quality of the technical and applied talents emphasizes the trinity of knowledge, the skills and the quality, and the criterion of “subject knowledge” is relatively weakened. To evaluate the training quality of the “3+2” segmental talents in higher vocational colleges and ordinary undergraduates, we must consider the overall development of the students and the needs of our society. The trinity of the students’ knowledge, abilities and quality constitutes the main aspect of the personnel training quality. 1.3

Construction Principles of the Quality Evaluation System for the Segmental Personnel Training

The training of the higher vocational personnel has its particularity. When constructing the evaluation system of the personnel training quality, we should follow the following three principles. The first is to promote the principle of all-round development of students. This is the prerequisite for evaluating the quality of talents [4]. As far as the cultivation of the undergraduate segmental talents in higher vocational colleges is concerned, we must grasp the characteristics of the educatees themselves. In cultivating students’ knowledge, skills and qualities, we should take the needs of our society, enterprises and students as the guidance. The second is the effective combination of the discipline knowledge system and the technical skill training. The higher vocational talents not only have the strong professional skills and technologies, but also have a relatively perfect subject knowledge system. When constructing the quality evaluation system of the personnel cultivation, we should not only inspect the students’ employment ability, but also pay attention to the track of the students’ career development. We should consider the satisfaction of the students and the satisfaction of the enterprises and the society to the talents. The third is to follow the dynamic principles of the evaluation system [5]. The formation of the quality of the personnel training is also a long-term process, and its standards have different basis for the formulation in different periods, which determines that the evaluation must follow the dynamic principles and formulate a dynamic index system according to the changing trend of the quality of the personnel training and the changes of the main factors.

Construction of Quality Evaluation System for Tracking Personnel Training

133

2 Training Mode for the Order Professionals in the Rail Transit Majors 2.1

Establish the Cultivation and Management Institutions for the Order Training

In order to form a good operation mechanism for the personnel training, teacher training, training base co-construction and co-management, curriculum construction, staff training, and technical services, relying on the Guangzhou Industrial Transportation Vocational Education Group and the university-enterprise cooperation platform, combined with Guangzhou Metro, Guangzhou locomotive depot and other enterprises, jointly build the order personnel training management institutions, and build the school-enterprise cooperative platform, to resolve the disconnection between the personnel training and the actual production, with the lack of the training equipment and other difficult problems, to help enterprises solve the technical problems and improve the quality of the employees. At the same time, we should further implement the mechanism construction of the school-enterprise cooperative colleges, introduce the enterprise cultures and management mechanisms, formulate and improve the management system of the order personnel training management institutions, and ensure the orderly development of the order personnel training. 2.2

Reform of the Order Personnel Training Mode with the Joint Training of Schools and Enterprises

The professional investigation report is formed by investigating the occupational groups of drivers, maintenance, servicing and maintenance of machinery and road maintenance in the rail transit industry and tracing the graduates. Define the orientation of the personnel training objectives, and train the high-quality and high-skilled personnel for the rail transit enterprises, such as vehicle driving, maintenance, engineering maintenance, mechanical maintenance and other production line. The specialized personnel training programs for the subway driving, subway overhaul, engineering maintenance and mechanical road maintenance are formulated by school and enterprise experts organized by the order personnel training management institutions, and the professional standards and the curriculum standards are revised. In the first two years, all the students studied the vocational quality courses and the basic ability courses on the shared teaching platform. In the third year, they are specially trained in the subway driving, the subway overhaul, the EMU driving, and other professional directions to study the professional special ability courses, and complete half a year post practice in cooperative enterprises to cultivate their comprehensive vocational abilities. 2.3

Construction of the Curriculum System for the Order Based Personnel Training Based on the Real Working Tasks

Establish an interface between the platform curriculum and the direction curriculum, both suitable for the academic education and the enterprise training modular curriculum programs. In view of the specific model and the operation conditions of the cooperative

134

R. Ma

enterprises, the school-enterprise cooperation compiles a series of the engineeringlearning combination textbooks, and continuously complements and improves them according to the development of technologies to meet the needs of personnel training. According to order training requirements, the teaching organization is arranged by stages. In order to adapt to the changes of the employing cycle and the production cycle of enterprises, the “2+1” and other teaching organization forms should be implemented in the training process, and the teaching arrangement of a course should be implemented for several weeks in succession in the second and third academic year, which is beneficial to the integration of the teaching, the alternation of work and study, and the parttime teachers’ teaching and guarantees the cultivation of the students’ practical ability. 2.4

Construct the Multiple Teaching Modes and the Training Mode of “Dual Mentoring System”

Adopt the pluralistic teaching mode. In order to make full use of the teaching resources and training conditions in the process of the order personnel training, aiming at the specific learning tasks, the project-based teaching method, the group learning, the role playing, the situation simulation and other student-centered teaching methods are adopted. Set up a series of the extra-curricular tasks, with the help of the professional teaching resources, guide the students to learn independently, form a student-centered multi-teaching model, and expand the students’ learning abilities. Learn from the railway and subway driver training experience, and the practice of the “dual mentoring” training mode is implemented. In the schools, we use the train simulation driving training base, the track vehicle maintenance training base and the track vehicle electric drive training base, adopt the small-class teaching method, and the professional teachers teach the students one-to-many and one-to-one, to guide the students to operate independently. In the enterprises, all the students will implement the internship to the corresponding employment units, and the enterprise masters shall guide the one-to-one internship in the operation of the student, forming a teacher-apprentice relationship. Through six months of the enterprise internship, in the enterprises they will gain the certificates for the bus drivers, the vehicle maintenance workers and other jobs, to achieve on-the-job internship and on-the-job training docking. 2.5

Build an Evaluation System Mainly Based on the Enterprise Assessment with the Combination of the School and Enterprise Assessment

In the course of the course assessment, the combination of the process assessment and the result assessment, and the equal emphasis on the knowledge assessment and the ability assessment, the emphasis on the assessment of the students’ learning process, and the practical operation ability as the main basis for evaluating the results are adopted in the course of the order personnel training. We should implement the open assessment, allowing the students to apply for the advance examinations to the teachers. Pay attention to the examination of the students’ innovative consciousness, and especially for the comprehensive assessment of the projects of the use of the new technologies and the new devices, in the evaluation of the results, encouragement and

Construction of Quality Evaluation System for Tracking Personnel Training

135

points should be given. Establish a strict school-enterprise cooperation training and enterprise assessment system, and the students who have complete all the school courses and pass the exams hosted by the enterprises can be qualified to participate in the post practice. The qualified students enter the internship of the enterprises as the quasi employees. The post practice adopts the enterprise examinations, the practice instructor evaluation, the student summary and other methods to comprehensively evaluate the students’ practice results.

3 Construction of the Quality Evaluation System for the Track Talents in Higher Vocational Colleges Based on the Computer Model 3.1

Determination of the Indicators for the Evaluation System

The personnel cultivation is the core function of the profession. The evaluation of the quality of the “3+2” section of the personnel cultivation must cover the entire process of the personnel cultivation, including the goals of the personnel cultivation, the process of the personnel cultivation, and the effect of the personnel cultivation. Therefore, in the evaluation of the personnel cultivation quality, we should try our best to ensure the comprehensiveness of the evaluation contents. In the process of determining the index of the evaluation system, the research group adopts the method of the expert investigation to determine the evaluation indexes. The participants are mainly seven experts of the higher vocational education and the undergraduate education, six experts of the enterprises and three backbone teachers. Through the questionnaire survey, the qualitative prediction index system is formed and the primary and secondary indicators and the corresponding weights are finally formed. 3.2

Connotation of the Evaluation System Index

The above index system covers all aspects of the quality of the personnel training, and the target of the personnel training mainly focuses on whether the process of the personnel training conforms to the laws of the students’ growth and the development of the students’ profession, and the target of personnel training mainly focuses on whether the personnel training program conforms to the characteristics of the convergence between the higher vocational and the undergraduate education and whether the personnel training mode has its own characteristics and so on. The indicators of the “talent training effectiveness” mainly focus on the cultivation of the students’ moral and cultural levels, their learning habits and continuing learning abilities, mastering the professional skills and innovative abilities, and whether the graduates are qualified for their jobs. 3.3

Quality Evaluation System for the Track Talents in Higher Vocational Colleges Based on the Computer Model

The analytic hierarchy process (AHP) is a subjective decision-making method. The hierarchical structure model is divided into the target layer, the index layer and the

136

R. Ma

dimension layer by determining the weights of the indexes. It has the characteristics of combining the qualitative analysis with the quantitative analysis. On the basis of establishing the hierarchical structure model, it decomposes the target hierarchy into several sub-goals. Its advantage is that it can evaluate some fuzzy and difficult quantitative analysis problems scientifically. By comparing the importance of the relevant factors, the comparison judgment matrix of each layer is constructed, and the index matrix is constructed according to the 1–9 scale principle proposed by Satay, et al. MATLAB tools are used to calculate the weight of each index and determine whether the index passes the consistency test. The data of the judgment matrix are obtained by the expert discussion, and the expert group members can increase the number of the students appropriately in addition to 2/3 experts. Through the expert discussion, obtain the relative impact between the two indicators of the same level, analyze and collate the data, and finally get the corresponding judgment matrix. Aiming at the problems of “single evaluation subject”, “low degree of the social participation”, and “laying emphasis on the qualitative evaluation and neglecting the quantitative evaluation” existing in the evaluation of the personnel cultivation quality at present, the quality evaluation system for the pluralistic and multi-level personnel cultivation based on the process characteristics of the higher vocational education has distinct hierarchy of the index system. It has the characteristics of the rigorous hierarchical system, the comprehensive and systematic evaluation contents, and the diversified evaluation subjects. Through the evaluation system, the schools can fully understand the problems existing in the three links of the specialty, namely, the input of the personnel cultivation, the implementation of the personnel cultivation and the output of the personnel cultivation, and timely adjust the goal of the personnel cultivation, formulate a suitable personnel cultivation program, and reform or adjust the curriculum system and curriculum assessment methods and so on, so as to further improve the professional teaching quality and teaching levels.

4 Conclusion Under the guidance of the order personnel training management organizations, a development team composed of the professional teachers and experts from the rail transit enterprises is formed. According to the tasks and operation processes of driving, overhauling, maintenance and mechanical maintenance of the rail transit vehicles, the professional qualification standards such as the drivers and the maintenance technicians are integrated into the curriculum system with the emphasis on the ability training. Focus on the formation process and the difficulty factors of the core competence of driving, overhaul, maintenance and mechanical maintenance occupational groups, and the curriculum system is ordered into three progressive competence training modules: the basic competence module, the professional special competence module and the comprehensive competence module. And according to the typical job tasks in the post development curriculum, follow the “basic project, core project, and comprehensive project” ability training progressive relationship, build the project-based curriculums, and integrate the enterprise professional quality “accurate to millimeter” into the curriculum contents.

Construction of Quality Evaluation System for Tracking Personnel Training

137

Acknowledgment. Project foundation: Soft science research project of Henan science and technology plan in 2018 (No.: 182400410330).

References 1. Han S, Kong W, Gao X, Yang Z (2016) Construction of performance-oriented curriculum design model for higher vocational education – taking computer application basis as an example. J Wuhan Inst Technol (04):133–134 2. Jia Y, Yu N, Yang C, Zhang X, Duan H, He T, Yu Y (2017) Effects of the model-based iterative reconstruction on the airway analysis of a computer-aided lung CT system. Sci Technol Innov (12):133–134 3. Cao L, Jacobson, MJ, Xu G (2017) Scientific inquiry by using virtual world and agent-based model learning – analysis of the computerized scientific inquiry model. China Educ Technol (07):133–134 4. Zhang W, Zhang J (2018) Research on the evaluation system of the personnel cultivation quality in private universities based on the AHP model. Value Eng (07):156–157 5. Jia Y, Yu N, He T, Yu Y, Duan H, Yang C, Guo Y (2018) Effects of a new generation of the model-based iterative recombination on the airway analysis of the computer-aided detection systems under the low-dose lung CT conditions. J Clin Radiol (08):126–127

Design of a Computer-Aided Learning Platform Based on the Intercultural Communication Teaching Xue Yi(&) University of Science and Technology Liaoning, Anshan 114001, Liaoning, China [email protected]

Abstract. After years of the teaching practice and discussion, the intercultural communication still has the potential to lead to the lack of the essential core contents and key directions of the curriculum teaching due to the wide scope of the curriculum itself. If there is no clear understanding of this course, it will easily lead to a general discussion of the cultural knowledge in class, and the lack of the effective improvement of the intercultural communicative competence. It is necessary to avoid the misunderstanding of the current intercultural communicative teaching in terms of the teaching objectives, teaching contents, teaching focus and teaching means, so as to cultivate the students’ intercultural communicative competence, as well as the practical talents who can correctly deal with the different intercultural communication activities. Keywords: Intercultural communication teaching Assisted learning
Platform design


Computer


In the process of the intercultural communication teaching, due to the complexity of the subject itself, no matter what kind of the teaching system and mode we set up, we are faced with a large number of the exceptions and the non-traditional contents. Therefore, in the teaching of the intercultural communication, we must keep an open mind and be ready to incorporate the new contents into our teaching system according to the changes [1]. At the same time, we must make clear the core of the intercultural communication, build the knowledge around the cultures into an organic system, and emphasize the practical application abilities according to the needs of the practical applications.

1 Background Analysis of the Design of the Computer Aided Learning Platform The big data, the cloud services, the social networks and other technologies have triggered the educational changes, and the educational informatization is moving into the fast lane. The mobile learning, the online education and the flipping classroom have opened a new era of our learning [2]. What have the new challenges been posed to the © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 138–143, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_22

Design of a Computer-Aided Learning Platform

139

traditional educational concepts, the educational systems and the personnel training mode? The new opportunities and enlightenments will bring new technologies to the intercultural communication teaching. Based on a comprehensive analysis of the advantages and disadvantages of the specific teaching modes, the author believes that teachers should combine the respective advantages of the computer-aided learning platform in the teaching process, and try to achieve the following points: Firstly, we should work with the students to determine the teaching objectives and cultivate the students’ autonomous learning abilities before class. The self-regulated learning refers to “learners can make their learning plans according to their actual situations, determine their learning objectives, contents, materials and methods, monitor the learning process and check and evaluate their self-development” [3]. Teachers can communicate the pre-lecture contents to the students through the multimedia network system before class, and discuss and determine the topics with the students, which can stimulate the students’ interests, make them pay attention to the classroom contents and determine the learning objectives, and make full preparations before class. Secondly, we should use the multimedia courseware reasonably according to our leading roles, and “create more opportunities for the students to output by using various tasks and activities.” The multimedia-assisted instruction has many advantages, but too much and excessive use of it will make the English class become an exhibition of the courseware. The courseware should avoid flashiness and should highlight the key points. More importantly, “the natural language between people is the language with most affinity and flexibility. The interactive communication between teachers and students in class should be the most effective way of our teaching and learning” [4]. Many activities organized by the teachers in the English classes, including lectures, group performances, discussions and debates, are the good ways to cultivate the students’ listening and speaking abilities, which are irreplaceable by computers. Finally, the network system is used to guide the students to study and evaluate independently after class. After class, teachers can adopt the principle of combining the real-time and the non-real-time counseling, communicating with the students, assigning the homework, uploading the counseling materials, and answering students’ questions and so on. In addition, “teachers can also use the network system to keep abreast of the students’ learning progress and learning effect at any time, and can give the targeted guidance according to the situations they have mastered.” Students use the part of the online courses to review what they have learned in class, to know their progress in their learning in time, and to get the relevant information feedback in order to adjust their learning strategies [5]. In addition, evaluation can be carried out between the teachers and the students and between the students and between the teachers, to promote each other.

2 The Connotation and Requirements of the Intercultural Communication Teaching In the course of the Chinese students’ intercultural communication, whether we define the opposite of the Chinese cultures as the big western cultures or the specific cultures of a certain country, there inevitably exists the one-sidedness. In the case of the

140

X. Yi

uncertainties in the target of the students’ future intercultural communication, it is still one-sided to take the cultural common sense of one or several cultures as the main component of the teaching contents, no matter how typical such cultures are, and such teaching also bears the risk of the partial generalization. In addition, “communication” is also a very complex concept. In the process of the intercultural communication, the subjects, targets, media, environment and other factors that have a significant impact on the communication are constantly changing. This changes the expectations of the participants in the communication. Therefore, the problems involved in the intercultural communication teaching should be further broadened. The teaching of the intercultural communication should incorporate more communicative behaviors, including some non-traditional ones. The cross-cultural competence can be defined as “the ability of the interactors to negotiate the cultural meanings and to use the effective communication behaviors in a particular environment appropriately in order to confirm the multiple identities of both sides”. A comprehensive and in-depth study of the framework of the intercultural competence is conducted. The framework is summarized as follows. The contents of the attitude level include understanding the existence of the ethnocentric ideas and opinions, eliminating prejudices, and cultivating curiosity, openness, appreciation and empathy towards the foreign cultures. The contents of the knowledge level include accumulating knowledge of the native cultures and the foreign cultures, learning the foreign language knowledge, and learning the meaning expression system of the nonverbal communication and so on. The contents of the behavior level include facing the vague and uncertain communication environment calmly, and being willing and able to understand and deal with problems from the other side’s point of view and so on. To solve this problem, we must first define the orientation of the intercultural communication teaching. Since then, the cultural diversity has become a basic starting point. The teaching of the intercultural communication should not only discuss the complex cultural structures of different social groups from different levels and perspectives, but also understand the complex cultural backgrounds of different participants and the different expectations in the communication. The cultivation of the intercultural communicative competence should not only be based on the cultural knowledge, but also transcend cultural knowledge. We should not only pay attention to the accumulation and application of the cultural knowledge, but also to how to stimulate our innovative abilities in the absence of the corresponding cultural knowledge, so as to achieve effective information transmission with the communicating objects.

3 The Orientation of the Intercultural Communication Teaching The contents of the intercultural communication teaching should follow the rules. It is still based on the education of the cultural common sense. Communication must be based on the basic understanding, and the basic cultural knowledge should be the cornerstone of the intercultural communicative competence. This includes, first of all, the core values of the world’s major cultures, their causes and specific manifestations. If we consume too much space and time in this kind of contents, we will deviate from

Design of a Computer-Aided Learning Platform

141

the teaching direction of the intercultural communication. This is because these cultural differences are relatively superficial and do not involve the core cultural contents such as the world outlook and values. Therefore, in the teaching of the intercultural communication, in the teaching of the cultural common sense, we should take the differences of the cultural values as the core of our teaching, and try to avoid the empty and aimless narration of the common sense of the cultural details. The teaching methods of the intercultural communication teaching should be combined with the specific teaching purposes. The cross-cultural communication exists in many different situations. However, these different activities have different demands on the intercultural communication, and the subjects of the intercultural communication are different. Therefore, the intercultural communication teaching should be further refined and different teaching contents and methods should be designed for different needs. It is obviously unrealistic to cultivate these obviously different intercultural communicative competences with the same teaching contents on the basis of the basic cultural knowledge. “Teaching in accordance with one’s aptitude” has been rementioned in the era of the big data, and in the past few years, it has been constantly refreshing the educators’ understandings and interpretation of this concept in the theory and the practice. When the autonomous learning becomes a norm and the learners of the intercultural communication can access the massive resources on the Internet through their mobile phones and computers, the key issue is whether these learners who are centered really understand the learning objectives and the most effective means of their learning. Therefore, cultivating learners’ ability to screen the information is a learner-centered learning model, which gives us an important inspiration.

4 Design of the Computer Aided Learning Platform Based on the Intercultural Communication Teaching The computer-aided reading can greatly improve the students’ interests in their learning. The theory and the practice of the intercultural communication teaching prove that the values and the quantity of the language input play an important role in the effect of the intercultural communication teaching. The courseware provides pictures, background knowledge, text words and passages to read, and the multi-level navigation contents make the students feel more interesting, vivid and informative. Another prominent advantage that the students generally reflect in the survey results is that students can choose the contents and progress of their study independently. The “student-centered” teaching method holds that students’ personality characteristics should be an important consideration in the teaching plan. The applied linguistics research shows that students’ age, personality, motivation, learning habits and cognitive characteristics will affect their learning methods and progress of the intercultural communication. These differences among the students should be taken seriously. The individualization of their learning should become the characteristics of our education in the 21st century. In the computer-aided reading, learners can choose the teaching software according to their language levels, cognitive styles and learning interests. Because the teaching software displays all the teaching

142

X. Yi

contents in the form of menus, students can enter the specific contents by clicking on the chapters they want to learn. Therefore, the entire learning process can be controlled by the students themselves, whether it is fast or slow. The personalized learning, as a new way of the learning, has far-reaching significance in view of the huge number of college English learners and the different learning styles in China. Under the good situation of the software development in the ascendant, under the proper organization and guidance of the teachers, students can learn to learn, explore, acquire knowledge and cultivate their skills by themselves. Teachers must learn to use the computer-aided English teaching. Warschaueri will use the Internet to assist the intercultural communication teaching, analogous to taking a glass of water from a fire hydrant sprayed out of a stream of water. This metaphor shows that the network English has great potential, but it is difficult to achieve the satisfactory teaching results without teachers’ reasonable elimination of dross and extraction of the essence, and without the teachers’ scientific research and careful design. Therefore, the computer-assisted English teaching requires that the teachers not only have the profound professional knowledge, but also master certain educational technological theories and the modern teaching methods, apply the multimedia technologies to their English teaching, learn to do the courseware and web pages, as well as the listening, speaking, reading and writing exercises, and establish the courseware library, the corpus libraries, dialogues with peers, brothers’ schools and the educational experts at home and abroad on the Internet, to exchange and consult with the educational colleagues from all over the world. As long as they learn to make use of the rich and colorful world of the Internet, the English learners will surely be able to master the language better. Teachers should use the CAI scientifically and reasonably. In the English class, time is limited and the teaching objectives and tasks must be fulfilled. Therefore, teachers should deal with the relationship between the CAI and the teacher’s explanation. According to the teaching contents and the students’ situations, we should carry out the timely, appropriate and proper use of the network or the refined courseware. We should not only improve the students’ interests in their English learning, but should also prevent the students from fatigue, and the students should also gain a lot. The computer networks only play a supporting role, and the protagonists in the classrooms are still the teachers and the students. We can see that some of the courseware used by the teachers in the open class is beautiful and elaborate. It really takes a lot of time and energy. The students are also very interested in it. But in one class, the teacher always plays the role of a film projector. The students just watch a small movie and watch it on foot, but they don’t know anything about it. The students do not have many memories of the knowledge they have learnt, let alone understanding, consolidation and reflection, and the kind of the cordial feeling of the face-to-face exchange in the traditional classroom between the teachers and the students is also very few, and such computerassisted teaching cannot help the students to learn, and also cannot achieve the satisfactory teaching results.

Design of a Computer-Aided Learning Platform

143

5 Conclusion The definition of the cultures is a very important starting point. In the practical intercultural communication teaching, we often roughly divide the cultures involved into the Chinese cultures and the western cultures, and explore how to conduct the intercultural communication between the two cultures. This division has its rationality at the beginning of its emergence, but with the continuous development of the crosscultural communication, it will face many uncertain challenges. Acknowledgment. Research result of 2018 Anshan philosophy and social sciences research project (as20183033): Trinity training mode of the cross-cultural communicative competence of the applied talents with “One Belt and One Road”. Liaoning University of Science and Technology in 2018 (XJGJF201846): Research on the Mixed Teaching Model of the Oral Communicative Competence Training for the Innovative and Entrepreneurial Talents.

References 1. Chen M (2017) An empirical study of the computer-assisted language learning tools to promote the senior high school students’ oral english expressive ability – a case study of the “Spoken Scallop” software. Course Educ Res (08):119–120 2. Du Y (2017) Intercultural teaching of college English in the perspective of the postmodern criticism – a case study of Ricky’s seeing his mother-in-law in the future. J Huaihai Inst Technol (Hum Soc Sci Ed) (12):158–159 3. Cai B, Chen G, Huang X (2017) Overview of the international knowledge network research: current situations, hot points and trends – document measurement based on the web of science. J Xidian Univ (Soc Sci Ed) (12):155–156 4. Long Y (2017) Exploration on the teaching reform of the college english reading course under the guidance of the PISA reading literacy view – taking Beijing normal university as an example. Sci Educ Article Collects (12):108–109 5. Na L, Pu Z, Shi Y, Zhu C, Long Z (2018) The infiltration of the native cultures of the minority nationalities in the frontier areas in the college English teaching – taking the local cultures of Zhuang nationality in Wenshan as an example. J Wenshan Univ (01):125–126

Individualized Recommendation Service Model of University Intelligent Libraries Based on the Internet Technology Cao Lei and Yuan Quan(&) Library of Wuhan University of Technology, Wuhan 430070, Hubei, China [email protected]

Abstract. The library personalized recommendation refers to providing the personalized recommendation services to every reader on the basis of the reader’s personal background, specialty, habits, hobbies and special requirements. Because of the development of the science and technology, and especially the breakthrough of the modern information technology and the interconnection technology, the development of the traditional libraries has also been on the track of the intelligent development. Libraries need to be based on the length of the user visits, the freshness of libraries and the frequency of the library visits. We should subdivide the library users into the new users and the general users, and then provide the different personalized services for different types of the users through the data mining and the Mapreduce technology of the big data. Keywords: Internet technology
University wisdom Personalized recommendation
Service mode


Library


1 Personalized Recommendation Service Background of University Intelligent Libraries Based on the Internet Technology With the concept of the “smart earth” put forward, the development of the new technologies and the appearance of the information explosion, the traditional service models of libraries have been unable to meet the information needs of readers, and the university libraries are moving towards the direction of smart libraries [1]. The intelligent recommendation can actively tap and analyze the user behaviors of the readers, provide the customized recommendation services of the information resources to the readers, and meet the increasingly diverse new needs of the readers [2]. The intelligent libraries are not only the technological progress, but also the service improvement, and especially the personalized recommendation service is the most prominent. The personalized recommendation is a process of the information reorganization, a redistribution of the information resources, and a mode of the personalized information service based on the users’ needs. Its principle is to actively organize the information resources on the premise of fully tapping the information of the users’ personalized demand, and to push the information resources and information services that the users © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 144–149, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_23

Individualized Recommendation Service Model

145

are interested in. On the one hand, it is necessary for the social progress and the development of libraries themselves, which is conducive to improving the scientific and technological abilities and the service levels of libraries [3]. On the other hand, it saves the time for the users to obtain the effective literature and information, stimulates the readers’ interests in reading, improves the efficiency of the application of the books, and improves the users’ satisfaction. College libraries collect the abundant books, documents and information resources, which are the source of the teaching and research in colleges and universities. In the process of our teaching, research and learning, all of them reflect the needs of colleges and universities for the libraries. But it is undoubtedly very difficult for the users to quickly find the materials and books they want in the sea of books. In the era of the big data, teachers and students in colleges and universities need a more rapid retrieval scheme [4]. It is particularly important to establish a literature retrieval service based on the users’ historical retrieval behaviors. In the era of the big data, if the user model can be established to match the relevant information of the user according to the historical browsing records while the personalized retrieval can be carried out, the processed information can be actively recommended to the user so that the user can quickly find the information he is interested in. At the same time, according to the personalized needs of the library users, such as the personalized data mining service, the personalized user analysis service and the personalized subject knowledge service, these personalized services can excavate the users’ needs, analyze the users’ reading habits and preferences, and provide the users with the required teaching and scientific research-related subject knowledge [5].

2 Personalization Model of Intelligent Libraries in Colleges and Universities Based on the Internet Technology The individualized service of libraries refers to a kind of information service which is user-oriented and adopts different service modes to meet the individual information needs of different users. At present, the individualized information services on the internet widely carried out by domestic university libraries mainly includes the following aspects. 2.1

Various Forms of the Reference Services

The traditional reference resource services mainly consist of the telephone consultation and the on-site consultation. In the digital information environment, the virtual reference service has been more and more widely used. In our modern society, university libraries begin to provide various types of the reference services to the users on the basis of the network, in the form of e-mails or the real-time chat. Through the investigation, it is found that the online reference methods commonly used by domestic university libraries include the FAQ, the E-mail consultation, the WEB form consultation, the QQ online consultation, and the professional consultation system online consultation and so on. Through various forms of the consultation, professional

146

C. Lei and Y. Quan

librarians of libraries can answer the questions of the readers remotely, inquire the information, and provide the timely and fast personalized information services. 2.2

Subject Resource Navigation Services

The discipline resource navigation system is a retrieval system that collects, identifies, chooses, organizes and reorganizes the academic resources on the Internet based on the digitalization and networking. It can reveal and guide the professional information resources of the disciplines for the users in the form of the dynamic links or the localization of resources. It is a kind of the retrieval system through libraries. The home page provides the user services. According to the online survey, many university libraries in the domestic university libraries have built the subject navigation systems, such as Peking University, Tsinghua University, Renmin University of China, Wuhan University, Nanjing University and Shenzhen University. These subject navigation systems provide the great convenience for the readers to inquire resources from various disciplines and specialties. But at the same time, there are also some problems, such as the insufficient disclosure of disciplines and insufficient timely updating of the information. 2.3

The Latest Information Pushing Service

The latest information push service is a service that informs the users of the latest information in the information resource database in a specified time according to the users’ needs for the information. Generally, the intelligent software is used to push the information automatically by means of e-mails and short messages and so on, such as the booking information of books, the book expiration information, the training information, the information of the new resources, and the subject latest information and so on. Through the latest information push service, libraries can push the information contents that the users are interested in for the first time.

3 Analysis of the Problems in the Construction of the University Libraries At present, the university libraries in China are the independent entity. Their resource sharing ability with each library is limited, and they cannot be interconnected. Although an alliance organization has been established, its construction cost is too high and the leaders pay too little attention to it, which leads to the alliance organization becoming an ornament and being unable to play its due role. Although some university libraries share their resources with other libraries by borrowing books or delivering documents, it takes too long and the procedures are too troublesome, which makes the readers not too enthusiastic in borrowing books and reading, which cannot meet the needs of the readers.

Individualized Recommendation Service Model

3.1

147

Insufficient Shared Resources of University Libraries

The current collection of university libraries in China and the shared resources of various institutions cannot meet the expected needs of the readers. Therefore, we cannot meet the needs of the readers when they access and use the resources. Some scholars have made a survey of university libraries. The utilization rate of the paper resources is 72.7%, but that of other types is less than 50%. The utilization rate of some professional books is only 15%, while the overall utilization rate of the mathematical resources by the intelligent libraries is less than 40%. From this we can see that the university libraries are not very good at using and acquiring both the paper resources and the mathematical resources, which proves that the collection of university libraries is limited and cannot meet the readers’ reading needs, leading to the inadequate utilization of the reading resources. 3.2

The Overall Quality of the University Libraries Is not High

The key to the service quality is the quality of the administrators. At present, the quality of the university librarians in our country is basically not high, and their comprehensive quality is low, so that their ability to accept and understand the new things is limited, and their ability to understand the needs of the readers is poor, and their ability to analyze the needs of the readers is insufficient. Although colleges and universities have organized the training and visiting activities, they cannot reach the learning standards of the professions. The new technology has not been applied in time, and nor has it the ability to provide the perfect solutions, which makes the reader service not meet the requirements and cannot understand the reader’s hobbies in depth. The service of the university libraries in our country is relatively passive. It can only be provided after the customers put forward their service needs. There are few follow-up services which cannot provide the timely solutions for the customers. Therefore, the utilization of the library resources is limited, and the services carried out are limited to the libraries, lacking the active service concepts. 3.3

The Limitation of the Reader Services in University Libraries Is Strong and the Service Scope Is Narrow

The service of the university libraries in our country is limited to the in-school and the inquiry materials are also limited to the campus. Although some schools have held the out-of-school visiting functions, the information provided by them is only limited to some of the materials in the libraries. There is no real cross-regional and crossterritorial access, and the scope of the services is limited. It is limited to the students in the schools, and most of the colleges and universities have not yet launched the external services, which limits the scope of the readers’ services. With the application of the new science and technology, the service contents of university libraries in our country are mainly the borrowing services, but these service contents cannot meet the needs of the readers. Although some libraries have carried out some consulting services, they have not met the needs of the readers.

148

C. Lei and Y. Quan

4 Personalized Recommendation Service Model of University Intelligent Libraries Based on the Internet Technology The personalized service system of university libraries is a service platform which integrates the retrieval of the information resources, the recommendation of the personalized information resources and the consultation services. According to the professional characteristics and the research interests of different readers, provide and recommend the literature and information resources needed for our teaching and scientific research, and provide the real-time consultation services for the readers. 4.1

Personal Bookshelves and Information Retrieval Services

The individualized services of the libraries should first create the users’ individualized information resource database to ensure the readers’ safe access to the system. Before the reader enters the system, he or she can open a personal account and input their personal information such as his or her identity, specialty, borrowing needs and reading preferences, that is, to create a personal database. The personal database is the precondition for the libraries to provide the personalized service. The server can provide a storage space for each registered reader to refer to, save the reader’s favorite resources and historical access to the information resources, establish the user’s personalized files, predict the user’s interests, and adjust the clothes in time. In order to customize and push the information resources needed by the users, the perspectives and contents of the businesses are discussed. Especially for different types of readers, the retrieval results are different for the same retrieval condition input. Provide the contents that readers are interested in, filter the irrelevant information, and return the information that is more in line with the actual needs of the readers. 4.2

Personalized Pushing Service

The information push service is a new information agency mechanism based on the development of technologies. It can recommend books or papers to the readers actively according to their interests and preferences. According to the information resources customized by the readers, we can browse the basic information of the resources, inquire about the borrowing status, and organize and manage the historical recommendation resources. The system can not only provide the targeted information according to the reader’s personality, but also actively push the latest information resources that the readers may need through the intelligent analysis of the reader’s professional characteristics and research interests, and provide a variety of the customized information services for the readers. It can regularly inquire the online catalogue, confirm the new resources, and make these new resources meet the needs of the readers. The system can automatically push the inquiry results to the readers in real time through e-mails and other means, and dynamically push the latest information resources of the related disciplines to the readers. Readers no longer need to identify the new and the old resources online, and can obtain the library push in real time. The latest documents and information that are completely suitable for their own needs are sent to improve the efficiency of the readers’ utilization of the libraries.

Individualized Recommendation Service Model

4.3

149

Personalized Consulting Service

The personalized consulting service refers to the interactive information service mode in which libraries use the resources of the network platform to answer the remote readers’ consultation. This service mode relies on the Internet to break the time and the geographical constraints of the traditional services, and to achieve the real-time consultation services for the users. Based on this model, readers can get the instant services without having to go to the libraries in person. Through the system, the consultant librarians can communicate with the readers on-line in the real-time texts and audios and videos, answer the readers’ relevant consultation about the library resources and services, and provide them with the real-time and personalized consultation services. 4.4

Information Thematic Service

The personalized subject service mainly refers to the establishment of the special subject databases in the libraries. The database makes use of the network resources to give the guidance and help to the users on their own web pages, guide the users to make use of the network resources, search for the databases, formulate their personalized information, and take the initiatives to do a good job in this subject tracking service. When the user’s retrieval requirements cannot be met, the agent of the command search engine notifies the user that the user can obtain the data directly through the proxy service without knowing the specific storage location of the data on the network, which is completely transparent to the users.

5 Conclusion The personalized user analysis service of university libraries based on the Internet technologies refers to the in-depth analysis of the users on the basis of the massive library user data. The libraries should collect the users’ behavioral data, scientifically analyze, classify and match the data, and construct the users’ behavior and event storage database which can store a large amount of the data and has the function of easy management and query.

References 1. Zeng Z, Jin P (2015) Research on the personalized recommendation service system and model of intelligent libraries. Libr J (12):188–189 2. Li M, Wang Y, Liu Y (2016) Investigation and analysis of the collection resource recommendation system of university libraries of “211 Project” Universities. Libr Inf Serv (05):101–102 3. He Y (2017) Research on the personalized recommendation service of electronic resources in university libraries based on the situational perception. J Libr Sci (02):116–117 4. Hao D (2018) Analysis of the personalized recommendation service system and mode of intelligent libraries. Inner Mongolia Sci Technol Econ (06):155–156 5. Chen X (2018) Research on the individualized recommendation service system and model of intelligent libraries. Comp Study Cult Innov (10):160–161

Development of Intelligent English Multimedia Teaching Resources Using Data Mining Xiyang Sun(&) Dalian University of Science and Technology, Dalian 116052, Liaoning, China [email protected] Abstract. With the emergence of the “Internet+”, all walks of life have undergone tremendous changes. The “Internet + Education” has become a trend of development, bringing new opportunities and challenges for the English teaching and learning. Through the online English learning platform, we can carry out the teaching and learning, analyze the students’ learning data and establish the relevant models using the data mining technology, and explore the correlation between the English examinations and various elements, which has important values for the students’ learning and the teachers’ teaching. The author has made a thorough study of it. Practical teaching has proved that the multimedia teaching system is easier for students to understand, train their thinking abilities, improve their imagination and enrich the amount of the teaching information. This paper constructs a network multimedia teaching system, which enriches the teaching means. Keywords: Data mining
Intellectualization Multimedia teaching resources


English teaching


The multimedia technology mainly combines the images, sounds and communication technologies of the computer technologies, and its application is more and more extensive, including in the fields of science and technology, education, and production and so on. Among the technical characteristics of the multimedia, the diversity, integration and interaction of the information carriers are the main technical elements of the multimedia [1]. The application of the multimedia technologies in the field of the education can enrich the teaching means, attract the students’ attention and improve the classroom teaching effect.

1 Connotation and Characteristic Analysis of the Data Mining The data mining is to extract the knowledge that people are interested in from the data of the large databases. The knowledge is the implicit and unknown and potentially useful information in advance. The extracted knowledge is expressed as concepts, rules, laws, patterns and other forms. This definition defines the object of the data mining as a database [2]. In a broader sense, the data mining means the decision support process of finding the patterns in a set of facts or observations. The object of the © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 150–155, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_24

Development of Intelligent English Multimedia Teaching Resources

151

data mining is not only the database, but also the data collection of the file systems or any other organizations, such as the WWW information resources [3]. According to the types of the discovery knowledge, the data mining can be divided into the association rule mining, the feature rule mining, the discriminant rule mining, and the classification rule mining and so on. If it is divided according to the abstract levels of mining the knowledge, there is the original level data mining, the high level data mining and the multi-level data mining. The main tasks of the data mining are the association analysis, the clustering analysis, classification and prediction, the temporal pattern and the deviation analysis. The association rule mining was first proposed by Laksh Aihuo, et al. There is certain regularity between the values of two or more variables, which is called the correlation. The data association is a kind of the important and discoverable knowledge in the database [4]. The association can be divided into the simple association, the temporal association and the causal association. The purpose of the association analysis is to find out the hidden Internet in the database. Generally, the support and the credibility are used to measure the correlation of the association rules. The interest and the correlation are also introduced to make the rule mining more in line with the requirements. Clustering is to classify the data into several categories according to the similarity. The data in the same category are similar to each other, and the data in different categories are different. The cluster analysis can establish the macro concepts, and discover the distribution patterns of the data and the relationship between the possible data attributes. Classification is to find a conceptual description of a category, which represents the overall information of such data, that is, the connotation description of the class [5]. And use this description to construct a model, which is generally expressed by the rules or the decision tree patterns. Classification is the use of the training data sets through a certain algorithm to obtain the classification rules. Classification can be used for the rule description and prediction. Forecasting refers to the use of the historical data to find out the laws of the changes, establish a model, and use this model to predict the types and characteristics of the future data. Forecasting is concerned with the accuracy and the uncertainty, which are usually measured by the prediction difference. The time series model refers to the patterns with the high repetition rate searched by the time series. Like the regression, it uses the known data to predict the future values, but the difference between these data is the time at which the variables are located. There is much useful knowledge in the deviation. There are many abnormal situations in the data in the database. It is very important to find the abnormal situations in the data in the database. The basic method of the deviation test is to find the difference between the results of the tests and the reference.

2 Development Requirements of the Intelligent English Multimedia Teaching Resources Teachers should play an important role in the development and utilization of the English multimedia teaching resources. Teachers are not only the users and evaluators of the teaching resources, but also the developers and organizers of the teaching

152

X. Sun

resources. When teachers use the multimedia teaching resources to teach, they are the people who pay most attention to the quality of their teaching. They can evaluate the teaching resources reasonably and directly. Therefore, they will pay more attention to the rationality of the development of the multimedia teaching resources. If the development of the multi-media teaching resources is not supported and participated by the English teachers, the shortcomings of the teaching resources cannot be found in time. On the one hand, it will increase the difficulty of the development of the teaching resources. On the other hand, it will also make the use of the teaching resources have various problems and reduce the reality of the multi-media teaching resources. The practical application value results in the poor teaching quality. Therefore, in the process of the resource development, schools should vigorously encourage the English teachers to participate in it. If necessary, they should act as the administrators of the resource development. The resource development departments should adopt more teachers’ opinions and absorb teachers’ practical experience so as to make the multimedia teaching resources more perfect and reasonable. The multimedia teaching resources are extensive. When using the multimedia teaching resources, English teachers should not only confine themselves to the supporting CD-ROMs and the courseware media, but should also absorb various forms of resources, such as English movies, English news, English songs, teaching videos, network resources and English TV programs, which can be screened and selected. After the development, it is applied to our English teaching. Therefore, English teachers should establish the awareness of the development and utilization of the teaching resources, so as to continuously enrich and improve the English multimedia teaching resources.

3 Intelligent English Multimedia Teaching Resources The effect of the development and utilization of the English multimedia teaching resources is closely related to the information technology, and the computer operation skills and professional skills of the English teachers participating in the construction. Through the questionnaire survey of the teachers, we can see that most schools have multimedia skill training for the teachers, but the training effect is not satisfactory to them. Teachers also listed the contents and methods of the training they want to participate in, and the relevant opinions can be found in the questionnaire analysis. Therefore, the schools should put the strengthening of training and improving the development and utilization of the English teachers’ multimedia teaching resources at the first place in the subject plan. We should carry out the application training of the digitalization of the teaching media for the English teachers in different levels, batches and age groups, and develop the technologies and software for various media materials and courseware. Systematic training is carried out to improve the English teachers’ ability of searching, editing and processing various resources in the course of preparing their lessons and teaching. Improve teachers’ ability to master and use the development and utilization of the courseware software.

Development of Intelligent English Multimedia Teaching Resources

153

The advanced Internet and information technologies have a great impact on our education. To vigorously promote the informationization, scientization and intellectualization of our education technology is the goal of the world education. As a carrier of the new educational technologies, the English multimedia classroom not only provides a variety of the English teaching methods, but also provides the teachers with the conditions to make full use of various coursewares, and provides the students with the conditions to contact the spoken English and listening. With the expansion of the school scales, the number of the English multimedia classrooms is also increasing, and the scales of the English multimedia private network are also expanding. The increase of the network equipment and the central control equipment has increased the pressure of the multimedia managers and the workload of the network monitoring. The huge traditional network system has the high failure rate and the complicated maintenance. How to reduce the workload of the multimedia network, improve the working efficiency and provide the better services for teachers and students using the English multimedia classrooms is an urgent problem to be solved.

4 Application Mechanisms of the Intelligent English Multimedia Teaching Resources Based on the Data Mining In recent years, although the network teaching has made great progress in the theory and practice, the overall teaching form is relatively single, with a lack of the interactive functions, and there is no reasonable measurement of the students’ learning. At the same time, the English teaching in China seldom pays attention to the cultivation of the practical abilities of the English application, or differentiates the teaching according to the differences of the students’ English proficiency. These are not conducive to the balanced development of the students’ English proficiency. The multimedia intelligent teaching is a teaching method different from the traditional teaching mode. It is a new teaching mode of modernization, automation and three-dimensional teaching through the multimedia technologies of electronic products. The system adopts the B/S 3-tier architecture, including the user interface layer, the Web server layer and the data layer. The first layer is the user interface layer, which represents the client applications. The main function of the Windows clients or the Web clients is to accept the user’s request, then return the data to the client application and provide access. The second layer is the Web server layer. The Web server layer connects the user interface layer and the data layer and plays a bridge role. The main function of the Web server layer is to operate the data layer. The purpose is to combine the basic storage logic of the data access layer into the business rules. The third layer is the data layer, that is, the original data operation layer, which should ensure the function atomicity of the data access layer. The data layer is the basis of the normal operation of the basic software system, providing the system information for the generation of each dynamic web page. The data information can be divided into different kinds according to its use, and then stored in an orderly manner. In this system, when users use it, they first browse the user database to clarify the user’s identities and rights.

154

X. Sun

The design of the teacher-user module is mainly to design the functions of the module. When the teacher submits the registration request to the network teaching system, in the teacher management module, the system administrator can see the registration information of the teachers. If he decides to authorize, he will send the authorization message to the teacher’s e-mail. The teacher can log in to the system through the account and password he applied for. After landing, the teacher will choose the courses to be taught and fill in the relevant information. After the validity of the information is verified by the information audit, the teacher can send the relevant information, and the teacher can authorize the teaching of the course in the system. After entering the system, teachers can manage the students and the courses, assign the homework, answer the questions and have the discussion, and manage the question bank. The function module of the administrator mainly designs its functions. The administrator users can log on to the Administrator Space Management Platform, publish the announcements, set up the systems, investigate the users, and count some information inside the system. In the use of this system, the first step is to set the basic data, the administrator’s information, and the information of the administrator’s level. After these settings are completed, the administrator of the system can manage the user information and the course information. First, courses and user categories are created through the information management module, and the initial course information and the related user information are input into each category. In order to ensure the integrity of the database, we recommend that administrators carry out the database maintenance regularly. In this system, MySQL database is used in the database. The database is a multiuser and multi-threaded relational database, which has many advantages, including the following aspects. First, the speed of writing the data is fast, and the number of writing is only one percent or less of the Access and the SQL Server. Second, the amount of the information stored is large, and the storage of each information table is up to 50 million records. Third, the privilege setting mechanism is perfect, and the data security is guaranteed. Fourth, the query speed is greatly improved by using the optimized SQL query algorithm. Fifth, the database connection ways mostly include ODBC, TCP/IP, and JDBC. Sixth, MySQL is easy to start and execute and install, and the disk occupies vary small space. Seventh, the management tools of the database can manage and optimize and check it. The system platform of the database management is wide, including the windows system, the Linux system and the UNIX system. At the same time, MySQL database supports the development mode of B/S. In this system, users mainly include the teachers, the students and the system administrators. According to the description of the functions of each module, the information tables of the database are designed, including the user information tables, the students’ basic information tables, the teachers’ basic information tables, the curriculum information tables, and the test information tables and so on.

Development of Intelligent English Multimedia Teaching Resources

155

5 Conclusion In view of the current situations, this paper, starting from the characteristics of the English teaching, puts forward the idea of building a Web-based and practical English teaching management platform to provide a management platform with the rich teaching forms and the personalized curriculum settings. The use of the network technologies also improves the training efficiency of the English application abilities. The system can truly integrate students’ interests in their learning English, their abilities to apply English and our English teaching.

References 1. Hao X, Lv N (2016) Research on the data mining in the English process assessment. Educ Mod 12(12):134–135 2. Li C (2017) Research on the data mining technology and its practical application in the teaching systems. Course Educ Res 10(07):147–148 3. Tang S, Yang Y (2017) Practice of the English intelligent preparatory course supported by the modern educational technology and the big data – take wing course network intelligent synchronized teaching platform and processon mind mapping website as an example. Engl Teachers 15(10):124–125 4. Han L (2018) Application of the data mining in the prediction of CET-4 performances. Comput Knowl Technol 12(08):121–122 5. Jun X (2018) Application of the data mining in the integration of the network teaching resources. J Guangxi Radio Telev Univ 21(09):225–226

Towards a Mathematical Algorithm for Conditional Uncorrelated Volatility Model in the Financial Big Data Shulan Ma(&) School of Mathematics and Computer Science, Ningxia Normal University, Guyuan 756000, Ningxia, China [email protected]

Abstract. With the application of the big data technology, more and more financial enterprises have begun to devote themselves to the practice of the big data application. A study by McKinsey shows that the financial sector ranks first among the big data potential index. A simplex search optimization algorithm for solving the conditional uncorrelated volatility model is proposed to reduce the dimensionality of the multi-dimensional financial asset correlation calculation in the financial big data. The algorithm greatly improves the speed and accuracy of estimating parameters. In order to verify the effectiveness of the algorithm, this paper examines the conditional non-correlation between the stock market, the bond market, the fund market, the foreign exchange market and the forward market. Keywords: Financial big data
Conditional non-correlation Mathematical algorithm
Informatization


Wave model


From the point of view of the risk management modeling of the financial big data, many enterprises have already had many algorithms. But I think it is not only necessary to introduce the natural science modeling, but also need to introduce the social sciencebased, humanistic and historical thinking to introduce these dimensions into the algorithm [1]. China has five thousand years of cultural history, and all parties have their own deep and unique customs, which also determine that it is not enough to achieve the goal of the accurate analysis only relying on the natural science modeling [2]. Empirical studies on the volatility of large financial data show that the asymmetric stochastic volatility model can detect the asymmetric volatility well.

1 Characteristics of the Financial Big Data Among many machine learning methods, the traditional statistical methods such as the logistic regression and the discriminant analysis have strict assumptions on the financial models, and it is difficult to achieve the ideal results in the practical applications. The reason is that the operation of the non-linearity and non-stationarity of the financial data has one-sided limitations [3]. When dealing with the financial data in © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 156–162, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_25

Towards a Mathematical Algorithm

157

practice, the established assumptions are not completely consistent with the actual development of the financial markets, which may affect the promotion ability and the generalization ability of the model. The traditional non-parametric statistical methods, such as the classification tree method, the K-nearest neighbor discriminant analysis, and the genetic algorithm and so on, have better prediction abilities, but cannot explain the degree of the indexes energetically. For example, the K-Nearest Neighbor Discriminant Analysis (KNN) is a non-parametric distance learning method, which is usually measured according to the distance or the correlation coefficient between the data samples, so it will be affected by a few abnormal data points. However, under the same basic capacity, the efficiency of the non-parametric methods is relatively low if there is a specific parametric model for the specific problems that can be applied [4]. The typical machine learning methods, such as the neural network and the support vector machine, have the advantage of effectively dealing with the non-linear characteristics of the financial data, and do not need the strict statistical assumptions in advance. This will show strong adaptability and fully reflect the charm of the artificial intelligence, the machine learning and other methods. The prediction accuracy of the neural network is relatively good in various machine learning methods, because to a certain extent, the neural network can approximate the non-linear function according to any accuracy, and provide the corresponding support for the modeling and algorithm of the highly non-linear problems. Despite the obvious progress of the neural network technology, there are still some problems [5]. For example, it is usually difficult to determine the number of the hidden layer nodes, and there will be “over-learning” phenomenon and the local minimum.

2 Types of the Financial Data From the types of the data, the financial data can be divided into three categories: the structured data, the semi-structured data and the unstructured data. 2.1

The Structured Data

The structured data are derived from the operation data warehouse (ODS) of the financial enterprises and the enterprise data warehouse (EDW). The EDW provides the analysis and decision-making services for enterprises. The ODS mainly implements the data integration, sharing and quasi-real-time operation monitoring functions. The application of the Hadoop and other components can migrate and save the historical data several months or even years ago. Under the distributed storage structure, the storage and calculation of the structured data can be greatly improved. It can analyze the massive offline data offline, maximize the advantages of the offline data, and provide the most comprehensive data support for the users of the financial enterprises to create the stereo user portraits.

158

2.2

S. Ma

The Semi-structured Data

The integration of the semi-structured data is the most complicated in the data integration. Financial enterprises can be docking from different types of the databases or the Excel data provided by the external units. The most difficult part of the project is to “get through” the multi-source heterogeneous data, which can be quickly modeled and analyzed after the data integration. 2.3

The Unstructured Data

The unstructured approach of the financial industries is still relatively primitive. The unstructured data covers a wide range of the data, including news, videos, pictures and social networks. The financial data generally has the characteristics of “streaming data” and needs to be processed in a short time. Compared with other industries, the finance has the characteristics of the close logical relationship, the high real-time processing requirements, and the strong demand for display, and so on. Usually, the following key technologies are needed. 2.3.1 Data Analysis Technology It includes the data mining, the machine learning and other artificial intelligence technologies, mainly used in the user credit analysis, the user clustering analysis, the user characteristics analysis, the product association analysis, and the marketing analysis and so on. The financial system requires the high security, stability and realtime performance, as well as the high computing and processing capacity for the big data. 2.3.2 Data Management Technology It includes the relational and the non-relational data management technology, the data fusion and integration technology, the data extraction technology, and the data cleaning and conversion technology. The financial industry requires the high real-time data processing capability, and needs the flexible data conversion configuration and the task configuration. 2.3.3 Data Processing Technology It includes the distributed computing, the memory computing technology and the stream processing technology and so on. Through the new data processing technologies, we can make more effective use of the hardware and the software resources, reduce the IT investment, maintenance the costs and the physical energy consumption of the colleagues, and provide more stable and powerful data processing capabilities. 2.3.4 Data Presentation Technology It includes the visualization technology, the historical flow display technology, and the spatial information flow display technology and so on. It is mainly used in the health monitoring of the financial products, the monitoring of the product development trend, the customer value monitoring, and the early warning of the anti-money laundering anti-fraud and so on.

Towards a Mathematical Algorithm

159

3 Mathematical Algorithm for the Uncorrelated Volatility Models In recent years, with the deepening of the relationship between the financial assets and the continuous innovation of the financial derivatives, the volatility of the financial assets has become increasingly intensified, and the characteristics of the volatility have become increasingly complex and diversified. In the modern financial theory, the volatility is always one of the most important research contents. This is because the core of the modern financial theory is uncertainty, and the volatility is an important indicator to measure this uncertainty. At present, the core theories of the modern financial theory mainly include the efficient market theory, the portfolio theory, and the capital asset pricing model, the option pricing theory, the arbitrage theory, the behavioral finance theory, and the asset structure theory. Except that the efficient market theory and the asset structure theory have little relationship with the volatility, the other theories are inextricably linked with the volatility. For example, in Markowitz’s modern portfolio theory, the determination of the optimal portfolio depends on the variance and the covariance of the financial assets, and the calculation of the portfolio risk values is closely related to the fluctuation of the financial assets. In order to measure the volatility clustering and the time-varying of the earnings volatility, Engle, et al. proposed a series of the autoregressive conditional heteroscedasticity model (ARCH). Zhu Yongan and Qu Chunqing used the GJR-GARCH and the GARCH-m models to study the volatility of the data from Shanghai Stock Market caused by bad news. Chen Zezhong and Yang Qizhi combined the GARCH-m model with the EGARCH model in the result table. It is clear that the fluctuation caused by the positive shocks is greater than that caused by the negative shocks of the same degree. Zhang Wei and others used the VSGARCH and the GJR-GARCH to compare the empirical results and found that the fluctuation is asymmetric, and the fluctuation caused by the good news is greater than that caused by the bad news. Because the ARCH family models assume that the time-varying variance is a function of the residual square term and the lagged conditional variance of the past earnings, the estimation of the conditional variance is directly related to the past observations, so when there are the abnormal observations, the estimated volatility sequence is not very stable.

4 Mathematical Algorithm for the Conditional Non-correlated Volatility Model in the Financial Big Data At present, the growth rate of the data volume in various industries around the world is alarming, and China is especially concentrated in the key industries such as finance, transportation, telecommunications, manufacturing, medical insurance, social security, customs and other important areas. The deepening of the information technology is further promoting the emergence of more new mass data. According to the statistics, China’s total data in 2015 reached more than 1700EB, with an increase of 90% over the same period last year. It is expected that this figure will exceed 8000EB by 2020. Take

160

S. Ma

the banking industry as an example, for every $1 million in the revenue, the banking industry produces an average of 130 GB of data, which ranks first in all industries. The security and privacy is a key issue in the development of the big data. Many practical cases show that even when harmless data is collected in large quantities, the personal privacy will be exposed. In fact, the big data security has a broader meaning. The threats people face are not confined to the disclosure of the personal privacy. The objects of the protection include not only the big data itself, but also the knowledge gained from the big data analysis. Like other current information, the big data faces the security risks in the process of storage, processing and transmission, including the data management risks and the data operation risks. On the one hand, it needs the protection of the technical means, and at the same time, it needs the improvement of the relevant laws and regulations and the self-discipline of the financial enterprises themselves. In order to realize the data interconnection and interoperability, two conditions must be included, among which the interconnection is the technical system standard and the interoperability is the data system standard. Realizing the interconnection can require the system to use the standardized interfaces, while realizing the interconnection requires the establishment of the cross-industry data standard structure around the industrial chain. At present, the development of various industries has been governed for a long time, and there are high barriers between industries. Even within the financial industry, such as banks, securities, insurance and other industries, different standards have been adopted and different industry norms have been observed. How to speed up the formulation of the key common standards such as the metadata, the data exchange, the data transaction, the data quality, and the security and confidentiality is the key to the data construction. Under the assumption of the normal distribution, the kurtosis is 3, and the skewness is 0. Obviously, the income sequence does not obey the normal distribution. The J-B normal statistics obey the Chi-square distribution with the degree of freedom of 2, and the J-B normal statistics of earnings are much larger than the critical value of 5.99 at the significant level of 5%, which indicates that the assumption of the normal distribution of earnings is not valid. The return sequence has the obvious characteristics of “high peaks & heavy tails”. By using the Bayesian analysis based on MCMC, the parameters in the asymmetric stochastic volatility model are well estimated. Empirical results from China’s stock market data show that the asymmetric stochastic volatility model can better describe the heteroscedasticity and the asymmetry of the volatility in the stock market than the asymmetric ARCH model GJR-GARCH. The problem of the portfolio optimization is essentially an optimization problem of the portfolio return – the variance under certain restrictions. In the Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM), the expected return of an asset depends on the ratio of the covariance of the asset to the market portfolio to the variance of the market portfolio. Its core is to establish the relationship between the securities return and the risk, and reveal the internal structure of the securities risk reward, that is, the risk reward is a linear combination of the risk premiums that affect the relevant factors of the securities return. At the same time, the risks can be divided into two categories: the system risk and the non-system risk. The non-system risk can be effectively dispersed by optimizing the portfolio. In the Blach-Scholes option pricing formula, the price of options is closely related to the volatility of the underlying financial assets, and we can also calculate the

Towards a Mathematical Algorithm

161

implied volatility of the underlying financial assets by the market price of options. To accurately price the options, we must first understand the characteristics and rules of the volatility of the financial assets accurately. In the arbitrage theory, it is necessary to calculate the variance-covariance matrix between the i-type securities and the j-type influencing factors, which is also directly related to the volatility. In the behavioral finance theory, the causes of the excessive volatility of the asset prices and the impact of the investor psychology and the investment behavior on the volatility of the financial assets have also become a hot research area. Therefore, how to accurately describe and characterize the volatility characteristics of the financial assets and explore the underlying mechanism and the economic implications of the financial volatility has become an important topic in the modern finance and statistics research.

5 Conclusion The financial companies have always attached great importance to the data. With the development of the mobile Internet, the overall scale of various kimono diversified markets has expanded. For the main business value brought by the data analysis, a large number of the financial enterprises participating in the survey indicated that the value of the big data analysis can be based on the business analysis to achieve more intelligent business decision-making, so that the enterprise strategy formulation is more rational. Relying on the forward-looking decision-making, we can achieve a more optimal allocation of resources in the production process, carry out the quickly adjustment according to the market changes, improve the user experience and the capital turnover, reduce the risks of the inventory backlog, and thus achieve the higher profits. Acknowledgment. Foundation Project: 2017 Ningxia University Science Research Project (Project Serving Local Economic and Social Development); Project Number: NGY2017181; Project Name: Research on Incentive Mechanism Model of Small and Medium-sized Enterprises in Ningnan Mountain Areas Based on the Fuzzy Comprehensive Evaluation Method; Key Subprojects of Undergraduate Teaching Project in Higher Education in 2017; Project Name: Exploration and practice of the information construction of Probability Theory & Mathematical Statistics under the concept of the CDIO education.

References 1. Li J, Ke D (2017) Construct the core engine of the big data capability and actively embrace the financial science and technology innovation – planning and implementation of the big data governance system of China Everbright Bank. Financ Comput China 5:100–101 2. Liu X, Ge Y, Zhou K (2017) Research on the construction of the inclusive finance and the credit environment under the big data technology – logical reflection and countermeasure suggestions. New Financ 7:140–141

162

S. Ma

3. Tang H, Lu L (2018) Use the big data finance to prevent the systematic financial risks – practice and consideration on building the “CNC finance” platform. Sci Technol Ind China 2:151–152 4. Wang Z (2018) How the internet financial enterprises do well in the financial management under the background of the big data. Fortune Today 10:111–112 5. Han S, Li X (2018) Overview of the corporate credit research in China under the background of the big data – analysis of search papers based on CSSCI. Financ Theory Pract 10:155–157

Research on the Mining Technology of the Financial Mathematical Model Based on the Partial Differential Calculus Shulan Ma(&) School of Mathematics and Computer Science, Ningxia Normal University, Guyuan 756000, Ningxia, China [email protected]

Abstract. Aiming at the problem of the association data mining in the big data environment, this paper proposes a method of the association data mining based on the mathematical model of the partial calculus classification. Experiments show that this method improves the efficiency and accuracy of the data mining, and achieves satisfactory results. Due to the large amount of the data and the multi-dimensional characteristics of the database, the traditional mining methods cannot build the accurate mathematical models when processing the data, which is prone to some problems such as the loss of information and the hard partition. Therefore, the application of the financial mathematical model mining technology based on the partial differential calculus is very prominent. Keywords: Partial calculus classification Mining technology
Standardization


Financial mathematical model


With the rapid development of the Internet of things and the mobile Internet, we have entered the era of the big data. Data mining is the most important and key work in the big data [1]. This paper mainly discusses the classification of the partial calculus, the financial mathematical model, the data mining process and their specific applications, which will provide some reference value for the further research on this subject.

1 Mathematical Models of Finance Based on the Mathematical Theories 1.1

Efficient Market Theory

The concept of the market effectiveness originated from the study of French Bachelier in this century. He first used the Brownian motion model to derive the option formulas in 1900, when the market effectiveness originated. However, the relationship between the market efficiency and the information is the work in recent decades. The logical basis of the effective market theory raises doubts. On the one hand, the effectiveness of the market is the product of the speculation and arbitrage, and the speculation and arbitrage are both the cost-effective activities [2]. On the other hand, because the market is effective, the speculation and arbitrage are not rewarded, and these activities © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 163–168, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_26

164

S. Ma

will stop, but once the speculation and arbitrage stops, how can the market continue to be effective? There is no doubt that the speculation and arbitrage make prices more effective. It is the continuous change of this contradictory entity that makes the market show a cyclical change in statistics [3]. 1.2

Portfolio Theory

From the qualitative analysis to the quantitative analysis, the finance begins with Markowitz’s theory of the portfolio selection. Markowitz first successfully combines the probability theory with the mathematical programming. He regards the stock price in the portfolio investment as a random variable, and uses its mean value to express the benefit and uses the variance to express risks [4]. The portfolio problem with the same return and the minimum risks can be reduced to the optimal solution of the quadratic programming. The conclusion reached by the quantitative analysis caters to the need of the investors to avoid risks. With the deepening of the quantitative research, the portfolio theory and its practical application methods become more and more perfect, and become a communication tool in the modern investment studies. But many hypothesis conditions in Markowitz’s theory of composition cannot be satisfied, making it fail in reality. In order to overcome this difficulty, a security optimization algorithm based on the neural network was developed. 1.3

Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM)

The capital asset pricing model mainly describes how to determine the related risks of the assets and the relationship between returns and risks when the market is in equilibrium [5]. In a balanced market, the rational investors hold the proportion of the market portfolio. A market portfolio is a portfolio that includes all portfolio investments, in which the proportion of each portfolio investment equals its relative market value, and the relative market value of one portfolio investment equals the total market value of the securities divided by the total market value of all the securities [6]. First, the linear relationship between the return on the risk assets and the market risk is given. At the same time, it also gives the quantitative relationship between the return of the individual securities and the market portfolio returns. The theoretical essence of the capital asset pricing model is the expected return of a security. It can be measured by the asset risk measure beta, which establishes the linear relationship between the expected return and the beta. This relationship gives two very good propositions. First, it provides a way to estimate the rate of return for the potential investments. Second, we can also make reasonable pricing for our assets not traded in the market. For example, we can estimate the stock issuing price in the primary market. 1.4

APT Model

The capital asset pricing model describes the determinant mechanism of the capital return when the capital market reaches the equilibrium. It is based on many assumptions, and some of them are not realistic. When testing the CAPM, some empirical results are not consistent with them. For this reason, Ross put forward a new capital

Research on the Mining Technology of the Financial Mathematical Model

165

asset equilibrium model in 1970, namely the arbitrage pricing model. The model considers that the risk is caused by many factors, and the assumption of not only a market factor, but also of risk attitude is more relaxed than CAPM, which is closer to the reality. The core of the APT is to assume that there is no arbitrage opportunity and that there is an approximate linear relationship between the expected return of the securities and the risk factors. The contribution of the APT theory lies mainly in its description of the equilibrium state. However, the APT theory only clarifies the structure of the asset pricing, but does not specify which specific economic or other factors affect the expected return, so the test and the practical application of this theory are limited. 1.5

Option Pricing Model

The derivation of Black and Scoles’ option pricing model is based on six assumptions, such as no transaction cost and the tax restriction. The model shows that the price of options is a function of the commodity market price of the options, the fluctuation of the commodity market price, the time between the execution price of the options and the expiration date, and the safe interest rate. Since the publication of Blake and Scoles’ papers, some scholars, such as Merton, Cox and Rubinstein, have successively promoted this theory and applied it widely. The option pricing model can be used to determine the prices of various financial derivatives, and it is an effective tool for the valuation of the various derivatives. The option pricing model provides a favorable guidance for the financial innovation in the western countries, and is one of the main contents of the modern financial theory. 1.6

Asset Structure Theory

In the modern financial theory, the asset structure theory (also known as the MM theorem) of a company and the effective market theory and the portfolio theory are almost the same important achievements developed in the same period. The conditions of the MM theorem are very harsh. It is precisely because these assumptions abstract a lot of the real things, thus revealing the most essential thing in the enterprise financial decision-making, that is, the behavior of the enterprise operators and investors and their interactions. After the publication of this theorem, some economists have further proved it in different ways and from different angles. Among them, Hamda used the capital pricing model to prove it again, and Stiglize used the general equilibrium theory to prove it again, and the conclusions are consistent with the MM theorem.

2 Mathematical Model Based on the Classification and Fusion Algorithm of the Partial Differential Calculus At present, the principle of the partial calculus is widely used in the field of the relational data mining. It can improve the high-frequency area of the relational data, dynamically store the low-frequency area of the data, and increase the interference factors of the data. When the principle of the partial calculus improves the low

166

S. Ma

frequency area of the data, the lowest frequency area of the data storage requires the higher order selection. If small order is used to reduce the interference effect, the fuzzy problem will be formed by the large order. The principle of the partial calculus cannot deal with the noise interference in the data to be excavated in the process of the discrete data processing. In this paper, the principle of the partial calculus is used in the process of the association data mining, and the model of the association data mining is modeled. The difference data fusion based on the principle of the partial calculus is realized to improve the efficiency of the association data mining. In order to improve the efficiency and accuracy of the association data mining in the big data environment, an association mining method based on fractional partial calculus classification mathematical model is proposed. Based on the principle of the partial calculus, a fusion algorithm model based on the partial calculus equation is constructed to realize the difference data fusion in the process of the big data classification. Then, through the double boundary convergence control of the mathematical model of the partial differential classification, the data set is integrated into the data model of the partial calculus classification, and the fuzzy control of the data is completed by the incremental and subtractive support vector. The constrained bundled clustering algorithm is used to mine the data model and obtain the sub-sequence. Under the minimum iteration times and convergence, the Gaussian kernel function is used to mine the associated data sequence by adjusting the measure information. The experimental results show that the proposed association data mining method has the high mining efficiency, accuracy and stability. With the rapid development of the computer information technology, the network information data shows the explosive growth, and especially the huge amount of the data accumulated by the businesses and enterprises. The information contains many types. The traditional data retrieval technology has been difficult to meet the users’ needs. The data mining technology can help people quickly find the information they need. The data mining technology is a perfect combination of the artificial intelligence, the statistics, the database technology, the information retrieval technology and other disciplines.

3 Analysis of the Mining Technology of the Financial Mathematics Model Based on the Partial Differential Calculus The traditional mining methods use the binary values to process the databases. In the process of processing the quantitative attribute datasets, the sharp partitioning method is needed to convert the quantitative attribute values into the binary attribute values. However, the sharp partitioning method will lead to too hard boundary values and make part of the data sets lose the information. Therefore, it is improved by introducing the fuzzy theory. The quantitative attribute value is changed into the binary attribute value by using the method of the fuzzy iteration partition to solve the problem of the information loss caused by the sharp partition. In the process of the data mining, the fuzzy partition is a key step. Firstly, this chapter preprocesses the original data set by

Research on the Mining Technology of the Financial Mathematical Model

167

using the fuzzy C-means clustering algorithm, obtains the fuzzy partition of the original data set, and then obtains the rules of interests by using the fuzzy association mining algorithm to realize the optimal data mining. The fuzzy C-means clustering (FCM) algorithm is a flexible fuzzy partition based on the theory of the fuzzy sets. Therefore, this section chooses this method to partition the original data sets. The specific implementation process is as follows. The N data to be partitioned are divided into K classes, and the clustering centers of each group are obtained, and the data fuzzy membership matrix U is constructed by using the formula U = (liji = 1, 2, …, m; j = 1, 2, …, k) (1). In the formula (1), lij is used to describe the membership grade of the i data belonging to the j category. After obtaining the data membership matrix and the number of the K clustering centers C = {c1, c2, ck}, the objective function of the fuzzy C-means clustering algorithm is obtained by using the fuzzy rules in the membership matrix. By updating the objective function of the FCM clustering algorithm, the minimum value of the objective function formula (2) is obtained and the fuzzy partition is formed. A detailed fuzzy partition procedure is given below. (1) Initialization: Give the number of the clusters C, the weights P and the stopping threshold value e. (2) The initial membership matrix in the range of [0, 1] is chosen arbitrarily to satisfy the following constraints. (3) The objective function of the fuzzy C-means clustering algorithm is obtained by the fuzzy rules of the initialization membership matrix. (4) Update: By updating the objective function of the FCM clustering algorithm, the minimum value of the objective function is obtained, and the minimum value of the function is iterated continuously until the minimum value satisfies the set stop threshold, stops the iteration, and completes the fuzzy correlation iteration partition of the data. Through the fuzzy C-means clustering algorithm, the original data set is preprocessed, and the redundant data is filtered, and the fuzzy partition of the original data set is obtained. On this basis, the rules of interests are obtained by using the fuzzy association mining algorithm, so as to realize the optimal data mining. The experimental results show that the proposed method has the good partitioning performance for different data sets, the low time complexity and the high mining accuracy. The running time of the method increases with the increase of the number of the nodes closed, and it can work smoothly and form a consistent clustering effect at the same time. It shows that this method has the high reliability in the process of the association data mining in the big data environment. However, under the condition of the machine failure and shutdown, the traditional under-sampling method cannot work properly, which makes the data mining fail. By analyzing the above experimental results, it can be seen that the improved method of the association mining based on the mathematical model of the partial calculus classification proposed in this paper has the higher mining efficiency and accuracy, the high scalability and reliability, and the high application values.

168

S. Ma

4 Conclusion With the improvement of the information technology levels and the expansion of the big data application scopes, the demand for the information in today’s society is more and more accurate, and the importance of the data information is gradually strengthened in the development of all walks of life, and the amount of the information collected and stored by the Internet is more and more abundant, and the role of the Web data integration and mining technology is gradually shown. In the era of the big data, the data mining has become a very important topic. The data mining can influence and change the roles of the data information in the daily information management and information processing, and can also solve the problems of the information resources interference. In order to give full play to the roles of the data mining, it is necessary to apply the data mining technology scientifically and reasonably in the context of the big data era. Acknowledgment. Foundation Project: 2017 Ningxia University Science Research Project (Project Serving Local Economic and Social Development); Project Number: NGY2017181; Project Name: Research on Incentive Mechanism Model of Small and Medium-sized Enterprises in Ningnan Mountain Areas Based on the Fuzzy Comprehensive Evaluation Method; Key Subprojects of Undergraduate Teaching Project in Higher Education in 2017; Project Name: Exploration and practice of the information construction of Probability Theory & Mathematical Statistics under the concept of the CDIO education.

References 1. Kong X, Bi X, Zhang S (2016) Financial news and stock market forecast – empirical analysis based on the data mining technology. J Appl Stat Manag 3:125–126 2. Ren X, Chen J (2016) Research on the current situation and development trend of the data mining. Inf Commun 2:142–143 3. Guo W (2017) On the application of the mathematical models in the financial field. Times Financ 10:115–116 4. Wang F (2017) Research on the teaching reform of the mathematics course in colleges and universities from the perspective of the financial mathematical model. Educ Mod 10:129–130 5. De S (2018) Evolution partial differential equations arising from the study of the mathematical variance models in finance. Inf Rec Mater 9:131–132 6. Zhou Q (2018) Multi-layer affective computing model based on emotional psychology. Electron Commer Res 18(1):109–124

Security Management for the Financial Information System in Colleges and Universities Under the Changing Data Environment Yang Jun(&) Xi’an Medical University, Xi’an 710000, Shaanxi, China [email protected]

Abstract. At present, the state has promulgated and implemented many rules and regulations, requiring universities to innovate their financial management in order to achieve a comprehensive budget, the performance appraisal and the effective fund management. With the continuous development of the information technologies in our country, the application of the information technologies to the financial management has become an important method of the financial management innovation in colleges and universities. However, there are many problems in the current financial management of colleges and universities, which restrict the efficiency of the financial management in colleges and universities. Keywords: Data environment Safety management system




University




Financial information system




Under the background of the digital campus, the financial informationization is an important part of the university management informationization, which can effectively improve the level of the efficient management, so it is also getting more and more attention. The construction of the financial information system can better innovate the financial methods, better plan the financial management work and improve the overall effect of the resource sharing [1]. Therefore, in the actual application process, we need to constantly change management concepts, formulate the corresponding systems, improve the overall quality of the financial personnel, and focus on strengthening the budget management, so as to better promote the overall development of the campus.

1 The Concept and Characteristics of the Big Data The big data means that the scale of the data information is so huge that it cannot be collected and processed in a reasonable time with the current mainstream tools. It is a kind of data with a large amount of data and diversified data forms [2]. Through the study of its concept, it can be concluded that it has the following characteristics: The big data refers to a large and complex data set that cannot be extracted, stored, searched, shared, analyzed and processed by the existing software tools. The big data has four typical characteristics: the huge data volume, various data types, the low value © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 169–175, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_27

170

Y. Jun

density and the fast processing speed [3]. Data is an important part of an enterprise’s assets. It is an indispensable information on which almost all the business activities of an enterprise depend. Data is just like the eyes of the business operators. Data can reflect the problems of the business operations and make the correct decisions, just as the helmsman relies on the navigation. The amount of data is large. Big data is the super amount of the data information, and numerous data will be generated every day, and the levels of the information data are getting higher and higher. The level of the statistical data PB is even higher. There are various forms. Various forms mainly refer to the diversity of the data types. With the development of the information technology, more and more data appear in the unstructured form, such as the videos, audios and pictures and so on [4]. According to the statistics, the proportion of the unstructured data has exceeded 80% of the data. The value density is low. The big data will produce a lot of the valuable information in the process of operation, which will be very helpful to our production and life. However, the big data has the characteristics of low value density because of the large amount of data information. In a large number of the data statistics, only a small part of the information that may be valuable is available.

2 Problems in the Big Data Environment 2.1

Representation Problem

Some unstructured data in the big data environment are growing in the geometric form, and the scale of the data is huge [5]. The diversification of the forms makes the user’s demands for the data show a diversified trend. With the increasing of the data, the efficiency of the data operation is getting lower and lower. How to represent these unstructured data is a very important problem. 2.2

Reliability Problem

The big data environment is a very large network environment. In the era of the network opening and sharing, the computer data is facing the test of security and reliability. In the big data environment, the ways of collecting and publishing data are more flexible than before, but some uncertain data will probably cause the data distortion. In the open network environment, the distorted data will have a huge negative impact. Therefore, the reliability of the data in the big data environment will be an urgent problem to be solved. 2.3

Processing Problem

Because the current data information is growing in thousands of forms every day, the existing hydrological computer processing ability is very difficult to deal with it effectively. In the process of the data analysis, it is necessary to study a new data analysis method, which combines the calculation methods of various disciplines, and carries on the research on the rules of the data information.

Security Management for the Financial Information System

171

3 Construction of the Big Data Index System of the Financial Management in Colleges and Universities With the continuous development of the system reform of China’s higher education, the state has higher and higher requirements for the financial informationization, and the status of the financial management in colleges and universities has gradually increased. The utilization and processing of the data information has become an important part of the financial management in colleges and universities under the background of the big data era. Establishing the big data index system of the financial management in colleges and universities has become a key part of controlling the financial ability of colleges and universities. 3.1

Scientific Principle

When establishing the index system of the financial analysis, we should consider the inherent needs of colleges and universities, and pay attention to the scientificity and rationality of selecting the indexes according to the unique operation rules and characteristics of colleges and universities. 3.2

The Principle of Importance

The purpose of this is to emphasize that universities should select the materials selectively when choosing the financial analysis indicators. It is not allowed to list all the indicators. Several representative indicators should be selected in all the indicators according to the basic needs. 3.3

The Principle of Comparability

While establishing an analysis index system, we should ensure that the financial analysis results obtained by universities in the operation are comparable with those of other universities, including the comparability of the selected indicators themselves and the comparability of the overall index system in colleges and universities. Its main purpose is to enable colleges and universities to systematically, comprehensively and reasonably evaluate their own financial situations. The comparability and universality of the indicators are the necessary conditions to ensure the horizontal comparison between schools and their own historical data. 3.4

The Principle of Feasibility

When establishing the index system of the financial analysis in colleges and universities, there may be some data indicators that are difficult to measure. Therefore, we should ensure that the data used can be obtained from the relevant data, and then proceed from the actual situations of the financial activities in colleges and universities, focusing on the feasibility and practicability of their reality. Taking colleges and universities as the main subjects, through the orderly arrangement of the financial accounting information in colleges and universities, in

172

Y. Jun

order to truly reflect the financial situations of colleges and universities, we should facilitate colleges and universities to find their own problems and improve their corresponding work. And the abstract research objects can be decomposed into the actionable and operable objects according to their essential attributes and characteristics, which will be easy to control and supervise, and will also be conducive to the better distribution and development of the university finance.

4 Security Management System of the Financial Information System in Colleges and Universities Under the Data Environment The big data brings a series of the new security problems in the storage process. The consequence of the big data concentration is that the complex and diverse data are stored together. The big data analysis often requires multiple types of the data to refer to each other, but in the past there was no such situation of the data mixed access, so the big data applications have also spawned some new security issues that need to be considered. If the update and the upgrading speed of the security protection means being unable to keep pace with the non-linear growth of the data volume, the data security vulnerabilities will be exposed. 4.1

Necessity of the Construction of the Data Security Management System

As a new technology, the big data has not established a set of the relatively complete data security management system standards for the big data in the current environment. In order to fundamentally protect the big data information security, priority should be given to the use of the big data technology, platform construction, operation management, and risk assessment and so on, to improve the standard construction of the data security management system, and ultimately achieve the goal of the big data information security being visible and controllable. 4.2

Technical Architecture of the Data Security Management System

The data security management system needs to build a unified platform. Through the layered construction and the hierarchical protection, the platform capabilities and applications can grow and expand, and we can create a system framework for the dataoriented security management. The data security management architecture can be divided into the data analysis layer, the data leak prevention layer, the data desensitization layer, the sensitive data isolation and exchange layer and the database reinforcement layer from bottom to top, thus forming a perfect data standard system and a security management system. The data analysis layer is the basic condition of the data security management system. The data analysis layer collects and normalizes the massive information and data generated by various business systems, uses the real-time association analysis technology, the intelligent reasoning technology and the risk management technology

Security Management for the Financial Information System

173

to process and analyze all kinds of the massive data events in a unified way, and achieves the unified monitoring management of the data security risks and the early warning processing of the unknown risks. The sensitive data isolation exchange layer breaks through the key technologies of the deep content recognition through three steps: the data fingerprint acquisition, the content detection and the response processing. It solves the problem that the users can not only connect to the network, but also ensure the security of the data exchange, which can also greatly improve the working efficiency. According to the characteristics of the data easy flow, easy replication and difficult management, the data leak prevention layer identifies, monitors and protects the static data, the mobile data and the data in use through the in-depth content analysis and the transaction security association analysis, so as to protect the sensitive data in advance, in-process and after-event, and realize the data regular use while preventing the active or unexpected data leakage, to ensure that the enterprise data assets can be controlled, credible and fully utilized. The data desensitization layer enables the users to quickly create small capacity subsets and desensitize and deform the sensitive information through the unique data extraction methods, thereby improving the working efficiency of the data management personnel, avoiding the information risks, and providing the perfect protection for the security of the assets such as the customers and the sensitive information. The database monitoring and reinforcement layer is the last line of the defense to protect the data security, and its core is to make the data more solid. The database monitoring and strengthening layer has many engines, such as the database status monitoring, the database audit, the database risk scanning, and the access control and so on. It can provide the black-and-white list and exception policy, the user login control, and the user access control, and has the function of the real-time monitoring of the database access behaviors and the flexible alarm. 4.3

Implementation of the Data Security Management System Platform Technology

Based on the security object management, with the risk management as the core and the security events as the main line, using the real-time correlation analysis technology (such as Hadoop, Spark, HDFS, and MapReduce and so on), the intelligent reasoning technology and the risk management technology, through the in-depth normalization analysis of the massive information data, combined with the functions of the effective network monitoring management, the security early-warning response and the worksheet processing, we can realize the in-depth analysis of the data security information, and ultimately help enterprises to achieve the unified analysis and management of the entire network security risk situation. Using the deep content recognition technology, firstly, the features of the userdefined sensitive and confidential data are extracted, which can include the unstructured data, the structured data, and the binary files and so on, to form a feature library of the sensitive data. When new files need to be transmitted, the system performs the real-time feature comparison of the new files. The sensitive data is prohibited from being transmitted. Through the unified issuance strategy of the management center, the user

174

Y. Jun

names and passwords can be used to actively acquire the data in the server or folder where the sensitive data is stored, and the related file data can be detected, and processed according to the test results. The data filtering technology can deploy the data filtering equipment at the network outlet, analyze the common network protocols (such as TCP, HTTP, POP3, FTP, and instant messaging and so on), analyze and filter the contents of the above-mentioned protocols, set the filtering rules and keywords to filter out the relevant content, and prevent the leakage of the sensitive data. In order to ensure the security of the big data in the transmission process, it is necessary to encrypt the information data. The data stream to be uploaded is encrypted by the data encryption system, and the data to be downloaded is also checked by the corresponding decryption system. Therefore, it is necessary to set up a unified file encryption/decryption system on both the clients and the server to process the transmitted data. At the same time, in order to enhance its security, the keys and the encrypted data should be stored separately. Referring to the functions of the Shadow files in the Linux system, this file realizes the separation of the password information and the account information. In the password field of the account information database, only one X is used as the label, and the password information is no longer stored. The data control technology mainly uses the software control, the port control and other effective means to implement the strict control and audit of various ports and applications of computers, as well as the strict control and management of the data access, transmission and reasoning. Through the key technology of the in-depth content recognition, the sender and receiver’s identity detection, the file type detection, the file name detection and the file size detection are carried out to achieve the effective control of the sensitive data in the transmission process, the periodic check and the event security after-the-fact audit, and to prevent the unauthorized data information from being leaked, thus guaranteeing that the data assets are controllable, credible and fully utilized.

5 Conclusion The core technologies of the database security reinforcement are the database status monitoring, the database risk scanning, the database audit, the database firewall and the database transparent encryption technology. By building a database security reinforcement platform, we can observe and record all the access behaviors to the database in the network from the perspective of “the third party”, protect the data from the source, and establish a deep protection system.

References 1. Ma X (2016) Innovative research on the enterprise financial management based on the big data. Mod Account 2:133–134 2. Hu R (2017) Risks and countermeasures of the enterprise accounting information in the big data era. Bus Econ 12:133–134

Security Management for the Financial Information System

175

3. Dong W (2018) Pushing forward the informatization construction of the financial management in colleges and universities. J Huaibei Prof Tech Coll 10:19–20 4. Liang Y, Chen X (2018) Research on the implementation of the financial information system. China Manag Informationization 11:151–152 5. Zhang L (2018) Security and precaution of the network financial accounting information system under the background of the big data. Mod Ind Econ Informatization 11:126–127

WEB Resource Integration Based on the Physical Education Courseware Huihui Du(&) and Jiafa Li Aba Teachers University, Wenchuan 623002, Sichuan, China [email protected]

Abstract. Based on the integration of the WEB resources in the physical education courseware, we can combine the information of the course editing, the course sharing and the student management involved in the physical education to realize the effective coordination and management of the sports teaching process. Through such a system, we can solve various problems in the physical education. The platform combines RTP (Real-time Transmission Protocol) with RTCP (Real-time Control Protocol) to optimize the multimedia data transmission. The final test proves that the system has the stable performance, which not only breaks the traditional teaching methods, but also provides a new learning mode for the students. In addition, the teaching resources have been optimized, which has the broad application prospects. Keywords: Physical education courseware Integration mechanism
Learning mode


WEB resources


1 Teaching Contrast of Sports WEB Resource Courseware Based on the Integration of the WEB Resources With the application of the WEB resource technology in the physical education, the ideal of sharing the human knowledge resources has become a reality. The information resources of the physical education are abundant, and the limitation of the distance has been overcome. In the future, the main means of the human daily life, work and learning to obtain the information is the use of the computer networks. If the education is to adapt to this change, it is necessary to change the existing classroom teaching mode [1]. To enable the students to learn the sports knowledge and skills not only lies in acquiring the knowledge itself, but also in mastering the scientific learning methods, learning how to find and select the knowledge and information of the subject, and being able to use them well [2]. Therefore, the WEB resource technology will play an important role in the physical education. In the traditional physical education, teachers disseminate the knowledge and technologies to the students. Because teachers always play a leading role and the students are in a passive position, the teaching form between the teachers and the students is a relationship of “you explain and I listen, you do and I practice”, so that the students’ learning efficiency is relatively low. Teachers can only understand students’ acceptance and mastery of the knowledge and technologies through the simple movements and the single expressions [3]. On the one hand, this teaching method will © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 176–181, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_28

WEB Resource Integration Based on the Physical Education Courseware

177

inhibit the development of the excellent students, and on the other hand, it will make the poor students feel less interested in their learning, with the stiff classroom atmosphere, the less interaction between the teachers and the students, thus seriously affecting the teaching effect. Compared with the traditional teaching mode, the physical education WEB resource courseware integrates the physical education curriculums in the forms of words and graphics, audio, videos and animations, and displays the teaching contents in the three-dimensional way. Its manifestations and means are more abundant and flexible, which fully reflects its unique advantages [4]. The modern WEB resource technology, which integrates texts, images, sounds, animations and the interactive network, can make the teaching process vivid and full of pictures and texts. At the same time, the use of the WEB resource technology can establish a campus network, connect with the Internet and enter the world resource sharing system. Teachers use these resources to carry out the research and development on the Internet, and students use these resources to learn freely on the Internet. Through this modern means of education, we can truly realize “knowing the world without leaving home” and “learning the world without leaving home”. The traditional teaching mode divides the educational groups into the educators and the educates. Educators use the knowledge carriers to convey the knowledge and develop the skills to the educatees by means of the media [5]. Educators themselves participate in the teaching activities as the knowledge carriers. As no one can fully inherit the scientific and cultural heritage of the human beings, the carriers used by the educators are limited to the books, the educational tools and the teachers themselves. The way for the educators to acquire the knowledge is relatively simple. Teachers emerge as the main subjects in the teaching process. The control of the knowledge transmission, the selection of the teaching materials and the teaching methods are all decided by the teachers. Students can only passively receive the education under this mode.

2 Analysis of the WEB Resource Integration Technology Based on the Physical Education Courseware The SOA (Service-Oriented Architecture) is a component model that designs, develops, deploys and manages the discrete logical units (services) in a computing environment. It links different functional units of an application with the well-defined interfaces and contracts between these units. All functions are implemented by the independent services. The service interface is defined in a neutral way, independent of the hardware platform, the operating system and the programming language that implements the service. The service interfaces constructed in different systems interact in a unified and universal way. The main technology to implement the SOA is the Web Service. The SOA and the Web Service are two different levels of the architecture. The SOA is a conceptual model, and the Web Service is a realization model. The Web Service is a development technology independent of the development language and the application platform. It uses the standard XML protocol and the information format to realize the application

178

H. Du and J. Li

service. By using the open Internet standard WSDL (Web Service Description Language for the Service Description), the UDDI (Unified Description, Discovery and Integration Specification for the Service Publication and Integration) and the SOAP (Simple Object Access Protocol for the Service Call), the Web Service Platform, Language and Publisher can be independent of each other and become the current mainstream solutions to the platform differences, the system differences, the protocol differences, the data structures or the format differences and the distributed application problems. The dynamic Web page publishing technology is an interactive technology between the clients and the server. This technology enables the users to input the information in the web pages and submit it, and can get the timely feedback from the website. The commonly used dynamic web publishing technologies are CGI, ASP, JSP, and PHP and so on. Taking ASP as an example, this paper briefly introduces the compilation of the network teaching courseware. The ASP is the abbreviation of Active Sever Pages. It provides a scripting environment on the server side, which can be used to build and operate the dynamic, interactive and efficient network server applications. The running mechanism of the ASP is as follows. When the network server runs the ASP, the network server will automatically interpret the ASP program code as the content of the standard HTML format, and then send it to the browser on the client side to display, while the user only needs to use the general browser.

3 WEB Resource Application Mechanism Based on the Physical Education Courseware The teaching process is a two-way process of the teaching and the learning. In the classroom teaching, teachers and students interact with each other through the natural language, audition and vision, and carry out the corresponding teaching process. In the process of using the teaching courseware to study, the computer replaces or partially replaces the function of the teachers. The interaction between the teaching and the learning is the interaction between the human (learner) the machine (teacher). Therefore, for a courseware, the most important thing is its interactive performance, and in various web page processing technologies, the ASP is good at its interactive performance. In the use of the ASP, the “Server.CreateObject” method is often used to create the connection objects with the server. For example, the statement “Server.CreateObject” (“ADODB, Connection”) creates an ADO (ActiveX Data Object) database object connected to the server. The “Request.Form()” method can be used to obtain the user’s input data, so as to know the user’s choice. There is also a “Response.Write()” method to transmit the data processed by the program to the users. In the design of the teaching courseware, we often use the “CreateObject” method of the Sever object. That is, “Server.CreateObject (‘ADODB, Connection’)” statement is used to create a Connection object, and then use the “Execute” method of the object to select all or part of the records from the library to generate a Recordset object. In order to realize most of the functions of the courseware, we use various methods of the Recordset object to query, insert, delete and update the database.

WEB Resource Integration Based on the Physical Education Courseware

179

4 Analysis of the WEB Resource Integration Process Based on the Physical Education Courseware The WEB resource teaching plays an important role in the physical education. We can make the suitable WEB resource courseware according to the levels of the students to meet the needs of the students at different levels. We can learn without occupying the class time. As long as we surf the internet, we can learn the knowledge and skills of the relevant parties. Both from the techniques, tactics, physical training, practice methods, competition methods and the refereeing issues, we can carry out the more comprehensive learning and understanding, thus greatly increasing the enthusiasms and initiatives of the sports enthusiasts, so that we can consciously and voluntarily use their knowledge to guide them to engage in more extracurricular physical exercise, improve their own sports level and play the purpose of fitness. Define the problems that need to be solved in the PE courseware. Identify the needs, characteristics and learning styles of the targeting students. Analyze the teaching contents and define the teaching objectives. Designing a web-based sports courseware that meets the needs of the learners and is friendly to the uses requires solving a series of problems. In the structural design, the information is partitioned. The course contents are organized by the modularization, and the division of the modules should be relatively independent, based on the knowledge points or the teaching units. The curriculum contents are mainly organized by the WEB pages with the good navigation structures. In addition, the amount of the information the human brain receives in a certain period of time is limited, and the amount of the information that the learners receive at one time should be five segments. In the page link structure, there is the sequence type, the column type, the tree type, and the cobweb type and so on. We can choose the appropriate types according to the specific contents. In the design of the learning contents, in the design of the content expression structures, the Web pages with the good navigation structures are the main content organization. The curriculum contents should be based on the specific knowledge requirements using texts, sounds, images, animations and other forms of expression, such as the text description, the background information support, the voice description, and the key process animation performance. In the content visual design, in terms of the quality of the pictures, the composition should be reasonable, beautiful and clear with the stable pictures, clear colors, pleasant tones, smooth animations and video play, and a sense of reality. The graphic images should have sufficient clarity. The choice of colors should be clear, vivid and concise, with the reasonable color collocation, and the theme and the background should have a sharp contrast in colors. In the production stage, first, the materials should be prepared. In the material preparation, according to the requirements of the design stage, prepare the required materials, including texts, pictures, sounds, animations, videos, and cases and so on. In the material acquisition, scan the graphics by the scanner and the prepared audio and video materials are converted into the computer-recognizable data files through the sound card and the video acquisition card. In the courseware development, according to the requirements and suggestions of the design stage, refer to the software prototype developed, and the courseware development tools (Frontpage, Dreamweaver and Flash

180

H. Du and J. Li

and so on) are used to integrate the curriculum contents and forms the network courseware. In the interface production, the layout of the information to be displayed on the screen is designed and made, including the main menu, the operation buttons at different levels, the display background of the teaching information, the page turning and the screen clearing methods and so on. The Web teaching-assistant platform provides the abundant teaching resources, facilitates the classroom teaching, and also provides the teachers with the sufficient time to pay attention to the students’ learning behaviors, as well as more time to adjust their teaching behaviors according to their learning conditions. Under the Web-assisted platform, “teaching by learning” is the main characteristic of the teachers’ teaching behaviors. The evaluation of the learning effect mainly uses the form of the selfevaluation or the mutual evaluation to evaluate the completion of the works, to explore the solutions to the typical problems, to exchange and summarize the experience, and to share the excellent works. Finally, the problems in the works are corrected and perfected to promote the improvement of the students’ learning abilities. The evaluation of the learning effect must be carried out in an atmosphere of equality, democracy and mutual benefit, providing the students with a stage to fully display their personality, encouraging the students to speak out their own views boldly, fully affirming students’ attempts and efforts, and sharing the students’ every shining point. Its purpose is to maximize the potentials of the students, stimulate their thirst for knowledge and innovative consciousness, and strive to improve the students’ abilities to learn independently.

5 Conclusions With the application of the WEB resource technology in the physical education, the ideal of sharing the human knowledge resources has become a reality. The information resources of the physical education are abundant, and the limitation of the distance has been overcome. In the future, the main means of the human daily life, work and learning to obtain the information is the use of the computer networks. If education is to adapt to this change, it is necessary to change the existing classroom teaching mode. To enable the students to learn the sports knowledge and skills not only lies in acquiring the knowledge itself, but also in mastering the scientific learning methods, learning how to find and select the knowledge and information of the subject, and being able to use them well. Therefore, the WEB resource technology will play an important role in the physical education.

References 1. Zhao M (2015) Design and implementation of the intelligent physical education system. Electron Des Eng 6:125–126 2. Liu X (2017) Application of the multimedia network teaching platform in college physical education. Autom Instrum 4:142–143

WEB Resource Integration Based on the Physical Education Courseware

181

3. Wang C (2017) Design of the sports network management system based on the web technology. Autom Instrum 10:115–116 4. Wei J, Ying C, Wang Y (2018) Design and implementation of the knowledge-based dynamic intelligent sports CAI system. Autom Instrum 8:129–130 5. Yang G, Zhao D, Deng H, Ma L, Li Y (2018) Development and design of the distance sports teaching platform based on the WEB. Electron Des Eng 11:131–132

Reverse Digital Rapid Design and Manufacture of the Stamping Die Jun Fan1(&) and Leigang Wang2 1

2

School of Mechanical and Electronic Engineering, Suqian College, Suqian 223800, China [email protected] School of Material Science and Engineering, Jiangsu University, Zhenjiang 212013, China

Abstract. All aspects affecting the process of digital development on the stamping die is analyzed, focused on the implementation method, during the process of reverse digital rapid design and manufacture. The process during the reverse digital rapid development of the stamping die is divided into the reverse digital development stage on the stamping product, the digital design stage and the digital manufacture stage on the stamping die. Based on the high-precision reverse model of the sheet-metal, the digital rapid design and manufacture of which stamping die is realized, for example in the reverse digital rapid development process of the stamping die. Keywords: Reverse engineering Digital design and manufacture


Stamping die


1 Introduction Mold is important process equipment in industrial production. With the expansion of the application field of digital technology, there are many researches on the mold digitalization [1–5]. As reverse engineering technology can improve the efficiency of research and development, there are few researches on the mold digitalization based on reverse engineering [6–10], and less research on the stamping mold digitalization development based on reverse engineering [11, 12]. In this paper, the rapid design and manufacture of stamping die based on reverse engineering is realized by digitizing every link in the development process of stamping die reverse digitizing.

2 Digital Development Process Analysis The digital development of stamping dies includes three stages. They are the digital development stage of stamping products, the digital design stage and the digital manufacturing stage of stamping dies. The digital development process of stamping dies is shown in Fig. 1.

© Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 182–190, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_29

Reverse Digital Rapid Design and Manufacture of the Stamping Die

183

Fig. 1. Digital development of stamping dies

3 Reverse Digital Development Process Analysis The reverse digital development process of stamping dies includes the reverse digital development stage of stamping products, the digital design stage and the digital manufacturing stage of stamping dies. The reverse digital development process of stamping dies is shown in Fig. 2.

Fig. 2. Reverse digital development process of stamping dies

184

J. Fan and L. Wang

4 Example 4.1

Reverse Reconstruction Accuracy Requirements

The point cloud data of the stamping product is obtained through ATOS 3D optical scanning system. The points scattered display format is shown in Fig. 3. There are 64,783 points in this format. Stamping product point cloud data, which precision is controlled at 0.01 mm.

Fig. 3. Points scattered display format

4.2

Reverse Digital Development Stage

The reverse digital development stage of stamping products includes the reverse reconstruction stage, the optimization design stage and the simulation evaluation stage. Reverse Reconstruction Stage The reverse reconstruction stage of stamping product includes the data acquisition stage and the model reconstruction stage. Therefore, the reverse reconstruction stage error includes the data acquisition stage error and the model reconstruction stage error. The reverse reconstruction effect of the stamping product model is performed, as shown in Fig. 4. The reverse reconstruction error analysis is shown in Fig. 5. The reconstruction error is 3.02  10−5 mm, which satisfies the requirements of model reconstruction accuracy.

Fig. 4. Reverse reconstruction effect

Reverse Digital Rapid Design and Manufacture of the Stamping Die

185

Fig. 5. Reverse reconstruction error analysis

Optimization Design Stage The defect position distribution of the reverse reconstruction model of the stamping product is shown in Fig. 6. The region I is a pleated dense zone, and the region II is a pleated sparse zone. Aiming at the reverse reconstruction model defect, the stamping product was optimized by reshaping method.

Fig. 6. Defect position distribution

The effect diagram and the error diagram of stamping product optimization design are shown in Figs. 7 and 8, respectively. The optimum design error is 2.78  10−5 mm, which meets the precision requirement of model optimum design.

Fig. 7. Optimization design effect

186

J. Fan and L. Wang

Fig. 8. Optimization design error

Simulation Evaluation Stage ANSYS Analysis The static analysis of the stamping product is carried out. The mechanical stress strength of the reverse reconstruction model and the mechanical stress strength of the optimal design model are compared quantitatively, as shown in Table 1. The stress intensity after optimization is obviously lower than that before optimization, which shows that the optimization design improves the outburst effect of local stress concentration. Table 1. Mechanical stress strength contrast table The reverse reconstruction model The optimal design model 1.03  108 Maximum stress (MPa) 1.15  1010 Minimum stress (MPa) 2.89  107 1.07  106

The overall mechanical strain strength of the reverse reconstruction model and the optimal design model are compared quantitatively, as shown in Table 2. The overall mechanical strain strength after optimization is obviously lower than that before optimization, which shows that the optimization design alleviates the abnormal local deformation.

Table 2. Overall mechanical strain strength contrast table The reverse reconstruction model The optimal design model 6.08  10−4 Maximum strain 6.81  10−2 Minimum strain 1.71  10−4 6.31  10−6

Failure analysis of the stamping product is carried out. The maximum stress and strain of the reverse reconstruction model are compared with those of the optimal design model. The quantitative data between them are compared as shown in Table 3. The maximum stress after optimization is obviously lower than that before

Reverse Digital Rapid Design and Manufacture of the Stamping Die

187

optimization, indicating that the optimization design improves the problem of uneven stress distribution, further narrows the stress extreme region and makes the stress distribution more uniform. The maximum strain after optimization is obviously lower than that before optimization. It shows that under the same stress condition, the material area disappears where the maximum strain exceeds the allowable range, the possibility of failure is greatly reduced, and all of them are in the safe strain range. Table 3. Maximum stress and strain contrast table The reverse reconstruction model The optimal design model Maximum stress (MPa) 8.94  10−3–2.75 7.65  10−4–1.34 −5 −2 Maximum strain 9.54  10 –4.08  10 2.78  10−5–2.34  10−2

Shear direction mechanical strain contrast table, as shown in Table 4. The shear mechanical strain matrix value of XY direction, XZ direction and YZ direction of the reverse reconstruction model are all smaller than those of the reverse reconstruction model. It shows that the overall shear mechanical strain in the failure range of the optimization design model becomes smaller, and the overall tensile strength is improved. Table 4. Shear direction mechanical strain contrast table Overall mechanical strain matrix value XY shear direction XZ shear direction YZ shear direction

The reverse reconstruction model −9.08  10−5 −9.84  10−5 −2.49  10−4

The optimal design model −6.46  10−5 −4.10  10−5 −5.33  10−5

DYNAFORM Analysis The thickness variations of the hot-rolled steel sheets and the cold-rolled steel sheets with different thicknesses were analyzed. The contrast table of stamping thickness between the hot-rolled steel plate and the cold-rolled steel plate is drawn. The thickness variation of the two steel stamping processes is shown in Table 5. The thickness of the hot-rolled steel sheet is greater than that of the cold-rolled steel sheet. Therefore, the cold-rolled steel sheet are more suitable for the production of this stamping product. Table 5. Thickness contrast of the two steel stamping processes Thickness (mm) Hot-rolled steel plate (mm) Cold-rolled steel plate (mm) 1.0 −0.03 * 0.05 −0.02 * 0.04 1.5 −0.04 * 0.08 −0.03 * 0.05 2.0 −0.06 * 0.10 −0.05 * 0.07 2.5 −0.07 * 0.13 −0.06 * 0.09

188

J. Fan and L. Wang

The forming limit analysis of the cold-rolled steel sheets with different thicknesses was carried out in the stamping process. As the thickness of the cold-rolled steel sheet increases from 1 mm to 2.5 mm, the safe area where the stamping process is deformed becomes larger and larger, and the fractured area becomes smaller and smaller. Therefore, the 1 mm cold-rolled steel sheet has a large fracture area and is prone to fracture. The fracture area on the 2.5 mm is small, and the stamping deformation is relatively safe and difficult to break. 4.3

Stamping Die Digital Design Stage

The digital design stage of stamping die includes the digital design of process parts and the digital design of structural parts. Stamping die process parts mainly include stamping punches and punching dies. The closed perspective wire frame of the stamping die process parts, as shown in Fig. 9.

Fig. 9. Closed perspective wire frame

4.4

Stamping Die Digital Manufacturing Stage

The digital manufacturing stage of the stamping die includes virtual machine, virtual blank, virtual fixture, virtual tool and virtual control. Stamping protruding modulus control is processed through contour milling, and stamping concave modulus control is processed through cavity milling. In the digital manufacturing, the profile of milling punch is cut, as shown in Fig. 10. The tool path for milling concave die cavity is shown in Fig. 11.

Reverse Digital Rapid Design and Manufacture of the Stamping Die

189

Fig. 10. Tool path for milling punch profile

Fig. 11. Tool path for milling concave die cavity

5 Conclusions With the maturity of digital rapid development of stamping dies, the combination of reverse engineering technology and stamping dies development technology will be closer. This paper studies the digital rapid design and manufacturing process of stamping die based on reverse engineering, which helps to reduce the development cost and shorten the manufacturing cycle. Acknowledgment. The project of research presented in this paper is sponsored by Qing Lan Project for Jiangsu Provincial University training target funding of excellent young backbone teachers (2016), Engineering Technology Research Center Construction Project for 2016 Provincial Enterprise of Jiangsu Province (BM2016285).

190

J. Fan and L. Wang

References 1. Wang H, Wang C, Xiu H (2014) Digital design and rapid manufacturing technology of mold. J Netshape Form Eng 6(2):55–59 (in Chinese) 2. Liu H, Wang T, Hao R et al (2013) Digital manufacturing of precision injection mold. Eng Plast Appl 41(12):79–82 (in Chinese) 3. Gao D, Lin H, Shi Z, et al (2012) The application of digital technology in the mold of space surface. Mach Des Manuf (8):243–245 (in Chinese) 4. Guo Y, Fan X (2012) The CAD/CAE digital research on porous complex cavity plastics injection moulding moulds. Manuf Technol Mach Tool (2):151–154 (in Chinese) 5. Li J, Yao F, Zhang D et al (2014) Research on digital repairing of mould based on laser cladding. Hot Working Technol 43(12):158–159 (in Chinese) 6. Fan J, Wang L (2013) Precision analysis of parametric modification of the die face based on reverse engineering. Appl Mech Mater 385–386:121–124 7. Hawryluk M, Ziemba J, Dworzak Ł et al (2018) Wear analysis of forging tools used in the hot forging processes using 3D reverse scanning techniques and cooling-lubricating system. Int J Adv Manuf Technol 97:2009–2018 8. Fan J, Wang L (2014) Precision analysis and control of the mold rapid development based on reverse engineering. Appl Mech Mater 538:83–86 9. Fan J, Wang L (2014) Precision analysis on digital rapid development of injection mold based on reverse engineering. Manuf Autom 36(9):99–103 (in Chinese) 10. Gronostajski Z, Hawryluk M, Kaszuba M et al (2017) Application of the reverse 3D scanning method to evaluate the wear of forging tools divided on two selected areas. Int J Autom Technol 18(4):653–662 11. Jun S, Zhao Y (2012) Rapid design and manufacturing of car lamp mould based on reverse engineering. Tool Eng 46(6):48–50 (in Chinese) 12. Fan J, Wang L (2013) Precision analysis on parametric design of the die face based on reverse engineering. Manuf Autom 35(8):26–28 (in Chinese)

Visualization Analysis of the Research Field of the Water Resources in China Based on Cite-Space Jiajia Pan, Yuwei Zhang, and Yun Bao(&) Hohai University, Nanjing 210098, Jiangsu, China [email protected]

Abstract. Based on the papers published in the Web of Science database from 1949 to 2018, this paper draws a scientific knowledge map of the researches on the water resources in China with the help of the Cite-Space visualization function, focuses on combing the research hotspots and the knowledge evolution of the water resources in China, summarizes the relevant theoretical framework, and puts forward suggestions for the further research of the water resources in China. Keywords: Cite-Space Visualization analysis


Water resources in China
Research field


Faced with the current water crisis, it is of great significance for the implementation of the sustainable development strategy, the implementation of the scientific concept of development, and the practice of the new ideas for water control. In order to use the water resources scientifically and rationally, we need to understand the total amount of the water resources, including the surface and the underground water resources, the water environment, the water resources available, and the development and utilization status of the water resources and so on [1]. We should gradually establish a more systematic information platform of the water resources to facilitate all sectors of our society to fully understand the basic situation of the water resources.

1 Data and Methods 1.1

Source of Data

The database is the CNKI database, and the subject areas include the basic sciences, philosophy and humanities, social science and information technologies. The crossdatabase selection includes journals, literature, doctoral dissertations, and international and domestic conferences, and the search methods are based on the topics. The search terms are guide, research on water resources, and column introduction, and the search strategies is to guide and research on water resources not column introduction [2]. The search time is until 16:15 of November 23, 2018. 1107 papers were obtained, including the repetition, the popular science propaganda and the draft solicitation and so on, and 1059 papers were effectively recorded. The time span of the literature is from 1949 to 2018. © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 191–196, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_30

192

1.2

J. Pan et al.

Data Visualization Analysis

Data Transformation The 1059 documents included in the study were exported in the refwork format. The exported documents were named download_***.txt format available in the Cite-Space software. The files are imported into the Cite-Space V for the data conversion, and the data can be processed by Cite-Space. The imported data files should contain the titles, authors, organizations, abstracts, keywords, years and other information. Software Setup Import the data into Cite-Space 5.0.R2. The conditions are as follows. The time slicing is from 1949 to 2018, with every three years as a time slice. The node type is to select the authors, institutions, and keywords respectively, and generate the different cooccurrence maps three times. When the node type is the author, the threshold value is 20, and the pruning option is the critical path and the pruned and merged graph. When the node type is the mechanism, Top N per slice setting is the same as that when the node type is the author, and the Pruning is no. When the node type is the keyword, the setting is the same as that when the node type is the author [3]. 1.3

Statistical Methods

Excel 2003 is used to make the statistics and tables for the number of the documents published, and various atlases generated by Cite-Space V (5.0.R2) are used to visualize the data [4]. The chart can show the trend and tendency of the development of a discipline or a knowledge domain in a certain period of time, and form the evolution process of several research frontiers.

2 Research Topics and Hotspot Analysis The distribution and evolution of the research topics can intuitively reflect the changes of the hot areas, the analytical perspectives and the research methods in different periods. As a refined expression of the research themes of the academic papers, the relevance of the keywords can reveal the internal relationship of the knowledge in the field of the disciplines to a certain extent [5]. Keyword centrality reflects its importance in the whole keyword co-occurrence network and represents the core research topics in a certain period of time. The research hotspots are the focus and intensive place of the discipline researches in a certain period of time, manifested in the emergence of a large number of the documents, academic ideas and a large number of the relevant researchers on a subject. In view of this, this paper uses the keyword co-occurrence analysis to understand the main research directions and hotspots of the water resources, and to analyze the development and changes of the subject structures of this research field. In the keyword co-occurrence map, the size of nodes represents the degree of concern between the studies, and the density of connections represents the degree of association between different research issues.

Visualization Analysis of the Research Field of the Water Resources

193

In the analysis of the graph generated by the Cite-Space visualization software, the nodes whose mediation centers are greater than or equal to 01 are defined as the key nodes. The mediation centrality of a node refers to the number of the nodes passing through all the shortest paths in the network, which is a measure of the connecting role of the nodes in the entire network. The higher the intermediary centrality of a node is, the more it appears on the shortest path in the network, and the greater its influence and importance will be. By analyzing the knowledge map of the hot countries published in the literature and making statistics according to the centrality of the intermediaries, the research of European and American countries has a greater impact.

3 Analysis of the Basic Situation of the Water Resources in China China’s total water resources are 2.8 trillion cubic meters. Among them, the surface water is 2.7 trillion cubic meters and the groundwater is 0.83 trillion cubic meters. Because the surface water and the groundwater are interchangeable and recharged each other, the amount of the groundwater resources that do not repeat with the river runoff is about 0.1 trillion cubic meters. According to internationally recognized standards, the per capita water resources below 3000 cm3 are the mild water shortage, and the per capita water resources below 2000 cm3 are the moderate water shortage. The per capita water resources below 1000 cm3 are the severe water shortage, while the per capita water resources below 500 cm3 are the extreme water shortage. At present, the per capita water resources (excluding the transit water) of 16 provinces (districts and cities) in China are lower than those of the serious water shortage line, and the per capita water resources of 6 provinces (Ningxia, Hebei, Shandong, Henan, Shanxi and Jiangsu) are less than 500 cm3, which are the extremely water-deficient areas. The main characteristics of the water resource distribution in China are that the total amount is not rich and the per capita share is lower. China ranks sixth in the world in the total water resources, with a per capita share of 2,240 cm3, about one fourth of the per capita of the world, and 88 of the 153 countries counted by the World Bank. The areas are unevenly distributed and the water and the soil resources are not matched. The land area of the Yangtze River Basin and its south area only accounted for 36.5% of the whole country, and its water resources accounted for 81% of the whole country. The land area of the Huaihe River Basin and its north area accounted for 63.5% of the whole country, but its water resources accounted for only 19% of the total water resources of the whole country. The annual distribution is uneven and the drought and flood disasters are frequent. In most areas, the precipitation for four consecutive months accounted for more than 70% of the whole year, and the continuous high or low water is more common. Although the total amount of the water resources in China is large, due to the huge population, the per capita water consumption is low, and the water resources that can be used as the drinking water are limited. The industrial wastewater, the domestic wastewater and other wastes enter rivers, lakes, seas and other water bodies, which exceed the pollution caused by the self-purification capacity of the water bodies. This will lead to changes in the physical, chemical and biological characteristics of the water

194

J. Pan et al.

bodies, thus affecting the use values of the water, endangering the human health or destroying the ecological environment, resulting in the deterioration of the water quality.

4 Discussion Cite-Space is a visualization tool based on the Java programming language developed by the team of Dr. Chen Chaomei of Dressel University. The software mainly has the functions of the visualization of the literature co-citation analysis, the keyword cooccurrence analysis, the keyword clustering analysis, the institutional cooperation analysis, the author cooperation analysis, the mutation monitoring analysis, and the cocitation time analysis and so on. The function of visualization provides a direct way to identify and visualize the new trends and tendencies in the scientific literature, and establishes and forms the research content systems at different time stages. 4.1

Problems in the Development and Utilization of the Water Resources in China

Because of the particularity of the geographical location, the different topographic and geomorphological conditions and monsoon climate conditions, and with the rapid development of the social economy, as a populous country in China, there are many problems in the development and utilization of the water resources. The water resources are seriously polluted and have not yet been reasonably and effectively controlled. Since the 1970s, China has entered the stage of industrialization and urbanization, resulting in a rapid increase in the total discharge of the industrial wastewater and the domestic sewage, resulting in the increasingly serious water pollution. Although China has spent a lot of efforts on the water pollution control and the protection of the water resources and has made some achievements, the situation of the water pollution is still grim. The main manifestations are as follows. First, the discharge of the industrial wastewater and the domestic wastewater is large, and the water treatment level and the water treatment compliance rate are not high. Second, the water body itself is seriously polluted, and the water quality compliance rate in the water mining areas needs to be improved. Third, the water quality of lakes is worse than that of rivers, and that of the rivers is worse than that of reservoirs, and the population density in the middle and the lower reaches of the same water area is high. Fourthly, the survey data show that about 1/4 of the water quality monitoring stations are deteriorating, and the water quality is becoming harder and harder. The groundwater overexploitation is serious. The main impact of the overexploitation of the groundwater is the pollution and shortage of the surface water resources. Because of the serious pollution and shortage of the surface water, many areas have to implement the further over-exploitation to maintain their economic development. Compared with the advanced countries, China’s industrial production of 10 thousand Yuan of the industrial value-added water consumption is far behind. In recent years, China’s utilization efficiency of the water resources has been greatly improved. The overexploitation of water resources in some areas has resulted in the

Visualization Analysis of the Research Field of the Water Resources

195

ecological degradation. There are many rivers and lakes in China, and the types of the water ecology are rich and varied. However, with the rapid development of our economy and society, there are many different water ecological problems in different regions of China. For example, the rivers have been cut off, and the water for the ecological environment has been occupied. The areas of lakes have shrunk, and the areas of the wetlands have been greatly reduced. 4.2

Suggestions on the Development and Utilization of the Water Resources in China

China is a water-scarce country. In order to better adapt to the future development, we must put the water conservation and the rational use of water in a prominent position. Water saving and rational use of water have great potential for the water saving. Specific measures are as follows. First, according to the principle of the market economy, properly raising the water price is an important measure to save water. The second is to implement the double-track water price system. Specifically, all walks of life have implemented the water supply according to the quota, and the high-price water supply is implemented for the excessive water use. Third, in order to encourage the water conservation, tax deductions and exemptions should be made for the watersaving appliances such as the sprinkler irrigation, the drip irrigation, the water-saving taps and the water-saving urinals. To make good use of sewage is an important measure to make good use of the water resources. China’s annual sewage discharge is more than 70 billion tons, much more than the annual flow of the Yellow River. We will continue to do a good job in the South-to-North Water Transfer Project. “South-to-North Water Transfer” is a century-long strategic decision to solve the water shortage in northern China. We will improve the water diversion schemes for the central and the eastern routes and further tap the potential of the water diversion. The seawater desalination is an important measure to solve the shortage of the water resources in the world. Up to now, the distillation and the reverse osmosis are widely used in commerce. To solve these two problems, first, the greenhouse agriculture should be developed accordingly, and the energy discarded in the desalination process should be fully utilized to reduce the costs of the desalination seawater. Second, comprehensive utilization of the seawater should be done well. After the desalination, the remaining brine is refined to the sea salt, and then magnesium, potassium, nickel, iodine, boron and other products are extracted, which can greatly reduce the discharge of the wastes. At present, more than a dozen countries and more than a hundred units in the world are carrying out this work. The seawater desalination technology can not only improve water shortage, but also play a very good role in promoting the change of the industrial structures. We will continue to do a good job in the afforestation and the grass planting to improve the ecological environment. Forest is a green reservoir and a green ocean. It is also an important measure to solve the water crisis to do a good job of the afforestation and the grass planting and improve the ecological environment. Over the past 40 years, the construction of the “Three North” shelterbelt has fully illustrated this problem.

196

J. Pan et al.

5 Conclusion This study only visualized the literature from the CNKI database. The number of the documents collected is limited. The analysis of the Cite-Space software atlas also has some limitations. With the deepening of the researches and the increase of the amount of the literature, we can more scientifically and accurately analyze the current situations, hotspots and trends of the water resource researches in China. The research contents and themes in the field of the water resource utilization are becoming more and more systematic. The decentralized research in the initial stage that the cohesion of the research topics is weak and the content clustering is simple is gradually developed to the systematic researches which are distinct in the research topics, closely related, and rich in the contents. With the rapid development of the economy and the society and the acceleration of the urbanization, the contradiction between the supply and the demand of the water resources has become increasingly prominent. Optimizing the allocation, the rational utilization and the effective protection are the inevitable choices to ensure the sustainable utilization of the water resources and realize the sustainable development of the economy and our society. In today’s construction of the ecological civilization, as an important non-renewable resource, the protection and development of the water resources is extremely important. Acknowledgment. Foundation Projects: Self-help project of the brand specialty construction in Jiangsu universities (PPZY2015A043), Construction project of the dominant disciplines in Jiangsu universities (discipline of the water conservancy engineering).

References 1. Liu L, Shi S (2017) The evolution and frontier hotspot of the international health promotion research – literature measurement and visualization analysis based on City-Space V. J Shenyang Sport Univ 12:102–103 2. Cai B, Chen G, Huang X (2017) Overview of the international knowledge network research: current situations, hot points and trends – document measurement based on web of science. J Xidian Univ (Soc Sci Ed) 12:155–156 3. Xu J, Wang W (2017) Research on the development and current situations of the artificial intelligence education in china – based on the visual analysis of chinese literature from 1976 to 2017. Informatization Res 12:131–132 4. Gong X, Xu M, Zhang L, Zhang S, Wang P, Gao F, Shi J (2017) Visualization research in the career decision-making field in recent twenty years – analysis based on CITESPACE. Chin. J. Ergon. 12:104–105 5. Fu J, Yu G (2018) The origin and development of the data journalism research at home and abroad: a comparison of the discipline pedigrees – visual analysis based on the knowledge map of Cite-Space. J Xi’an Jiaotong Univ (Soc Sci Ed) 11:128–129

An Empirical Study of the New Mode of Educating People Through the School-Enterprise Cooperation in Private Universities Based on “Internet+” Zhu Na(&) Zhengzhou University of Science and Technology, Zhengzhou 450064, Henan, China [email protected] Abstract. With the use of the “Internet+” thinking, vigorously carry out the innovation of the school-enterprise cooperation mode, and improve and promote the quality of the school-enterprise cooperation, which is a major task faced by all kinds of the private colleges and universities. The school-enterprise cooperation, as a personnel training mode adapting to the development of the times, makes full use of the resources of universities and enterprises, which is of great significance to strengthen the mutually beneficial cooperation between schools and enterprises and to train the practical talents. However, problems such as the imperfect equipment of private colleges and universities, the inactive participation of the enterprises in the cooperation, and the lack of communication and exchange between the two sides, still exist. Therefore, it is of great practical significance for the development of the national education and the social progress to put forward the improvement measures and accelerate the development of the efficient and mutually beneficial mode of the school-enterprise cooperation. Keywords: “Internet+”
Private colleges and universities School-enterprise cooperation in education
New model
Exploration demonstration




Private colleges and universities should base themselves on the reality of running schools, intensify the development of the characteristic courses, make full use of the network teaching platform to promote the reform and innovation of their own teaching mode, strengthen the social service functions of the private colleges and universities, adhere to the idea of the open school running, draw lessons from the training experience of the applied talents in similar colleges and universities, actively introduce the social high-quality resources, gradually enrich the school curriculum resources, and actively reform the teaching contents and methods, to meet the new requirements of the economic and industrial development for the applied talents [1].

© Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 197–203, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_31

198

Z. Na

1 Background of the “Internet+” Era “Internet+” is the use of the information and communication technology and the Internet platform, to combine the Internet and the traditional industries to form a new form of the social and economic development. The current Internet + Education include the network distance education, the micro class, MOOC and other new educational methods [2]. Through these ways, students can freely choose schools, choose teachers and choose courses on the Internet. Teachers can also introduce the mobile Internet into their daily teaching, create a new mode of the mobile Internet + Education, and reform the professional curriculum systems. In the new era, how to combine the “Internet+” curriculum reform of private colleges and innovate the new mechanisms of training the applied talents in our university is a key problem in our teaching [3]. 1.1

“Internet+” Strategy

In the 2015 Government Work Report, Li Keqiang mentioned the new industries eight times, such as the Internet and the mobile Internet, and put forward the strategy of the “Internet+”. The essence of the “Internet+” is the deep integration of the traditional enterprises and the Internet. The ultimate goal of the “Internet+” strategy is to realize the comprehensive Internet of the traditional enterprises. At present, the Internet anxiety disorder faced by the vast number of the traditional enterprises has become a social problem in this era [4]. Under the tide of the “Internet+”, it is the best time now, and also the most dangerous moment for the traditional enterprises. The use of the “Internet+” is related to the fate of tens of millions of enterprises and the development of our national economy. The higher vocational education is no exception. How to make the “Internet+” strategies and action plans under the tide of the “Internet+” for the school-enterprise cooperation is an important measure to keep pace with the times [5]. Only by using the mode of the “Internet+” school-enterprise cooperation can we cultivate more comprehensive talents that are suitable for the needs of today’s society. 1.2

“Internet + Education”

At present, under the impact of a series of the new technologies, the new concepts and the new models, such as the cloud technology and the big data, the educational informatization is regarded as the key point in the world. In line with the requirements of the times, the society is increasingly demanding the skilled talents. The traditional education mode of “emphasizing the theory but neglecting the practice” in the higher vocational colleges must be reformed. Constantly exploring the new educational mode and forming a mode different from the traditional education is the most important thing for all the higher vocational colleges to seek breakthroughs and development. Implementing the personnel training mode of “work-study combination, school-enterprise cooperation and post practice”, promoting the joint running of schools, industries and enterprises, and creating a new situation of the deep integration between schools and enterprises will be the premise of promoting the higher vocational educational reform [6].

An Empirical Study of the New Mode of Educating People

199

2 Current Situations of the School-Enterprise Cooperation in Private Colleges and Universities In recent years, some achievements have been made in the development of the personnel training mode of the cooperation between private colleges and enterprises in China, but the overall development is not mature enough. At present, many private colleges and universities have set up the teaching work committees, formulated the management systems of the main teaching links, set up the special leading groups, formulated the policies and measures for the school-enterprise cooperation, contacted the corresponding cooperative bases, established the corresponding functional departments, and searched for the corresponding cooperative enterprises and cooperative projects for the schools. The follow-up services can effectively promote the schoolenterprise cooperation projects. Through the development in recent years, the forms of the cooperation between private colleges and enterprises are gradually diversified, and the forms of the cooperation between schools and enterprises are gradually getting rid of the singularity, and the contents of the cooperation are gradually from the point to the area. The contents of the cooperation are mainly at the material level. For example, at the material level, the contents involve people, money and things. In the training mode, there is the “order type”, the “enterprise name” type, employing the part-time teachers, training the “double-quality teachers”, the enterprise investment in running schools, and the company setting through the school-enterprise cooperation and so on. With the continuous development of the application-oriented universities in China, almost all the private application-oriented universities are pursuing to set up the “popular” majors due to the influence of the government policies and social environment, ignoring the changes in the supply and demand of the majors and employment. However, from the perspective of the whole world, in countries with advanced science and technologies and the high-level industrialization, the school-enterprise cooperation is the basic mode of training the applied talents. For example, the dual-system education in Germany is a very typical school-enterprise cooperation education mode. Schools and enterprises work together to accomplish the tasks of the personnel training. Private colleges and universities in our country only start from the requirement of enrolling more students and completing the enrollment tasks in a short time, so that many application-oriented private colleges and universities have no obvious advantages: the overlap rate of majors in various colleges and universities, not obvious advantages of the special majors, the hot majors unable to develop, the saturated basic application-oriented talents and the shortage of the high-quality applied talents. There is a serious shortage of the “double-qualified” teachers, so they cannot participate in the collaborative innovation in enterprises. Because the main source of the funds of private colleges and universities in our country is their own income, the source of the funds is limited. At the same time, the social status and treatment of the teachers in private colleges and universities are generally relatively low, so it is difficult to attract the excellent “double-qualified” talents. The mechanism of the schoolenterprise cooperation is not perfect. As a talent training mode, the school-enterprise cooperation also needs its own operating mechanisms. The long-term cooperation and development of the private colleges and universities and the related enterprises also

200

Z. Na

depends on the search and grasp of the interests of both sides, and also on the good economic benefits that the cooperation can bring to both sides. The necessary funding is seriously inadequate. The school-enterprise cooperation needs the necessary simulation working environment, the necessary on-site instructors, and the active adjustment of the training plans according to the industrial environment, which requires a large amount of the funds. Because of the relatively late development and the low popularity of the private colleges and universities in China, there are also different views and opinions on the private colleges and universities in our society. It is difficult for the private colleges and universities to raise funds in our society.

3 An Empirical Study of the New Mode of Educating People Through the School-Enterprise Cooperation in Private Universities Based on “Internet+” With the continuous promotion of the “Internet+” educational reform, the demand for the higher education has also undergone the fundamental changes. In terms of the contents of the innovation and entrepreneurship curriculum system, it is not only necessary to construct the entrepreneurship skill-based curriculums, but also necessary to strengthen the curriculum contents of the levels and types based on the innovative technologies, thinking methods, cultural heritage and so on, and constantly improve the low technological contents, the low professional integration and the low market competitiveness of the students’ entrepreneurship projects in private colleges and universities. 3.1

Increasing the Investment, Improving the Basic Conditions and Perfecting the Systems of the Universities

In order to promote the smooth development of the school-enterprise cooperation personnel training mode, the state should increase the investment in the private colleges and universities, constantly improve the schools’ hardware facilities and venues, and accelerate the reform and improvement of their cooperation mode. In order to further deepen the reform of the education and teaching, rapidly promote the training of the technical and skilled talents, and constantly improve the training quality of the applied talents, many colleges and universities have adopted the mode of the school-enterprise cooperation. Private colleges and universities should clarify their own strength level, give full play to the advantages of their self-financing, complete the equipment and perfect the system, focus on the training of the talents under the school-enterprise cooperation mode, optimize the distribution of the specialties in schools, conduct the in-depth market research and studies, focus on the market demand, and constantly adjust and establish a reasonable professional system, to meet the development requirements of the enterprises and our society, so that we should cultivate the practical and high-quality talents.

An Empirical Study of the New Mode of Educating People

3.2

201

Enterprises Change the Ideas and Enhance the Consciousness of Training Talents Through School-Enterprise Cooperation

The new era requires the enterprises to exchange and cooperate more in order to achieve the win-win situation. Enterprise leaders should change their stubborn and selfconfident conservative ideas, renew their own ideas, adapt to the development requirements of the times, strengthen their understandings of the personnel training mode through the school-enterprise cooperation, standardize the internal cooperation system and detailed regulations of enterprises, and be aware of the school-enterprise cooperation. It is of great significance for the development of the enterprises to cultivate the practical talents with the high quality and efficiency. In the personnel training mode of the school-enterprise cooperation, enterprises can train and select the excellent talents for the requirements of their own enterprise development at the first time, and improve the comprehensive levels of the employees. At the same time, it is conducive to the improvement of their own competitive strengths and levels, which is of great significance to the long-term sustainable development of the enterprises. Therefore, enterprise leaders should emancipate their ideas, truly understand and participate in the school-enterprise cooperation, regard it as a long-term win-win cooperation mode, actively exchange and summarize with the private colleges and universities, care about the teaching progress of the schools, cooperate with each other to train the high-quality and high-level outstanding graduates, and lays a good foundation for the sustainable development of the enterprises in the future. 3.3

Strengthen the Exchanges and Cooperation Between the Private Colleges and the Enterprises to Achieve the Win-Win Situation

The long-term development of the school-enterprise cooperation personnel training mode requires the joint efforts of the schools and the enterprises to strengthen exchanges and timely understand the development needs of both sides. Schools should formulate the regular exchanges and cooperation meetings with the enterprises, constantly learn the cultures and development requirements of the enterprises, keep pace with the times, and cultivate the efficient and practical talents. Schools and enterprises should reach a consensus on the cooperation and the resource sharing. Schools regularly recommend the excellent teachers and students to experience the internship in the enterprises according to the plan, and constantly accumulate the experience of the enterprises, in order to better improve their abilities and levels of work and contribution in the enterprises. On the other hand, the enterprises can also select the excellent staffs to train and learn in the schools, tell about the development of the enterprises and the personnel requirements, and also get the advice and evaluation of the school professional teachers, to achieve the sharing of the resources and the full training and the rational use of the talents. Private colleges and enterprises can jointly organize some large-scale activities of the active exchanges to promote the students’ understandings of the enterprises, so as to promote the smooth development and improvement of the training mode of the school-enterprise cooperation in private colleges and universities, and constantly promote the improvement of the education and the development of the social productivity.

202

3.4

Z. Na

With the Integration of the Industry and the Education and the Interaction Between the Industry and the Education, Deepen the Model of “Entrepreneurship + Industry”

Practice is one of the core links of the innovation and entrepreneurship education, and the building of the practice platform is an important reflection of the integration of the industry and the education and the interaction between the industry and the education. Private colleges and universities should encourage enterprises, governments and social forces to participate in the construction of the innovation and entrepreneurship practice platform and incubation space, and explore the construction of an ecological multicreation space practice platform integrated with the “space + teaching and research + activity + incubation + service” as the project practice, team learning, entrepreneurship activities, entrepreneurship competitions and entrepreneurship incubation. The platform for the integration of the investment funds and the social resources can achieve the effective integration of the intellectual assets, the entrepreneurs and the social resources. Through the establishment of the off-campus training bases, provide the students with the practical training posts, and promote the integration of the enterprises, the industries and the teaching, as well as the cooperation of production, education and research. Explore the project-oriented cooperation mode between the industries, universities and research institutes and the innovative practical education mode of the entrepreneurship, and deepen the training mode and the cooperation mode of the “entrepreneurship + specialty, and entrepreneurship + industry”. 3.5

Explore the Multi-dimensional Curriculum System and the Hierarchical and Classified Personnel Training System

The construction of the curriculum system is an important basis for the innovative entrepreneurship education. Especially in the application-oriented private colleges and universities, it is particularly necessary to put the training and innovation of the students’ vocational skills and the promotion of their entrepreneurship qualities in the same important position, pay attention to the organic integration of their professional education and the innovation and entrepreneurship education, and build the innovation and entrepreneurship education curriculum system with the combination of the general education, the professional education, the entrepreneurship teaching, innovation and the entrepreneurship training and innovation and the entrepreneurship practice. Construct the curriculum group of the innovation and entrepreneurship education, which is progressive, organic, scientific and reasonable. Develop the network innovation and entrepreneurship courses, and build a cloud classroom entrepreneurship curriculum library focusing on the MOOC and the business video open lessons and so on, to meet the fragmented learning characteristics of the students.

An Empirical Study of the New Mode of Educating People

203

4 Conclusion At present, the cooperation between schools and enterprises in most private colleges and universities in China is very shallow in the education and teaching, the enrollment and employment, the personnel training, the technical exchanges and other aspects. A considerable part of the cooperation is superficial, short-term and non-standardized, and is maintained by the interpersonal relationships. In order to survive, develop and adapt to the requirements of the market economy, schools should actively seek the cooperation with the business communities. Even some cooperation is only formally nominated, and regardless of the relationship between the cooperative enterprises and the currently established specialties, they cooperate in a general way and blindly, and their cooperation effects are uneven.

References 1. Liu C, Cui Y, Li Z, Liu J, Li Q (2018) The new form of the device management under the “Internet+” background based on the device two-dimensional code. Mech Electr Inf 11:151– 152 2. Yang L (2018) A preliminary study of the training mode of the innovation and entrepreneurship for school-enterprise cooperation in the higher vocational colleges in Hebei province under the background of “Internet+”. J Hebei Youth Adm. Cadre Coll 11:103–104 3. Xu J (2018) Research on the innovation and entrepreneurship educational reform of the international business in higher vocational colleges under the background of “Internet+”. J Huaihai Inst Technol (Hum Soc Sci) 11:122–123 4. Zhang C, Mao H, Li Y, Duan J (2018) Exploration of a new teaching mode of pharmacognosy based on the “Internet+” Era. Health Vocat Educ 11:140–141 5. Wang F, Zhang H, Li Z, Zhang L, Xu Q (2018) Practical exploration of the student Party branch work in independent colleges and universities in the era of “Internet+”. Educ. Teach Forum 11:120–121 6. Bao W (2014) Research on college English teaching based on intercultural communication in engineering universities. World Trans Eng Technol Educ 12(3):191–195

Analysis of the Application and the Association Rule Mining in the Library and Data Management of College of Economics Lin Lu1 and Lei Cao2(&) 1

2

School of Economics, Wuhan University of Technology, Wuhan 430070, Hubei, China Library of Wuhan University of Technology, Wuhan 430070, Hubei, China [email protected]

Abstract. University libraries have always been regarded as the information service centers of universities. Teachers’ teaching and scientific research and students’ extracurricular reference services are inseparable from the library’s collection of literature resources. With the increasingly prominent personalized needs of readers, the service orientation of the libraries of the College of Economics in colleges and universities is gradually transforming from the traditional provision of the explicit information to the personalized services that actively mine the implicit data information in order to meet the needs of the readers. The emergence of the data mining technology has brought opportunities to the personalized services of libraries. Through the analysis of the massive data, we can find the potential relationship between data. Keywords: Association rule mining
College of economics
Books and materials
Management mechanism
Application analysis

The application of the data mining technology in the construction of the digital libraries is still in its infancy. In this paper, the methods of the data warehouse construction and other aspects need to be improved [1]. The main significance is to explore how to apply the data mining technology to the library management system in order to improve the management levels and efficiency of services, and we hope it can play a role of reference and promotion to the research work of the relevant scholars in this field.

1 Connotation Analysis of the Association Rule Mining In the knowledge discovery of the databases, the association rules are the knowledge patterns that describe the rules that occur simultaneously between the items in a transaction. To be more precise, the association rules describe the impact of the occurrence of Item A on the occurrence of Item B by the quantifying numbers [2].

© Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 204–209, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_32

Analysis of the Application and the Association Rule Mining

1.1

205

Mining of the Association Rules

Among the four attributes of the association rules, the support and the credibility can directly describe the nature of the association rules. From the definition of the association rules, it can be seen that there are association rules between two sets of items given arbitrarily, but the values of the attributes are different. If the support and the credibility of the association rules are not taken into account, an infinite number of the association rules can be found in the transaction database. In fact, people are generally only interested in the association rules that satisfy a certain degree of the support and the credibility [3]. Therefore, in order to find the meaningful association rules, two thresholds need to be given: the minimum support and the minimum credibility. The former specifies the minimum support that the association rules must satisfy, and the latter specifies the minimum credibility that the association rules must satisfy [4]. Generally speaking, the rules satisfying certain requirements are the strong rules. 1.2

Attentions in the Association Rule Mining

In mining the association rules, we should pay attention to the following points. Fully understand the data. The goal is clear. The data preparation should be done well. The data preparation depends on the first two points. The data preparation will directly affect the complexity of the problems and the realization of the goals. Select the appropriate minimum support and the minimum credibility. This depends on the user’s estimation of the targets. If the value is too small, a large number of the useless rules will be found, which will not only affect the efficiency of the execution and waste the system resources, but will also bury the target. If the value is too large, it will be possible to find no rules and miss the hand of the knowledge [5]. We should have a good understanding of the association rules. The data mining tools can discover the association rules satisfying the conditions, but they cannot determine the practical significance of the association rules. Understanding the association rules requires the familiarity with the business backgrounds and the rich business experience to understand the data adequately [6]. In the discovery of the association rules, there may be two objects that are not much related subjectively, but their support and credibility of the association rules are very high. It is necessary to judge from various angles that this is an accidental phenomenon or has its inherent rationality based on the business knowledge and experience. On the contrary, it may be considered subjectively that the items whose relationship is close do not have the strong correlation between them. Only by a good understanding of the association rules can we remove the dregs, extract the essence and give full play to the value of the association rules. 1.3

Mining Process of the Association Rules

There are three steps to discover the association rules. Connect the data and prepare the data. Give the minimum support and the minimum credibility, and discover the association rules using the algorithms provided by the data mining tools. Visualize, understand and evaluate the association rules. The process of mining the association rules mainly includes two stages. The first stage is to find all the frequent item-sets

206

L. Lu and L. Cao

from the data set, and the second stage is to generate the association rules from these frequency item-sets. In the first stage of the association rule mining, all large item-sets must be found from the original data set. The second stage of the association rule mining is to generate the association rules. Generating the association rules from the frequent item-sets is to use the highfrequency k-project group of the previous step to generate the rules. Under the condition threshold of the minimum trust, if the trust degree obtained by a rule satisfies the minimum trust degree, this rule is called the association rule. From the above introduction, we can also see that the association rule mining is usually more suitable for the discrete values of the indicators in the records. If the index values in the original database are the continuous data, appropriate data discretization should be carried out before the association rule mining. The data discretization is an important link before the data mining. Whether the discretization process is reasonable will directly affect the mining results of the association rules.

2 Application Background Analysis of the Association Rule Mining in the Library and Data Management of College of Economics University libraries provide the information services such as books and documents for the teaching and scientific researches in colleges and universities. With the expansion of the scale of running a university and the improvement of the levels of running a school, higher requirements have been put forward for the retrieval services of books and documents. Library services will be transferred from the traditional paper documents and the manual services to the digital and personalized ones. At present, the vast majority of the university libraries in China have realized the digitalization and networking service mode of books and documents. Readers can realize the online booking, and the online renewal and the inquiry of books and documents. However, the individualization of the services provided to readers is not high enough, and the scientific and intelligent science of the library management has not been fully realized. The digital library has become the direction of the library development. With the development of the digital libraries, the data warehouse technology and the data mining technology are facing the broad application prospects. However, due to the backward application of the data warehouse and the data mining technologies in the field of the libraries in China, many advantages of libraries have not been reflected. The association rule analysis is a very important research branch of the data mining. Its main purpose is to discover the hidden, interesting and inter-attribute rules from the big data sets. Based on the in-depth study of the data mining technology and the association rules mining algorithm, this paper discusses how to improve the effectiveness of the Apriori algorithm, and tries to improve the Apriori algorithm by using the adaptive step leap and the dynamic pruning of the candidate item-sets, and proposes an improved Apriori algorithm. Then, taking the library management system of College of Economics as an example, this paper introduces the system structure and the business process of the

Analysis of the Application and the Association Rule Mining

207

library management system of college, and studies the method of building the data warehouse based on this database. By integrating and synthesizing the reader’s data, the reader’s behaviors can be evaluated and analyzed comprehensively, and the corresponding services can be improved and provided. As a new hotspot of the data processing, the data mining technology plays a very important role in the utilization and extraction of the data information. The library borrowing records are the best evidence for the readers to use the library resources, and also the result of the readers’ behaviors to meet their personal information needs. This kind of the information can often reflect the users’ actual information needs. Therefore, it has certain reference values for grasping the readers’ interest and strengthening the utilization of the library resources. Because the borrowing records contain a large number of the historical records of the interaction between the readers and the libraries, if we can use the data mining technology to excavate the hidden meaningful information from them, it will not only benefit the understanding of the readers’ information needs, but also help the librarians to purchase the books and provide the service information, which is conducive to the rational allocation of the library literature resources and improve the utilization rate of the resources. Finally, according to the research results of the previous chapters, the association rule mining algorithm is used to realize the information mining of the library’s borrowing records, mining the relevance of the borrowing hobbies, the relevance of different books and materials being consulted at the same time, and the relevance of the information between departments and colleges. Some information valuable to the library managers and the decision makers is obtained, which can promote the formation of a virtuous cycle of the library management.

3 Research on the Application Strategies of the Association Rule Mining in the Management of Books and Materials of Colleges of Economics Through the detailed analysis of the system structures and the functional structures of the current library management, it is found that the current library management system services are based on the single point service mode. That is, all tasks of providing the library and the literature services are on the same server, so that the number of the functional modules and the users of the library management system increase. It will inevitably affect the speed of the information retrieval. 3.1

Data Mining Tasks

The task of mining the circulation data of books by using the association rules is to find two laws through the analysis of the historical information borrowed by the readers. Find out the relationship between the reader’s characteristics and their reading habits. Search the influence of different characteristics of the readers, such as their genders, ages and specialty on the books borrowed, and we find out what types of books the readers often borrow, which has a good guiding significance for the future readers to borrow.

208

3.2

L. Lu and L. Cao

Data Processing

According to the need of the data mining, the information borrowed by the readers is extracted. The basic data of the reader’s borrowing is obtained by summarizing the data in reader’s information table, the book information table and the borrowing history table. The specific formats include Readers (Reader’s Information Table), Books (Book Information Table), and Book_Lend (borrowing history table structure). The main parameters of Readers are R_Code (Reader’s numbers), and R_Name Name (Reader’s names)… The main parameters of Books are B_NO (call numbers), B_Name (book names)… The main parameters of Book_Lend are Lend_Date (borrowing date) and so on. 3.3

The Application of the Association Rule Mining in the Management of Books and Materials in Colleges of Economics

Here, the reader information table, the book information table and the borrowing history table are merged into a Reader_T table, which is then imported and extracted into the SQL Server, and then the data is imported into the library data mining system using the JDBC-ODBC Bridge. Through the selection, we get the preliminary target data, but it also contains some missing and incomplete data, and some data may have inconsistent problems, that is, noise, which needs the further processing. The data conversion is the standardization of the data processing. Firstly, the data representation of the features is found, and then the data is transformed or merged into a description form suitable for the data mining. The data conversion includes smoothing, aggregation, abstraction and standardization. Libraries are classified according to the Chinese Library Classification. Therefore, we can only select the number attributes of the borrowed books, and then mine the information table of the borrowed books. We can find out the implicit relationship between the 22 basic categories of books and the usage of all kinds of the books. Remove other unnecessary attributes, only retain the attributes of the reader numbers (student numbers) and the types of books borrowed, and modify the source data table to make it from a multi-dimensional data table to a single-dimensional data table. Finally, we delete the parameter of the reader’s study numbers, and we can get a onedimensional reader’s borrowing information data table. According to the actual situation, we set the minimum support to 30% and the minimum confidence to 80%, and use the FP-growth algorithm to mine the table. Because readers can borrow many times, the number of each borrowing may be different. In order to analyze the relationship between the readers, this paper takes the earliest borrowing time in the borrowing data table as the starting time, and the latest borrowing end time as the cut-off point, and takes two weeks as a time period in the analysis time interval. A reader borrows different books in a period of time as a transaction. The transaction composed of all readers’ borrowing information in a period of time is the transaction database DBLend for mining. The main parameters are as follows: R_Code (reader’s borrowing numbers), Period_id (borrowing periods), and B_NO (call numbers).

Analysis of the Application and the Association Rule Mining

209

4 Conclusion The successful application of the data mining technology in the commercial field has brought great inspiration to libraries. The characteristics of libraries are the huge volume of books, readers of different ages and professions, and different research fields. This makes the readers put forward different personal requirements for the libraries. How to meet the needs of the readers, improve the satisfaction of the readers, optimize the collection of the libraries, and rationally arrange the books, so as to better serve the readers, is a problem worthy of our study. The application of the data mining technology can effectively help the libraries standardize the management process step by step, help the libraries expand their business scopes, improve their service levels and strengthen their internal management.

References 1. Lai S (2016) Analysis of the association rules of circulation data in University Libraries – taking the Library of Guangdong Institute of Petroleum and Chemical Technology as an example. Inf Explor (02):122–123 2. Wu X (2017) Application of the association rule data mining in the reader decision-making procurement. Sci Technol Square (02):105–106 3. Zhang R, Zhang Y (2017) Research on the intelligent recommendation technology of electronic libraries based on the data mining algorithms. J Southwest China Normal Univ (Nat Sci Ed) (07):133–134 4. Li X (2018) Application of the strong association rule mining in the personalized push service of intelligent libraries. Inf Sci (04):124–125 5. Zhao Y (2018) Research on the differentiated services of university libraries based on the data mining to percept readers’ needs. Libr Work and Study (07):138–139 6. Qingyuan Z, Jianjian L (2015) Artificial neural network based grid computing of Egovernment scheduling for emergency management. Comput Syst Sci Eng 30(5):335–343

Analysis of the Development and Application of the Computer Integrated Management System for the Sports Teaching Platform Suqiong Feng(&) Sichuan Agricultural University, Chengdu 611130, Sichuan, China [email protected]

Abstract. With the increasingly scientific management of the school physical education and the rapid development of the computers and the network, the computer-aided management of school physical education is also widely used. The importance of the information is increasingly prominent in the modern management. The computer is used for the information storage and the automatic retrieval, to carry out the classification, sorting, processing, sorting and storage of the relevant information in the school physical education, to make the management more orderly. It is also used for the intelligent management. With the continuous research and development of the sports management software, the school sports work is moving towards the scientific, standardized and automated direction, and the computer intelligent management in the school sports will also be launched. Keywords: Sports teaching platform
Computer
Integrated management system
Development mechanism Application analysis




1 Background Analysis of the Computer Integrated Management System for the Sports Teaching Platform With the popularization of the computer technologies, the computer technologies in our country have involved all walks of life, and have achieved tremendous results. Therefore, the computer technologies in the physical education have also been popularized. In the reality of the huge increase in the number of the students, the complexity of the physical education management has also increased accordingly. The physical education has the following characteristics: the large amount of the information, the strong information processing ability, and the long information storage time and so on. Therefore, we must choose a reliable, efficient and stable computer information processing platform. The physical education includes both the indoor sports knowledge teaching (theoretical courses) and the outdoor sports-based teaching. This has brought great difficulties to the application of the CAI in the physical education, and is also one of the main reasons why the CAI has entered the physical education classrooms relatively

© Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 210–215, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_33

Analysis of the Development and Application

211

late. Under such special conditions, the computer-aided teaching mainly appears in the form of broadcasting and demonstration in the physical education. 1.1

Assistant Management of the Planning Process

In the past, in the planning process management of the physical education, the means of submitting, periodic reviewing and temporary spot checking were often adopted to formulate, check and implement various physical education plans, including the whole year’s teaching working plan and the term’s teaching progress, so as to ensure the timely formulation and completion of various plans. This kind of the management means not only increases the burden of the managers, but also increases the ineffectiveness of the management process. The use of the computer and the network management will greatly improve the management effect. 1.2

Assistant Management of the Teaching Process

With more and more attention and utilization of the computer multimedia technologies in the process of the physical education, the process management of the computeraided teaching is also being strengthened day by day. Through the computer aided management, much management work can be improved and perfected. These include: the preparation work of the physical education, the organization of the teaching in strict accordance with the spirits and requirements of the syllabus, the scientific arrangement of the sports load and the evaluation of the teaching effect, and the strict formulation of the examination system and the analysis of the examination results. The computeraided teaching can show the contents of teachers’ explanations and demonstrations through the computer multimedia technologies. With the vivid image analysis, the demonstration of the movements at different speeds, and the alternate application of pictures, images and animation systems, it can express the teachers’ teaching ideas vividly and lively, which greatly promotes the formation of the advanced teaching ideas in the teaching process. 1.3

Auxiliary Management of the Check, Assessment and Summary Feedback Process

If more computers and the related software are used in the examination and evaluation of the physical education, the situation of the artificial emotional evaluation can be reduced as far as possible, and the examinations and the evaluation can be more objective and authentic. Check and evaluate the quality of the physical education, including the evaluation of the teachers’ teaching abilities and teaching levels. With the help of the computers, we can input every inspection data into the computers in time and accurately to save and arrange. When we want to evaluate at the end of the semester or the school year, we can transfer all the information and data, and give the accurate evaluation combined with the relevant standards.

212

S. Feng

2 Feasibility and Notices for the Development and Application of the Computer Integrated Management System of the Sports Teaching Platform The physical education curriculum is one of the important courses besides the liberal arts and the sciences. However, with the implementation of the new curriculum reform, new requirements have been put forward for the school-running policy, the resource allocation and other aspects of the physical education. Limited facilities and inadequate teaching staffs are also the important problems facing the physical education at present. Therefore, the physical education teachers need to explore how to effectively integrate the teaching resources and improve the efficiency of the physical education. The computer integrated management system is an important way to promote the construction of the sports information. 2.1

Development Feasibility of the Computer Integrated Management System for the Sports Teaching Platform

The computer system is fast in dealing with some trivial teaching work, such as the students’ grades, and the attendance management and so on, but it is not widely used in the sports teaching. Now I’ll talk about some of my experiences in order to play a role in attracting new ideas. Using the multimedia computers, we can make beautiful and unique PE software. Videos or VCD are the linear playback and the teachers can’t control them very flexibly. The multimedia computer has the characteristics of the nonlinearity. Teachers are very convenient in using it. While speaking, they can also show slowly and play a key role. The conditional schools can also shoot some of the students’ actions with the cameras. And after processing as above, they can be compared to correct the errors in their technical action. The application of the computer integrated management system in the teaching can effectively integrate and distribute the resources, give full play to the efficiency, convenience and openness of the computer technologies, solve the idleness of the time and space in the process of our teaching, and make the appropriate allocation of the teaching, management, practice and other links, so as to improve the quality of our teaching. 2.2

Points for Attention in the Development of the Computer Integrated Management System for the Sports Teaching Platform

The first is the leadership in the sports computer applications. This work should be composed of the main leaders of the Ministry of Physical Education and the experienced intermediate and senior teachers. Their main responsibility is to formulate the computer application programs, implementation methods, application funds, staffing and the personnel training, and solve problems arising in the implementation and application process. The second is the training of the multi-level talents. A series of the characteristics of the sports computer application management require a multi-level and reasonable knowledge and intelligent group. There are senior programmers (responsible for

Analysis of the Development and Application

213

the design of the sports systems, the implementation, optimization and application of the sports system, and the entire process of the activities), the programmers (responsible for the implementation, optimization and application of the system), and the operators (responsible for the application of the sports system). From the development and the long-term point of view, the application and management of the sports computers should be well done, and the knowledge and intelligent group structures of all kinds of the personnel should be reasonable. Therefore, attention must be paid to: In the computer software personnel, we must pay attention to the training of the senior and the intermediate personnel responsible for the development and the daily maintenance and optimization of the sports system. In the application of the sports system, we should pay attention to the training of the operators, provide the necessary assistants for the middle and the senior personnel, and meet the requirements of the input and application of the daily sports information. Because of the marginality of the sports computer application, while training the above-mentioned personnel, we should also pay attention to training them with the corresponding level of the hardware and the software knowledge and all kinds of the sports knowledge, so that they can gradually develop into the high-level and dual-disciplinary marginal talents at different levels. Enhance the secondary development function of the software. As computers are applied in more and more sport items, the scope is expanding, and the functions are improving, and the links between the developed systems are becoming closer and closer. The continuous improvement of the development and management of the school physical education will put forward higher requirements for the application of the computers in the physical education, which requires the preparation of the second development system and the enhancement of the maintainability, flexibility and portability of the software. Reserve the data interface to prepare for the opening of the information high-speed channel. The sports computer application management system has close and numerous information exchange relations with other information systems. With the wider application of computers in various departments, the widespread use of the information networks and the opening of the information networks, and the wider interconnection between various departments and schools, the sports computer management information system cannot be isolated and closed. Besides collecting and using the data from within the system, it must also be from outside the system. Other sports management systems collect the information and data to realize the sports information and data sharing.

3 Ideas for the Development of the Sports Computer Integrated Management System In the process of developing the comprehensive management system of sports computers, firstly, we need to enrich the database of the teaching resources, arrange the sports-related resources by means of the network, books and expert discussions, and store them in the database in a unified format. After the database resources are determined, the functional modules of the comprehensive management system of sports computers should be designed. Each functional module is an important part of the

214

S. Feng

system, and the block diagram of the system structure is drawn. The functions of the system management, the course selection, strengthening exercises and the user login are designed and developed, which should be followed in the design. The modular design concept facilitates the expansion and maintenance of the system in the future. Finally, the network technology should be popularized in China. After all, the comprehensive management system of sports computers is a new teaching platform based on the Internet. The teaching work of the students and the teachers is based on the platform. From the point of view of the functional module, the comprehensive management system of sports computers adopts the multi-level menu options. After the students and the teachers use their respective roles to carry out the system, they can complete the input and the opening of the information by clicking on different options, and obtain the corresponding resources from the system. The comprehensive management system of sports computers adopts the B/S structure to design, and uses the MVC design concept to separate the display, controlling and modeling. At the same time, it combines the ASP web page technology to design the man-machine interactive pages, which integrates the sports teaching and the network organically, and forms a perfect management system of the sports teaching. The data mining technology is introduced into the database. By analyzing the data of the students’ operation in the system and the results of their daily exercises, the direction and the weak links of the students’ interests in sports are excavated, and the sports resources that the students are interested in are precisely pushed forward, and the differentiated counseling strategies can be formulated for the teachers to make the reference. The sports computer integrated management system fully combines the massive resources of the Internet and the data mining analysis technologies, carries out the real-time analysis of the students’ learning stages and results, provides a basis for the students to master their own learning progress and for the teachers to develop the teaching promotion programs, and promotes the improvement of their teaching levels. Users of the sports computer integrated management system are mainly divided into three rights, namely administrators, teachers and students. Users with different privileges will operate within the different privileges when they enter the system. For example, the administrator is the maintainer of the entire sports computer integrated management system. He can operate on the course management, the personnel privilege setting, the management of the site facilities, the data addition, deletion and modification, and the group announcement information publication and so on, and he has the highest privilege. When the students enter the system, they can inquire about the courses they can choose, modify their basic information, browse the teaching resources of the physical education, and inquire about their achievements. They can also put forward and answer the sports questions to other students or the teachers in the discussion area. Teachers take the class as the unit to manage the students. After entering the system, teachers can check the progress of their sports learning, and test the reports and the physical examination and the health of students in each stage. They can also upload the sports teaching resources, courseware and videos collected by the lock to the system for the students to browse and learn. Teachers can grasp the learning situations of each student

Analysis of the Development and Application

215

in real time in the system, formulate the differentiated teaching promotion programs and promote the all-round development of the students’ sports knowledge. With the rapid development of the modern science and technology and the constant changes of the classroom teaching methods, the field of the education has ushered in a new era of the network education. The new computer integrated management system plays an important role in making up for the shortcomings of the time, space, security and funds in the traditional sports teaching and training process. This paper summarizes the current situations of the application of the computer integrated management system in the sports teaching and training by means of the literature research. The results show that the computer integrated management system has the advantages of optimizing the sports teaching environment, innovating the sports teaching concepts, stimulating the students’ interests, making up for the shortage of venues and equipment, avoiding the injury accidents and overcoming the fear in the physical education. It can stimulate the students’ learning motivations, enhance their learning experience, realize the situational learning and promote the knowledge. The knowledge transfer plays an important role in improving the learning effect. In addition, the problems existing in the application of the computer integrated management system in the physical education are summarized, and some pertinent suggestions are put forward.

4 Conclusion With the continuous innovation of the network technology, the means of the modern educational technology in the information age are increasingly updated, and more advanced technologies are used in the education and teaching. The application of the network technologies in the teaching reform of the physical education curriculums has been developing rapidly. The physical education cannot be separated from the support of the modern educational technologies. The application of the network teaching platform has become the direction of the reform of the modern physical education. The application of the computer integrated management system in the physical education enriches the teaching forms, expands the space of the physical education classrooms, optimizes the teaching process and improves the learning efficiency.

References 1. Liu Z (2016) Research on the application of the network teaching platform in the physical education. Contemp Sports Technol (10):100–101 2. Zhuang X (2017) The influence of the network teaching platform on the physical education in the information age. Contemp Sports Technol (11):192–193 3. Yang G, Ying C, Zhao D, Yu L, Wang Y (2018) Research and design of the long-distance physical education platform based on the cloud platform. Electron Des Eng (05):125–127 4. Ma S (2018) Application of the virtual reality technology in the physical education. J Hubei Sports Sci (07):119–120 5. Li L, Zhang J (2018) Physical education teachers’ application of the modern educational technologies. Contemp Sports Technol (07):153–154

Multimodal Medical Image Fusion with Multi Resolution Discrete Cosine Transform Hima Bindu Ch.1 and Vijayan Sugumaran2(&) 1

2

Department of ECE, QIS College of Engineering and Technology, Ongole, A.P., India [email protected] Department of Decision and Information Sciences, Oakland University, Rochester, MI 48309, USA [email protected]

Abstract. Image fusion is the process of acquiring both qualitative & quantitative information from multiple source images and creating a resultant image. Multi Resolution discrete cosine transform (MRDCT) has become very popular in image fusion especially for medical images. It preserves the DC components of images very effectively than any other transformation technique. This paper presents an image fusion process based on MRDCT, which combines MRI (magnetic resonance imaging), and CT (computed tomography). MRI image provides soft tissue (smooth) information and CT image provides bones (sharp) information. First, we apply MRDCT on both MRI and CT image to obtain the different coefficients and then apply the fusion rules. Finally, we apply the inverse MRDCT to obtain the fused image. The superiority of this method is demonstrated by comparing various performance measures with other existing methods. Keywords: Image fusion
Medical images Multi resolution discrete cosine transform


Discrete cosine transform


1 Introduction Image fusion is the process which combines multiple images to form into a single image. The output image gives more information than any of the source images. Nowa-days, image fusion has become an important method in Clinical Analysis. Medical imaging provides visual information about human body parts for diagnostic and treatment purpose. Medical image fusion combines multiple images into a single image which improves the image quality and reduces the randomness for easy diagnosis of medical problem [1, 2, 8]. Image fusion is based on two different domains: spatial and frequency domains. Spatial domain involves performing fusion on pixel values of an image and spectral domain involves performing the fusion process on co-efficient values. Examples of spatial domain techniques are PCA [1, 7, 9, 15], Brovey, and HIS [3] etc., and some of the examples of spectral domain techniques are F.T, DWT [5, 9], DCT [4], Hadamard Transform, etc. In this paper, we present a Multimodal medical

© Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 216–222, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_34

Multimodal Medical Image Fusion with MRDCT

217

image fusion using MRDCT (Multi resolution Discrete Cosine Transform). Other than the DWT, the MRDCT provides high resolution co-efficient values of images. The rest of the paper is organized as follows. Discrete cosine transform and inverse DCT are discussed in Sect. 2. MRDCT (Multi resolution Discrete Cosine Transform) is presented in Sect. 3. The proposed fusion algorithm based on MRDCT is discussed in Sect. 4. The results are given in Sect. 5 and conclusions in Sect. 6.

2 Discrete Cosine Transform Discrete Cosine Transform (DCT) was developed in 1974 by Ahmed, Natarajan and Rao [4]. DCT consists of a set of basic vectors that are sampled cosine functions. The Real part of exponential is “cosine function.” It is also called real valued function of DFT or Even symmetric function. DCT [4] converts a signal into elementary frequency components and it not only plays a major role in image compression but also in image fusion. If x (n) is the length N, the Fourier transform of signal x (n) is represented by X (k). This section briefly describes the process of DCT by considering an image f (m, n).

Fig. 1. Representation of DCT

As shown in Fig. 1, the one dimensional DCT is FðkÞ ¼ aðKÞ

N 1 X

 f ðnÞ cos

n¼0

ð2n þ 1ÞpK 2N

 ð1Þ

Where 0  K  N − 1, 0  n  N − 1 The one dimensional IDCT is f ðnÞ ¼ aðKÞ

N 1 X n¼0

FðKÞ cos

  ð2n þ 1ÞpK 2N

ð2Þ

The above equations show DCT on 1-D data. The two dimensional DCT is given below: Fðk; lÞ ¼ aðkÞaðlÞ

    N1 X N1 X ð2m þ 1ÞpK ð2n þ 1ÞpL 1 f ðm; nÞ cos cos 2N 2N m¼0 n¼0

    ð2m þ 1ÞpK ð2n þ 1ÞpL Fðk; lÞ cos cos f ðm; nÞ ¼ aðkÞaðlÞ 2N 2N m¼0 n¼0 N1 X N1 X

ð3Þ

ð4Þ

218

H. B. Ch. and V. Sugumaran

3 Multi Resolution Discrete Cosine Transform (MRDCT) MRDCT transforms the large number of pixels in an image. By using this technique we can convert the image into two frequency levels i.e., low frequency and high frequency levels. As shown in Fig. 2, we get one low frequency and three high frequency components such as LL, LH, and HL & HH [6].

Fig. 2. Schematic representation of MRDCT

4 Proposed Method In the proposed method, MRDCT is applied to two different types of medical images such as MRI & CT. CT Scanning combines multiple X-Rays to produce multiple images of the body. MRI shows the difference between the various soft tissues of the body, mainly useful in the imaging of brain. Here, a new technique is implemented to fuse the medical images by MRDCT. The entire procedure is shown in Fig. 3.

Fig. 3. Block diagram of proposed method

The following steps explain the proposed fusion method. STEP-1: Read input images f1 (m, n) & f2 (m, n) with equal sizes that need to be fused. STEP-2: perform the MRDCT on the above images as shown in Fig. 2 and it generates the LL, LH, HL, HH coefficients. STEP-3: Apply the maximum fusion rules for LL bands of both input images and spatial frequency rule for LH, HL & HH bands of the two source images.

Multimodal Medical Image Fusion with MRDCT

FLH

8 > FLL ¼ maxðLL1; LL2Þ > < f ðx; yÞ SF [ SF þ TH LH1 LH1 LH2 ¼ f ðx; yÞ SF \SF þ TH > LH2 LH1 LH2 > : fLH1 þ fLH2  others 2

219

ð5Þ

Apply the same rule to the FHL, FHH. Spatial Frequency [10] The main use of the spatial frequency is to measure the clarity of image blocks and overall activity level in an image. For an M  N image block F, with gray value Fðm; nÞ at position ðm; nÞ, the spatial frequency is defined as: SF ¼

qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi ðRFÞ2 þ ðCFÞ2

ð6Þ

Where RF, the row frequency is: vffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi u M X N u 1 X RF ¼ t ½Fðm; nÞ  Fðm; n  1Þ2 MN m¼1 n¼2

ð7Þ

And CF, the column frequency is: vffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi u N X M u 1 X CF ¼ t ½Fðm; nÞ  Fðm  1; nÞ2 MN n¼1 m¼2

ð8Þ

STEP-4: Apply the inverse MRDCT process on fused FLL, FLH, FHL, FHH to obtain the fused image.

5 Experimental Results The Experimental results are simulated in the MATLAB software. The source gray level images are MRI & CT having same size, i.e., 160 * 160. The images are downloaded from [16]. These medical images are having different modalities and different nature. Fusions of these two images give a single image that is useful for identification of diagnosis problems and then solve it. The resultant fused images are displayed in Figs. 4 and 5. The proposed method’s performance is verified through the mean [12], standard deviation [11] and entropy [13, 14]. The proposed approach is also compared to the approach discussed in [6]. The comparative results are presented in Table 1. The results are plotted in Fig. 6.

220

H. B. Ch. and V. Sugumaran

Fig. 4. (a) and (b) are the MRI and CT images, (c) ref (6), (d) the proposed method

Fig. 5. (a) and (b) are the MRI and CT images, (c) ref (6), (d) the proposed method Table 1. Performance results in terms of mean, StdDev. & entropy Images Method Mean STD MRI-CT (Fig. 4) Ref. [6] 32.4244 34.5336 Proposed method 60.0320 60.5599 MRI-CT (Fig. 5) Ref. [6] 120.0578 49.3070 Proposed method 155.2092 72.2207

Entropy 6.0846 6.8524 7.2379 7.3580

The graphical representations of results are as follows:

200 150 100 50 0

80

8

60 Ref.[6]

40

Proposed method

20

6 Ref.[6] Proposed method

0 MRI-CT (Fig 4)

Ref.[6]

4 2

Proposed method

0

MRI-CT (Fig 5)

Fig. 6. Comparative analysis plots

MRI-CT (Fig MRI-CT (Fig 4) 5)

Multimodal Medical Image Fusion with MRDCT

221

6 Conclusion This paper has proposed an approach for medical image fusion based on Multi Resolution discrete cosine transformation. This algorithm is executed using both DCT and IDCT. Later the resultant coefficients are fused with max, and SF rules. The performance of the proposed method is verified using the following metrics: Mean, Standard Deviation & Entropy. The experimental results indicate that with respect to these measures, our proposed approach performs better compared to the existing method, as shown in Fig. 6. Our future work will include further refinement and validation of the proposed approach and also introduce multi resolution transforms to generate better fusion result.

References 1. Nawaz Q, Bin X, Weisheng L, Hamid I (2017) Multi-modal medical image fusion using 2DPCA. In: International conference on image, vision and computing. IEEE, China, pp 645– 649 2. Haribabu M, Himabindu C, Prasad KS (2017) Multimodal medical image fusion of MRIPET using wavelet transform. In: International conference on advances in mobile network, communication and its applications. IEEE, Bangalore, pp 127–13 3. Sojasi S, Xavier M (2017) Satellite image fusion by using a combination of IHS and HPM methods. In: Thermosense: thermal infrared applications. SPIE, California, pp 1–8 4. Ahmed N, Natarajan T, Rao KR (1974) Discrete cosine transform. IEEE Trans Comput 23 (1):90–93 5. Sharma A, Gulati T (2017) Novel fusion rules for discrete wavelet transform based image fusion. Int J Sci Technol 10(19):1–6 6. Ravi P, Krishna J (2018) Image enhancement with medical image fusion using multi resolution discrete cosine transform. Mater Today Proc 5(1):1936–1942 7. Desale RP, Verma SV (2013) Study and analysis of PCA, DCT & DWT based image fusion techniques. In: International conference on signal processing, image processing and pattern recognition. IEEE, Coimbatore, pp 1–4 8. Parmer K, Kher R (2012) A comparative analysis of multimodality medical image fusion methods. In: Sixth Asia modeling symposium. IEEE, Bali, pp 93–97 9. Naidu VPS, Rao JR (2018) Pixel-level image fusion using wavelets and principal component analysis. Defence Sci J 58(3):338–352 10. He C, Liu Q, Li H, Wang H (2010) Multimodal medical image fusion based on IHS & PCA. Proc Eng 7:280–285 11. Paramanandham N, Rajendran K (2016) A simple and efficient image fusion algorithm based on standard deviation in wavelet domain. In: International conference on wireless communications, signal processing and networking. IEEE, Chennai, pp 23–25 12. Vani M, Saravanakumar S (2015) Multi focus and multi modal image fusion using wavelet transform. In: 3rd International conference on signal processing, communication and networking. IEEE, Chennai, pp 26–28 13. Borra SPR, Nasreen M, Salapala V (2018) Mean approximation image fusion algorithm using wavelet transforms. Int J Res Eng Appl Manage 4(1):170–175

222

H. B. Ch. and V. Sugumaran

14. Manu VT, Simon P (2012) A novel statistical fusion rule for image fusion and its comparison in non subsampled contourlet transform domain and wavelet domain. Int J Multimedia Appl 4(2):69–87 15. Lianfang T, Qiliang D, Bhutto JA, Shankar B, Adnan S (2018) Multi focus image fusion using combined median and average filter based hybrid stationary wavelet transform and principal component analysis. Int J Adv Comput Sci Appl 9(6):34–41 16. The whole brain Atlas. http://www.med.harvard.edu/aanlib/. Accessed 18 Nov 2018

Numerical Comparison of Two Main Parametric Methods in Curve Approximation Zhifeng Zhang1, Zhili Pei1(&), Yarong Zhang2, Zhigao Zhang3, Hongmei Zhang1, Miangyang Jiang1, Qinghu Wang1, and Shicheng Qiao1 1

College of Computer Science and Technology, Inner Mongolia University for Nationalities, Tongliao, China [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected] 2 College of Computer Science and Technology, Tongliao Professional College, Tongliao, China [email protected] 3 Inner Mongolia University for Nationalities, Tongliao, China [email protected] Abstract. This article has conducted deep research to the subdivision curve parametrization scheme of the literature [1]. It first uses 4-point interpolatory subdivision scheme to carry on k times subdivision to the initial control polygon fP0i gni¼0 of subdivision curve parametrization scheme, after calculates the parameter value of these sampled point, then makes a comprehensive numerical comparison between the subdivision curve parametrization and the chordal parametrization which has been considered the best parametrization method with Parametric cubic spline interpolation scheme. Keywords: Subdivision scheme  Subdivision curve parametrization Chordal parametrization  Parametric cubic spline interpolation  Numerical comparison



1 Introduction In the application, the parameter in the scattered data fitting, texture mapping, surface reconstruction, spline approximation, computer animation, multiresolution analysis plays an important role, has become a widely concerned issue in CAGD, parameterized by different methods will lead to different approximation results. The curve or surface of any n + 1 discrete, ordered Pi 2 Rd d>2 ði ¼ 0; 1;    ; nÞ; these points are also referred to as the type value points, the purpose of the parameterization is to determine the corresponding parameters mi or (mi, ni), and to find the interpolation (approximation) function P(m) or P(m, n),make: PðmiÞ ¼ Pi ¼ Pðxi; yiÞ ¼ PðxðmiÞ; yðniÞÞ or Pðmi; niÞ ¼ Pi ¼ Pðxi; yi; ziÞ ¼ Pðxðmi; niÞ; yðmi; niÞ; zðmi; niÞ © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 223–230, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_35

224

Z. Zhang et al.

Of course, the parameters mi or (mi, ni) can be given or determined by a variety of parametric methods, so that all the values of the points formed after an orderly parameter segmentation, In order to further select the appropriate interpolation (approximation) method for interpolation, approximation or fitting. By carefully reading the literature about [1], the author creatively puts forward the subdivision curve and surface subdivision parametric method, and through a large number of examples to prove the parameters of subdivision surface method achieves the effect of shape preserving, better approximation, especially in the number of vertices of triangular mesh and triangular surface is large, its operation time is obviously faster than other classical methods. The subdivision curve parameterization method, the author simply gives a conclusion: the curvature of a curve is not too large, with the effect of cumulative chord length parameterization of parametric subdivision is similar, it does not do further numerical experiments to illustrate. Considering that the cumulative chord length parameterization method is a better parameterization method, so this paper will choose some typical plane and space curve of the subdivision curve parameterized with accumulative chord length parameterization do a comprehensive numerical comparison.

2 Chordal Parametrization and Subdivision Curve Parametrization 2.1

The Parametric Method of Chordal Parametrization [2]


u0 ¼ 0 ui ¼ ui1 þ jDpi1 j ; i ¼ 1; 2; 3; . . .n

△pi-1is forward difference vector; △pi − 1 = pi − pi − 1 is Chord vector; |△pi − 1| is Euclidean distance between pi-1 and pi. This parameterization method solves the problem of uniform parameterization when data points are unevenly distributed according to chord length. Satisfactory results can be obtained in most cases. 2.2

Subdivision Method and Four Point Interpolation Subdivision

In recent years, with the development of curve and surface modeling technology, a variety of methods and techniques based on subdivision model have been improved and emerged, which has gradually become a research hotspot of CAGD/CG [3]. The Subdivision method is to produce a smooth limit curve or surface on the basis of the rules of the initial polygon or mesh. Subdivision method is a new modeling method is proposed by people spline method in seeking solutions to the problems in the process of modeling arbitrary topology, it is the biggest advantage of topology control can be arbitrary good, without sacrificing efficiency. In practical applications, it is often necessary to interpolate some special points to show some effect. In 1987, Dyn, Gregory and Levin [4] proposed a four point interpolation scheme with parameters. This method is to use the adjacent four points to

Numerical Comparison of Two Main Parametric Methods in Curve Approximation

225

calculate the new points, each time the calculation using the same weight, is a more stable subdivision format. The format is as follows:
pk2iþþ11

¼

ð12

pk2iþ 1 ¼ pki þ xÞðpki þ pkiþ 1 Þ  xðpki1 þ pkiþ 2 Þ

x is the parameter of relaxation parameter, and its geometric meaning is the extent of the limit curve. The relaxation parameterxcan be changed in a certain range. When jxj\ 14, the four point interpolation subdivision produces C0 continuous limit curve. When 0\x\ 18, the limit curve is C 1 continuous [5]. Figure 1 is a subdivision of the effect of the four point interpolation.

Fig. 1. Effect of 4-point interpolatory subdivision

2.3

Subdivision Curve Parameterization

Dr. Liu Chengming first proposed subdivision curve parameter method in the dissertation, he put the accumulated chord length parameterization to understand from another angle, and extend it to surface parameterization [1]. In the following section [1], we give a subdivision parameterization method for curved line segments. For closed curves, it can be easily divided into two segments. First of all, the subdivision curve is used to approximate the curve segment C, and then the nearest point of the distance is parameterized on the subdivision curve. In Fig. 2(a), c curves is described as follows: a specific algorithm for parameterized AB

Fig. 2. Subdivision curve approximation and parametrization

226

Z. Zhang et al.

(1) n + 1 points are evenly sampled   from the line segment connecting A, B to LðtÞ ¼ ð1  tÞA þ tB : p0i ¼ L ni ; i ¼ 0; 1;    ; n, as shown in Fig. 2(b); (2) The p0i along the L of the normal projection to the curve C, for the expression of simple still remember as p0i , as shown in Fig. 2(c);  n (3) The control polygon p0i i¼0 subdivision K times, to get the approximate subdivision curve, as shown in Fig. 2 (d); (4) For each parameterized point, the nearest vertex Pki0 is searched on the subdivision curve, which is parameterized as 2ik0n.

3 Numerical Experiment Method First, At first, n + 1 discrete, ordered points are sampled randomly from some representative real plane and space curves: Pi 2 Rd d ¼ 2; 3 ði ¼ 0; 1;    ; nÞ, And then use the accumulative chord length and subdivision curves of two kinds of parametric method to parameterize the data points, using the parameters of three spline curve interpolation method to interpolate [6]. Here, when using the method of cumulative chord length parameterization, the parameters of each sampling point can be easily determined; while using subdivision curve parametric method, according to the algorithm, first to determine an initial control polygon fP0i gni¼0 , then choose a segmentation method for K segments, in this experiment, the four point interpolating subdivision method is introduced to 2.2 segments, and finally get the subdivision approximating curve, using the curve obtained the parameters of each type of value. In the experiment, we can get two target interpolation curves, which are the same as the values and the number of interpolation points and the boundary conditions. Finally, we use the Hausdorff distance as a measure of the distance between the two interpolation curves and the real curve [7], and use it to analyze the error.

4 Hausdorff Distance Hausdorff distance is a measure of the degree of similarity between two sets of points. It is a definition of the distance between two sets of points [8–10]: Suppose there are two sets of P = {p1,…,pm}, Q = {q1, …, qn}, the Hausdorff distance between the two point sets is defined as: Hpq ¼ maxðhpq; hqpÞ

ð4:1Þ

hpq ¼ max ðx 2 PÞ min ðy 2 QÞ kx  yk

ð4:2Þ

hqp ¼ max ðy 2 QÞ min ðx 2 PÞ ky  xk

ð4:3Þ

‖‖ is a set of points P and Q set the distance between the paradigm (Euclidean distance). Here, the formula (4.1) is called the bidirectional Hausdorff distance, which is the most basic form of the Hausdorff distance. The hpq and hqp in formula (4.2) and

Numerical Comparison of Two Main Parametric Methods in Curve Approximation

227

formula (4.3) are called one-way Hausdorff distances from P set to Q set and from Q set to P set, respectively. That is to say, hpq actually first ranks the distance xi − yj between each point xi in point set P and the point yj in the Q set nearest to the point xi, and then takes the maximum value of the distance as the value of hpq. hqp is available in the same way. According to the formula (4.1), Hausdorff Hpq is the largest of the one-way distance hpq and hqp, which measures the maximum mismatch between the two point sets.

5 Numerical Experiment Note: in the following experiments, the red curve of each image is the true curve, the blue curve is the interpolation curve, and the asterisk (*) represents the data point. In the experiment with two target interpolation curve of accumulative chord length parameterization and subdivision curve parameters obtained respectively based on the short: Chord length and Subdivision, and in each of the experiments given in the image, which (a), (b), (c) corresponding to each function of the true curve, Chord length and Subdivision (Table 1). Experiment 1 is a single value of the plane curve, Fig. 3 is its curve approximation effect diagram. Experimental 1: function y = x * cos (8x).

Fig. 3. Approximation of three interpolation curves in experiment one Table 1. Hausdorff distance between three interpolation curves and true curve in Fig. 3 Interpolation curve Hausdorff distance Chord length 0.056055 Subdivision 0.011272

Experiment 2 is a multi value, self intersection of the plane curve, Fig. 4 is its curve approximation effect diagram (Table 2).

228

Z. Zhang et al.

Experimental 2: function


x ¼ eð1=tÞ cosð3tÞ y¼e sinðt=2Þ; t 2 ½p=6; 2p ð1=tÞ

Fig. 4. Approximation of three interpolation curves in experiment three

Table 2. Hausdorff distance between three interpolation curves and true curve in Fig. 4 Interpolation curve Hausdorff distance Chord length 0.083651 Subdivision 0.079166

Fig. 5. Approximation of three interpolation curves in experiment five

Experiment 3 is the space of the plane curve, Fig. 5 is its curve approximation effect diagram (Table 3).

Numerical Comparison of Two Main Parametric Methods in Curve Approximation

229

Experimental 3: function 8 < x ¼ e0:2t cosðp  t=2Þ y ¼ e0:2t sinðp  t=2Þ : z ¼ t; t 2 ½p; 5p

Table 3. Hausdorff distance between three interpolation curves and true curve in Fig. 5 Interpolation curve Hausdorff distance Chord length 0.009794 Subdivision 0.010802

6 Conclusion (1) The plane curve of single value, both from the visual effect of the image, or from the curve of the Hausdorff distance, based on subdivision curve parametric interpolation or fitting obviously than the accumulated chord length parameter of the approximation effect is good. The curve of large curvature changes turn fold, parametric subdivision curves showed better shape retention, while the accumulated chord length parameterization in the fold crossing approximation effect is very poor, sometimes the approximation curve smoothness is not good, there occurred many swelling phenomenon obviously. (2) For the multi value, self intersection plane curve, from the curve of the Hausdorff distance, the subdivision curve based on parametric interpolation or fitting effect is still slightly better. From the approximate curve of image visual effect, subdivision curve parametric interpolation or fitting curve and the real curve approximation is based on the agreement; and the accumulated chord length parameterization is in turn fold at the approximation effect is poor, and there are small amplitude expansion phenomenon. (3) Plane curve for space, whether from the curve of the Hausdorff distance, or from the curve approximation, approximation of the effects of two kinds of parametric methods of interpolation or fitting curve based on the data are good and similar, especially from the curve of the Hausdorff distance, Hausdorff distance and they are compared with the experimental curves in front of real are much smaller. Overall, close approximation subdivision curve parameter and accumulative chord length parameterization interpolation or fitting curve based on the, sometimes even better than the cumulative chord length parameterization. Of course, the above conclusions are also affected by the number of points and the method of subdivision, which need to be further studied and improved in the future. Acknowledgements. This work was financially supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China (61163034, 61373067), the Grassland Excellent Talents Project of Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region (2013), the supported By Program for Young Talents of Science and Technology in Universities of Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region (NJYT-14-A09), the

230

Z. Zhang et al.

Inner Mongolia Natural Science Foundation (2013MS0911), the 321 Talents Project the two level of Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region (2010), the Inner Mongolia talent development fund (2011), Scientific research project of the Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region higher education reform (2015NMJG036), the Scientific Research Foundation of Inner Mongolia University For Nationalities (NMDYB1453), the Scientific Research Foundation of Inner Mongolia University For Nationalities (NMD1231), and the Scientific Research Foundation of Inner Mongolia University For Nationalities (NMDYB1757).

References 1. Wanjun Z, Shanping G, Xiyan C, Feng Z (2017) Improvement of three B spline curve interpolation algorithm and simulation. In: Proceedings of the 2017 international conference on mechanical, electronic, control and automation engineering (MECAE 2017) 2. Bakhshesh D, Davoodi M (2015) Approximating of conic sections by DP curves with endpoint interpolation. Int J Comput Math 92(1):1–14 3. Hu QQ (2012) Approximating conic sections by constrained Bézier curves of arbitrary degree. J Comput Appl Math 236(11):2813–2821 4. Dyn N, Levin D (1987) A 4-point interpolatory subdivision scheme for curve design. Comput Aided Geom Des 4:257–268 5. Suo Y, Ou Y, Xie G (2011) Smoothness of four point interpolation subdivision algorithm. Sci Technol Eng 18(18):4308–4312 6. Zhang Z (2009) Numerical comparison between subdivision curve parametrization and chordal parametrization (Master thesis). Dalian University of Technology, Dalian, pp 31–36 7. Floater MS, Surazhsky T (2005) Parametrization for curve interpolation. In: Jetter K (ed) Topics in mulitivariate approximation and interpolation, pp 101–115 8. Li YM, Li XJ (2012) Study on the Hausdorff distance between two parametric curves. J Huazhong Normal Univ (Nat Sci Ed) 46(3):270–274 9. Chen X-D, Ma W, Xu G, Paul J-C (2010) Computing the Hausdorff distance between two Bspline curves. Comput Aided Des 42(12):1197–1206 10. Lin Y, Xue S, Guo T (2014) A method for calculating the Hausdorff distance between parametric curves. Graph J 35(5):704–708

Analysis on the Acceptance Degree of the Concept of Amateur Safety Management for Enterprise Employees Wei Jiang1,2(&) and Wei Han2 1

China Academy of Safety Science and Technology, Beijing 100012, China [email protected] 2 College of Emergency Management and Safety Engineering, China University of Mining and Technology, Beijing 100083, China

Abstract. The safety of employees outside working hours is equally important to the enterprise. The safety accidents of employees within working hours and those of employees outside working hours will cause losses to the enterprise. This paper analyzes the acceptance degree of the concept of “amateur safety management” in 10 coal mining enterprises in China, and draws the following conclusions: in the first measurement, the scores of employees at different levels in understanding the concept of “amateur safety management” ranged from high to low: the management, foremen, professionals and the front-line staff; In the second measurement, that is, after training, the scores of employees at different levels in understanding the concept of “amateur safety management” ranged from high to low: foremen, the management, professionals and the front-line staff. The understanding of the concept of “amateur safety management” by enterprises is not good for our employees in the overall understanding. Before the training, the average understanding of the concept of “amateur safety management” of the 10 state-owned enterprises was 67 points, slightly higher than the average score of 65 of the 5 poor enterprises in North America. After training, the understanding of this concept was 74 points, which is between the average score of 100 points scored by five enterprises with advanced safety performance and the average score of 65 points scored by five enterprises with poor safety performance in North America. Keywords: Amateur


Safety management
Concept
Enterprise

1 Introduction One of DuPont’s ten safety management concepts is that work outside safety and work safety are equally important, it means that there is virtually no difference in the impact of an employee’s injuries outside working hours on safety and the impact of injury during working hours on safety [1]. For example, a company manager, a business staff, or a sale staff get a large order, whether it is within 8 h or a safety incident that occurs more than 8 h away, the loss is the same to the company [2, 3]. Therefore, the education of employees has become a requirement of 7 days and 24 h. For example, various safety education can be carried out, such as how to pay attention to safety when © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 231–238, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_36

232

W. Jiang and W. Han

traveling, how to pay attention to safety when exercising, how to pay attention to safety when using gas, and so on [4]. This paper studied the substantive role of the concept of “amateur safety management” and empirically examined the acceptance degree of this concept in Chinese coal mining enterprises.

2 The Substantive Function of Concept Human resources are the most valuable resources of an organization, involving the organization’s business performance. Employees in amateur safety also need to be protected. More importantly, the behavior patterns and safety awareness of employees in the amateur safety and work safety are mutually influential, and the causes of accidents are the same or similar [5, 6]. Employees who have done a good job in safety show a high awareness of safety during travel and at home, and make specific safety actions. It is conceivable that the reverse is also true. At present, most enterprises in China do not pay sufficient attention to the amateur safety of their employees. For amateur safety, it is not enough to tell employees that they need to “pay attention to safety”. There should be specific accidents, the law of the activities of the personnel, the source of the hazard, and other statistical work and figures, and the specific safety advice, as well as the work safety, can achieve good results [7]. Enterprises with good safety performance attach great importance to employees’ family safety.

3 Analysis on the Acceptance Degree of the Concept in China 3.1

Measurement Sample Analysis

The sample capacity, sample sampling method, personnel classification, measuring tools, measurement and training process involved in the measurement process of the concept understanding in this paper are shown in reference [8]. This part is taken from 10 sample coal mines in four provinces of Shanxi, Shandong, Henan and Northeast China since 2007, and analyzes the questionnaire on the safety concept of “staff amateur safety management”. It should be noted that more than 40 enterprises measured by the author’s research group since 2007 include coal mine, petroleum, electromechanical, construction, electricity and so on. Considering the different risk levels of different industries and different demands for training, 10 representative coal enterprises were selected, all of which were state-owned enterprises. The employees selected during the test were randomly selected without considering the type of work. Employee sampling takes into account the factors affecting the sample size, such as education, age, work experience and son on. The concept analysis of 10 enterprises cannot fully represent the understanding of the concept of “staff amateur safety management” of all coal mining enterprises in China, but in a sense, it can reflect the common problems of some state-owned enterprises’ understanding of concepts. For reasons of confidentiality, the names of all the groups and coal mines in the paper do not appear. A–G will be used to replace the names of the groups and 1–10 will be used to replace the names of coal mining enterprises.

Analysis on the Acceptance Degree of the Concept of Amateur Safety Management

3.2

233

Measurement Data Analysis

Ten enterprises’ understanding of the concept of “enterprises amateur safety management” is measured, and the results were shown in Table 1. The measurement was repeated after the training, as shown in Table 2. Table 1. The measurement values of the concept of “staff amateur safety management” of 10 enterprises before training Coal mine number

Employee Management

Professional

Foreman

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

80 75.2 70 58.6 68.6 69.2 77.5 60 70.8 74.5

65.9 71.7 58.5 58.5 65.7 70.5 65 69.2 67.4 64.4

50 68 63.8 60 72.5 70.4 75.9 79 76.1 67.8

The frontline staff 60.7 20 63.8 67.5 66.9 69.6 71 74.7 73.5 64.1

The overall average 64.2 58.7 64 61.2 68.4 69.9 72.4 70.7 72 67.7

Table 2. The measurement values of the concept of “staff amateur safety management” of 10 enterprises after training Coal mine number

Employee Management

Professional

Foreman

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

75 67.9 77.8 66.5 60 72.4 77.8 83.3 83.4 86

72.8 66.7 70.6 67.2 56.7 83.2 71.7 76.8 71.7 90.9

65 68.9 70.7 68.3 56.7 77.9 85 88.2 85.7 90.9

The frontline staff 63.6 40 76.7 78.3 60 73.9 71.7 83.4 80 80

The overall average 69.1 60.9 74 70.1 58.4 76.9 76.6 82.9 80.2 87

(1) Overall analysis of measurement values of 10 enterprises Table 3 below is the measurement values of the concept of “enterprises amateur safety management” of ten enterprises for the first time (before training).

234

W. Jiang and W. Han

Table 3. The measurement values of the concept of “enterprises amateur safety management” of ten enterprises for the first time (before training) Coal mine Employee number Actual situation of the enterprise 1 Poor 2 Poor 3 Poor 4 Better 5 Better 6 Better 7 Medium 8 Medium 9 Medium 10 Better

Before training 64.2 58.7 64.0 61.2 68.4 69.9 72.4 70.7 72.0 67.7

According to the above passage, considering natural conditions, mine construction, production conditions, safety management and other aspects, the enterprises 4, 5, 6 and 10 are better, the enterprises 7, 8 and 9 are medium, the enterprises 1, 2 and 3 are relatively poor. From the ten enterprises’ understanding of the concept of “enterprises amateur safety management” before training, concept measurement scores do not meet the actual conditions of 10 enterprises, indicating that enterprises do not attach importance to amateur safety management at present. The degree of acceptability of the concept of amateur safety management does not reflect the actual safety of the enterprises. Stewart in Canada has studied five advanced safety performance enterprises and five enterprises with poor safety performance in North America. It was found that these five enterprises with advanced safety performances had a 100-point understanding of the concept of “enterprises amateur safety management”, and 5 companies with poor safety performance had a 65-point understanding of the concept of “enterprises amateur safety management” (Total score is 100 points). Combining with the scores of understanding of the concept of “enterprises amateur safety management” by the ten state-owned coal mining enterprises in China, the average understanding of this concept among the 10 state-owned coal mining enterprises before the training was 67 points, slightly higher than the average score of 65 points for the five enterprises with poor safety performance in North America. The understanding of this concept after training is 74 points, which is between the average score of 100 points scored by five enterprises with advanced safety performance and the average score of 65 points scored by five enterprises with poor safety performance in North America. And there are gaps between the scores of the five enterprises that have achieved advanced safety performance. It shows that the understanding of the concept of “amateur safety management” needs to be improved for our employees in the overall understanding, but there are improvements after training (7 points), indicating that the training can improve the understanding of the concept of accident

Analysis on the Acceptance Degree of the Concept of Amateur Safety Management

235

prevention by our employees, thus guide practice and improve the performance of amateur safety management. (2) Analysis of measurement values of employees at different levels in 10 enterprises The following Table 4 shows the magnitude of the increase in the concept of “enterprises amateur safety management” after the training of employees at different levels in 10 enterprises. Table 4. The range of improvement in understanding the concept of “enterprises amateur safety management” after training of 10 enterprises Coal mine number

Employee Management

Professional

Foreman

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

−5 −7.3 7.8 7.9 −8.6 3.2 0.3 23.3 12.6 11.5

6.9 −5 12.1 8.7 −9 12.7 6.7 7.6 4.3 26.5

15 0.9 6.9 8.3 −15.8 7.5 9.1 9.2 9.6 23.1

The frontline staff 2.9 20 12.9 10.8 −6.9 4.3 0.7 8.7 6.5 15.9

The overall average 4.9 2.2 10 8.9 −10 7 4.2 12.2 8.2 19.3

The score of safety culture quantitative measurement

The overall situation of the various levels before and after the training (after integration of 10 companies) is shown in Fig. 1 below. 80

72

75.7

75

76

72.8 70.8

70.4 68.4

68

65.7 63.2

64 60 56 Management

Professional Before training

Foreman

The front-line staff Employee type

After training

Fig. 1. The scores of employees at all levels across the 10 enterprises that understand the concept of “enterprises amateur safety management”

236

W. Jiang and W. Han

As can be seen from Fig. 1, Tables 1, 2 and 4: Ten enterprises have unbalanced understanding of the concept of “enterprises amateur safety management”. The first measurement scores are better for the 7th enterprise (72.4), the 9th enterprise (72), and the 8th Enterprise (70.7). The poorest is the fourth enterprise (61.2) with the maximum difference distance of 11.3. After the training, the tenth enterprise has the best score on the understanding of the concept of “enterprises amateur safety management” (87), and the worst is the fifth enterprise (58.4) with a score gap of 28.6. After training, 10 enterprises have a wider gap in their understanding of the concept that “all accidents can be prevented.” After training, in addition to the fifth enterprise, other enterprises have increased the understanding of the concept of “enterprise amateur safety management”, indicating that training is effective in improving the understanding of the concept. After training, the gap in the understanding of the concept of “enterprises amateur safety management” has increased by a wide margin. The best is 19.3 points and the worst is −10 points. The maximum gap is 29.3 points, which indicates that the improvement of the concept of training is largely influenced by the degree of acceptance by the staff, and the acceptance of the concept is a long-term process. After training, the average values of the improved range in the understanding of “enterprises amateur safety management” are respectively: the front-line staff (7.6), foreman (7.3), professional (7.1), management (4.6), the average score for the four categories of personnel is 6.7. The scores of employees at different levels of the first measurement are ranked in descending order: management, foreman, professional and the front-line staff; the scores of employees at different levels of the second measurement are ranked in descending order: foreman, management, professional and the front-line staff.

4 Analysis of the Results Therefore, analysis of the improvement results after training for employees at different levels: As the leader of on-site production, the foreman is responsible for important safety responsibilities. They have stronger safety awareness and have deeper understanding of the importance of safety, and thus the increase is the greatest after training; Professionals generally have a high degree of education, and the ability to learn knowledge is fast. However, professionals are mostly non-employed leading cadres who basically do not participate in on-site production and participate in safety training. Therefore, they cannot fully understand the concept of safety, and the measurement value is improved least after training; The educational background and knowledge level of the management are relatively high, but most of them have formed their own opinions and are not easy to change, so the improvement range after training is not as good as that of the foreman; The front-line staff generally has a relatively low educational background and cognitive ability, so the improvement of front-line staff after training is the relatively lowest.

Analysis on the Acceptance Degree of the Concept of Amateur Safety Management

237

Establishing and understanding the concept of “enterprises amateur safety management” only helps change the concept and understanding of employees. The reality is to know a kind of knowledge. This kind of understanding and change requires the company’s cooperation arrangements (such as the organization of training activities) to be effective. With the effect, there is the basis for further concrete work, which is to the level of specific skills, methods and processes. Ideas and concepts will take some time by playing a role in skills, methods, and processes [9]. Therefore, the training of the understanding of the concept of “enterprises amateur safety management” is a longterm process. It is necessary to constantly instill in the usual work, and to carry out quantitative measurements to grasp the degree of understanding of the concept of employees, that is, measurement–training–measurement…….Until employees fully understand the concept and applied it in the actual work [10]. Secondly, training should be differentiated according to the characteristics of different employees. In particular, the roles and interactions at different levels should be taken into consideration.

5 Conclusions and Recommendations In summary, the following conclusions are drawn: The understanding of the concept of “enterprises amateur safety management” from the overall understanding of Chinese employees is not good, before the training, these 10 state-owned coal mines have an average of 67 points on the understanding of the concept of “enterprises amateur safety management”, which is slightly higher than the average score of 65 points scored by five enterprises with poor safety performance in North America. The understanding of this concept after training is 74 points, which is between the average score of 100 points scored by five enterprises with advanced safety performance and the average score of 65 points scored by five enterprises with poor safety performance in North America. Establishing and understanding the concept of “enterprises amateur safety management” requires the cooperation arrangements of the enterprise (such as the organization of training activities) to be effective. But ideas and concepts will take some time by playing a role in skills, methods, and processes. Training should be conducted according to the characteristics of different employees, especially the role and interaction of different levels should be taken into account.

References 1. De Maio Francisco E, Fantazzini M (2011) Process safety management at DuPont of Brazil. In: 3rd CCPS Latin American process safety conference and expo, pp 73–90 2. Kaleem Z, Rehmani MH, Ahmed E, Jamalipour A, Rodrigues JJ, Moustafa H, Guibene W (2018) Amateur drone surveillance: applications, architectures, enabling technologies, and public safety issues: part 2. IEEE Commun Mag 56(4):66–67 3. Kaleem Z, Rehmani MH, Ahmed E, Jamalipour A, Rodrigues JJ, Moustafa H, Guibene W (2018) Amateur drone surveillance: applications, architectures, enabling technologies, and public safety issues: part 1. IEEE Commun Mag 56(1):14–15

238

W. Jiang and W. Han

4. Groeneweg J, Lancioni GE, Metaal N, Verhoeve KNR (2004) TRIPOD: professionalism versus amateurism in the management of safety. In: SPE international conference on health, safety and environment in oil and gas exploration and production, pp 1431–1436 5. Goncalves Filho AP, Waterson P (2018) Maturity models and safety culture: a critical review. Saf Sci 105(6):192–211 6. Stolzer AJ, Friend MA, Truong D, Tuccio WA, Aguiar M (2018) Measuring and evaluating safety management system effectiveness using Data Envelopment Analysis. Saf Sci 104 (4):55–69 7. Theophilus SC, Nwankwo CD, Acquah-Andoh E, Bassey E, Umoren U (2018) Integrating human factors (HF) into a process safety management system (PSMS). Process Saf Progress 37(1):67–85 8. Jiang W (2012) The evaluation of training for safety culture construction. China University of Mining and Technology (BeiJing), Beijing (in Chinese) 9. Hussain R, Pedro A, Lee DY (2018) Impact of safety training and interventions on trainingtransfer: targeting migrant construction workers. Int J Occup Safety Ergon 10(1):1–24 10. Howson B (2017) Creating a strong safety culture. Chem Eng News 95(36):31

Effects of Reaction Temperature on the Yield and Morphology of Silver Nanowires Prepared by Solvothermal Method Guangnian Xu1,2(&), Jiguang Zhu1, Guolian Ruan1,2, and Xujia Ci1,2 1

2

The Promotion Center for Preparation and Application Technology of Nano-Functional Composite Materials, Lu’an, China [email protected] Anhui Provincial Key Laboratory of Biomimetic Sensor and Detecting Technology, West Anhui University, Lu’an 237012, Anhui, China

Abstract. One-dimensional silver nanowires with uniform diameters and different aspect ratios were solvothermally synthesized by reducing silver nitrate with ethylene glycol(EG) in the presence of poly(vinylpyrrolidone) (PVP) and ferric chloride (FeCl3) at different temperatures for a certain time. The effects of reaction temperature on the yield and morphology of silver nanowires were carried out to discuss by a series of experiments, then the products were purified and characterized by ultraviolet-visible spectroscopy, X-ray diffractometer and field emission scanning electron microscopy, respectively. The experimental results indicated that although silver nanowires were formed from 145 °C to 170 °C, the silver nanowires had the highest yield and the most uniform aspect ratio when the reaction temperature was 155 °C for 2.5 h in polytetrafluoroethylene autoclave. Keywords: Silver nanowires Characterization


Solvothermal method
Preparation


1 Introduction Silver nanowires are widely used in optical polarizers [1], photonic crystals [2], catalysts [3, 4], as well as in biomedical and chemical sensing through surface-enhanced Raman scattering (SERS) [5, 6] and surface-enhanced fluorescence [7] owing to their unique electrical, optical, magnetic, and thermal properties. In addition, they can improve the conductivity of conductive adhesive [8]. At present, the preparation methods of nano-silver wires reported in the literature are various, for example microwave irradiation [1], templates [9, 10], hydrothermal [11] and solvothermal method [8, 12], etc. However, to my best knowledge, few articles have been reported about the effects of reaction temperature on the yield and morphology of silver nanowires prepared by solvothermal method so far. In this paper, The effects of reaction temperature on the yield and morphology of silver wires was discussed in detail through experiments using AgNO3 as precursor, PVP as protective agent and EG as reducing agent, then FeCl3 controlling the concentration of silver ions in solution by forming silver chloride and slowly releasing silver ions. The products were © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 239–245, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_37

240

G. Xu et al.

characterized by UV-Vis spectroscopy, X-ray diffractometer and field emission scanning electron microscopy after centrifugation, washing and drying, and optimum reaction temperature was obtained according to the results of characterization.

2 Materials and Methods 2.1

Materials

AgNO3, Poly(N-vinylpyrrolidone) (PVPK30, ethylene glycol, and FeCl3 were purchased from China Pharmaceutical Group Shanghai Chemical Reagent Co., Ltd. All medicines and reagents are analytical purity and have not been further purified in use. 2.2

Preparation of Silver Nanowires

0.1 mM FeCl3 solution and 0.1M AgNO3 solution were accurately prepared Using EG as solvent, then A 10 mL above FeCl3 solution and 0.166 g PVP were mixed evenly (Denoted S1), and EG solution of AgNO3(Denoted S2). S2 was added dropwise to S1 for 1 min at a constant rate under magnetic stirring. Then the resulting mixture was transferred to a 25 mL polytetrafluoroethylene autoclave and sealed to place in an oven at a constant temperature for 2.5 h. The product is cooled naturally to room temperature, Afterwards, a large amount of acetone was added into the product followed by alternate ultrasonic and centrifugation till 5 times, and the residue was scattered into anhydrous ethanol for further testing. 2.3

Characterization of Silver Nanowires

The absorption spectrum of each product was recorded with a UV-2010 spectrometer with scanning wavelength range from 300 to 700 nm at normal temperature with quartz cuvettes (1 cm optical path) as the containers, and the blank was the corresponding solution containing EG, PVP and FeCl3 at the same concentration. X-ray diffraction pattern of the samples were tested on a PANalytical X’Pert Pro diffractometer with Cu Kradiation from 10° to 90° for 2h and 0.02°/s for scanning rate. The morphologies of the samples were characterized by a JSM6510LV SEM at 30 kV. The samples for field emission scanning electron microscopy measurements were prepared by dropping a little of suspension containing purified silver nanowires onto the glass substrates, then dried under Infrared light for some time.

3 Results and Discussion The UV–vis. spectra of silver nanowires prepared according to the Sect. 1.2 at different temperatures are given in Fig. 1. Some of structure informations can provided by UV– vis. spectrum because silver nanostructures with different morphology have different surface plasma resonance peaks at different wavelength [13]. From Fig. 1 we can see

Effects of Reaction Temperature on the Yield and Morphology

241

all of the samples spectra have two absorption peaks, one of the weaker absorption peaks corresponds to an absorption wavelength of about 350 nm. and the stronger one is around 390 nm for the temperature at 145 °C, 150 °C and 155 °C or 400 nm for the temperature at 160 °C and 170 °C, respectively. A weak absorption peak at about 350 nm means that the silver nanowires formed are relatively short, however, it indicates the formation of silver nanowires when the UV-Vis spectra of the sample have two absorption peaks at 350 and 390, respectively [8]. The stronger peak at *390 nm corresponds to the transverse plasmon resonance of nanowires, and the weaker one at*350 nm belong to the quadrupole resonance excitation of nanowires [8]. In addition, if there is a strong absorption peak around 400, it indicates that a large number of silver nanoparticles are formed in the product [14]. This is due to the formation of covalent bonds between some silver ions and oxygen atoms of carbonyl group in PVP molecules, and some silver ions form AgCl colloids for the introduction of FeCl3, causing the Ag+ concentration in the solution greatly reduced. So, the formation of silver seeds from the reduction of free Ag+ are very few. A slow reaction rate is in favor of the formation of the thermodynamically more stable multiply twinned silver seeds required for silverwires growth [15, 16]. As can be seen from Fig. 1, when the reaction temperature rises from 155 °C to 160 °C, the maximum absorption wavelength shifts from *390 nm to *400 nm, meaning the formation of silver nanoparticles. When the temperature rises further to 170 °C, the maximum absorption wavelength remains almost unchanged, but the absorbance increases greatly, indicating that more silver nanoparticles are formed at 170 °C. This is because with the increase of reaction temperature, the rate constant of the reduction of Ag+ to Ag0 increases, meanwhile, the concentration of Ag+ increases with the increase of the solubility product of silver chloride, resulting in a significant increase in the reaction rate. Too fast reaction rate can lead to the growth of these seeds proceeds in an isotropic manner, So silver nanoparticles are found in the products. At the same time, it can also be seen from Fig. 1, when the temperature is lower than 155 °C (such as 145 °C, 150 °C), although there are absorption peaks of silver nanowires in *350 nm and *390 nm, the peak strength is weaker, indicating that the yield of silver nanowires is lower. This deduction can be further confirmed by FESEM later. As the free Ag+ in the reaction system are slowly reduced to Ag0 by EG, silver chloride colloids will dissociate to produce free silver ions when the concentration of Ag+ is lower than the equilibrium concentration, ensuring that the concentration of silver ions keeps equilibrium until the end of the reaction. The multiply twinned silver seeds can form nanowires with the help of PVP during the Ostwald ripening process under these circumstances [17]. Because the PVP molecules can interplay more strongly with the {100} planes than with the {111} planes, it leads to the multiply twinned decahedra grows into the pentagonal rod besides they are coordinated to the Ag surface through the nonbonding electrons of the oxygen atom from carbonyl of PVP [18], silver nanowires are formed. Based on the above experimental results and theoretical analysis, it can be concluded that the optimum temperature for the preparation of silver nanowires by solvothermal method is 155 °C.

242

G. Xu et al.

Fig. 1. UV-vis. spectra of silver nanowires prepared at different temperatures

The XRD pattern of the silver nanowires synthesized at 155 °C is given in Fig. 2. The diffraction angles (2h) of the five peaks are 37.9°, 44.9°, 64.7°, 77.6° and 81.5°, respectively. These peaks belong to the (111), (200), (220), (311) and (222) crystal faces. Furthermore, no diffraction peak of silver chloride was detected (JCPDS card file NO. 31-1238). This indicates that the sample is pure Ag and the crystal structure is face-centered cubic (fcc) (JCPDS card file NO. 89-3722). It may be the Silver chloride formed at beginning is consumed by sustained slow release of Ag+.

111

8000 7000

5000 4000 3000

200

2000

311 222

220

Intensity (a.u.)

6000

1000 0 -1000 10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

2θ / degree

Fig. 2. XRD pattern of silver nanowires synthesized at 155 °C

Effects of Reaction Temperature on the Yield and Morphology

243

The FESEM images of typical samples synthesized at different temperatures are shown as Fig. 3. In Fig. 3, though all samples were made of silver nanowires and had few silver nanoparticles when the reaction temperature is 145 °C, 150 °C, 155 °C, respectively, clearly the length-diameter ratio of the silver nanowires is larger, and the morphology and size distribution are more uniform at 155 °C. This may be due to the slow dissociation rate of AgCl at lower reaction temperature, so that the multiply twinned silver seeds formed at the beginning can not obtain enough free Ag+ at the same rate, Therefore, the growth rate of silver seeds are also different, resulting in the silver nanowires formed in different temperature with different morphology and structure. However, both of the products are a mixture of silver nanowires and nano silver particles when the temperature rises further to 160 °C or 170 °C. The reason may

Fig. 3. FESEM images of silver nanowires synthesized at different temperature: A, 145 °C; B, 150 °C; C, 155 °C; D, 160 °C and E, 170 °C

244

G. Xu et al.

be that with the increase of reaction temperature, the reaction rate of Ag+ reduced by EG increases rapidly, which leads to the isotropic growth of some seeds and some along the {111} crystal plane, causing the formation of a mixture of silver nanoparticles and silver nanowires. Apparently, the results from the samples FESEM are consistent with the analysis of the UV-vis. spectra. According to the above experimental results and analysis, the optimum temperature for preparing silver nanowires via solvothermal method is 155 °C.

4 Conclusion The effects of reaction temperature on the yield and morphology of silver nanowires were investigated by UV-Vis spectroscopy, XRD and FESEM, respectively. The results show silver nanowires with higher yield, larger aspect ratio and more uniform structure when the reaction temperature is 155 °C, moreover, almost no silver nanoparticles were formed. Therefore, 155 °C is the optimum temperature for preparing silver nanowires by solvothermal method. Acknowledgements. This work was supported by key project of nature science research in Anhui Provincial Colleges and Universities (KJ2015A286), National College Students’ innovation and entrepreneurship training program project (201710376001).

References 1. Gou L, Chipara M, Zaleski Jeffrey M (2007) Convenient, rapid synthesis of Ag nanowires. Chem Mater 19(7):1755–1760 2. Hu X, Chan CT (2004) Photonic crystals with silver nanowires as a near-infrared superlens. Appl Phys Lett 85(9):1520–1522 3. Yuan GQ, Chang XY, Zhu GJ (2011) Electrosynthesis and catalytic properties of silver nano microparticles with different morphologies. Particuology 9(6):644–649 4. Li XL, Mao XM, Zhang XC et al (2015) Citric acid-assisted synthesis of nano-Ag/BiOBr with enhanced photocatalytic activity. Sci China Chem 58(3):457–466 5. Xu WW, Okamoto T, Li A, Wang J et al (2016) Preparation of large-area controllable patterned silver nanocrystals for high sensitive and stable surface-enhanced raman spectroscopy. Chem Res Chin Univ 32(3):428–436 6. Tao AR, Yang P (2005) Polarized surface-enhanced raman spectroscopy on coupled metallic nanowires. J Phys Chem B 109(33):15687–15690 7. Aslan K, Lakowicz JR, Geddes CD (2005) Metal-enhanced fluorescence using anisotropic silver nanostructures: critical progress to date. Anal Bioanal Chem 382(4):926–933 8. Chen DP, Qiao XL, Qiu XL et al (2011) Large-scale synthesis of silver nanowires via a solvothermal method. J Mater Sci: Mater Electron 22(1):6–13 9. Zong RL, Zhou J, Li Q et al (2004) Synthesis and optical properties of silver nanowire arrays embedded in anodic alumina membrane. J Phys Chem B 108(43):16713–16716 10. Keren K, Krueger M, Gilad R et al (2002) Sequence-specific molecular lithography on single DNA molecules. Science 297(5578):72–75

Effects of Reaction Temperature on the Yield and Morphology

245

11. Xu J, Hu J, Peng CJ et al (2006) A simple approach to the synthesis of silver nanowires by hydrothermal process in the presence of gemini surfactant. J Colloid Interface Sci 298 (2):689–693 12. Zhu G, Chen DP (2012) Solvothermal fabrication of uniform silver nanowires. J Mater Sci: Mater Electron 23(11):2035–2041 13. Graff A, Wagner D, Ditlbacher H, Kreibig U (2005) Silver nanowires. Eur Phys J D 34(1– 3):263–269 14. Xu GN, Qiao XL, Qiu XL et al (2008) Preparation and characterization of stable monodisperse silver nanoparticles via photoreduction. Colloids Surf Physicochem Eng Aspects 320:222–226 15. Zhang WC, Wu XL, Chen HT et al (2008) Self-organized formation of silver nanowires, nanocubes and bipyramids via a solvothermal method. Acta Mater 56(11):2508–2513 16. Korte KE, Skrabalak SE, Xia Y (2008) Rapid synthesis of silver nanowires through a CuClor CuCl2-mediated polyol process. J Mater Chem 18(4):437–441 17. Sun YG, Mayers B, Herricks T, Xia YN (2003) Polyol synthesis of uniform silver nanowires: a plausible growth mechanism and the supporting evidence. Nano Lett 3(7):955– 960 18. Wiley BJ, Sun YG, Mayers B, Xia YN (2005) Shape-controlled synthesis of metal nanostructure: the case of silver. Chem-A Eur J 11:454–463

Experimental Research of In-use Diesel Vehicle Emission Control System Based on Burner Xiaodong Qi(&), Haitao Sun, Xinglong Duan, Qiang Liu, Shaozong Wang, and Mingjun Zheng Alantum Advanced Material and Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Shanghai 201822, China [email protected]

Abstract. Currently, emissions pollutants from movable machines in China are becoming more and more seriously, which have become a critical source of air pollution. And health of the people is badly affected. The government is always taking strong efforts to renovate the in-use diesel vehicles emission, including enhance supervision and spot testing. Cars which cannot meet the environmental regulation requirement are mandatory required to be retrofitted with DPF or directly scrapped. At present in retrofit market, passive, active and compound regeneration system are mainly used. This paper mainly introduces the research and testing results of a reliable control technology for the compound regeneration system based on burner. Keywords: In use diesel vehicle


Burner
DPF

1 Summary Currently, emissions pollutants from movable machines in China are becoming more and more seriously, which have become a critical source of air pollution. Particularly, in big cities and eastern cities with big population, the emission contribution for PM from movable machines can up to 20%–40%, even to 50% when air circulation is bad [1–3]. The health of people is badly affected and in order to improve the quality of the air, Chinese government has release Law of the Prevention and Control of Atmospheric Pollution [4, 5]. Meanwhile, MEP (Ministry of Environmental Protection) of China release the work plan of prevention and control of automobile emission and related policies, which strengthen the cooperation among departments, work forcefully, enhance supervision and spot checking, to make sure the air is clean enough for people. In the working plan of automotive emission prevention and control, the scrap and retrofit for in use old diesel vehicle are one of the most important work [6–8]. In retrofit market of in use vehicles, passive, active and compound regeneration system are mainly used. “Passive regeneration” means regeneration can be effective without any addition “help”, which use the catalyst on the surface of substrate to convert the NO to NO2 in exhaust gas. Further, NO2 can react with carbon at certain temperature to remove the accumulated carbon PM [9–12]. “Active regeneration” means to use addition energy to burn the carbon to clean the filter. “Compound regeneration system” means the function combination of passive and active regeneration system, which © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 246–254, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_38

Experimental Research of In-use Diesel Vehicle Emission

247

increase the reliability of system. The experiment research will be described as followings regarding the active regeneration system based on burner.

2 Constitution of Burner Compound Regeneration System The compound regeneration based on burner constitutes of 3 main units, including electrical unit, burning unit and PM filtering unit and each unit includes several components. The electrical unit includes measure and control unit, ECU, OBD, harness and sensors. The burning unit includes burner, diesel injector, igniter, etc. The PM filtering unit includes DOC, DPF, related brackets and connectors. It is the combination of passive and active regeneration system which is called “compound regeneration system”. The structure of system is shown in Fig. 1:

Fig. 1. The structure of system

3 The Regeneration Control Strategy for Burner Compound Regeneration System Based on the date acquired from several sensors on the engine exhaust, ECU can analyze and calculate the required command and send the command to diesel and air pump when regeneration is triggered. Diesel and air pump will work accordingly to supply target diesel and air to injector which will also be controlled to spray the atomized diesel to combustion chamber. At the optimized time, the igniter will be commanded to ignite the mixture to combust quickly and evenly. The burning flame will quickly heat up the exhaust gas from engine to 550 °C in order to burn the carbon PM accumulated in filter. After carbon PM completely burn-off, the pressure drop of the filter will decrease to accepted level for engine working and the so-called “selfregeneration” will be reached.

248

X. Qi et al.

4 Experiment Research of Burner Compound Regeneration System In order to know the exact emission removal effect and the impact of the system on the vehicle fuel economy, we choose sample A and sample B and YUCHAI 4G180-30 (China III) engine to research the emission and fuel consumption change before and after vehicle retrofitted by this system. 4.1

Testing Conditions

See Table 1. Table 1. . No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

4.2

Equipment name Type AC dynamo AVL AFA S44-4 Gas analyzer AVL AMAi60 PM sampling system AVL PSSi60 Weighing balance for filter paper SARTORIUS CPA2P-F PM counter TSI CPC3790 Diesel engine YC4G180-30 (China III) Active regeneration burner CAT-C

The Impact on HC&CO

Since the system has the component of DOC which have the high removal efficiency for CO & HC, after retrofitted, averagely, 78.12% of CO and 95.04% of HC in the engine emission are significantly reduced in 8-modes emission cycle. The detailed testing results are shown in Figs. 2 and 3 as below:

Fig. 2. Comparison of CO emission in eight working condition cycle test

Experimental Research of In-use Diesel Vehicle Emission

249

Fig. 3. Comparison of THC emission in eight working condition cycle test

4.3

The Impact on CO2

Since a little diesel is used to combust to heat up the exhaust gas, averagely, the emission of CO2 increase 2.06% after retrofitted compared to before in 8-modes emission testing cycle. The detailed testing results are shown in Fig. 4 as below:

Fig. 4. Comparison of CO2 emission in eight working condition cycle test

4.4

The Impact on NOx

Averagely, after retrofitted, in 8-modes emission testing cycle, NOx decrease a little with 5%, while, NO2 increase obviously more than 200%. The proportion of NO2 in NOX increases from 6.08% to 21.33%. The detailed testing results are shown in Figs. 5 and 6 as below:

250

X. Qi et al.

Fig. 5. Comparison of NOx emission in eight working condition cycle test

Fig. 6. The ratio of NO2 and NO in NOx under eight working condition cycle test

4.5

The Impact on PM&PN

The emission of PM & PN both significantly decrease. Averagely, the reduction efficiency of PM up to over 90% and PN up to over 99% in 8-modes emission testing cycle. The detailed testing results are shown in Figs. 7 and 8 as below:

Experimental Research of In-use Diesel Vehicle Emission

251

Fig. 7. Comparison of PM emission in eight working condition cycle test

Fig. 8. Comparison of PN emission in eight working condition cycle test

4.6

The Regeneration Characteristics Testing

The fuel consumption increase 2 kg/h when regeneration is triggered. In the beginning of regeneration phase, the pressure drop of sample A increase with the exhaust gas temperature increasing. With the PM carbon burning, the pressure drop recovers to fresh condition level and the regeneration is finish (Fig. 9).

252

X. Qi et al.

Fig. 9. Changes of pressure and oil consumption before and after the regeneration of sample (A)

During regeneration, when inlet temperature of sample reach to around 530 °C, PN increase sharply from 1012 to 1014. After regeneration, with the decrease of exhaust gas temperature, PN also decrease around 90% to 1013 (Fig. 10).

Fig. 10. The change of the temperature of the outlet and the number of PN

4.7

The Impact of Secondary Pollution

In “hot-start” phase of WHTC emission cycle, the emission components of HCHO, CH3CHO, C3H4O, C6H6, C7H8, C6H5C2H5, C8H10, C6H5CH=CH2 all decrease with certain range (Fig. 11).

Experimental Research of In-use Diesel Vehicle Emission

253

Fig. 11. WHTC secondary pollutants in warm start cycle

5 Vehicle Durability Testing After running data collection and analysis for 48 retrofitted vehicles with this system on the market, the running condition is satisfied when fuel quality level is good enough to CN 4 and the vehicle engine condition is good enough without any “blue” smoke when start (Blue smoke means very bad engine condition with oil burning in cylinder). Based on vehicle “raw” emission and running date, the recommended maintenance schedule are shown in Table 2: Table 2. . No. 1 2 3

Accelerated opacity, 1/m Recommended maintenance schedule 0.05). The transfection rate of “serum free 1640” group is higher than that of “complete medium” group and “D-Hanks solution” group (P < 0.05). The difference of transfection rate between the other groups is not significant (P > 0.05), as shown in Table 4 and Fig. 4. Table 4. Effect of different electrotransfection buffer solution on survival rate and transfection rate. Electrotransfection buffer solution Survival rate (%) Serum-free 1640 37.35 ± 1.85 Complete medium 35.84 ± 1.66 Hepes buffer solution 35.25 ± 2.17 PBS buffer solution 38.46 ± 2.24 D-Hanks solution 36.89 ± 1.50

Transfection rate (%) 74.79 ± 1.89 72.35 ± 1.78 70.56 ± 2.36 71.39 ± 1.58 72.74 ± 2.52

290

P. Li et al.

Fig. 4. Survival rate and transfection rate under different electrotransfection buffer solutions.

4 Discussions In the process of transferring exogenous genes into cells by electroporation, the applied electric field causes the temporary structural change of the plasma membrane, forming a recoverable pore, and then the exogenous gene can enter the cell. It is theoretically believed that the formation of transmembrane pore is induced by high strength transmembrane potential produced by the aggregation of ionic components on both sides of the plasma membrane under the induction of the applied electric field. At the same time, the fluidity of plasma membrane increases and lipid peroxides are formed. The strength threshold value of the applied electric field is the direct cause of the strong enough transmembrane potential and the formation of the plasmalemma pore [6]. The adaptation of different cells to electric field intensity and electric pulse duration is different. For a cell, if the electric field intensity is too small, it does not cause changes in the cell membrane, and the exogenous gene will be not easy to enter the cell, and if the electric field is too strong, it causes irreversible damage to the cells, and the cells will die in large numbers [7, 8]. It is generally believed that when the cell survival rate is controlled at 30%–40%, the transfection rate is the best [9]. It can be observed from the results of this experiment that the increasing intensity of electric field is beneficial to the perforation of cells, so as to increase the transfection rate. However, we notice that the transfection rate of 225 V group decreases significantly when the pulse time is 30 ms, which is due to the excessive electric field intensity resulting in cell damage during the cell perforation that causes a large number of cells to die, leading to a decline in transfection rate. Besides the electric field intensity, the survival rate and transfection rate are also affected by the pulse time. The effect of pulse time on the electrotransfection effect is similar to the electric field, because they are all factors affecting cell perforation. With the prolongation of the pulse time, the perforation of the cells is increasing, which makes the plasmid easier to enter the cell and also causes more cells to produce irreversible damage and die. Therefore, the electrotransfection conditions can be optimized through bi-directional regulation of electric field intensity

Optimization of Electrotransfection Conditions of BGC823 Cells

291

and pulse time. In this experiment, we observed that 175 V/50 ms and 200 V/30 ms two groups were able to achieve better electrotransfection effect, which was the result of controlling the degree of electroporation through the bidirectional regulation of electric field intensity and pulse time. In addition, the effect of different electrotransfection buffer solution on the electrotransfection effect was also studied. It is generally believed that the osmotic pressure and ionic composition of the electrotransfection buffer solution can influence the effect of electrotransfection [10]. Five kinds of electrotransfection buffer solution were used in this experiment. The results showed that they had no significant effect on the survival rate of cells, however, on the 0.05 level, the transfection rate of “serum free 1640” group was higher than that of the “complete medium” group and the “D-Hanks solution” group. Therefore, it is suggested that the serum free 1640 was more suitable to be used as the electrotransfection buffer solution. In conclusion, the use of electroporation method for gene transfer has the advantages unparalleled by other methods. Its advantages, such as the simple operation, speediness, high efficiency, good reproducibility and so on, provide convenience for gene transfection and other research work. By optimizing the transfection conditions, a high transfection rate can be achieved. In this experiment, the conditions of electrotransfection of BGC823 cells were optimized. It is found that when the electric field intensity is 175 V, the pulse time is 30 ms, and the transfection buffer solution is serum-free 1640, a good electrotransfection effect can be achieved. Acknowledgement. Fund project: Scientific Research Project of Education Department of Heilongjiang Province (Project number 12531797).

References 1. Salimzadeh L, Jaberipour M, Hosseini A et al (2013) Non-viral transfection methods optimized for gene delivery to a lung cancer cell line. Avicenna J Med Biotechnol 5(2):68– 77 2. Guo H, Hao R, Wei Y et al (2012) Optimization of electrotransfection conditions of mammalian cells with different biological features. J Membr Biol 245(12):789–795 3. Dean DA (2013) Cell-specific targeting strategies for electroporation-mediated gene delivery in cells and animals. J Membr Biol 246(10):737–744 4. Kos S, Blagus T, Cemazar M et al (2016) Electrotransfer parameters as a tool for controlled and targeted gene expression in skin. Mol Ther Nucleic Acids 5(8):356–367 5. Piazuelo MB, Correa P (2013) Gastric cancer: overview. Colomb Med (Cali) 44(3):192–201 6. Ekici Y, Tezcaner T, Aydin HO, Boyvat F, Moray G (2016) Arterial complication of irreversible electroporation procedure for locally advanced pancreatic cancer. World J Gastrointest Oncol 8:751–756 7. Xu Y, Lu Y, Xing W (2014) An individually addressable suspended-drop electroporation system for high-throughput cell transfection. Lab Chip 14(4):686–690

292

P. Li et al.

8. Faurie C, Rebersek M, Golzio M et al (2010) Electro-mediated gene transfer and expression are controlled by the life-time of DNA/membrane complex formation. J Gene Med 12 (1):117–125 9. Wei Z, Zhao D, Li X, Wu M, Wang W, Huang H et al (2011) A laminar flow electroporation system for efficient DNA and siRNA delivery. Anal Chem 83:5881–5887 10. Du HQ, Wang Y, Jiang Y et al (2015) Silencing of the TPM1 gene induces radioresistance of glioma U251 cells. Oncol Rep 33(6):2807–2814

Research on Library Personalized Recommendation Method Based on Interest Ontology Modeling Jie Dong(&), Gui Li, Xueyang Sun, and Fengying Wang Shenyang Jianzhu University, No. 9, Hunnan East Road, Hunnan District, Shenyang, Liaoning, People’s Republic of China [email protected]

Abstract. In view of the low stability of user model and unsatisfactory recommendation, which results in the personalized service of library information system at present, the user interest model based on library application domain ontology is established. A dynamic personalized recommendation algorithm based on time attenuation and user-group is proposed. First, the time attenuation function is determined to calculate the time decay law of the user’s interest points, then the influence of different access frequency of interest points on the interest degree is considered, and then the clustering dimensionality reduction decomposition technique is used. The concept of preference variance is introduced to calculate the nearest neighbor of users, and then the ranking of recommended resources is determined. The experimental results show that the algorithm has better comprehensive performance, the recall rate and recall rate of recommended resources are both higher, the universality and effect of the algorithm are better, and the quality of recommendation is improved. Keywords: Ontology
User interest model
Personality
Recommendation Similarity




1 Introduction With the arrival of the information age, the functions of the library are gradually transformed into the “user-centered” service mode. How to provide personalized and deep-level bibliographic recommendation service for teachers and students has become a great challenge to the university library which mainly provides knowledge and information services. Personalized recommendation is a kind of technology that helps users find the information they are interested in efficiently under the circumstance of information overload [1]. It provides different service strategies to different users and realizes the goal of “information seeking and on-demand service” [2]. Personalized recommendation service is the basis and core of personalized service. The quality of user model is directly related to the quality of personalized service. However, the current research library user model is still relatively simple. The user model can only reflect the user’s historical access behavior interest characteristics, but it could not reflect the interest development characteristics of the domain user group, which greatly affects the resource recommendation efficiency and effect of the © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 293–300, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_43

294

J. Dong et al.

recommendation system [3–5]. The traditional user model gradually transitions to ignore the concepts involved in the domain, the meaning of the concepts, and the relationship between concepts. The user model based on the domain gives clear background knowledge to simple terminology, which can improve the semantic information of traditional user models. Defects improve the quality of the user model [6–8]. In this paper, based on the user interest model of related domain ontology, aiming at the shortage of data sparsity in the traditional collaborative filtering algorithm, a method of reducing dimension decomposition by matrix clustering is proposed, and the concept of preference variance is introduced to calculate user nearest neighbor. It overcomes the disadvantages of the traditional collaborative filtering algorithm and uses the time preference attenuation function to change the original scoring method. A dynamic personalized recommendation algorithm based on ontology similarity and time attenuation is proposed to mine the domain user interest ontology cluster. The accuracy and breadth of the recommendation system are improved, and the validity of the model is verified by an example.

2 Ontology User Interest Model The ontology-based user model construction framework consists of three parts: the personalized user interest ontology, namely the user model acquisition, update and user group construction. 2.1

Personalized User Interest Ontology Acquisition

The acquisition of personalized user interest ontology includes obtaining the user’s personal information, constructing the domain ontology, etc., and implementing the library personalized service process is to establish a user model through the collection and analysis of user information, borrowing records and access history, and apply the model. Filtering online information, so obtaining user information and building a user interest model is the key to personalized service [9]. Library user information refers to the user’s personal information and all userrelated information generated by the user when using digital library resources and accepting library services. There are three main types of data that reflect user interest preferences, as shown in Table 1: Table 1. Reader preference data classification table Classification User basic information User behavior image User consulting service information

Description The reader’s personal identity information Network behavior record

Content Name, student ID, college, professional, etc. Visit the website, click the record, etc.

Information recorded during advisory services

Reference, document transmission, paper publication, retrieval record, etc.

Research on Library Personalized Recommendation Method

2.2

295

Updating of User Models

The interest of the user changes over time. Statistically, the closer the user visits the point of interest, the greater the weight of the point of interest, in other words, the more the interest point should remain in the header of the user interest point set, the more the content recommended by the interest point should be placed in the header of the content list. The user interest model can accurately reflect the user’s interest only by adjusting it in time. The update of the model is to construct the reference ontology according to the behavior of browsing or retrieving information. And merge it into personalized user interest ontology to realize the update of user model. The time decay function of the point of interest used in the experiment is set as follows: fi ðt; ti Þ ¼ A þ elðt;ti Þ

i ¼ 1; 2; . . .; N; A [ 1; 0 \ l \ 1

ð1Þ

A and l are the parameters of the time decay function, which A is an integer, l is the decimal, t is the current time calculated, ti is the historical time of the point of interest I (the last update time) and N is the total number of interest points in the current interest point set. When updating the set of points of interest, we should consider not only the time factor, but also the access frequency of each point of interest, so the update weight of the point of interest is as follows:
xðt; ti ; ni Þ ¼

1

e N  f i ðt; ti Þ Ni [ 0 ; i ¼ 1; 2; . . .; N f i ðt; ti Þ

ð2Þ

ni is the history-access-frequency of the interest point i. 2.3

The Construction of User Group

User groups refer to the aggregation of users with similar interests and hobbies. The establishment of user groups is helpful to the management of user models and the discovery of user interests.

3 Research on Personalized Recommendation Method Based on Ontology Modeling 3.1

The Basic Process of Improving the Algorithm

At present, collaborative filtering technology has been successfully applied to various recommendation systems, the library personalized recommendation model based on ontology mainly introduces ontology technology based on the basic idea of collaborative filtering personalized recommendation [10]. On this basis, we introduce clustering technology and time attenuation function, the basic process is as follows: Firstly, the initial ontology of the digital library is constructed by using CLC (Chinese Library Classification) and the classified subject word list, which make preparation for the construction of domain ontology. The domain ontology is divided

296

J. Dong et al.

according to the degree of domain dependence, and the domain ontology is stored by OWL DL ontology description language. Protégé 4.3 is selected as the building tool. Secondly, after constructing domain ontology, the concept of ontology is used as user interest to describe the user model and establish user interest model. Thirdly, in the personalized recommendation model of digital library based on ontology, the concept of user interest is acquired by domain ontology mapping, and according to the concept of interest, Considering the influence of time on user preference, the time decay function is introduced to construct the evaluation matrix of user concept. With the constant expansion of resource types and the increasing number of users. The data matrix used to judge is becoming more and more sparse, which seriously affects the quality of recommendation. That is, there are no overrated items between two users. The similarity between the two users could not be obtained, thus creating sparsity, when forming the nearest neighbor set of the target user. Information is often lost, in the end it reduces the recommended effect. Matrix clustering and dimensionality reduction decomposition technology, and the concept of preference variance is introduced to calculate the nearest neighbor of the user, and the most closely related interest items are obtained. Finally, the concept set of user interest is formed, and finally, the database of digital library is queried. Get a user personalized recommendation list and recommend it to a particular user. Finally, in order to fully understand the dynamic change of user interest and improve the accuracy of model recommendation, this paper uses time-varying update mode to revise and update user interest ontology, and adjusts the weight of user interest item according to user interest change. Causes the user preference to present the natural change. 3.2

Representation of Ontology Interest Mode

The user interest model uses a tree structure and is formally defined as a binary group N = {U, I}, where U is a set of user attributes, including the user’s basic information and relevant knowledge background: I, which represents user interest data. The feature term ti in Ontology-Based Space Vector representation ti is a concept extracted from domain ontology to represent the corresponding weight, and the larger the weight is, the more interested the user is. For n interests of the user, the user model can be expressed as the following. I ¼ fðt1 ; w1 Þ; ðt2 ; w2 Þ; . . .ðtn ; wn Þg

ð3Þ

The feature term ti is a concept unit in the domain ontology library, so it has the attributes of ontology and can represent semantic relations. 3.3

Matrix Clustering Decomposition Technique

For most users, especially research users, their research interests tend to be concentrated in one or more fields, and they have more evaluation of the information resources in the research field. There is little or no evaluation of information resources outside the

Research on Library Personalized Recommendation Method

297

field of research. That is to say, at a certain time, the interest of the user is relatively stable. The user’s rating data is focused on the area of interest to the user. Therefore, if users interested in the same class of resources are grouped into a class, the sparsity of matrices in this class will be greatly reduced. Therefore, reader classification is the basis of topic mining. Clustering refers to grouping a set of data, each group is a cluster. The data in each cluster are similar to each other to the greatest extent, and the data in different clusters are different to the maximum extent. K-means clustering is a widely used algorithm for data clustering mining, which is very suitable for reader segmentation. By using this technique, readers can be classified quickly and effectively according to interest group, loan quantity, book type and so on, which can provide effective and directional data and suggestions for library work and service [11]. K-means clustering divides the data set into K clusters, which are computed continuously until the function converges. The algorithm is described as follows: Step 1: The centers of K initial cluster centers are randomly selected to be calculated by the following formula mi ¼

1X p p 2 ci ni

ð4Þ

And the convergence coefficient is given. Step 2: use the following formula to calculate the distance from each data xi to each cluster ci and assign each data to the nearest cluster. rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi Xd  2 d xi ; m j ¼ x  m il jl i¼1 



ð5Þ

Step 3: Re-use formula (5) to calculate K cluster centers. Step 4: use formula (6) to calculate the value of the criterion function, if the f ðPk Þ convergence coefficient is  T, the clustering ends; otherwise return step 2, repeat each step until the function f ðPk Þ converges f ðPk Þ ¼

3.4

Xk X i¼1

p¼ci

jp  mi j2

ð6Þ

User Group Creation Process

A user group is a collection of users with similar interests. The establishment of user group is helpful to the management of user model and the discovery of user interest. It is based on the construction of personalized interest ontology through the calculation of similarity. The basic process of the flow chart is as follows: Step1: based on existing clusters as the initial user group, Step 2: take out the user interest model ontology, Step 3: calculate the similarity between the user and each user in the user group, judge the relationship with the criterion function in the original cluster, if less than return step 4, if greater than step 5,

298

J. Dong et al.

Step 4: create a new user group, Join the user to the cluster, step 6, Step 5: put the user to the user group with the largest similarity: go to step 2 until the update determines all user groups. Step 6: go to step 2 until the update determines all user groups. The similarity between two users is calculated by using cosine similarity, and the influence of time on user preference is fully taken into account. Therefore, the method of calculating user similarity is adopted based on the cosine similarity based on time attenuation function. The improved formula is as follows: Pm 

 0 0 R  R B;k A;k k¼1 simðA; BÞ ¼ rffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi   2 Pm P  1 2 0  m k¼1 RA;k k¼1 RB;k

ð7Þ

0

For any user Rk , the weight of formula 2 is calculated using the following formula: 0

Rk ¼ xðt; tk ; nk Þ  Rk

3.5

ð8Þ

Produce Recommendations

After the nearest neighbor is found by the preference variance, the next step is to produce the corresponding recommendation. The prediction of user interest can be calculated by formula.  0  0 R  R m;i m  simðu; mÞ m¼1 0 Pn þ Ru sim ð u; m Þ m¼1

Pn Pu;i ¼ 0

ð9Þ

0

Ru is the average score of resource for user u, Rm;i is the score for item i for user m, 0

Rm is the average score for resource for user m, simðu; mÞ is the similarity between user u and m, and Pu;i is the prediction score for item i for user u. The above method is used to predict the user’s score of all ungraded items, and then the first few items with the highest predictive score are selected to be submitted to the user as the recommended results.

4 Experimental Results and Analysis This paper uses some users’ loan records provided by Shenyang Construction University Library as verification data, and verifies the relevant theories and algorithms of personalized recommendation of digital library provided in this paper. The verification data include all users of Shenyang Construction University library from January 2010 to December 2017. Records include management record number, year of publication, author, title, publishing house, book bar code, branch library, data type, single

Research on Library Personalized Recommendation Method

299

book status, request number, single volume description, user, lending and renewal time, user status, User status of the code interpretation table and so on. The book number in the borrowed record contains the class number, which is determined according to the Chinese Library Classification method and can accurately reflect the main content of the book material. In this paper, the class number (including the category associated with the class number) is regarded as one of the main bases for personalized recommendation. The title of the book is also an important basis for reflecting the content of the book. In this paper, the title of the book is taken as a supplement to the class number (category) in order to describe the preference characteristics of the user more comprehensively. In order to analyze the index of the recommendation model and compare the advantages of the ontology recommendation method over the traditional recommendation algorithm, the corresponding data preparation was carried out, and the model was tested with a data volume of 1 000 * 10 000100 000. And from the accuracy, recall rate, execution time and other indicators to calculate. As shown in Table 2 although the efficiency of the proposed method is slightly lower than that of the traditional recommendation algorithm the recall rate and the accuracy of the proposed method are better than those of the traditional method. Table 2. Comparison of accuracy, recall and execution efficiency Number of tests 1000 1000 1000 10000 10000 10000 100000 100000 100000

Method Collaborative filtering Based on ontology Algorithm in this paper Collaborative filtering Based on ontology Algorithm in this paper Collaborative filtering Based on ontology Algorithm in this paper

Accuracy (%) 86.2

Recall rate (%) 85.5

Execution time (s) 0.004

91.3 92.9

89.3 91.0

0.011 0.019

86.7

84.6

0.044

90.2 93.1

91.2 92.8

0.080 0.138

88.4

88.6

0.600

92.4 94.0

91.5 93.1

0.656 1.218

5 Conclusion In this paper, the ontology representation method of knowledge is introduced into the traditional recommendation algorithm, and on this basis, the traditional collaborative filtering algorithm is improved, and the concepts of matrix clustering decomposition, preference time decay and preference variance are introduced. It solves the problems of

300

J. Dong et al.

low structure and lack of semantics in traditional recommendation algorithms. It makes the model processing more comprehensive, improves the recommendation accuracy in personalized service, achieves higher accuracy and recall rate, and improves user satisfaction.

References 1. Kang Z (2017) Research on music recommendation method based on ontology modeling and situational awareness. ZheJiang NingBo University (in Chinese) 2. Camille GPD, He K, Deng X (2010) Personalized recommendation system web mining research. Enterp Technol Dev 29(3):1 (in Chinese) 3. Wu R, Ding E, Luo B (2008) Personalized Chinese search based on weighted ontology. Comput Eng Des 29(19):5051–5053 (in Chinese) 4. Tian X, Du XY, Hu H (2009) Modeling individual cognitive structure in contextual information retrieval. Comput Math Appl 57:1048–1056 5. Li H (2017) Dynamic personalized recommendation algorithm based on ontology similarity and time decay. Libr Inf Work 59(1):95–98 (in Chinese) 6. Guan Q, Zhou Z (2007) Ontology-based user model research. Chongqing Southwest University (in Chinese) 7. Yan J (2010) Personalized recommendation algorithm based on ontology user interest model. Comput Integr Manuf Syst 16(12):2757–2762 (in Chinese) 8. Qiao D (2014) An ontology-based recommendation system model. Comput Eng 40 (11):282–287 (in Chinese) 9. Xie H (2018) Discussion and research on privacy protection in user interest model. Agric Libr Inf J 30(1):108–112 (in Chinese) 10. Chen W (2015) Research on constructing personalized recommendation model of digital library based on ontology. Hubei University of Technology, Hubei (in Chinese) 11. Song C (2014) Research on the application of an improved k-means algorithm in library topic mining. Theory Pract Inf 37(11):120–123 (in Chinese)

Innovation and Development of College Students’ Ideological and Political Education Under the Background of Computer Development Wang Xu1(&) and Chen Jingyi2 1

Student Word Department, Jilin Engineering Normal University, Changchun 130052, China [email protected] 2 Party Committee Organization Department, Jilin Engineering Normal University, Changchun 130052, China

Abstract. With the rapid development of computers, the Internet has been used and the form of culture has changed. The Internet has become a new carrier of culture, and the Internet itself has become a part of culture. Internet culture came into being and became a new form of culture. College students are the mainstay of Internet culture. While using the Internet culture to create an Internet culture, they are also spreading the Internet culture. In this process, the values of the world outlook on life of college students are also influenced by the Internet culture all the time. The emergence of Internet culture has provided new research topics for ideological and political education, and also raised new challenges. At the same time, as a cultural environment, Internet culture has also proposed a new field of theoretical research on the ideological and political education environment. This paper is based on the new situation and new problems faced by the innovative ideological and political education in the new situation. It analyzes the connotation characteristics and interactions of ideological and political education in colleges and universities, echoing the current social development and employment-oriented innovation. The new requirements of entrepreneurship education and ideological and political education explore the relationship between employment-based innovation and entrepreneurship education and ideological and political education. Keywords: Innovation
Computer background
Internet culture College students
Ideological and political education




1 Introduction With the continuous development of computers and the use of the Internet, ideological and political education innovation is bound to be obtained, education innovation conforms to the development of the times. [1–5] Innovation is the soul of a nation’s

© Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 301–308, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_44

302

W. Xu and C. Jingyi

progress and an inexhaustible motive force for the prosperity of a country. [6–10] Although the innovation and entrepreneurship education of college students in China started late, its development is more and more rapid, especially at present, it is highly valued by the Party and the state, education departments and colleges and universities. [11–15] Improving the ability of independent innovation, building an innovative country and realizing the great rejuvenation of the nation are the core of the current and future national development strategy. College students are one of the groups with the most innovative spirit and entrepreneurship potential. They are the new force in building an innovative country and an innovative society. Strengthening the innovation and entrepreneurship education of college students has been generally recognized by the world’s higher education. It is an important measure for colleges and universities to serve the construction of an innovative country. It is also an important way to deepen the reform of higher education and cultivate innovative and entrepreneurial talents meeting the needs of society. Based on the employment demand of college students as the guidance, this paper tries to solve the problems encountered by college students in the process of employment and entrepreneurship under the new situation, and puts the employment work of college students into a new field of education which effectively carries out innovation and Entrepreneurship Education under the new carrier. At present, there are many researches on innovation and entrepreneurship education, but the perfect theoretical system of innovation and entrepreneurship education has not yet been established. [16–20] This paper focuses on the important role of innovation and entrepreneurship education, existing problems, methods and ways of diversification and environmental construction.

2 The Characteristics of Internet Culture Under the Background of Computer Development Internet culture is a derivative product that comes with the development of the Internet. Modern ideological and political education cannot avoid the Internet environment, and it cannot avoid the impact of the new Internet culture. The influence of the Internet cultural environment on the ideological and political education of college students is multifaceted, with both opportunities and challenges. It can be seen from Fig. 1 that the usage of the network is getting higher and higher. As a new cultural form, Internet culture inherits the attributes of the original culture and combines with the Internet in the original culture, thus extending many new cultural expressions. These new cultural expressions are different from the original culture. characteristics, summed up in the following aspects.

Innovation and Development of College Students’ Ideological and Political Education

303

Fig. 1. Network usage

2.1

Virtual Reality

Internet culture is the digital extension of traditional cultural forms, also can be said to be the symbolic expression of traditional formal culture. In the Internet, all the elements of the Internet cultural system and all the activities of the Internet cultural system have their technical roots. It is precisely based on the high-tech network technology that all kinds of Internet cultural activities are produced. Internet cultural and technological rules and technological logic as the basic content, while its formation process is also in accordance with the principles of network logic, that is, the logic of network language expression, network behavior interaction logic, network information dissemination logic as the principle. The coexistence of fictitiousness and realism is the basic feature of the network society. The establishment of the Internet culture relying on the real culture is the digital expression of the real culture. It has both the background of the real culture and the main body of the real culture. It reflects both the real culture and the virtual part. 2.2

Multi-subjectivity

The transformation of the right to speak on the Internet will inevitably lead to the development of multi-polarization of the subject of education. Compared with the traditional ideological and political education, the ideological and political education in the Internet cultural environment has more diverse subjects and multi-polar subjectivity. In addition to the traditional educators and educators, the main body of education in the Internet culture environment increases the network environment. Multisubjectivity makes the network open, and the openness makes people broaden their horizons, no longer subject to geographical limitations, allowing people to quickly

304

W. Xu and C. Jingyi

understand the information around the world and change people’s traditional ideas. The openness of Internet culture has expanded the horizons of college students, and it has also made college students vulnerable to external ideas. The openness of the Internet has brought about the diversity of the Internet culture. The main manifestation is that the network enhances the right to speak of the educated, and the network information is diverse, and the degeneration and essence coexist. 2.3

Civilian Sex

The network-based human-computer communication method makes educators no longer authoritative, educators have the same right to speak with education, educators are no longer high, and the transformation of educational subjects makes the authority of educators decline. This will be enhanced so that the status of the educated, the educated no longer afraid of the authority of educators, can fully express their ideas, which not only improves the dominant position of the educated, but also enhance the effect of education. The authority to create a wide range of Internet culture of the body, all walks of life all OK to participate.

3 The Impact of Internet Culture Environment on College Students’ Ideological and Political Education Under the Background of Computer Development 3.1

Healthy Cultural Content to Enrich the Content of Ideological and Political Education

Ideological and political education is mainly to promote the social theme, involving the content of moral quality of education, the contagion of education content is directly related to the subjective acceptance of the educated, as well as the initiative to acquire knowledge. In 2017, “the average Chinese netizen spends 38.5 h a week surfing the Internet. As can be seen from the Fig. 2, Chinese netizens have a longer time surfing the Internet, and the number of websites they provide to netizens is larger. The richness of Internet culture has also increased the enthusiasm of students surfing the Internet, enriched their cultural life and enriched their ideological and political education. The main ways of ideological and political education in colleges and universities are concentrated in the ancestral halls. The effect of classroom education directly affects the ideological and moral level of college students. Classroom quality is the key to improving the ideological and moral level of college students. Internet culture provides a rich platform for educators. Educators can use different forms of Internet culture to enrich classroom teaching and increase the attractiveness of teaching.

Innovation and Development of College Students’ Ideological and Political Education

305

Fig. 2. Residents weekly online time

3.2

Vivid and Vivid Discourse Expressions Inspire the Transformation of Discourses in Ideological and Political Education

The change of discourse system also promotes the right to speak of college students. The emergence of network language has changed the discourse system of College students. Some new network languages are slowly affecting college students’ lives. Network language has the characteristics of singularity, specialization, variety, standardization and life. The main body of network language application is mainly college students and other youth groups. The application of network language also makes it easier for college students to express their emotions on the network. If educators are not familiar with these network languages, they will not be able to communicate with students, which also invisibly improves the right to speak of College students. The emergence of equal dialogue is the return of educators. The dominant position of educator and educator can be reflected equally in Internet culture. Through the equal exchange of Internet culture, it is possible for the educated to nurture the educator. In an equal cultural environment, the communication between educators and educatees is no longer a single flow, but an interactive one. It not only increases the right of discourse of educatees, but also increases the initiative of learning. In this process, educators are aware of their own shortcomings and constantly improve themselves. 3.3

The Internet Cultural Platform to Expand the Carrier of Ideological and Political Education

Culture is an important carrier of ideological and political education, it has a strong permeability, as well as the characteristics of the image of the intuitive nature to culture as the carrier of ideological and political education more easily accepted by the public.

306

W. Xu and C. Jingyi

In the Internet age, the expression of Internet culture has been continuously enriched, and the carrier of ideological and political education has been constantly innovated. At present ideological and political education under the new carrier model of Internet cultural environment are: to microblogging, micro letter to the representative of the cultural carrier, network video carrier of culture, culture of Internet community support W and gaming culture carrier. These carriers are a form of carrier that is constantly improving as the Internet culture continues to evolve and change, and is active in the content of ideological and political teaching.

4 Innovative Strategies for Innovating College Students’ Ideological and Political Education Under the Background of Computer Development 4.1

Expanding the Ideological and Political Education Students

Today, classroom education is still the main means of college students’ ideological and political education. The content of classroom education directly affects the effect of ideological and political education. The Internet cultural environment puts higher demands on the content of education, and the content of education needs to change with the changes of the cultural environment. In the Internet cultural environment, the concept of rule of law, health must be different, and cultural view are different from the traditional cultural environment. Therefore, in the ideological and political education of college students, it is necessary to increase the content of education according to the different cultural backgrounds embodied in the Internet cultural environment. 4.2

Guided by the Concept of Changing Ideas and Renewal

Model construction, the concept is first. Whether the educational concept is scientific or not is the key to the success of the “two-way construction” of ideological and political education and innovation and entrepreneurship education. On the basis of accurately grasping the concept and connotation of higher education, we should systematically study the concept of two-way construction, and form an educational concept that satisfies the needs of social development in line with the law of education and keeps pace with the times. The idea is a relatively stable and continuous thought, the result of rational understanding, the value orientation of “education should be”, the conscious reflection of reality, the broad extension, the guiding value for educational activities, and the indication for educational development. direction. Transforming ideas and establishing an educational system of two-way construction of ideological and political education and innovation and entrepreneurship education is the concept of promoting a new perspective for the development of both. In the two-way construction system, accelerating the resource integration of ideological and political education and innovation and entrepreneurship education, leading the cultivation of students’ ideals and beliefs, the improvement of ideological and moral qualities, the awareness of social responsibility and the enhancement of the sense of innovation cooperation are well reflected.

Innovation and Development of College Students’ Ideological and Political Education

4.3

307

Strengthen Incentives-Oriented

Incentive orientation is an important way to implement efficient management. The twoway construction of ideological and political education and innovation and entrepreneurship education is integrated into the whole process of education and teaching. It is constantly developing in the process of higher education reform, and it has proposed new and more to the relevant education administrators and teachers of colleges and universities. High demands protect and mobilize the enthusiasm of them and the educated to make full use of the two-way construction process. Effective incentives are the catalyst for the formation of centripetal force between teachers and students. Incentive orientation is not only an important indicator of teacher-student labor, but also an important driving force for teachers and students to actively and actively participate in innovation and entrepreneurship education. Comprehensive incentives can promote the educational effect of promoting two-way construction. This kind of promotion is reflected in the repeated strengthening and strengthening of teachers’ and students’ behaviors that meet expectations. Under such an incentive mechanism, teachers and students can good to gather together, jointly participate in the construction of a two-way educational process.

5 Conclusion Under the background of computer development, ideological and political education leads the value of innovation and entrepreneurship education. Innovation and entrepreneurship education is not only knowledge education, skill education, or value education. Ideological and political education has the role of planning development direction, integrating value appeal and optimizing operation mechanism for innovation and entrepreneurship education. Ideological and political education provides a great educational goal and spiritual motivation for innovation and entrepreneurship education. Innovation and entrepreneurship education should strengthen the guidance of college students’ entrepreneurial values, activate college students’ innovative and entrepreneurial ideals, foster good innovation and entrepreneurship, and form noble innovation and entrepreneurship moral. The content of ideological and political education is guided by the infiltration of classroom carriers, the experience of practical situations, and the supplement of network media. Under the impetus of incentive mechanism, identification mechanism and restriction mechanism, the value of innovation and entrepreneurship education is realized. Ideological and political education leads the correct value orientation of innovation and entrepreneurship education, ensures that innovation and entrepreneurship develop in the right direction, promotes the integration of innovation and entrepreneurship education into the mainstream of society, and ultimately becomes an important guarantee for the country to promote the development goals of innovation and entrepreneurship. Acknowledgments. Key project of jilin province education science 13th five-year plan 2017 “Analysis and countermeasure research on education problem of contemporary college students’life” (ZD17127) The host: Chen jingyi.

308

W. Xu and C. Jingyi

References 1. Liu B (2014) Innovation of college students’ ideological and political education in the new media era. J Xian Aeronaut Univ 2. Huang Y (2015) Method innovation of ideological and political education of college students. J Sichuan Univ Sci Eng 3. Zhang WB (2017) Research on the innovation of college students’ ideological and political education in the new era. J Jiamusi Vocat Inst (icicee) 4. Wang F, Guobao LI (2014) On innovation of college students’ ideological and political education in network era. Guide Sci Educ 5. Wang T, Fan Y, Wang Y, et al (2017) Research on the innovation of the ideological and political education in colleges and universities based on entrepreneurship education. J Huainan Vocat Tech Coll 6. Jiang QJ, Wang HB (2013) Higher vocational college students’ ideological and political education collaborative innovation research. J Tonghua Normal Univ 7. Liu Y (2018) On the innovation and development of ideological and political education for college students in the new period. Sci Educ Article Collect 8. Cui HL (2015) Reform on ideological and political theory course and cultivation of college students’ innovation quality. J Huainan Vocat Tech Coll 9. Liu Y (2018) A brief discussion on the innovation and development of college students’ ideological and political education in the new media era. Sci Educ Article Collect 10. Ding J (2017) Research on the innovation of college students’ ideological and political education guided by the theory of human’s comprehensive development. Sci Educ Article Collect 11. Tingting LV (2015) On the innovation of college students’ ideological and political education work. Guide Sci Educ 12. Ye LI, Zong-Yan LI et al (2018) On the innovation of college students’ ideological and political education methods. J Qiqihar Univ 13. Zhu Y, Luo W, Fang N et al (2017) Stratum differentiation and innovation of college students’ ideological and political education. J Chengdu Univ Tradit Chin Med 14. Huang J (2017) Research on the method innovation of ideological and political education of college students. Sci Educ Article Collect 15. Liu JR (2013) Strategies in ideological and political education innovation for college students under scientific development perspective. J Baicheng Normal Univ 16. Li MX, Marxism SO (2017) Research on the innovation path of college students’ ideological and political education from the perspective of new media. J Jiamusi Vocat Inst 17. Zhao WY (2017) Innovation research on modern college students’ ideological and political education from the perspective of media. J Hubei Corresp Univ 18. Yan N (2015) Collaborative innovation: the only way for the development of ideological and political education of vocational college students. In: International Conference on Education, Management and Computing Technology 19. Liu Y, Wang C, Shi W et al (2017) Explore the innovation of ideological and political education of college students under the action of “internet plus”. Guide Sci Educ 20. Liu J (2018) Innovation of methods of ideological and political education for college students under the new media environment. Heilongjiang Sci

The Study of JD Logistics Mode Based on “Internet+” Zu Wenhong(&) Xi’an Fanyi University, Xi’an, Shaanxi, People’s Republic of China [email protected]

Abstract. With the era of economic globalization, E-commerce has been more expanded. While corresponding with matching logistics development is slow, become a constraining bottleneck in the development of electronic commerce. In this article we discusses the logistics mode of JD mall based on “Internet+”, Research is summarized that some problems on its logistics mode, and puts forward corresponding solving measures to solve these problems, and we expect the study to contribute to the building of logistics mode. Keywords: JD


E-commerce
Logistics mode
Internet+

With the rapid development of electronic information technology industry in recent years, that cloud computing, big data and “Internet+” have become the hot words of The Times, which changed people’s production and life style. In August 2016 of Internet conference, Mayun of Alibaba group chairman pointed out that in the future, “pure” E-commerce company doesn’t work in the E-commerce industry, the future will be a combination of online and offline and logistics model of new retail electricity [1, 2]. At the same time, in the next 12 years JD is also planning to strategic that the data, logistics and supply chain to realize intelligent, and The whole process of logistics is “unmanned”, which make JD a truly intelligent business. According to relevant data, the future e-commerce market will maintain an average annual growth rate of 15%, and its transaction volume will reach 3.4 trillion US dollars in 2020. E-commerce consists of four basic elements: capital flow, information flow, business flow and logistics. Logistics is not only the need for entities and network platforms to complete its entire operation process, but also the key to the finalization of other factors. The efficiency of its direct impact The ultimate survival of e-commerce company [3, 4]. Therefore, logistics has an independent and irreplaceable role in the operation of e-commerce enterprises, and it is the link between e-commerce and customers. Whether it operates perfectly throughout the operation ultimately determines the long-term cooperation between the supply and demand sides. From the perspective of “Internet+”, the Intelligent and globalization of logistics distribution is the inevitable trend of ecommerce logistics development in the future [5]. Based on this, the article studies the JD logistics model from the perspective of “Internet+”, we are expecting that provides reference value for other e-commerce logistics.

© Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 309–316, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_45

310

Z. Wenhong

1 The Logistics Mode of JD of “Internet+” With the development of the economy, the competition in the e-commerce industry has become increasingly fierce. From the initial price competition to the current logistics competition, they hope to maximize the satisfaction of customer needs and gain a competitive advantage. JD Mall currently has more than 90 million registered users, with more than 900,000 daily orders and more than 150 million daily page views. Since its establishment in 2004, it has grown more than 200% for many years and maintained rapid growth. It was officially listed on the NASDAQ Stock Exchange in May 2014. And it is not only the first large-scale integrated e-commerce company in China to enter the world, but also the top ten rankings of Internet companies. From the actual operation of JD, we can be summarized as follows. 1.1

Self-built Logistics Mode

This model is the e-commerce logistics under the core enterprise, it also known as the Wal-Mart model. It is the equipment and personnel involved in the e-commerce enterprise from inventory, delivery, and distribution to the final consumer. This model needs to build its own logistics team, warehousing system, transportation fleet and logistics information flow, forming a very complete supply chain system from customer order to distribution, that is, to achieve an integrated business model, which requires huge financial support. E-commerce has developed rapidly in the era of economic globalization, and the lag of logistics development has become a bottleneck restricting it. Tmall and Vanke have joined the pace of self-built logistics systems. In 2007, JD set about building its own logistics and distribution system. JD has purchased thousands of acres of land in the country. Up to now, JD has established large warehouses in 46 cities across the country, with about 5,000 self-raising and distribution stations, The “Asian No. 1” logistics center has been put into use in Guangzhou and Wuhan, using automation equipment such as sorters, hoists and conveyor lines to support the overall operation of JD Logistics [6, 7]. 1.2

The Third Party Logistics Model

This kind of logistics mode is that e-commerce enterprises choose and lease logistics centers, master relevant business data and logistics information, but transfer all the product distribution tasks to third-party logistics enterprises. Such e-commerce logistics is an operation mode that utilizes the resources of others to obtain maximum profit at the lowest cost. However, the e-commerce companies are highly dependent on thirdparty logistics and the risks are higher. With the development of e-commerce in recent years, the business of JD is also spread across third-tier cities and developed townships. Considering the funding problem, JD adopts third-party logistics and self-built logistics modes in these areas to complete the distribution of goods. For example, in large-scale goods in electronics,

The Study of JD Logistics Mode Based on “Internet+”

311

cooperate with manufacturers to complete distribution at their sales points in various cities. At the same time, with the increasing popularity of online shopping, college students have become the main consumer groups of online shopping. Due to the fixed class time, they are inconsistent with JD or third-party logistics delivery time, resulting in long waiting for delivery personnel, greatly reducing the efficiency of distribution. Therefore, JD sets up agents in colleges and universities across the country, and the distributor is only responsible for delivering the goods to the agent, and the agent completes the final transaction. In the remote areas it cooperates with and postal, to complete the coverage of self-built logistics can not be delivered. 1.3

The Crowd-Sourcing Mode

Starting in May 2015, JD launched a Crowd-sourcing model, which means that anyone can send a courier when they are free, no matter where they are. Wuhan first started the logistics operation mode of “JD to the home”, that developed Crowd-sourcing logistics can made full use of idle resources. In August 2015, JD data showed that the average daily delivery volume exceeded 20,000 from the previous three months, and the monthly growth rate reached 219%. At the same time, JD announced that in addition to self-built logistics, the future Crowd-sourcing model is also one of its main forces.

2 The Shortage of JD Logistics Mode Under “Internet+” 2.1

The Self-built Logistics Mode Is Likely to Lead to Reduced Profits

In recent years, JD, Alibaba, Suning and other e-commerce giants have built their own logistics platforms. In September 2011, JD Mall received $1.5 billion through financing, and he announced in Chengdu that the investment planned for self-built logistics will be 10 billion CNY in the next three years, And in the next five years, the planned logistics costs for Beijing, Guangzhou, Shanghai and Chengdu are 20 billion to 30 billion CNY. However, unlike other e-commerce companies, the pace of selfbuilt logistics has slowed down. For example, the person in charge of Vipshop said that the company will take a very cautious attitude towards the self-built logistics distribution system. Because of the large capital investment in the early stage, e-commerce is changing rapidly and the risk is extremely high. Dangdang said that it would rather spend a lot of energy and material resources on third-party logistics, and not build its own logistics. Vanke’s Fengda logistics companies have also begun to lay off employees, reducing scale, reducing risks and improving competitiveness. Moreover, according to relevant information, the retail giant Wal-Mart also spent huge sums of money to invest in the construction of logistics, but after its completion, its daily average operations are far from sufficient, and it is difficult to expand its business scope to operate the logistics business of other enterprises, and finally choose to sell part of it. It is the logistics enterprise that has become a third-party logistics. According to relevant data, JD net losses in 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012 were RMB 103 million,

312

Z. Wenhong

RMB 412 million, RMB 1.284 billion, RMB 1.729 billion and RMB 0.5 billion, and in the next few years. JD plans to invest 50 to 60 billion to build its own logistics system, which requires more financial support to ensure the normal operation of JD self-built logistics. More capital investment will inevitably lead to losses or weak profits, which is unfavorable for enterprises. 2.2

JD Logistics Information Network Construction Is Imperfect to Reduce Logistics Distribution Efficiency

The status of logistics in e-commerce is independent and irreplaceable. Logistics is the ultimate factor determining e-commerce efficiency. E-commerce logistics system is the link between enterprises and consumers. Whether the information between them is smooth and perfect directly affects the efficiency and cost of e-commerce enterprises, it also directly affects its The ultimate profit. From the beginning of its establishment, JD Mall has gained advantages in the industry competition with genuine, low-cost and fast-reacting logistics systems. For example, its “same day or next day delivery” slogan has won good reputation among customers. However, there are often too many orders for certain products in a certain period of time, which leads to the logistics link can not keep up, especially his large-scale goods, some consumers often complain to delay delivery or even send the wrong goods, it also can appear some small order logistics processing time is too long. And JD Mall also has the same customer with multiple orders for the same order, which is sent to the users in batches. On the one hand, it leads to high-cost logistics of JD. On the other hand, consumers may have to receive several packages within one day, which reduces consumption Satisfaction. 2.3

Shortage of Logistics Information Management Professionals

Due to the late start of logistics in China, the scale of logistics related majors in undergraduate and above institutions is very small, and the corresponding vocational education is also relatively lacking, resulting in a large gap in logistics information management talents in China, especially the comprehensive management experts who are well-planned and have professional logistics management knowledge, resulting in low quality of logistics practitioners in China and chaotic internal management. Especially for e-commerce companies, the advantage lies in the virtual space marketing of the network, which has a price advantage. For logistics, everything needs to start from scratch and is a new business area. Moreover, it is undoubtedly a challenge not only to establish its own logistics system, but also to manage it and make it a profitable tool for the company. In addition, logistics is a very large system for an e-commerce enterprise. Where the business expansion of the enterprise is, the logistics information service platform must follow closely, which will increase the management difficulty for the e-commerce.

The Study of JD Logistics Mode Based on “Internet+”

313

3 The Way to Improve the Logistics Mode of JD Based on the “Internet+” 3.1

Improve Logistics Information Management System and Improve the Utilization Efficiency of Self-built Logistics

As we all know, Wal-Mart, the originator of e-commerce, Amazon has adopted satellites, using electronic information systems, equipped with drones to deliver products to consumers at the fastest speed, relying on advanced logistics information systems for their orders, stocks, and delivery, management of goods and after sales. And Amazon and Wal-Mart use self-built communication satellites to analyze and organize logistics data to provide a basis for correct logistics decisions. In addition, JD like Wal-Mart, the circulation of products mainly relies on the self-built logistics system, covering within 25 km. It can be seen that the information technology in the Wal-Mart logistics model is the key link, using the information network platform of ecommerce to complete the flow of funds, business flow, information flow and distribution in all business processes. Its self-built logistics system ensures that Wal-Mart is in the uninterrupted circulation of products anytime and anywhere. Its maximum advantage information flow guarantees the direction and scale of logistics transportation, reduces inventory, and even achieves zero inventory, witch can save a large amount of inventory of Wal-Mart funds. Therefore, JD wants to take the lead in the fiercely competitive industry. It must establish a logistics information management system witch based on its own e-commerce process, integrate supply chain resources, and realize data sharing among various departments of JD. Quality, quantity and timely The product is delivered to the consumer, and improving the distribution efficiency, avoiding the multiple delivery of multiple items by one user and increasing the satisfaction of the consumer. Furthermore, when JD self-built logistics information system is perfected, it will continue to cooperate with suppliers and third-party logistics companies to build a logistics information platform, share relevant data information, strengthen product quality control from the source, and improve from the process. Service quality, optimize resource allocation, improve procurement and logistics efficiency, and achieve JD competitive advantage in the e-commerce industry (Fig. 1). Logistics information management system business flow e-commerce enterprises

flow of funds logistics

cut costs

Improve efficiency

information flow Feedback

Fig. 1. E-commerce information system

customer

314

3.2

Z. Wenhong

Actively Introducing and Developing Professional Logistics Information Management Talents

E-commerce logistics is the integration of all logistics resources. It is a comprehensive manifestation of the overall products of e-commerce logistics. It involves all aspects of supply, production and sales of e-commerce enterprises. It uses information platform to purchase products and provide timely and satisfactory services to consumers. According to the purchase data of consumers, it can sum up what products are sold best in a certain period, what products are not sold well, adjust the inventory in time, and make correct decisions for major reforms. And these must have excellent logistics information management talents, they will introduce new logistics service concepts and logistics models. On the one hand, JD is committed to introducing advanced and applied talents who understand e-commerce theory, understand IT technology, understand modern logistics, understand practical operations, and have innovative thinking. This will directly affect the future development direction and effectiveness of the logistics distribution system of JD, it will also have a direct impact on its profitability. On the other hand, JD can adopt the combination of school and enterprise. The employees of JD who need to be trained every year can go to colleges and universities to study advanced information management theory of e-commerce and improve the overall quality of the company. Students of related majors in colleges and universities can also go to JD to study in logistics, finally JD can select the best and establish a backup library of logistics information talents, and jointly develop research projects with relevant professional researchers of universities to provide a way for the innovation of e-commerce logistics mode. 3.3

Expanding the Deepening of Global Logistics Network Development

The rapid development of Internet technology has shortened the distance between countries, promoted the rapid development of cross-border e-commerce, and strengthened the exchange of economic and trade between them [8]. JD as the leader of domestic e-commerce, will inevitably to explore the international market, the overall layout of its cross-border e-commerce logistics will be the key to JD research in future. JD can start from the cross-border e-commerce market in Asia, and enter in-depth market research, and carry out the layout of the Asian logistics management information system with its own management experience of self-built logistics. Secondly, according to the layout of the entire Asian logistics market, it can check and fill the gap. Conduct strategic planning of the global logistics network. JD can sign a strategic cooperation agreement with the cross-border e-commerce logistics company with strategic alliance and host country credit guarantee to accelerate the alliance, optimize the source allocation, promote the construction of cross-border logistics information system and profit distribution, and form a community of interests. Finally, with the help of the national “One Belt, One Road” strategy, JD can use the management experience of self-built logistics to rationally arrange the warehousing of cross-border e-commerce logistics to achieve the maximum seamless integration of logistics networks and achieve high-quality, high-efficiency and low-cost global logistics, then JD logistics concept that truly realizes the last mile of distribution (Fig. 2).

The Study of JD Logistics Mode Based on “Internet+”

315

Cross-border logistics information platform

Cross-border e-commerce

Cross-border product data Cross-border logistics data Cross-border payment data Tax data Insurance declaration data

Complete order profit distribution

Cross-borde r consumer

Cross-border e-commerce Logistics company

Fig. 2. Cross-border e-commerce global logistics network convergence path

3.4

Expanding the Rural Logistics Distribution Network

With the development of the economy, more and more rural consumers have joined the ranks of e-commerce consumers. JD self-built logistics system has become a competitive background, and should continue to expand the rural logistics network when the logistics in China’s central cities tends to mature, we should increase investment and expand the logistics distribution network. Promote the construction of rural distribution platform and improve the “last mile” distribution system in rural area [9, 10].

4 Summary With the development of the globalization of e-commerce, the competition will become more and more intense, and the advantage of the price competition will become weaker and weaker, and the competition of the users is the most important. How to attract the users is the urgent task of the current business operation, and the logistics of the ecommerce will certainly be the commanding height of their competition. Therefore, the JD must manage innovation of its logistics mode and logistics operation ability, and improve the loyalty of network consumers, which is the key to its development. Acknowledgments. Marketing teaching quality reform project of Xi’an Fanyi University (project number: Z1418); the Research Team of Xi’an Fanyi University (project number: XFU17KYTDA02); the management teaching team of Xi’an Fanyi University (project number: Z1717).

References 1. Dai Y (2017) Analysis of supply chain management mode of E-commerce platform under B2B environment—taking Alibaba as an example. Commer Econ Res (3):68–70 2. Song J (2016) Research on double-equity structure of science and technology innovation enterprises—based on case analysis of Jingdong and Alibaba. Manag Case Study Rev (8):339–350

316

Z. Wenhong

3. Zou W (2016) Research on the countermeasures of cross-border e-commerce logistics development in Jingdong. Logist Sci Technol (6):72–74 4. Ding L (2016) Research on self-built logistics competitiveness of Jingdong mall—based on five force models. China Market (6):164–165 5. Zhou F, Ling L (2013) RFID warehousing logistics management system. Microcomput Appl (12):31–33 6. Bowersox DJ (2010) Supply chain logistics management, 3rd edn, no. 1. Mechanical Industry Press, pp 53–57 7. Sun X (2015) Research on self-built logistics mode of large B2C E-commerce enterprises in China. Reform Strat (9):184–186 8. Zhang L, Li C (2013) Decision analysis of logistics model of B2C E-commerce enterprises. Logist Technol (8):123–138 9. Logistics information management (2016). Peking University Press, no. 6, pp 136–155 10. Yao K (2018) Rural E-commerce terminal logistics common distribution mode and decision path. Logist Technol (3):20–24

Research of Student Management in Colleges in the Background of “Internet+” in China Xing Hua1 and Qi Yue2(&) 1

2

Guangdong Youth Vocational College, Guangzhou 510507, Guangdong, China South China Normal University, Guangzhou 510006, Guangdong, China [email protected]

Abstract. The rapid development of the internet is both an opportunity and a challenge for the college student management. This article deeply analyzes the problems brought about by the internet background to college student management work, and then proposes that college student management should be accelerated for innovation based on Internet development, including work concept innovation, work pattern innovation, promotion of related personnel’s informatization and network level, active application of Internet technology to meet students’ demands and improvement in efficiency. Keywords: College student Informatization


Student management
Internet+


1 Introduction “Internet+” is the product of the internet development. It presents features such as cultural diversity, information openness, instant information transfer, and interactive communication. Internet thinking similarly applies to college student management [1]. As the member of society, colleges undertake heavy responsibility of cultivating talents. Student management is the premise of smooth development of other college management, which makes innovation of college student management become top priority. College student management workers (instructors, head teachers, etc.) have deeply realized the opportunities and challenges faced with internet era [2]. How to utilize new internet tools and concepts to promote student management efficiency and probe into innovation way of college student management is the important project that college student management workers need to think seriously.

2 Emerging Problems of College Student Management Under the Background of “Internet+” 2.1

Difficulty of the Ideological and Political Work of College Student

The Internet is an open ecosystem, and its obvious features of cultural diversity and information openness in the “Internet+” era. Diversified and open Internet brings © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 317–322, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_46

318

X. Hua and Q. Yue

convenience to students, but it will also have unhealthy influence on students’ ideas and increase the difficulty of student management [3]. One side there are a great diversity of cultural thoughts, ideologies and information trends on the internet. As an open social organization, currently various kinds of wrong ideologies from the outside world are pouring into colleges; College students are in a key stage of world view and value view formation. Lack of social experience, immature psychological development, extreme cultural perspective, wrong trends of thought and trashy network information have a series of negative effects on ideology and physical and mental development of college students and make students’ value view diversified. Pedagogical meaning of mainstream ideology has been weaken [4]. The difficulties and challenges of student management have been increased. On the other side, open feature of internet information has immensely broaden college students’ view. Students have more choice to accept information. Guidance quality and persuasion of college ideological education have greatly decreased, which increases the difficulty to understand students’ ideological state and makes students’ concrete ideological trend beyond control. It is extremely adverse to develop students management. 2.2

Underdevelopment of Education Management Concept and Pattern

Under the background of “Internet+”, mobile internet terminal has been introduced to college’s internet system. With the development of student service platform and onestop service projects, they need to be used in the teaching process [5]. With the development of internet, traditional student management pattern has presented many deficiencies, such as inflexible student management system, disordered management pattern, redundant management link, so it causes vague responsibility limits among various departments and late feedback of information communication. All these make low efficiency of college student management and not applicable to student management under new circumstances. In the past, strict management system and single management pattern make students be at a managed position [6]. In the new era, students of the generation after 90s have highlighted personalities and strong selfawareness. The depressive and constrained management and method are inclined to make them produce resistant mentality and harmful to carry out student management. 2.3

Challenge from Knowledge Spreading Way

Under the “Internet+” circumstance, students have more extensive access to knowledge, and the way to obtain knowledge is more unique and personalized. Traditional classroom teaching is no longer suitable for the needs of the new circumstance. In the context of Internet technology applications, digital libraries, online classrooms, and online high-quality educational resources have provided students with more broader ways to conduct knowledge learning [7]. Students can choose their pleased way to learn knowledge in accordance with their demands. In this situation, teachers’ single teaching model will face great challenges. To meet the students’ demands for acquiring knowledge, demands for the teachers will also require higher standards.

Research of Student Management in Colleges in the Background of “Internet+”

319

3 Innovation of College Student Management Work Under the Background of “Internet+” Student management is the basic of teaching management in colleges and universities. The effectiveness of their work is bound to have an impact on the teaching work in colleges and universities. College student management is a tedious and complex task. The appearance of internet has made it brief and efficient. Therefore, student management workers in colleges and universities should pay attention to the development tendency of “Internet+”, actively learn internet+ related theories and cases, explore the integrating point between internet and student management and adequately realize the positive effects of internet on student management [8]. Advanced internet tools and ideas should be used to overcome challenges brought by it. Concentrating on daily student management and student thoughts education management, student management concept and model should be constantly innovated. Exploring innovation way of college student management in the internet+ era would lay the foundation for smooth development of college student management. From the perspective of “Internet+”, innovation measures of college student management include the following points. We propose a framework for college student management innovation as Fig. 1.

Fig. 1. Framework for college student management innovation under Internet+

3.1

Conceptual Innovation

The concept innovation of student management work is the premise and foundation for the implementation of the innovative path of student management in colleges and universities. Under the “Internet+” circumstance, college student management workers fully realize the changes in students’ ideas, continuously innovate student management concepts, and select student management methods that are more easily accepted by students. In the era of “Internet+”, establishing student-oriented management concept means thinking and solving problem from the students’ perspective, respecting students’ individuation and innovative development in the process of management [9]. According to different characteristics of student development, student management

320

X. Hua and Q. Yue

method should be adjusted to maximize the creativity and enthusiasm of students and promote the healthy and comprehensive development of college students. Education management in colleges and universities should begin with changing management concept. Management establishes “Internet+” management concept, fully attaches importance to development trend in the internet ear, studies various management modes and methods based on “Internet+” in the new era, combines with the actual situation of college education management to constantly reform and innovate, and actively learn and change [10]. As the important driving force for the development of knowledge and technological progress in the new period, college teachers should also follow the trend of development of the times, actively apply the Internet platform and information tools to improve their work efficiency and scientific research level, and provide services for education, teaching, and personnel training. 3.2

Management Model Innovation

Concept innovation of students management work is the core content of implementing students management innovation way in colleges and universities under vision of “Internet+”. The complicated management level and tedious management chain for traditional students make information transfer speed delayed and management efficiency low. The management pattern is not suitable for current students management. The application of internet in student management drives innovation of student management model. Under the background of “Internet+”, managers in colleges and universities reform previous ossification and single controlled management model [11]. Establishing management model of bilateral interaction between school and students, management platform and organization flattening should be reached. (1) Platform management. The greatest motive power in the Internet era is the platform. The platform of organization management is the trend of the times. College student management should also be platform. This platform needs to be established through the Internet. Based on the Internet student management platform can achieve information feedback in a timely manner, resources sharing, communication and other purposes at anytime and anywhere. The platform construction of college student management work refers to various Internet media (network tools: WeChat, Weibo, QQ Group, QQ, etc.; university websites; student management systems; telecommuting systems, etc.) that are used to integrate various types of resources, promote student management informatization, standardization and intelligence, improve the effectiveness of student management work, and serve the students to grow into talents. This platform provides a convenient vehicle for interaction between schools and students [12]. On the one hand, students can know about various kinds of information at any time and anywhere to acquire their needs for resources and information, and provide feedback in a timely manner. On the other hand, the school accurately grasps student ideological trends and focuses to understand the students’ satisfaction with the management work, and to take relevant measures in line with specific circumstance to improve the management level.

Research of Student Management in Colleges in the Background of “Internet+”

321

(2) Organization flattening. Under the complicated bureaucracy organization structure, the organizational structure with tedious links and complex departments makes school management focus changed from the students to the management department, which is extremely unfavorable to the student management work. Under the “Internet+” environment, students are the main body of college management, and “fast” is the theme of college management. This requires that college sets up flat organizational structure to meet the changing needs of students. Through the Internet, colleges repeal, merge, and reorganize management departments to achieve a seamless connection between management agencies and to guarantee to efficiently and orderly develop student management, thus forming a school-internet-students management model makes the organizational structure of the university gradually flattening. 3.3

Improvement of Personnel Informatization and Networking

Under the background of “Internet+” era, college education management should not only attach attention to the application value of the Internet, but also fully grasp practical skills, which can ensure to fully realize the transformation of management methods, the improvement of management efficiency, and the promotion of management quality [13]. Firstly, to strengthen the educational management personnel’s networked management awareness and technical application abilities, in addition to the capital factor, concept awareness and technical ability are the two most important factors. In the “Internet+” era, the most important factor for the innovation of college education management is the management personnel’s Internet awareness and application skills. They should comprehensively pay attention to the “Internet+” positive impact on college management model innovation, and in practice apply to its value and effect. This can truly keep up with the development of the times and catch up with the high-speed train of information development. Then, they also should make relevant technical application training. Various kinds of management application tools and software based on “Internet+” have been developed. As the managers, they need to make use of these tools to express their value and role and truly combine management model innovation with teaching management practice to achieve their value and role. The full integration of management concepts, management tools and models can truly realize the value of management. Otherwise, all of them are imitating others and lose their own individuality. Secondly, to improve the level of informatization application technology of the valuable employees, “Internet+” era education management requires each teacher to be able to apply a variety of informatization tools, to continuously innovate in education and management on the Internet platform, enhance their teaching ability and teaching efficiency to achieve the innovation of teaching mode, reform of teaching methods, the continuous learning of various teaching methods and modes based on the “Internet+” application, and improveone’s teaching level and scientific research ability.

4 Conclusion Under the background of “Internet+”, higher education certainly will develop in the direction of smart education. In the future, higher education will have disruptive changes. Big data, cloud computing, artificial intelligence, and virtual reality will all

322

X. Hua and Q. Yue

make Internet education forms more diversified and humanized. However, no matter how advanced science and technology is developed, the physical presence of the university is necessary and irreplaceable completely. Because the purpose of education is not simply to pass on knowledge, in the light of the interpretation of the education law, “education must serve the socialist modernization, must be combined with productive labor, and cultivate the socialist builders and successors with all-round development in the fields of morality, intelligence, and physical.” Therefore, colleges and universities need to cultivate good youths with blood, flesh, emotion, and value for the society under the realistic background. Acknowledgement. The paper is supported by Youth Innovative Talent Project of Guangdong Education Ministry with project number 2017GWQNCX042 and Project of Guangzhou Philosophy and Social Science with project number 2017GZYB43 in China.

References 1. Wen L (2016) Study on innovation and reform strategy of college teaching model under the background of internet+. Sci Educ J 12(2):23 2. Li L, Wang G (2016) Exploration of education and teaching management and reform under the “Internet+” model—taking Beijing agricultural college as an example. High Agric Educ 15(4):87–90 3. Tian X (2016) Exploration of effective teaching management in universities in the era of internet+. Theor Obs 21(8):170–171 4. Fu J, Gao A (2016) Analysis on the reform of university management under the background of “Internet+”. Time Financ 619(3):260–266 5. Wang Y (2015) The influence of “internet+ “on teaching in colleges and universities. Sci Educ J 19(36):13–14 6. Zhang Y (2016) Research on “internet + education” concepts and models. China High Educ Res 17(2):70–73 7. Fu Y (2015) Discussion on the management of college students under internet new media environment. Hum Resour Dev 15(24):103 8. Chen X (2010) Speech at the video conference on promoting innovation and entrepreneurship education in colleges and universities and promoting college students’ self employment. Chin Coll Stud Employ 14(6):13–17 9. An B, Liu W (2016) Problems and countermeasures of college students’ innovation and entrepreneurship education in new era. Mod Econ Inf 16(24):432 10. Hu W, Li M, Wang H, Liu G (2018) Path to enhance college students’ innovation and entrepreneurship ability. Ind Technol Forum 23(06):270–271 11. Hao J, Wu A, Hou Y (2016) The construction and inspiration of American innovation and entrepreneurship education system. High Eng Educ Res 26(2):7–12 12. Li G, Peng W (2011) The dilemma and outlet of Chinese university classroom teaching. Jiangsu High Educ 13(1):81–83 13. Chen S, Zhang L (2018) International model, experience and reference for college students’ innovation and entrepreneurship education - based on the comparison of. Contin Educ Res 18(01):115–120

Study on the Application of Big Data Analysis on the Electric Power Meter Inspection Jia Li(&), Dapeng Xing, Wanyu Xue, Li Gao, Min Zhou, and Bing Zhang State Grid Sichuan Technical Training Center, Chengdu 610072, China [email protected]

Abstract. In view of the shortage of frequency electric energy meter on-site inspection, a predicting evaluation method is proposed to improve the on-site inspection strategy of the electric energy meter. This method based on the data of electrical information acquisition system extracts the relevant state variables, and establishes the evaluation model, and gives the strategy of on-site inspection of electric energy meters under different conditions. A calculation example proves its validity. Keywords: Electric power meter Electrical information




Field Inspection




State assessment




1 Introduction At present, the main work of electric energy metering device inspection is based on the “technology management regulation of electric energy metering device”, which stipulates that the electric energy metering device in operation should be regularly inspected on the electric energy meter, and the verification methods can be divided into: first inspection, weekly inspection and sampling inspection. With the popularization and application of the intelligent electric energy meter in China, the stability and accuracy of the electric energy metering device have been greatly improved. At the same time, the power company has implemented the whole process quality supervision and management from the bidding, supply, arrival, operation and scrapping. In the past, the frequency meter has the larger workload, lower efficiency and higher safety risk. Therefore, it becomes an important problem to inspect the electric energy meters scientifically and reasonably. At present, the electric power equipment has taken the lead in realizing the condition-based maintenance. Condition-based maintenance of power equipment can evaluate the equipment status, mainly based on the state, according to the evaluation model, and help create maintenance plan which greatly reduces the workload of on-site maintenance, and enhances the economy and safety of equipment maintenance. With the gradual establishment of the system called “San-Quan”, which means full collection of electrical information, full coverage of electricity customers and full charge control of electric energy meter, it is possible to remotely on-line monitor the electric energy meter, storage electricity consumption information and evaluate the running state of © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 323–329, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_47

324

J. Li et al.

meters. A series of functions such as automatic collection, load monitoring, metering and monitoring, power consumption analysis and management, line loss, remote meter reading and settlement, can be achieved by the advanced measurement infrastructure, and greatly improved the management and control means [1–4]. An on-line monitoring method based on advanced measurement infrastructure was presented by [5], but this method could not be used in engineering applications for its limitation of strict steps. The method proposed by [6–8] can detect the faults of the metering device in time and notify the treatment immediately. When the faults occur, the system developed by this method can record the load curve and help the metrological managers to find and deal with the faults earlier. However, there are still shortcomings in the practical application of the on-line monitoring system for electric energy measurement [9, 10], and the monitoring capacity of the single equipment is too small. This paper draws on the condition-based maintenance technology for electric power equipment, puts forward a method to assess the state of electric energy meters and formulate the on-site inspection strategy. Ten kinds of states are extracted from the advanced meter infrastructure, and an assessment model is established based on the normalization theory. Furthermore, a criterion for the electric energy meters stats and the strategy of on-site inspection are presented. A calculation example proves its validity.

2 State Parameters The operating state of the electric energy meters can be described from ten aspects: such as basic errors, operation error, abnormal information, operating information and so on. The basic errors S1 are the errors of the selected load points, which reflects the intrinsic measurement performance of the electric energy meter. The operation error S2 is the error of the operating load, which reflects the operating measurement performance. The calculation method of error is shown in (1). c¼

m  m0  100% m0

ð1Þ

In (1) c means the error of load point, m is the measured impulse, m0 is the fixed impulse. m0 ¼

C0 N CL KI KU

ð2Þ

In (2), C0 is the meter constant of the standard meter, N is the low frequency or high frequency pulse of the inspected meter, CL is the instrument constant of the inspected meter, KI and KU are the current and voltage transformer ratios accessed into the standard meter.

Study on the Application of Big Data Analysis on the Electric Power Meter Inspection

325

The abnormal information S3 include two aspects of information which reflects the real time running situation. One is whether the electricity is abnormal; the other is the abnormal times. The operating information S4 is the meter’s operating year whose minimum value is 0.5 years. Batch return rate S5 refers to the proportion of batches of the three phase electric energy meters returned to their same manufacturer due to unqualified, which reflects the reputation, management and quality level of the electric energy meter manufacturer. Error dispersion S6 refers to the standard deviation of the basic error of the same batch of qualified electric energy meters at the rated load point, which reflects the quality control of the current batch of meters. Batch operation S7 refers to the statistical value of the operating failure rate of the same batch of power meter, reflecting the quality of the operating meter. Family defects S8 are recognized by the common factors of design, material, technology, software and so on, which reflects the potential danger of the operating meters. The reputation of user S9 represents whether the electric larceny happened, which affects the users’ reputation. The type of user S10 represents the type of metering device divided into five categories by the “technology management regulation of electric energy metering device”, which reflects the importance of the meters.

3 State Assessment Model of Electric Energy Meter The electric energy meter should be evaluated once a month. In addition, if the family defect in a class of electric energy meters has been confirmed, the overall state assessment for such electric energy meters should be carried out immediately. And if an abnormal situation happened to the electric energy meter at the time of on-line monitoring, or the on-site inspection has been finished, the state assessment should be evaluated as well. The state assessment of the electric energy meter is composed of four sections which are the basic score B, test score P, monitoring score M, and family defect score F. The calculation method is shown in (3). G ¼ BPMF

ð3Þ

The current state score G equals to the product of B, P, M, and F. 3.1

The Basic Score

The base score B is an assessment of the current running status of the electric energy meter based on historical data. B¼

6 X i¼1

Bi

ð4Þ

326

J. Li et al.

In (4), B1 is the batch run index, B2 is the batch error dispersion rate, B3 is the batches operating failure index, B4 is the basic load error index, B5 is the operating time index and B6 is the reputation index of user.

B4 ¼ 10 

B1 ¼ 10  ð1  S5 Þ   S6 B2 ¼ 10  1  0:2  c

ð5Þ

B3 ¼ 20  ð1  S7 Þ

ð7Þ

c  jS11 j c  jS12 j c  jS13 j þ 10  þ 10  c c c B5 ¼ 20  2:5  S4

ð6Þ

ð8Þ ð9Þ

S11 refers to the basic error of meter at the rated voltage, rated current and the power factor: 1. S12 refers to the basic error of meter at the rated voltage, 0.05 times the rated current and the power factor: 0.5. S13 refers to the basic error of meter at the rated voltage, maximum current and the power factor: 1. 3.2

The Test Score

The test score P is the on-site inspection score of operating meter. P¼

n Y

ð10Þ

Pi

i¼1

In (9), n is the latest test score. For the class III meter, n equals to 3. For the class II meter, n equals to 2. For the class I meter, n equals to 1.  Pi ¼

3.3

min

jcjjS2 j jcj ; 50%

50%

  100%

ð11Þ

The Monitoring Score

The monitoring score M is the score that the on-line monitoring module discovers the abnormal operation of the electric energy meter. If the associated operating faults found in the online monitoring system have been eliminated, the effects are no longer considered. 

0

M ¼ 1  S3



00

10  S3  100%  10

ð12Þ

Study on the Application of Big Data Analysis on the Electric Power Meter Inspection

327

When the anomaly was found, S03 equals to 1. And S003 refers to the number of abnormal times between the two states. 3.4

The Family Defects

In the case of family defects, the family defects score for the meter with no family defects before the family defect is eliminated is 1  S8 ffiffiffiffi F ¼1 p n N

ð13Þ

Table 1. Reference value of S8 The status of family defects No significant impact and small risk A certain influence, but can be monitored A certain influence and no monitoring Great influence on the metering performance

Reference value of S8 86%–100% 51%–85% 16%–50% 0–15%

In (13), N is the total number of electric energy meters belonging to the same family. n represents the number of electric energy meters that have occurred in the family, which is obtained by Table 1.

4 State Determination From the above, the value of G is between 0–100 for the normalization of each state. 100 is the best state, and 0 means that on-site inspection is needed immediately. Therefore, according to the change of the electric energy meter, the operation state of the electric energy meter is divided into four states: good, normal, attention and abnormal. The state of the electric energy meter can be evaluated as shown in Table 2, and the poor state is taken when the absolute value is not consistent with the state of the difference between the two states.

Table 2. Criterions of electric energy meter state Electric energy meter state Good Normal Attention Abnormal

Absolute value 100–85 84–50 49–16 15–0

The difference between the last state and the present state ½100; 5 ð5; 20 ð20; 40 ð40; 100

328

J. Li et al.

5 State Test Strategy 5.1

Good State

The class I electric energy meter should carry out on-site inspection at least once a year in the condition that the state is “good”. For the other class, the first on-site inspection can extend a cycle. And two cycles can be extended for the electric energy meter which has extended one year and keeps in a continuous “good” state. 5.2

Normal State

Pay a close attention to the electric energy meter that is evaluated as “normal”, and arrange the state inspection 1/3 the normal cycle, and arrange the on-site inspection of normal cycle. 5.3

Attention State

For the electric energy meter that is evaluated as “attention”, a real time state assessment should be arranged and the on-site inspection should be arranged within 3–2 months. 5.4

Abnormal State

For the electric energy meter which is evaluated as “abnormal”, the field test should be carried out immediately.

6 Calculation Example The status data of a 0.2S electric energy meter connected by a mutual inductor, is shown in Table 3, which is extracted from the advanced measurement infrastructure. The electric energy meter belongs to class II, and in the last year, its user has not stolen electricity, or destroyed the meter, etc. Table 3. State data of the electric energy meter S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 State S11 S12 S13 S2 Value 0.1 0.3 0.17 0.13 1 4 0.02 0.09 0.02

According to this method, the basis score of the electric energy meter was calculated as shown in Table 4. Table 4. The basis score of the electric energy meter Index B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 Value (%) 9.8 1 19.6 18.6 10 10

Study on the Application of Big Data Analysis on the Electric Power Meter Inspection

329

It’ test score was 100%, monitoring score was 90%, and family defect score was 99.96%. The last state score was 73.55, and the current status score was 62.08. Their difference was 11.47, therefore the state of this meter could be rated as “normal”, which can be carried out on-site inspection in normal cycle, but the period of state inspection should be shortened to 1/3 of normal cycle, that is, 10 days.

7 Conclusion With the improvement of manufacturing technology, the stability and accuracy of electric energy meter has been greatly increased. The periodic on-site inspection is not suitable for smart meters now. Moreover, frequent on-site inspections result in waste of resources and greater security risk, so a method of state assessment for of electric energy meter has been presented on the basis of the state maintenance theory of power equipment. This state assessment method sets up an evaluation model and make use of ten state variables coming from the advanced measurement infrastructure. At last, the criterion to divide the meter state and on-site inspection strategy have been put forward.

References 1. Bat-Erdene B, Lee B, Kim MY et al (2013) Extended smart meters-based remote detection method for illegal electricity usage. Gener Trans Distrib IET 7(11):1332–1343 2. Inga E, Arevalo G, Hincapié R (2014) Optimal deployment of cellular networks for advanced measurement infrastructure in smart grid. In: 2014 IEEE Colombian conference on communications and computing (COLCOM). IEEE, pp 1–6 3. Wenpeng L (2009) Advanced metering infrastructure. South Power Syst Technol 3(2):6–10 4. Jiang R, Lu R, Wang Y et al (2014) Energy-theft detection issues for advanced metering infrastructure in smart grid. Tsinghua Sci Technol 19(2):105–120 5. Cheng Y, Wu H, Yang H et al (2012) Fuzzy comprehensive status evaluation on electric energy metering device and test strategy research. Electr Measur Instrum 12:003 6. Bartone EJ, Mendenhall Jr EL, McClutchy Jr JH et al. System and method for monitoring and controlling energy usage, U.S. Patent 6,633,823. Accessed 14 Oct 2003 7. Ouellette MJ, Hardy SG Method and apparatus for performing the register functions for a plurality of metering devices at a common node, U.S. Patent 5,933,092. Accessed 03 Aug 1999 8. Ahmad MW, Mourshed M, Mundow D et al (2016) Building energy metering and environmental monitoring–a state-of-the-art review and directions for future research. Energy Buil 120:85–102 9. Alahakoon D, Yu X (2016) Smart electricity meter data intelligence for future energy systems: a survey. IEEE Trans Ind Inform 12(1):425–436 10. Albu MM, Sănduleac M, Stănescu C (2017) Syncretic use of smart meters for power quality monitoring in emerging networks. IEEE Trans Smart Grid 8(1):485–492

Analysis on the Acceptance Degree of the Concept of Safety Creating Economic Benefits Wei Jiang1,2(&) 1

China Academy of Safety Science and Technology, Beijing 100012, China [email protected] 2 College of Emergency Management and Safety Engineering, China University of Mining and Technology, Beijing 100083, China

Abstract. “Safety creates economic benefits” is one of the important concepts of accident prevention. The safety culture measurement data of 52 coal enterprises in Shanxi, Shandong, Henan, Hunan, Anhui, Guizhou, Sichuan, Heilongjiang and Liaoning have been taken since 2007 to analyze the results of the safety culture survey questionnaire on the concept of “safety creates economic benefits”. The following conclusions are obtained: the score of the understanding of the concept of “safety creates economic benefits” of the tested coal mining enterprises in China was 87.7 points. Among them, the management has the highest score in understanding the concept of “safety creates economic benefits”, with a score of 89.3. The foreman’s understanding of the concept of “safety creates economic benefits” come second with a score of 88.6, the front-line staff scores 87.4 points and the professional staff scores 86.3 points. The score of the best international safety performance enterprise of understanding the concept of “safety creates economic benefits” scores 94.2 points, while poor safety performance enterprises’ understanding of the concept of “safety creates economic benefits” are 72.2 points. The understanding of Chinese enterprises’ understanding of the idea of “safety creates economic benefits” is 87.7 points, which is between the safety culture level of the enterprises with the best international safety performance and the enterprises with poor international safety performance. To improve the acceptance of the concept of “safety creates economic benefits”, training methods can be adopted. In combination with accident cases, cases around employees remind employees to pay attention to safety. Keywords: Safety


Economic benefits
Acceptance degree
Concepts

1 Introduction “Safety creates economic benefits” is one of the important concepts of accident prevention. In the field of safety management, more and more enterprises attach importance to safety [1, 2]. They will have corresponding safety investment, including manpower, material resources and financial resources. If the enterprise does not pay attention to this investment or deems it unnecessary and it does not pay attention to safety. Once an accident occurs, there will be losses, including loss of personnel and © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 330–337, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_48

Analysis on the Acceptance Degree of the Concept

331

property [3]; Secondly, after the accident, it will take some manpower, material resources, financial resources, and time to deal with it and affect the normal production of the enterprise, this is also an economic loss [4, 5]. These accidents, which do not attach importance to safety and safety input, are all losses. In other words, they are the economic benefits of safety. Therefore, it is very important to understand the concept of safety creating economic benefits for preventing accidents.

2 The Essential Function of Concept The principle of the concept of “safety creates economic benefits” is: If it is believed that safety can create economic benefits, then employees will actively create safety performance and actively prevent accidents, otherwise, no one is willing to make a loss. The word “active” is crucial for safety work. The interpretation of this concept is: When the safety condition is very poor, safety investment reduces accidents and production costs, and has net income; when the safety situation is raised to a certain extent, the safety investment continues to increase, and the reduction in the accident rate is limited. The saving funds can not compensate the investment funds [6], so safety investment generates negative net income. Some people have also drawn a coordinate diagram to express this idea, that is, from the point of view of revenue, there is an optimal value for safety investment [7, 8]. In fact, so far, the draw map coordinates are limited to the qualitative data no plot, no one has given the quantitative data coordinates, so the lowest point in fact is not found. The fact that safety performance saves accident loss is expounded. Some of the positive aspects of safety creating benefits are explained. The practice of risk collateral implemented by various enterprises in China is actually a way for safety to create benefits.

3 The Situation of Enterprises Being Investigated Since 2007, research team which the author belong to has conducted safety culture measurements of 82 companies in Henan, Shanxi, Beijing, Shandong, Hunan, Anhui, Guizhou, Sichuan, Heilongjiang and Liaoning through the safety culture measurement system. The enterprises under investigation are involved in coal, oil, construction, power, shipping and finance industries [10], and the surveyed companies are mainly concentrated in the coal industry. The data used in this paper comes from the 52 coal companies that are measured, the total score of safety culture quantitative measurement is 100 points. (1) Personnel structure The personnel structure of the sample under investigation is shown in Fig. 1. Among the 3401 persons tested, there are 1271 front-line employees, accounting for 37.4% of the total sample; 872 foremen, accounting for 25.6% of the total sample; 774 professionals, accounting for 22.8% of the total sample, and 484 management personnel, accounting for 14.2% of the total sample.

3,401.0 100.0 100

3500 The number of samples

3000

80

2500 60

2000 1500 1000 500

480.0 14.2

872.0 25.6

774.0 22.8

1,271.0 37.4

40 20

0

0 Management

Professional

Foreman

Frontline worker

Overall level

)

W. Jiang

The proportion of Staff Structure(

332

Staff classification Number of people

Proportion

Fig. 1. Proportion of measured personnel structure

(2) Personnel gender The gender of the sample surveyed is shown in Fig. 2. Among the 3401 subjects, there are 176 males, accounting for 93.4% and 315 females, accounting for 7.21%. The proportion of males in the sample is high, because the sample companies surveyed are high-risk enterprises such as coal mining enterprises. Among the management, there are 474 men, accounting for 97.9%, and 10 women, accounting for 2.1%. Among the professionals, there are 705 males, accounting for 91.1%, and 69 females, accounting for 8.9%; among the foremen, 857 were men, accounting for 98.1%, and 17 were women, accounting for 1.9%; Among the front-line employees, there are 1140 males, accounting for 89.7% and 131 females, accounting for 10.3%. 100

98.1

97.9 91.1

89.7

94.2

Proportion(

)

80 60 40 20

10.3

8.9 2.1

1.9

5.8

0 Managment Professional

Foreman

Staff classification Male

Frontline worker

Female

Fig. 2. Gender ratio of measured personnel

Over all level

Analysis on the Acceptance Degree of the Concept

333

(3) Educational level of personnel The educational level of the sample surveyed is shown in Fig. 3. Among the 3401 participants, there are 126 people with middle school and below education, accounting for 3.7%, 889 people with middle school education, accounting for 26.1%, 992 people with high school education, accounting for 29.2%, 808 people with college education, accounting for 23.8%, and 586 people with bachelor above, accounting for 17.2%. Among the 484 management personnel, there are 2 people with middle school and below education, accounting for 0.4%, 34 people with middle school education, accounting for 7%, 67 people with high school education, accounting for 13.8%, 172 people with college education, accounting for 35.5%, 209 people with bachelor above, accounting for 43.2%. Among the 774 professionals, there were 4 people with middle school and below education, accounting for 0.5%, 21 people with middle school education, accounting for 2.7%, 142 people with high school education, accounting for 18.3%, 329 people with college education, accounting for 42.5%, and 278 people with bachelor or above, accounting for 35.9%; Among the 872 foremen, there were 23 people with middle school and below, accounting for 2.6%, 301 people with middle school education, accounting for 34.5%, 365 people with high school education, accounting for 41.9%, 141 people with college degree, accounting for 16.2%, 42 people with bachelor or above, accounting for 4.8%; Among the 1271 front-line employees, there are 97 people with middle school and below education, accounting for 7.6%, 533 people with middle school education, accounting for 41.9%, 418 people with high school education, accounting for 32.9%, 166 people with college education, accounting for 13.1%, and 57 people with bachelor above, accounting for 4.5%. 100

Proportion(

80

60 43.2 35.5

40

20

0

0.4

13.8 7

42.5 35.9 18.3

Management Professional

Middle school and below

32.9

16.2 2.6

0.5 2.7

41.9

41.9 34.5

4.8

Foreman

13.1 7.6

4.5

Frontline worker

Staff classification Middle school High school

College

Fig. 3. Proportion of staff education scale

29.2 26.1 23.8 17.2 3.7 Over al level

Bachelor above

334

W. Jiang

(4) Personnel work experience The specific working experience of the sample under investigation is shown in Fig. 4. Among the 3401 subjects, there are 413 employees with less than 2 years’ work experience, accounting for 12.1%, 710 employees with working experience between 2 years and 5 years, accounting for 20.9%, 526 employees with working experience between 5 years and 10 years, accounting for 15.5%, 1752 employees with a working experience of 10 years and above, accounting for 51.5%. Among 484 management personnel, there are 8 employees less than 2 years’ work experience, accounting for 1.7%, 23 employees with working experience between 2 years and 5 years, accounting for 4.8%, 38 employees with working experience between 5 years and 10 years, accounting for 7.9%, and 415 employees with a working experience of 10 years and above, accounting for 85.7%. Among the 774 professionals, 136 employees under 2 years of working experience, accounting for 17.6%, 190 employees with working experience between 2 years and 5 years, accounting for 24.5%, 103 employees with working experience between 5 years and 10 years, accounting for 13.3%, 345 employees with a working experience of 10 years or above, accounting for 44.6%. Among the 872 foremen, 31 employees under 2 years of work experience, accounting for 3.6%, 133 employees with working experience between 2 years and 5 years, accounting for 15.3%, 143 employees with working experience between 5 years and 10 years, accounting for 16.4%, 565 employees with a working experience of 10 years or above, accounting for 64.8%. Among the 1271 front-line employees, 238 employees under 2 years of work experience, accounting for 18.7%, 364 employees with working experience between 2 years and 5 years, accounting for 28.6%, 242 employees with working experience between 5 years and 10 years, accounting for 19.0%, 427 employees with a working experience of 10 years and above, accounting for 33.6%.

100 85.7 80 Proportion(

)

64.8 60

51.5 44.6

40 20 1.7

4.8

28.6

24.5 17.6 13.3

7.9

16.4 15.3

18.7

33.6

19

20.9 15.5

12.1

3.6

0 Managment

Professional

Foreman

Frontline worker

Over all level

Staff classification Less than 2 years

2-5years

5-10years

More than 10 years

Fig. 4. The proportion of employees working years

Analysis on the Acceptance Degree of the Concept

335

4 Analysis of Measurement Results 4.1

The Situation of Employees’ Understanding of the Concept of Safety Creating Economic Benefits in China

Figure 5 depicts the scores of understanding of the concept of “safety creates economic benefits” and the scores of different categories of people in China’s corporate sector. As can be seen from Fig. 5, the score of understanding the concept of “safety creates economic benefits” is 87.7, Among them, management has the highest score in understanding the concept of “safety creates economic benefits”, which is 89.3. The foremen’s understanding of the concept of “safety creates economic benefits” come second with a score of 88.6, the score of safety culture of these two types of personnel is greater than the score of the overall understanding of the concept of safety importance, indicating that the management and the foreman have relatively good cognition of safety concept. The score of front-line employees in understanding the concept of safety importance is slightly lower than that of the management and the foreman in understanding the concept of “safety creates economic benefits”, which is 87.4. The score level is basically the same with the enterprises’ understanding of the concept of “safety creates economic benefits”; Professionals score the lowest score on the concept of “safety creates economic benefits”, with a score of 86.3, which is slightly lower than the level of understanding of the concept of “safety creates economic benefits” of Chinese companies.

Key element measurement value

89.3 82.4

96

91.4 86.3 88

79.4

80

93.1

94.4

120

76.8

72.2

93.4

92.3

140

94.2 87.7

93.6 87.4

88.6

93.1

60

100 80 60

40

40

)

96

Degree of safety(

100

20 20 0

0 Managment

Professional

Foreman

Staff classification Safest enterprise

Tested enterprise

Frontline worker

Over all level

Safer enterprise

Fig. 5. “Safety creating economic benefits” test results

Degree of safety

336

4.2

W. Jiang

Comparison of Safety Culture Level Between Chinese Enterprises and Foreign Enterprises

In Fig. 5, the standard definition of the best international safety performance enterprises was the 5-year average lost work injury frequency per 200000 h less than 0.12, while the standard definition of the poor safety culture level performance enterprises was the 5-year average lost work injury frequency per 200000 h more than 50 [8]. Figure 5 shows the understanding score of the concept of “safety creates economic benefits” with the best safety performance in the world and those with poor safety performance, as can be seen from the Fig. 5, the safety culture level of the best international safety performance enterprises is 94.2 points while the safety culture level of the poor safety performance enterprises is 72.2 points. However, the understanding score of Chinese enterprises on the concept of “safety creates economic benefits” is 87.7, which is between the safety culture level of enterprises with the best international safety performance and those with poor international safety performance. Its overall level accounts for 89.3% of the international safety culture level of enterprises with the best safety performance. It shows that Chinese enterprises have a good understanding of the concept of “safety creates economic benefits”, but there is still room for improvement, and we need to continue to deepen our understanding of the concept of safety creating economic benefits. To improve the acceptance of the concept of “safety creates economic benefits”, training methods can be adopted. In combination with accident cases, cases around employees remind employees to pay attention to safety.

5 Conclusion In summary, following conclusion is obtained: (1) The score of the understanding of the concept of “safety creates economic benefits” of the tested coal mining enterprises in China is 87.7 points. Among them, the management has the highest score in understanding the concept of “safety creates economic benefits” with a score of 89.3. The foreman’s understanding of the concept of “safety creates economic benefits” comes second with a score of 88.6, then the front-line staff scores 87.4 points and the professional staff scores 86.3 points. (2) The safety culture level of the best international safety performance enterprises is 94.2 points while the safety culture level of the poor safety performance enterprises is 72.2 points. And the understanding of Chinese enterprises’ understanding of the concept of “safety creates economic benefits” is 87.7 points, which is between the safety culture level of the enterprises with the best international safety performance and the enterprises with poor international safety performance.

Analysis on the Acceptance Degree of the Concept

337

References 1. Chu X, Fu G, Li J et al (2007) All the construction accidents can be prevented. China Saf Sci J 17(2):88–93 (in Chinese) 2. Feng Y, Teo EAL, Ling FYY, Low SP (2014) Exploring the interactive effects of safety investments, safety culture and project hazard on safety performance: an empirical analysis. Int J Proj Manag 32(6):932–943 3. Tan H, Wang H, Chen L, Ren H (2012) Empirical analysis on contribution share of safety investment to economic growth: a case study of Chinese mining industry. Saf Sci 50 (7):1472–1479 4. Fan X, Yi J, Bao Z (2011) Research on safety input research model for preventing coal gas explosion. Procedia Eng 26(11):2012–2017 5. Tang ZC, Zuo MJ, Xiao N (2016) An efficient method for evaluating the effect of input parameters on the integrity of safety systems. Reliab Eng Syst Saf 145(5):111–123 6. Ma Y, Zhao Q, Xi M (2016) Decision-makings in safety investment: an opportunity cost perspective. Saf Sci 83(3):31–39 7. Brandt H, Mohd Sarif S (2015) Life extension of offshore assets: balancing safety and project economics. J Pet Technol 67(1):89–92 8. Urbina AG, Aoyama A (2017) Measuring the benefit of investing in pipeline safety using fuzzy risk assessment. J Loss Prev Process Ind 45:116–132 9. Ma Y (2007) Research on measurement, construction and evaluation of enterprise safety culture. China university of mining & technology, Beijing. (in Chinese) 10. Stewart JM (2002) Management for word class safety. A Wiley-interscience Publication, New York

Material Flows Embodied in China–Japan Trade Heming Wang(&), Xuan Zhao, Zhihe Zhang, Shuming Li, and Jizhong Yuan State Environmental Protection Key Laboratory of Eco-Industry, Northeastern University, Shenyang, China [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract. China–Japan trade has developed rapidly over the past four decades. Studying the hidden environmental impact of China–Japan trade can help policy makers identify which categories of import and export commodities exert major impacts on the country’s environment. In this paper, we use material flow analysis and hidden flow analysis to identify products with the largest material flows, hidden flows, and value flows in China–Japan trade between 1993 and 2015. We summarize the analysis results of five major types of materials. During this 23-year period, the total volume of material flows exported by China changed little from 33.0 GT to 32.7 GT, a decline of 0.96%. The total volume of imported material flows increased substantially from 12.5 GT to 24.9 GT, a surge of 98.74%. The total volume of hidden flows imported by China also grew dramatically from 44.7 GT to 123.2 GT, an increase of 175.32%. The total volume of exported hidden flows increased from 34.3 GT to 74.6 GT, a 116.97% jump. The largest proportion of material flow export product from China was coal, including bitumen; the largest proportion of material flow export products from Japan were iron filings and iron-containing scrap; the largest proportion of hidden flow import products from China were precious metals; and the largest proportion of hidden flow import products from Japan were iron alloys. Keywords: Material flows
Hidden flows Environmental impact
China


International trade


1 Introduction With the rapid development of economic globalization, connections between different countries are strengthening. International trade plays a particularly significant role by allowing various resource flow exchanges and redistributions according to different countries’ requirements [1]. As one of its neighbors, Japan is an important trading partner of China. Since the two countries established diplomatic relations in 1972, and especially following China’s entry into the World Trade Organization (WTO) in 2001, the economic interdependence of the two countries has grown closer [2]. However, trade frictions arise frequently and could adversely affect both countries’ economic and © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 338–344, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_49

Material Flows Embodied in China–Japan Trade

339

environmental development. Therefore, the embodied environmental impacts of China–Japan trade warrant investigation to reduce corresponding trade friction and help policy makers identify which import and export commodity categories exert primary impacts on the countries’ environments. In this study, we analyzed material flows and hidden flows of biomass, non-metallic minerals, fossil fuels, and metal minerals in China–Japan import and export trade from 1993 and 2015. Then, we further divided these categories to identify products with the largest material flows, value flows, and hidden flows in trade between the two countries. Based on the results of this study, we offer recommendations regarding imports and exports to reduce potential environmental added value. Our results can be extended to import and export trade between China and other developed countries.

2 Methods and Data This study uses material flow analysis (MFA) and Hidden flow analysis (HFA) to identify products that exert impacts to the environment while also to determine which country exports more products with high environment impacts to the other in the context of China–Japan trade. 2.1

Material Flow Analysis

MFA allows researchers to quantify material flows and thus determine which products are proportionately large, carry a particularly high value, and whose demand has been rising or falling in China–Japan trade [3, 4]. MFA is a method of quantitative analysis to evaluate the input, migration, conversion, and output of matter and energy in a system. Previous studies have used this method to study bulk materials for countries [5–9] or certain substance categories, such as anthropogenic aluminum [10–12]. The present study focuses on the international trade database of the United Nations [13] and considers material flows and their hidden flows in the international trade process between China and Japan. In accounting, missing material flow data in the database is estimated to obtain a relatively comprehensive indicator of international trade material flows [14, 15]. 2.2

Hidden Flow Analysis

Hidden flows, also known as ecological rucksacks, which is an analytical method to quantify the magnitude of resources indirectly used during the life-cycle of a product or a service. We calculate formulas based on hidden flows as follows: H ¼ M  Hi where H denotes hidden flows, M is a category of material, and Hi is the hidden flow coefficient for the ith type of material. We use the MFA method to calculate material flow data, combined with the hidden flow coefficient table, and multiply each type of

340

H. Wang et al.

material flow data by the corresponding hidden flow coefficient to obtain hidden flow data. Each commodity is calculated individually, and all commodities represent subtotals.

3 Results and Analysis 3.1

Direct Flow Analysis

Figure 1 presents the total material flows of China’s imports and exports in China– Japan trade from 1993 to 2015. The total material flows of China’s exports rose sharply around 2000 and then fell after 2004 before declining gently in 2011. During the 23year period under study, the total volume of material flows exported by China changed little, from 33 GT to 32.7 GT, equaling a 0.96% decline from 1993 to 2015. The total material flows of China’s imports began to rise slowly in 1996 before falling gradually after 2009. The total volume thus grew more strongly, from 12.5 GT in 1993 to 24.9 GT in 2015 for a total increase of 98.74%. Figure 2 shows that among the five types of products imported from China, the proportions of fossil fuels and biomass products increased gradually and then tended to be flat. Metal products fluctuated and ultimately exhibited a downward trend.

Fig. 1. Total material flows in China–Japan trade (1993–2015).

Fig. 2. China’s imports from Japan by five major types of material flows (1993–2015).

Material Flows Embodied in China–Japan Trade

341

Figure 3 indicates that China’s exports of fossil fuels to Japan decreased significantly, whereas metals and other products increased. Biomass and non-metallic minerals changed negligibly. Figure 4 suggests that China was most dependent on Japan for iron-containing scrap and iron filings, although this dependence declined slightly from 2009 to 2015. Japan was most dependent on China for fossil fuels such as coal, including bitumen, particularly between 2001 and 2005; after 2005, Japan’s dependence was greatly reduced. The dependence on trade between the two sides thus appeared to decline during the study period.

Fig. 3. China’s exports to Japan by five major types of material flows (1993–2015).

Fig. 4. Two largest material flow products in China–Japan trade (1993–2015).

3.2

Hidden Flow Analysis

Figure 5 indicates that import hidden flows first increased dramatically and then fell. The total volume of hidden flows imported by China grew drastically, from 44.7 GT in 1993 to 123.2 GT in 2015 for an increase of 175.32%. Exported hidden flows oscillated violently and finally either plateauing or declining slightly. During these 23 years, the total volume of hidden flows exported by China increased substantially, from 34.3 GT to 74.6 GT, a jump of 116.97% during 1993–2015.

342

H. Wang et al.

Fig. 5. Total hidden flows in China–Japan trade (1993–2015).

Figure 6 reveals that among the five major categories of products imported by China, the hidden stream contributed by biomass and other products increased gradually. The hidden flow of metals increased first and then declined, but the proportion remained largest.

Fig. 6. China’s imports from Japan by five major types of hidden flows (1993–2015).

Figure 7 illustrates that among the five major categories of products exported by China, the hidden flow of metals was largest and tended to stabilize after fluctuating. The hidden flow of fossil fuels and other products increased. As shown in Fig. 8, the largest hidden flow products imported from China consisted of precious metals and precious metal products. The largest hidden flow product imported from Japan comprised iron alloys.

Fig. 7. Five major types of hidden flows in China’s exports to Japan (1993–2015).

Material Flows Embodied in China–Japan Trade

343

Fig. 8. Two largest hidden flow products in China–Japan trade (1993–2015).

4 Discussion China is a developing country, the continued development of which requires scrap metal such as scrap iron and scrap copper for industrial construction purposes after being imported from Japan and processed in China. These materials have been closely related to China’s industrial development in the past 20 years. Japan is a developed country; importing fossil fuels such as coal and oil from abroad is indispensable for its development. Such imports are inseparable from Japan’s limited territory and insufficient resources. However, the two countries’ mutual dependence has declined in their economic development process. According to the value flow results in this study, the products that can greatly promote the Chinese economy are portable automatic data processors; mechanical equipment exerts the same influence on Japan’s economy. China is a large producer of steel. The process, which produces steel and processing alloys, consumes substantial raw resources and generates environmental pollution. For Japan, many cheap metals are purchased from abroad, but processing precious metals in the country also consumes resources and poses a great environmental load, explaining the severe impact on China’s environment from iron alloys. The most severe impact on the Japanese environment comes from precious metals and metal products. Notably, limitations to this research are that hidden flow coefficients may vary from country to country, such as in the German hidden flow coefficients used in this study. Additionally, material flow analysis relies heavily on trade data; if customs data are recorded incorrectly, results can be misconstrued.

5 Conclusion In this paper, we analyze the material flows and environmental impacts of China–Japan trade using the MFA method. Between 1993 and 2015, the total volume of material flows exported by China changed little, from 33 GT to 32.7 GT, whereas the total volume of material flows imported increased substantially from 12.5 GT to 24.9 GT. We identified the most dependent products for each country: China relied most on scrap iron and copper imported from Japan, and Japan relied most on fossil fuels such as coal and oil imported from China. However, the countries’ mutual dependence has lessened over time. We also identified the products exerting the greatest environmental

344

H. Wang et al.

impacts in both countries: iron alloys had the greatest impact on China’s environment, and precious metals had the greatest impact on Japan’s environment. Fewer exports should be considered for products that affect the domestic environment severely. Steel and iron alloys have exerted great impacts on China’s environment, and the trade volume is lower; Japan’s precious metal production also exerts a large environmental impact. Acknowledgements. This research was supported by College Students’ Innovation and Entrepreneurship Project of Northeastern University of China (180081), National Natural Science Foundation of China (41871204, 41401636, and 71403175) and Fundamental Research Funds for the Central Universities (N172504026).

References 1. Jomo KS, Rudiger A (2009) Trade liberalization and economic development. Science 323:211–212 2. JETRO (2015) JETRO survey: analysis of Japan-China trade in 2014. http://www.jetro.go. jp/en/news/2015/20150225183-news. Accessed 10 Nov 2014 3. Eurostat (2001) Economy–wide material flow accounts and derived indicators: a methodological guide. Eurostat, Luxembourg 4. Moriguchi Y (2002) Material flow analysis and industrial ecology studies in Japan. In: Ayres RU, Ayres L (eds) A handbook of industrial ecology. Edward Elgar Publishers, Cheltenham 5. Schandl H, West J (2010) Resource use and resource efficiency in the Asia-Pacific region. Glob Environ Change 20(4):636–647 6. Wang H, Hashimoto S, Moriguchi Y, Yue Q, Lu Z (2012) Resource use in growing China: past trends, influence factors and future demand. J Ind Ecol 16(4):481–492 7. Ma F, Wang H, Zhu B, Chen D, Dai H, Wang J, Zhao S, Yue Q, Zhang G, Xie Y, Geng Y, Du T (2018) Material footprint of a fast-industrializing region in China, part 1: exploring the materialization process of Liaoning Province. Resour Conserv Recycl 134:228–238 8. Wang H, Dai H, Dong L, Xie Y, Geng Y, Yue Q, Ma F, Wang J, Du T (2018) Co-benefit of carbon mitigation on resource use in China. J Clean Prod 174:1096–1113 9. Chen W-Q, Graedel TE (2015) In-use product stocks link manufactured capital to natural capital. Proc Nat Acad Sci USA 112:6265–6270 10. Yue Q, Wang HM, Gao CK, Du T, Liu LY, Lu ZW (2015) Resources saving and emissions reduction of the aluminum industry in China. Resour Conserv Recycl 104:68–75 11. Liu G, Bangs CE, Müller DB (2012) Stock dynamics and emission pathways of the global aluminium cycle. Nat Clim Change 3:338–342 12. Chen WQ, Graedel TE, Nuss P, Ohno H (2016) Building the material flow networks of aluminum in the 2007 US economy. Environ Sci Technol 50:3905–3912 13. United Nations (2018) United Nations Commodity Trade Statistics Database. http:// comtrade.un.org/. Accessed July 2018 14. Dittrich M, Bringezu S (2010) The physical dimension of international trade. Ecol Econ 69:1838–1847 15. Dittrich M, Bringezu S, Schütz H (2012) The physical dimension of international trade, part 2: indirect global resource flows between 1962 and 2005. Ecol Econ 79:32–43

The Comparison Between Reactive Powder Concrete and Traditional Concrete in Economy and Environmental Conservation of Bridge Engineering Li Lai1,2(&) and Daisen Zhu2 1

Jiangxi Freesun Technology Company, Ganzhou, China [email protected] 2 University of Manchester, Manchester, England

Abstract. The project mainly compared application of the traditional concrete and reactive powder concrete in t-beam bridges. Different designing parameters of reactive powder concrete and traditional concrete were listed. According to those parameters, two traditional concrete t-beam bridge models and five reactive powder concrete t-beam bridge models were built under the same ambient conditions. Based on the outcomes of seven finite element models, the project found that although reactive powder concrete has ultra-high-performance in engineering, which can reduce the material consumption in the superstructure of t-beam bridges, it cannot reduce the construction costs in t-beam bridges. The price of building a reactive powder concrete t-beam bridge is twice more than a traditional concrete t-beam bridge under the same conditions. Reactive powder concrete was traditionally considered as a green concrete, as it can reduce the material consumption and avoid some pollution in manufacture. However, through the calculation of this project, it found that the total CO2 emissions produced in building a reactive powder concrete t-beam bridge is 1.8 times than the figure for building a traditional concrete t-beam bridge under the same condition. Keywords: T-beam bridge


CO2 emission
Reactive powder concrete

1 Introduction The amount of structures were built by concrete. According to paper investigation, approximately 1 tonne of concrete was consumed by one person each year [1]. Human beings seldom use any other materials, except water, in such quantities. Nevertheless, contrasted with steel, traditional concrete has some deficiencies, such as carbonization, bulkiness, and cracking. Therefore, engineers invented a new type concrete to improve it. In 1993, the French corporation Bouyguesl invented an ultra high performance concrete, called Reactive Powder Concrete (RPC) [2]. Engineers gradually adopted RPC at bridge in the following 24 years. The project will build finite element models to prove the feasibility of RPC bridges in practical engineering in first part. Afterward, traditional concrete bridge and RPC bridge will be evaluated in different fields, such as security and economics. Then, the © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 345–355, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_50

346

L. Lai and D. Zhu

project discusses whether RPC is a environmentally friendly concrete or not, such as reducing the emission of CO2, because global warming has become an inevitable process in the world.

2 RPC Application in Bridge After RPC was invented, engineers were attracted by its good mechanical behaviors, so some researches about the application of RPC have been investigated. Technological breakthroughs has improved the process of RPC production more convenient, engineers began to use RPC in key parts of structure, as its high tension strength and ductility. Some girders, pillars and frames are constructed by RPC. Nonetheless, although the technologies gradually improved, RPC was seldomly used in the construction of bridges. In 1999, the world’s first RPC bridge—a precast, prestressed pedestrian bridge was designed by the Pierre Blais and Marco Couture [3]. In 2002, Rudy Ricciotti [4] designed a RPC bridge which span is about 120 m in Seoul. However, this bridge is still a pedestrian bridge. After that, highway bridges were attempted to build. For instance, in 2013, professor Xudong Shao in Hunan University attempted to design a continuous beam bridge [5]. In 2016, a pedestrian bridge was built in China, Hubei province with RPC. The bridge named Xialouzi Bridge is special bridge, as it only adopt reactive powder concrete without any steel bar [6].

3 The Process of Programme Finite Element Models 3.1

The Material Parameters of Finite Element Models

The main purpose of this project was comparising the C50 bridge and RPC200 bridge. Hence, the project choose 30 m precast prestressed simply supported t-beam bridge, because this type of bridge has design drawings in highway regulations. Table 1 lists the designing parameters of two types materials. Table 1. The designing parameters of two types concrete Type

C50 25 2.65 32.4 34.5  Linear expansion coefficient ð1= CÞ 1:2  105 Unit weight ðkN=m3 Þ Compressive strength ðMpaÞ Tensile strength ðMpaÞ Elastic module ðGpaÞ

RPC200 26 130 18 48 1:2  105

But expected above difference, these two kinds of concrete also have different shrinkage and creep. According to the research by Garas [9], he found that RPC’s shrinkage and creep are much smaller than C50’s. As a consequence, the traditional method which uses the equation from bridge regulations [7] has become inadequacy in

The Comparison Between Reactive Powder Concrete and Traditional Concrete

347

simulation the shrinkage and creep of RPC. In this project, the creep coefficient function was assumed as (t represent time). /ðt; 7Þ ¼ 0:042ð

pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi t2 þ 10t  tÞ

ð1Þ

The shrinkage of RPC when age of concrete is 7d was assumed as ecs ¼ 2:813  106 ð

pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi t2 þ 75t  tÞ

ð2Þ

The curve of function is below (Fig. 1).

Fig. 1. The curve of creep coefficient (left) and the curve of auto-shrinkage strains (right)

3.2

The Geometrical Parameters of Finite Element Models

The t-beam’s section is displayed in Fig. 2. Three aspects which can influence the shape of section were considered. There are bearing capacity, crack thickness limit and structure requirements. In order to satisfy the requirements, the beam end cross section is on the left of Fig. 2, and mid-span cross section is on the right of Fig. 2. The 500 mm wide web of girder can minimally meet the requirement of prestressed anchor system. In mid-span cross section, the 200 mm wide web can minimally satisfy the requirement of bearing capacity and structure requirements. Prestressed steel cross the bottom of t-beam. Therefore, we can only adjust the height of t-beam to save the redundant material of t-beam bridge. For instance, if we find stress, which is calculated by finite element method, is lower than the strength of material, we will reduce the height of web, like 1372.5 mm and 1325 mm in the Fig. 2. In this project, three parameters were adjusted, which were material (C50 and RPC200), the number of prestressed steel and the height of web. When we adjusted the height of web, we should accordingly change the location of prestressed steel and the length of distributed reinforcement in concrete. However, in this project, the project did not adjust the number reinforced steel, as reinforced steel dose not play an important role in prestressed t-beam bridge and too much variate need to build plenty of finite element models to calculate. Someone has calculated those processes through the optimization design in software Ansys [10]. However, he did not consider that the

348

L. Lai and D. Zhu

Fig. 2. Cross sections of t-beam bridge

sectional area of prestressed steel is the multiple of 140 mm mm2 rather than random sectional area. The outcome of Midas models is displayed in Table 1. All of models are designed as partial prestressed component of A, which means the stress will not exceed 0.7 times tensile strength under short-term load. All of models are adjusted to meet the requirements of bridge regulations [7] (Table 2). Table 2. The geometrical parameters of finite element models Type of The concrete height of web (end section) C50 1347.5 1144.5 RPC200 1362.5 1297.5 1232.5 1157.5 717.5

The height of web (mid-span section) 1325 1122 1340 1275 1210 1135 695

The number of No. 1 prestressed steel

The number of No. 2 prestressed steel

The number of No. 3 prestressed steel

7 7 1 2 3 2 5

7 8 2 2 2 3 6

7 8 2 2 2 3 6

All of models were adjusted to meet the requirements of bridge regulations [11], such as bearing capacity, crack thickness limit and structure requirements. Figure 3 shows two beam-bridges which bear short-term load. The left one is made from C50. The picture shows that the stress at the bottom of t-beam is 1:6 Mpa. This number is 12:6 Mpa at RPC bridges. As a results, the RPC200 bridges and the C50 bridges are safety according to the analysis of finite element models.

The Comparison Between Reactive Powder Concrete and Traditional Concrete

349

Fig. 3. The results of the Midas Civil models

4 Contrast Economy with Two Different Material in Bridge Based on the Chinese Engineering Materials’ Price website [12], 1 m3 traditional concrete (C50) will cost 450¥ and 1 m3 RPC200 will cost 2400¥. Based on results of the model calculations, Tables 3 and 4 lists the consumption of each concrete ingredient in seven bridge models. Then, the total cost of each bridge was calculated. In this project, it not considered material consumption in process and transportation. The steel bar, which was used as stirrups, bearing reinforcement and detailing requirements, was calculated. However, the project did not include the steel which was used as fixation prestressed duct and welding. As a result, the steel calculated is slightly less than the total consumption.

Table 3. Project quantity and manufacturing cost of the C50 beam-bridge Material

Project

Concrete C50

Volume (m3) Unit price (¥/m3) Total price (10000¥) Volume ðtÞ Unit price (¥/t) Total price (10000¥) Volume (t) Unit price (¥/t) Total price (10000¥) Added

Prestressed steel

Non-prestressed steel Total

No. 1 C50 beam-bridge 154.8 450 6.96 3.47 4700 1.63 30.21 4060 12.26 20.86

No. 2 C50 beam-bridge 145.3 450 6.54 3.8 4700 1.79 28.19 4060 11.44 19.77

If material cost was only considered, the cost of the RPC200 bridge is much more expensive than the C50. Nevertheless, This cost can be different when take service life into account, because the RPC200 beam-bridge’s maintenance is lower than C50 beambridge’s. The former has higher resistance of carbonation and durability.

350

L. Lai and D. Zhu Table 4. Project quantity and manufacturing cost of the 30 m RPC200 beam-bridge

155.5

No.2 RPC200 beambridge 152.5

No.3 RPC200 beambridge 149.3

No.4 RPC200 beambridge 145.9

No.5 RPC200 beambridge 125.4

2400

2400

2400

2400

2400

37.31

36.60

35.83

35.02

30.11

0.83

0.99

1.16

1.32

2.81

4700

4700

4700

4700

4700

0.39

0.47

0.54

0.62

1.32

30.35

29.71

29.07

28.32

23.96

4060

4060

4060

4060

4060

12.31

12.06

11.80

11.50

9.73

50.03

49.13

48.18

47.14

41.16

Material

Project

No. 1 RPC200 beam-bridge

Concrete RPC200

Volume (m3) Unit price (¥/ m3) Total price (10000¥) Volume ðtÞ Unit price (¥/t) Total price (10000¥) Volume (t) Unit price (¥/t) Total price (10000¥) Added

Prestressed steel

Nonprestressed steel

Total

5 Environmental Conservation Global warming has induced some problems, which might threat human beings’ survival in future. The exponentially increased emission of CO2 has negative impacts on the ecosystem. The paper in Green House Gas Emission Magazine [1] found that the concrete industry was responsible for 5% of global anthropocentric CO2 emissions. Therefore, it is significant that a green concrete need to be invented. In following content, RPC200’s CO2 emissions and C50’s CO2 emissions will be calculated. The following parameters are indexed from the paper of Green House Gas Emissions about Concrete Manufacture [1] and the Australian Greenhouse Office Factors and Methods Workbook [13]. The CO2 emission factors are listed on Table 5.

The Comparison Between Reactive Powder Concrete and Traditional Concrete

351

Table 5. Full fuel cycle CO2 emission factors [1] Energy type Emission factor Unit Electricity 0.001392 t CO2-e/kWh Diesel 0.0030 t CO2-e/L

The project will compare the RPC and C50 concretes’ CO2 emissions in the process of bridge construction, two parameters need to be calculated. Those are amount of CO2 emission when 1 m3 of RPC200 is produced and 1 m3 of traditional concrete (C50) is produced. To start with, the raw materials of C50 and RPC need to be considered. Table 6 lists the ingredients of concrete. Table 6. The ingredients of RPC200 and C50 [3, 7] Raw material Portland cement Silica fume Ground quartz Fine aggregates (Sand) Metallic fiber Admixture Water Coarse aggregates (Granite)

RPC200=m3 710 kg 230 kg 210 kg 1010 kg

C50=m3 478 kg / / 610 kg

190 kg 19 L 200 L /

/ 3:59 kg 117 L 1186 kg

CO2 will be emitted during the manufacture process of each raw material. The quantitative values of each raw material’s emissions is listed on Table 7. Five factors which will possibly lead to CO2 emission are analyzed: the process of manufacture, excavation, aggregates crushing, the process of screening and transportation (from the quarry to the industry). Some materials will include four or less than the four of the factors. For instance, fine aggregates factor contains excavation, screening and transportation. Each material’s CO2 emission is listed as follows:

Table 7. Each raw material CO2 emission factor [1] Raw material Granite Cement Steel fiber/strand Water Ground quartz

Emission factor (CO2e/tonne) 0.0459 0.8200 1.8000

Raw material Sand Admixture Steel

Emission factor (CO2e/tonne) 0.0139 Negligible 1.7000

\ 0.0270

Silica fume

0.0200

352

L. Lai and D. Zhu

Then, all of ingredients will be mixed in a industry. The process usually contains three step: concrete batching, concrete transportation and in-situ cast, but RPC200 needs an additional procedure for curing. Then the RPC200 is poured into mould, steam-heated machine should be adopted to curing which sustain concrete temperature at 90 °C with 72 h. It promise the mechanical quality of RPC200. The CO2 emissions in those four steps is calculated on Table 8. As the the CO2 emissions in the process of steam heating has not been considered in details in research, the project will calculate. The deduction is as follows. In steam curing, four parts will consume energy, which are RPC200’s heat absorption, heat absorption of the thermal insulation material and the steel mould, thermal loss to maintain the 90°C temperature, and energy to heat the steam. Table 8. Concrete CO2 parameters of emission Activity Batching Steam-heating Transportation In-situ cast

Parameters of emission Unit 0.0033 t CO2 - e=m3 0.4724 t CO2 - e=m3 0.0094 t CO2 - e=m3 0.0090 t CO2 - e=m3

1. RPC200 t-beam bridge heat absorption ðQ1 Þ Q1 ¼ qcVðTh  T0 Þ ¼ 19154520 KJ q: c: V: Th : T0 :

ð3Þ

the density of material specific heat volume of each material constant temperature of curing the concrete temperature after poured into mould

2. The heat absorption of steel mould and thermal insulation material in the manufacture process of single t-beam ðQ2 Þ Q2 ¼ m1 c1 ðTh  Ta Þ þ m2 c2 ðTh  Ta Þ ¼ 1004884 KJ m1 : c1 : Ta :

ð4Þ

the mass of mould m2 : the weight of thermal insulation material the specific heat of mould c2 : the specific heat of thermal insulation material ambient temperature

3. The thermal loss maintaining the high temperature in the curing process of single tbeam ðQ3 Þ, assume the heat transfer achieve steady state. The total heat loss by radiation and convention is

The Comparison Between Reactive Powder Concrete and Traditional Concrete

Q3 ¼ 3:6AKt1 wðTp  Ta Þ þ 3:6AKt2 wðTh  Ta Þ ¼ 13605517 KJ A: K: x: Tp : t1 : t2 :

353

ð5Þ

area of dissipation the heat transfer coefficient of thermal insulation material coefficient of air infiltration the average temperature of beam in heating process hours of heating hours of sustaining constant temperature

4. The steam’s absorption of heat in the curing process of single t-beam ðQ4 Þ Q4 ¼ 1256VS ¼ 1256  3:4245  32 ¼ 137638 KJ 1256: VS :

ð6Þ

specific heat of per cubic meter steam volume of free space

As a result, if the efficiency of heat conduction is consider as 0.8 and the coefficient of heat loss is assumed 1.5, the gross heat consumption is calculated: QH ¼

QH : b: g:

ðQ1 þ 5Q2 þ 5Q3 þ 5Q4 Þ
b ¼ 174177587 KJ g

ð7Þ

the total heat consumption of steam-curing loss coefficient (1.5 in this situation) heat-transfer efficiency (0.8 in this situation)

The outcome found that built a RPC200 t-beam bridge will consume approximately 174177587 kJ in the steam heating process. Therefore, heating 1 m3 RPC200 will consume about 1221725 kJ. This value mean 0.4724t CO2-e/m3 will emit. According to Tables 5–8, C50’s CO2 emissions and RPC200’s CO2 emissions were obtained. The outcome of calculation is as follows: C50 : 0:4766 t CO2 - e=m3 ;

RPC200 : 1:4426t CO2 - e=m3

Based on Table 9, the emissions of carbon dioxide can be quantified in different bridges. The CO2 emissions of RPC200 beam-bridge is V1 ¼ 124:03 t and the C50 beam-bridge’s emissions is V2 ¼ 224:63 t. Therefore, if the process of construction is only factor when consider CO2 emission, this project found that the CO2 emissions of RPC200 bridge is about twice larger than C50 beam-bridge’s. Even though assuming that a RPC200 bridge has 100 years service lifespan compared with 50 years of C50, the total CO2 emissions of RPC200 beam-bridge is same with the C50 beam-bridge’s. As a result, RPC200 is not a green concrete and cannot reduce CO2 emission.

354

L. Lai and D. Zhu Table 9. Each bridge CO2 emissions in the process of construction The type of bridge No. 1 C50 beam-bridge No. 2 C50 beam-bridge No. 1 RPC200 beam-bridge No. 2 RPC200 beam-bridge No. 3 RPC200 beam-bridge No. 4 RPC200 beam-bridge No. 5 RPC200 beam-bridge

Total CO2 emissions(t) 124.03 131.36 255.51 252.25 248.75 245.00 224.63

6 Conclusion 1. If cost merely include the construction cost of superstructure in the simple t-beam bridge. The cost of RPC200 beam-bridge is approximately twice than C50 beambridge’s. This cost will change when taking maintenance into consider, as the RPC200 has better durability and hardly carbonize. The maintenance of RPC200 beam-bridge is much small than C50 beam-bridge. 2. In this project, the project found that although it can reduce the consumption of materials when beam-bridge is used RPC200. The CO2 emissions of constructed a RPC200 beam-bridge is about twice than the C50 beam-bridge’s. Therefore, RPC is not a green concrete.

References 1. David JM (2007) Green house gas emission due to concrete manufacture. Concrete Manuf 12(5):282–288 2. Pierre R, Marcel C (1995) Composition of reactive powder concrete. Cement Concrete Res 25:1501–1511 3. Pierre YB, Marco C (1999) Precast, prestressed pedestrian bridge-world’s first reactive powder concrete structure. New Technol 9:60–71 4. Goodman L (2012) Rudy Ricciotti: l’architecture, un art majeur. (Rudy Ricciotti: architecture, a major art), France Today, 20 August 2012 5. Xudong S (2017) Experimental verification of the feasibility of a novel prestressed reactive powder concrete box-girder bridge structure. Bridge Eng 22(6):1–13 6. Fan P, Wang M Song C (2013) Anti-strike capability of Steel-fiber reactive powder concrete. Defence Sci J 63(4), p.n/a 7. Railway Bridge Regulation (2006) Reactive Powder Concrete (RPC) Material Temporary Technical Conditions. China: Ministry of Railways of the People’s Republic of China 8. Bridge Regulation (2004) Code for Design of Highway Reinforced Concrete and Prestressed Concrete Bridges and Culverts. China: Ministry of Communications 9. Garas VY, Kurtis KE (2012) Creep of UHPC in tension and compression: effect of thermal treatment. Cement Concrete Compos 34:439–502

The Comparison Between Reactive Powder Concrete and Traditional Concrete

355

10. Yong L (2014) Analysis of the optimization and application of beam bodies of reactive powder concrete simply-supported t-beam bridge in the heavy haul railway, Beijing Jiaotong University 11. Bridge Regulation (2015) General specifications for design of highway bridges and culverts. Ministry of Communications, China 12. Chinese Engineering Materials Price Website 13. Australian Greenhouse Office (2014) Australian Greenhouse Office Factors and Methods Workbook, Australia

Research on Robot Control System in Complex Information Environment Xirui Sun1, Chunyu Mao1,2(&), and Mingsheng Yu1 1

2

Jilin Engineering Normal University, Changchun 130052, China [email protected] Key Laboratory of Bionic Engineering, Ministry of Education, Jilin University, Changchun 130022, China

Abstract. In this paper, six-legged insects bionic prototype, designed a sixlegged robot to climb stairs and control systems. Master-slave control system design structure, the host platform to a control arm microcomputer core, the slave servo control system implemented motion control core. When detecting the complex environment of the stairs, the camera is used to detect the amplitude and position of the blurred edge of the stairs, and the distance between the stairs and the robot is measured by calculation. In the gait control, a triangular gait control algorithm is adopted. The 3D solid model was generated by CATIA 3D modeling software, and the six-legged robot’s straight walking gait and stair climbing gait analysis were carried out to verify the rationality of the robot structure and the feasibility of the motion. Experiments show that this control system has stable movement, strong adaptability and high use value. Keywords: Bionic
Arm microcomputer
Six-legged robot
Control system
Pz410 camera

1 Introduction In this era of our lives, intelligence has become the theme of this era. So a lot of robots came into being. The functions performed by these robots are also diverse, such as terrain exploration, military applications, fire rescue, art and entertainment. Among these robots, the bionic robot is represented as a representative to realize various functions. In view of the above background, we have done a stair climbing experiment with a six-legged insects, a six-legged stair bionic robot control system based on arm singlechip microcomputer was designed. The basic six-legged robot control requirements were developed, and the corresponding overall design scheme was established. A sixlegged crawl based on single-chip microcomputer was built. Stair bionic robots and verify their correctness through experiments [1].

© Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 356–363, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_51

Research on Robot Control System in Complex Information Environment

1.1

357

The Overall Design Scheme of the Six-Legged Climbing Stair Bionic Robot

According to the design requirements of the six-legged robot control system, the master chip of the host computer selects the arm MCU [2], and the control chip of the slave servo control board selects STM32F103R8T6, adds the pz410 camera and the LED display module to jointly complete the construction of the six-legged robot control system. The overall design of the control system is shown in Fig. 1.

Fig. 1. Block diagram Fig. 2. Leg structure

1.2

Hardware System Design

(1) Steering Gear In order to meet the control requirements of the six-legged robot drive system, considering the economics of the robot, the ease of operation and the wide application of learning, the design uses a servo drive control scheme. Control mode: The angle of the servo output shaft is controlled according to the time base pulse. Under the pulse control of 0.5–2.5 ms, the steering gear rotates at the corresponding angle. Take the 180° steering gear as an example (the design uses 180° steering gear) [3], and the corresponding control relationship is listed in Table 1. Table 1. Steering gear control mode pulse angle correspondence table Time/ms Angle/(°) 0.5 0 1.0 45 1.5 90 2.0 135 2.5 180

358

X. Sun et al.

(2) Leg Structure The robot designed this time is a bionic insect, so there are six legs, three servos on each leg, representing three degrees of freedom [4], and a total of 18 steering gears. This can be more flexible and more effective (Fig. 2). (3) Motor Power Supply System The motor is powered by a 7.4 V lithium battery, and the current required for the 18 servo motors to start is nearly 3 A, so the LM2596 is designed to provide a high current. The power supply is supplied separately to the main processor and the sensor circuit (stable to 5 V). (4) CATIA Model A three-dimensional model of a six-legged bionic robot is built based on the threedimensional modeling software CATIA [5]. Due to the complex mechanical structure of the six-legged bionic robot, in order to speed up the efficiency of the simulation and improve the reliability of the simulation analysis results, in the simulation model, the body and the hex are simplified as much as possible, only the key components are retained, and the relevant attributes are performed on each key component definition. The simplified 3D model is shown in Fig. 3.

Fig. 3. CATIA simulation structure diagram

Fig. 4. Physical map

2 Environmental Information Collection The pz410 camera is used to detect the amplitude and position of the fuzzy edge of the stairs to monitor the surrounding environment of the robot [6] (Fig. 4). This technology not only provides direction and target information for the robot walking, but also regulates the direction. It has direct performance on walking performance, such as linearity benefit. The pz410 camera is used to detect the amplitude and position of the fuzzy edge of the stairs to monitor the surrounding environment of the robot [6]. This technology not only provides direction and target information for the robot walking, but also regulates

Research on Robot Control System in Complex Information Environment

359

the direction. It has direct performance on walking performance, such as linearity benefit.
iðx; yÞ ¼

m þ eðx  x0 Þ mðx\x0 Þ

ð1Þ

The Laplace convolution operation [7] is performed on the point spread function hðr; rÞ of the image i(x,y) and the Gaussian model [8], and the result is expressed as: C ðx; yÞ ¼ r2 ðhðr; rÞ  iðx; yÞÞ qffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi  Z Z ðx  uÞ2 þ ðx  vÞ2 ; r  iðu; vÞdudv ¼ r2 h ¼e

ð2Þ

dhðx  x0 ; rÞ dx

When x0 = 0, the above formula becomes: C ðx; yÞ ¼ e

x2 dhðx; rÞ ex ¼  pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi e2r2 dx 2pr3

ð3Þ

Taking the logarithm of each side of the equation, then:   C ðx; yÞ e x2  ln pffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi  2 ¼ ln x  2pr3 2r

ð4Þ

Make A¼

  C ðx; yÞ 1 e   ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi p ; B ¼ ln ; C ¼ ln  x  2r2 2pr3

ð5Þ

Then the above formula can be reduced to Ax2 + B = C, At this time, the above equation is regarded as a linear regression equation about X2. According to the camera lens geometry model, In order to measure the distance between the object and the lens u, Just find out the relationship between the diffusion parameter r and the constants A and B. This can be obtained by their maximum likelihood estimation, Setting the average value Xi of the region image gray value x and the Ci average value c, the maximum likelihood estimates for A and B are:   Ci x2i þ  x2 i A¼ P  2 2 xi þ x2 P

ð6Þ

i

B ¼ C  Ax2

ð7Þ

360

X. Sun et al.

The parameter estimate r ¼ ð2AÞ2 is obtained from the above formula, Therefore, environmental information can be collected according to the blurred edges of the object. 1

3 Gait Principle Analysis The gait of a six-legged robot can be divided into two states: a swing phase and a support phase. The swing phase refers to the process of lifting the robot’s legs from swinging to swinging and then falling back to the ground. The supporting phase refers to the process of the robot legs moving from the ground to the swing and then lifting off the ground. In order to better describe the relationship between these two states and analyze the influence of different gait planning on the traveling speed of the six-legged robot [9, 10], the relationship between the oscillating phase and the supporting phase and the two is defined as follows: Cycle time: The time during which the robot’s leg swings - the support state for a full cycle, denoted by T. Swing time: The time taken by the swing state of the robot leg in the entire period of the swing-support state, expressed by Tst. Support time: The time taken by the robot leg support state in the entire period of the swing-support state, expressed by Tsw. Land occupation coefficient: the ratio of the support state time to the entire cycle time of the swing-support state, denoted by b then b¼

Tst Tsw ¼1 T T

T ¼ Tsw þ Tst

ð8Þ ð9Þ

Stability factor: The average number of legs as a supporting state during the robot’s forward process, expressed as d. For a six-legged robot, its stability factor is d¼6b

ð10Þ

Travel speed: the travel speed of the robot is represented by V, and s is the single step distance during the travel of the six-legged robot then V¼

S Tst

ð11Þ

Can be launched by the above four formulas     S 1 S 6 1 ¼ 1 V¼ Tst b Tsw d

ð12Þ

Research on Robot Control System in Complex Information Environment

361

It can be seen that the support must be no less than three, so the triangular gait is chosen as the basic gait of the six-legged robot climbing stairs system.

4 Test and Debugging Click the start button, the program initializes, and the forward program is executed. The sensor detects it. When the distance between the obstacle and the robot is greater than 3 cm, the program continues, and the forward program is executed. When the distance between the obstacle and the robot is less than 3 cm, the climbing procedure is executed. After the climbing program is executed, the climbing program is completed and the program ends [11] (Fig. 5).

Fig. 5. Block diagram

Climbing procedure: 1st leg on the left side, 5th leg on the left side and 4th leg on the right side are lifted up for forward preparation, and the other three legs (3rd leg on the left, 2nd leg on the right, 6th on the right Legs) remain motionless. Support the robot, make the triangle shape of the leg of the robot, keep the center of gravity steady, then turn the left 3rd leg, the right 2nd leg and the right 6th leg backwards, and turn the left 1st leg and the left side 5 forward. Legs and right legs. Move the robot forward one step forward, then drop the left 5th leg and the right 4th leg, and the left 1st leg will fall on the stairs. The next set of actions is exactly the opposite of the previous set of actions, this time the right 2nd leg falls on the stairs. In this way, all the legs are slowly moved to the stairs, and then the movement of the stairs is displayed on the robot’s LED display module. The specific action is mainly experiment. After the power is turned on, the robot is controlled to make the six-legged robot action input and debugging work. When the action group of this group is entered, the next set of actions can be performed. The ground walking effect is shown in Fig. 7:

362

X. Sun et al.

Fig. 6. Triangle gait timing diagram (Fig. 6)

Fig. 7. Ground walking effect map

5 Conclusion In this paper, a six-legged bionic robot climbing and stair control system is designed. The triangle gait is selected as the walking gait of the robot, and the appropriate software and hardware environment is built. Finally, the six-legged robot can smoothly climb the stairs. In the future, we will install a pressure sensor on the foot end of the six-legged robot to detect the landing time of each leg of the robot, and then make repeated adjustments, so that the robot can reduce some deviation in the walking direction, and finally climb the stairs system. Perfect, can also provide reference and reference for further research on the application of six-legged robot.

Research on Robot Control System in Complex Information Environment

363

Acknowledgments. Thanks to Mr. Chunyu Mao for his careful guidance on this paper. This research was supported by Program for Innovative Research Team of Jilin Engineering Normal University.

References 1. Hoover AM, Burden S, Fu XY, et al (2010) Bio-inspired design and dynamic maneuverability of a minimally actuated six-legged robot. In: IEEE Ras and Embs international conference on biomedical robotics and biomechatronics. IEEE, pp 869–876 2. Min-Qiang HU, Pan YX (2007) Establishment IRQ interrupt recovery system based on STR7 ARM microcontroller. Int Electron Elements 3. Alexandru P, Macaveiu D, Alexandru C (2011) Structure of linkages and cam gear for integral steering of vehicles. Proc World Acad Sci Eng Technol 80:466 4. Hongqi WU, Guo M (2013) Design of hexapod bionic robot based on STC microcontroller. Chin J Electron Devices 5. Zi-Sheng LI, Zhu Y, Xiang ZF (2003) The technology of the program re-developing based on software CATIA. Sichuan University of Science & Technology 6. Lu P, Boehm D, Cullen P et al (2017) Controlled cytotoxicity of plasma treated water formulated by open-air hybrid mode discharge. Appl Phys Lett 110(26):291 7. Nhan NDV, Duc DT (2008) Fundamental inequalities for the iterated Laplace convolution in weighted L p spaces and their applications. Integral Transforms Spec Funct. 19(9):655–664 8. Berne BJ, Pechukas P (1972) Gaussian model potentials for molecular interactions. J Chem Phys 56(8):4213–4216 9. Gage JR, Deluca PA, Renshaw TS (1996) Gait analysis: principle and applications with emphasis on its use in cerebral palsy. Instruct Course Lect 45(4):491 10. Marhefka DW, Orin DE (1997) Gait planning for energy efficiency in walking machines. In: IEEE international conference on robotics and automation proceedings, vol 1. IEEE, pp 474– 480 11. Bathul F, Hamilton D, Horiike M (2006) Multi-level ONO flash program algorithm for threshold width control: US, US7130210[P]

A Nine-Small Place Fire Safety Management System Yufeng Fan(&) and Xiaohua Li Shenyang Fire Research Institute-MPS, Shenyang 110034, China [email protected] Abstract. At present, fire accidents in the “nine small” place in China frequently occur, and the characteristics of “multiple points, wide areas, scattered distribution” have caused great difficulties for fire supervision and inspection. This paper proposes a nine-small place fire safety management system, which can collect the internal fire alarm data onto nine small places through independent fire detection equipment, and transmit it to the fire safety information processing platform of the nine small places in the duty station of the police station through the Internet. Through the security camera to view and confirm the fire alarm, notify the property department, the owner of the fire alarm information, and timely follow-up fire alarm processing. Keywords: Nine small places
Independent fire detection equipment Fire safety management
Fire alarm information




1 Background With the continuous increase in the volume and scale of China’s economic construction, the “nine small places” have mushroomed in recent years, which has solved the employment problems of urban and rural residents, and have promoted the rapid development of China’s national economy. The “nine small” places to refer to the general term for small schools or kindergartens, small hospitals, small shops, small din places, small hotels, small song and dance entertainment places, small Internet cafes, small beauty bathing places, small production and processing enterprises. Because the nine small places have the characteristics of “multiple points, wide area, scattered distribution”, it is difficult to touch the supervision and inspection of general fire hazards, which causes many places to run out of control and easily lead to fires. For example, at 17:20 on February 5, 2017, a fire broke out in the foot bath center of Tianxin County, Tiantai County, No. 5-1, Chunxiao Garden, No. 60 Chunxiao Road, Chicheng Street, Tiantai County, Taizhou City. The accident caused 18 deaths. The person was injured. At 23:30 on February 15, 2017, a fire broke out in a rental house at No. 43 2605, Zhongshan North Road, Putuo District, Shanghai. The accident killed four people. At 0:30 on April 24, 2018, a fire broke out at KTV, Chayuan Road, Qingyuan City, Guangdong Province. The accident killed 18 people and injured 5 people. It can be seen from the above data that due to the huge volume of the nine small places, if the fire safety can not be effectively guaranteed, it will easily lead to serious safety accidents and cause huge losses to people’s lives and property safety. Due to the © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 364–372, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_52

A Nine-Small Place Fire Safety Management System

365

particularity of its construction structure, business operations and geographical location, the hidden dangers of fire safety are mainly reflected on the following aspects: (1) Most of the nine small-scale building designs do not meet the requirements of GB50016-2014 “Building Fire Protection Design Code”, the huge amount of supervision power is insufficient, and resulting in great difficulties in fire prevention and fire fighting. (2) The interior of the nine small places is densely populated, and it is difficult to evacuate when a fire occurs. (3) The fires from the nine small place are large, the internal combustibles are high, and the fire spreads fast. (4) Due to the lack of effective management, there are many phenomena of reconstruction and construction. The use of fire, electricity, and gas does not meet fire safety regulations. (5) Staff safety awareness is weak, self-defense ability is poor. In view of the fire safety hazards existing on the above nine small places, the public security and fire control departments will conduct centralized investigations and remediation actions for fire safety hazards in nine small places during the high-fire season, so as to minimize the fire safety hazards in such places, but such solutions The method failed to solve the problem fundamentally. in addition, in recent years, fire alarm product manufacturers have developed a variety of independent fire alarm detection devices, such as: independent smoke detectors, independent temperature detectors, and independent image fire detectors. Etc., simply deploy the detector without changing the structure of the original site, and push the detected fire information to the owner’s mobile phone through wireless transmission (GPRS/3G/4G) to inform the owner of the nine small places that a fire has occurred. The shortcoming of this kind of solution is that it is impossible to ensure that the fire alarm information that has been detected can be received by the owner and timely follow-up processing. The owner (not inside the unit) or the regulatory department cannot know whether the fire alarm has been reported to be authentic or not. There is a false positive, and the validity of its business logic cannot be guaranteed. Based on the above analysis, this paper proposes a new type of fire safety management system for nine small places, real-time monitoring, transmission and processing of fire alarm information in nine small places, so as to achieve the goal of reducing fire safety hazards in nine small places, for people’s lives and property. Safety provides technical support. The system unifies the users involved in the fire safety management process of the nine small places into one whole, and uses the business logic to realize the closed-loop management of the fire safety hazards in the nine small places.

2 Introduction to the Fire Safety Management System of Nine Small Places The nine small places fire safety management system designed in this paper, the frontend independent collection equipment is deployed in the owner’s unit of the nine small places to realize the internal fire information monitoring of the owner’s unit, using the

366

Y. Fan and X. Li

wireless public mobile communication network or accessing the owner’s wireless router to transmit to the Internet through the Internet. The local police station; the fire safety management system of the nine small places is deployed in the duty station of the police station, connected with the current nine small-scale security system, receiving fire information reported by nine small places, and can view and confirm the fire alarm through the security camera. The small-scale property department and the owner’s fire alarm information are shown in Fig. 1 below.

The separate fire detection device

The separate fire detection device

Wireless Router

The separate fire detection device

Wireless Router

nine small place one

Wireless Router

nine small place two

public mobile communication network

nine small place

n

wired Internet

Internet access gateway

nine small places security video surveillance system

nine small places fire safety informations processing platform

the local police station

Fig. 1. System composition diagram

2.1

A Composition Map of Fire Safety Management System in Nine Small Places

A nine small place fire safety management system consists of nine small places fire safety informations processing platform located at the local police station, nine small places security video surveillance system, Internet access gateway, public mobile communication network, wired Internet and multiple located in nine small, A separate fire detection device and routing device inside the site. The fire safety information processing platform of the nine small places is connected with the Internet access gateway, and the alarm information about the independent fire detection equipment received by the Internet gateway is processed, and the address information, owner information and related property management departments of the alarm information are identified and analyzed. Information, etc.; Connected to the security video surveillance system of the Nine Small Places. When the fire occurred

A Nine-Small Place Fire Safety Management System

367

in the nine small places, the video surveillance cameras of the nine small places will be linked to view and confirm the fire information. The Internet access gateway and the nine small-scale fire safety information processing platform receive alarm information from independent fire detection equipments in nine small places through the public mobile communication network or wired Internet, and upload the information to the independent fire detection equipment of nine small places information. The public mobile communication networks to refer to 2G, 3G, 4G wireless networks, which are connected to nine small-scale independent fire detection devices by wireless means to transmit alarm information to the Internet access gateway. Wired Internet refers to wired Internet such as telephone and optical fiber. It is connected to nine small-scale independent fire detection equipment through wired connection to transmit alarm information to the Internet access gateway. The independent fire detection equipments inside the nine small places is compatible with the public mobile communication network or wireless WiFi access transmission mode, and the public mobile communication networks transmission mode has a built-in public mobile communication network Modem module and SIM card, and transmits alarm information data through the public mobile communication network. The data transmission needs to pay the communication fees. The wireless WiFi accesses transmission mode directly accesses the internal wireless routing equipment of the nine small places, and transmits the alarm information data through the wired Internet, without additionally generating data communication fees. Independent fire detection equipment includes: independent smoke detectors, independent heat detectors, and independent image fire detectors. The device has a built-in power supply, which requires no wiring during installation, and is easy to install and use.

3 Introduction to the Principle of Independent Fire Detection Equipment in Nine Small Places 3.1

Schematic Diagram of Independent Fire Detection Equipment in Nine Small Places

The nine small places independent fire detection equipment consists of MCU processor module, independent fire detection module, wireless transmission module, signal indication module, rectifier step-down module, lithium battery power supply module and 2-way RJ45 interface. The schematic diagram are as shown in Fig. 2 below. The MCU processor module is connected to the 3 V rectifier step-down circuit and is powered by a lithium battery power supply module; connected to the independent fire detection module to receive the fire alarm signal (switch quantity) detected by the detection module; and connected to the wireless transmission module. The received fire alarm signal is transmitted to the Internet access gateway over the selected wireless link. The independent fire detection module and the MCU processor module transmits the detected fire alarm signal to the processor module; connect with the 3 V rectifier step-down circuit, and provide power support through the lithium battery power supply module; the independent fire detection module consists of three types. The detection

368

Y. Fan and X. Li

smoke detection module

public mobile communication network Modem module

temperature detection module the MCU processor image detection module

module

the RJ45 interface One

the RJ45 interface Two

WiFi access module The wireless

The independent fire detection module

transmission module

the 3V rectifier step-down circuit

LED indicator One

LED indicator Two

LED indicator Three The 5V/3AH lithium battery power supply module

The signal indicating module

The independent fire detection module

Fig. 2. Schematic diagram of independent fire detection equipment in nine small places

module is composed of a smoke detection module, a temperature detection module and an image detection module. When deployed, the detector module can be selected according to the actual use characteristics of the nine small places, or two or three modules. Used in combination. The wireless transmission module is composed of a public mobile communication network Modem module and a WiFi access module, and is connected with a 3 V rectifier step-down circuit, and provides power support through a lithium battery power supply module; and is connected to the MCU processor module to receive the fire from the MCU processor module. The alarm signal is transmitted to the Internet access gateway through this module; the SIM card of the public mobile communication network module needs to be configured with an SIM card, and the fire alarms signal is reported through the public mobile communication network, and the fee is paid according to the data flow; the WiFi access module accesses through the wireless link. The wireless router in the small place reports the fire alarm signal through the Internet wired network; the wireless transmission module can only configure one public mobile communication network Modem module or one way WiFi access module, or can set two modules to be configured, and each is a backup transmission chain. The road improves the stability and security of the link; the Modem module of the public mobile communication network is connected with the RJ45 interface 1, and the modem data of the public mobile communication network is configured through the interface, including: the IP address of the Internet access gateway and the data of the data port. The public mobile communication network Modem can be connected through RJ45 interface 1. The fire signal received by the module is transmitted to the relevant data receiving gateway by wire; one WiFi access module is connected to the RJ45 interface 2, and the WiFi accesses module data is configured through the interface, including: accessing the AP name, encryption mode, password, and Internet access. The gateway IP address and data port data can also be transmitted to the relevant data receiving

A Nine-Small Place Fire Safety Management System

369

gateway by wired means through the RJ45 interface 2 through the fire signal received by the WiFi access module. The signal indicating module is connected with the 3 V rectifying step-down circuit, and provides power supplies through the lithium battery power supply module; is connected with the MCU processor module, receives the signal status of the processor output, prompts the device status through the LED indicator, and the LED indicator 1 indicates the device. The power supply state, the LED indicator 2 indicates the connection status between the device and the Internet access gateway, and the LED indicator 3 indicates the status of the fire alarm signal. The 5 V/3AH lithium battery power supply module is connected to the 3 V rectifier step-down circuit to provide power support for each module inside the device, and the lithium battery power supply module is detachable. 3.2

Data Transmission Processing Method for Fire Safety Management System of Nine Small Places

See Fig. 3. The first step, start; In the second step, the Internet access gateway located at the local police station receives the data information reported by the independent fire detection equipment in nine small places in real time; In the third step, the Internet access gateway parses the reported data to verify whether the data format meets the requirements. The specific method is to report whether the MAC address is associated with the specific owner of the nine small places; The fourth step, the establishment of the association, is to go to the fifth step, or to the second step; In the fifth step, the filtered report data is transmitted to the fire safety information processing platform of the nine small places in the local police station; The sixth step is to analyze the data type of the fire safety information processing platform of the nine small places; In the seventh step, the data type is the heartbeat data reported by the independent fire detection equipment in nine small places; The eighth step is to set a 540 s timer to receive heartbeat data periodically. If the heartbeat data is not received within the timer period, the process is to turn to the ninth step, or to the seventh step; In the ninth step, the fire safety information processing platform of the nine small places informs the owner of the nine small places and the equipment of the responsible person of the nine small places through the short message and APP information to communicate faults, and ordered to repair as soon as possible; In the tenth step, the duty station of the local police station uses the security video surveillance system of the nine small places to find the nine small places where the fault is reported, open the security image and the owner of the nine small places to determine the communication failure, and turn to the fourteenth step; The eleventh step, the data type is the fire signal reported by the independent fire detection equipment in nine small places in nine small places;

370

Y. Fan and X. Li Begin

the Internet access gateway located at the local police station receives the data information reported by the independent fire detection equipment in nine small places in real time the Internet access gateway parses the reported data to verify whether the data format meets the requirements. The specific method is to report whether the MAC address is associated with the specific owner of the nine small places

False

the establishment of the association, is to go to the fifth step, or to the second step

True the filtered report data is transmitted to the fire safety information processing platform of the nine small places in the local police station

analyze the data type of the fire safety information processing platform of the nine small places

the data type is the fire signal reported by the independent fire detection equipment in nine small places in nine small places

the data type is the heartbeat data reported by the independent fire detection equipment in nine small places

set a 540 second timer to receive heartbeat data periodically. If the heartbeat data is not received within the timer period, the process is to turn to the ninth step, or to the seventh step

False the duty station of the local police station uses the nine small-scale security video surveillance system to find the nine small places where the fault is reported, and open the security image and the real-time voice and image communication of the owner of the nine small places to confirm whether the fire information is true

True the fire safety information processing platform of the nine small places informs the owner of the nine small places and the equipment of the responsible person of the nine small places through the short message and APP information to communicate faults, and ordered to repair as soon as possible

the duty station of the local police station contacts the fire department of the jurisdiction and sends a police force to carry out fire fighting and rescue

the duty station of the local police station uses the security video surveillance system of the nine small places to find the nine small places where the fault is reported, open the security image and the owner of the nine small places to determine the communication failure, and turn to the fourteenth step

End

Fig. 3. Data transmission processing flow chart

A Nine-Small Place Fire Safety Management System

371

In the twelfth step, the duty station of the local police station uses the nine smallscale security video surveillance system to find the nine small places where the fault is reported, and open the security image and the real-time voice and image communication of the owner of the nine small places to confirm whether the fire information is true; In the thirteenth step, the duty station of the local police station contacts the fire department of the jurisdiction and sends a police force to carry out fire fighting and rescue; The fourteenth step ends.

4 Technical Comparison Analysis Compared with the existing nine small places fire safety management system, the fire safety management system of the nine small places in this paper has the following technical application advantages: (1) Fire safety management system and data transmission processing method in nine small places, combined with the security video surveillance system of nine small places, realized fire signal monitoring, multi-network transmission, fire confirmation, fire alarm reporting in nine small places, and improved nine small The fire prevention and control level of the site can also greatly shorten the reporting time of the fire alarm signal, which is beneficial to the firefighting troops to quickly dispatch fire fighting and rescue; (2) Fire safety management system and data transmission and processing methods in nine small places, the local police station, the owner of the nine small places and the property management department of the nine small places are combined as a whole, compared with the single application of the fire safety control system in the traditional nine small places. The method has the characteristics of closed-loop application of the user, and improves the scientific and completeness of the system for confirming the real fire signal and avoiding false alarms; (3) The nine small-scale independent fire detection equipment provided by the system has the characteristics of strong applicability. For different types of nine small places, the owner can choose independent smoke detectors and independent temperature detection according to the environmental characteristics. The device or the independent image fire detector module provides both the public wireless mobile communication network and the WIFI wireless access communication mode, which can effectively guarantee the stability of the network communication.

5 Summary The fire safety management of the nine small places has received more and more attention from the society. The lack of manpower and material resources in the local police stations is difficult to achieve full-scale and full-time supervision. Then it is

372

Y. Fan and X. Li

necessary to use the Internet of Things technology to build fire safety in nine small places. The management platform will unite the owners of nine small sites, the property management department and the police station of the jurisdiction as a whole, and at the same time open the channel between the security video surveillance system and the fire safety management platform to realize the rapid confirmation of the alarm signal, avoid false alarms, and improve fire protection. The effectiveness of the safety management platform reduces the risk of fire hazards in nine small locations.

References 1. Liu X (2017) Discussion on the problems and solutions of oilfield fire protection. Chem Ind Manag (09) 2. Yan X (2018) Empirical study on the main influencing factors of fire safety in “nine small places”. J People’s Armed Police Force (02) 3. Su L (2014) Problems and countermeasures in fire supervision and inspection work. Fire Prot Technol Product Inf (06) 4. Niu Y, Niu L (2013) Current situation and countermeasures of fire safety in “nine small places”. Chem Ind Manag (08) 5. Deng B (2013) Some thoughts on fire prevention and control in nine small places. Fire Prot Technol Prod Inf (02) 6. Liu Y (2010) Discussion on fire supervision and management of “nine small places”. Friends Sci (11) 7. Xia C (2010) Fire risk analysis and fire prevention countermeasures of “nine small places”. J Liaoning Tech Univ (Nat Sci Edn) (S1) 8. Li W (2009) Construction of fire safety prevention system in urban communities. Party Gov Cadre Forum (10)

Characteristic Analysis of Temperature Change in Tai’an City in Recent Years Mei Shan1(&) and Xun Wang2 1

2

School of Tourism, Taishan University, Taian 271000, Shandong, China [email protected] Taian Environmental Protection Bureau, Taian 271000, Shandong, China

Abstract. Climate change affected the ecology and environment of a region. It may threaten the living environment of human beings. In this paper analyzed 2011–2017 Tai’an city of Shandong province temperature data. It is found that the temperature in Tai’an has fluctuating upward in recent 7 years and this is significantly responsive to global climate change. Keywords: Tai’an city


Temperature
Variation characteristics

1 Overview 1.1

Introduction

Climate change is one of the most important issues of global concern. Especially after the industrial revolution, the greenhouse effect caused by the increasing CO2 concentration in the atmosphere has led to a significant trend of global warming. According to the IPCC’s fourth assessment report, in the 100 years of 1906–2005, the global surface temperature rose about 0.74 °C (0.56 to 0.92 °C). In the 1000 years of 1901–2000, an average rise about 0.6 °C (0.4 °C to 0.8 °C) increased 0.4 °C [1]. Some studies have shown that the trend of climate change in China is basically consistent with the overall trend of global climate change [2]. There are many factors to affect the climate temperature, precipitation, the geographical position, terrain, ocean currents, human activities etc. Geographical location and special topography have great influence on the formation of regional climate [3, 4]. Tai’an city located in central Shandong Province, climate is a typical temperate continental semi humid monsoon area. The characteristics of climatic variation in semi-humid monsoon climate resources has certain representativeness, detailed analysis of the characteristics of climatic variation and the causes of Tai’an city, to determine the region climate change and provide a scientific basis for rational utilization of climatic resources. 1.2

Research Purpose and Significance

Since the last century, global climate change is significant, environmental degradation. The frequency of climate and meteorological disasters increased significantly in our country and many other countries in the world. In recent years, global warming as the main characteristics of the climate change has important influence on human life and © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 373–378, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_53

374

M. Shan and X. Wang

development. Therefore, the study of climate change at various scales has profound significance to the mastery of climate laws and climate prediction. In addition, detailed research data on climate change characteristics can guide regional agricultural production, so that it can seek advantages and avoid disadvantages and develop in a more favorable direction. Climate resources is an important part of natural resources, Tai’an city climate resource is rich. It belongs to temperate semi humid continental monsoon climate area, with the same light and temperature, the same period of rain and heat, higher natural fertility and better agricultural production conditions. Agriculture is the basis of economic development, and climate is the main factor affecting agriculture. So it is important to study the characteristics of climate change in Tai’an city and to master the law of temperature change in Tai’an city.

2 Data Processing 2.1

Overview of Temperature

Air temperature is a short term for the degree of cold and heat in the atmosphere. It is the air temperature at the specified height (1.25–2.00 m, in China take 1.5 m as a standard) in the ground meteorological observation field. Air temperature can reflect the characteristics of a place’s thermal condition, which is indispensable in both theoretical research and practical application. Air temperature is an important index used to measure the temperature distribution and change characteristics of the earth’s surface atmosphere. This paper adopts the temperature data of daily highest temperature, daily minimum temperature, monthly average temperature, annual average temperature, the temperature of the unit expressed in degrees celsius (°C), take a decimal numbers. 2.2

Overview of Study Area

(1) Geographical Location Tai’an city is located in the central Shandong foothill, its position in the 116°02′E– 117°59′E, between 35°38′N–36°28′N, northern part of Mount Tai connects with the provincial capital Ji’nan., south connected to Jining city, Laiwu city and Linyi city area adjacent to the east, west on the other side of the Yellow River and Liaocheng city. Tai’an city is a famous tourist and cultural city. Within the territory, Mount Tai is a national key scenic and historic interest area, which is “Chief of the Five Sacred Mountains” and a total area of 7,761 Km2 [5]. (2) Climate Characteristics Tai’an city is located in the central mountainous area of Shandong Province. It is a temperate semi - humid continental monsoon climate zone. Spring is dry and windy, summer is hot and rainy, autumn is sunny and sunny, winter is cold and less snow [6]. The annual average sunshine duration is 2627.1 h, the interannual variability is between 2342.3–3413.5 h, and the sunshine percentage is about 58%. The city’s

Characteristic Analysis of Temperature Change in Tai’an City

375

average annual air temperature of 12.9 °C, the highest air temperature of the year in July with an average of 26.4 °C, the lowest air temperature in January with an average of 2.6 °C. The extreme maximum temperature is 41°, and the extreme minimum temperature is −27.5°. The average annual precipitation in the city is 697 mm, and Tai’an city precipitation varies greatly from year to year. Monsoon climate plays a major role. The annual maximum precipitation is 1498 mm, and the annual minimum precipitation is 199 mm. Affected by topography and geomorphology, the climate in Tai’an is not exactly the same, and there are some local climate such as Mount Tai climate. Mount Tai is the highest mountain in Shandong Province. Its main peak is 1545 m above sea level. Affected by the terrain, its temperature and precipitation are different from other areas of Tai’an city, forming its unique mountain climate. (3) Data Sources The temperature data from 2011 to 2017 in this paper mainly come from China Meteorological Network and China Meteorological Data Sharing Network [7]. The annual average temperature and seasonal average temperature (spring from March to May, summer from June to August, autumn from September to November and winter from December to February of the next year) were calculated, the data are continuous and reliable.

3 Data Processing Results and Analysis 3.1

Analysis of Temperature Characteristic Changes

The temperature changes of Tai’an city are shown in Fig. 1 and Table 1 respectively.

Fig. 1. 2011–2017 annual mean temperature trend in Tai’an city

Table 1. 2011–2017 annual mean temperature in Tai’an city (unit: °C) Year 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 Temperature 14.0 13.8 14.3 15.0 14.9 14.8 14.8

376

M. Shan and X. Wang

From Table 1 and Fig. 1: Tai’an city 2011–2017, the annual average temperature 14.5 °C, in 2012 was 13.8 °C is the lowest annual average air temperature, the highest in 2015 was 15.0 °C; The annual average temperature dropped slightly in 2013–2016, but the overall trend is upward, which is consistent with the current global warming trend. There are various factors influencing temperature change in a region, including atmospheric circulation, solar radiation, precipitation and sunshine conditions, as well as local topography and heat island effect caused by urbanization. In the context of global warming, abnormal circulation and the influence of human activities are the main causes of temperature change. Tai’an city temperature fluctuated upward trend, including natural causes may be under the background of global warming, atmospheric circulation to make changes in response to the global climate change and adjustment, so as to make the regional climate change; Human-induced temperature increases are mainly based on the extent and extent of human activities affecting climate that are expanding and becoming more serious. The rapid development of modern industry has caused a large amount of greenhouse gases to enter the atmosphere, and the greenhouse effect has intensified the temperature increase of the air near the stratum. At the same time, the increase of urban population leads to the increase of carbon emissions, and the cumulative CO2 emissions are approximately linearly related to the increase of temperature [8]. According to statistics, in 2011, the resident population of Tai’an city was 5.5951 million; In 2015, it was 5.6571 million; and in 2017, it was 5.7297 million. The population keeps increasing. In addition, the increasing number of factories under construction in Tai’an city, the increase of economic activity leads to the increase of energy use in cities and the increase of CO2 emissions, which aggravates the urban heat island effect and eventually leads to the increase of temperature. 3.2

Analysis of Seasonal Average Temperature

The temperature of Tai’an city in each quarter (spring of March to May, summer of June to August, autumn of September to November, winter of December to February of the next year) is shown in Table 2 and Fig. 2. Table 2. 2011–2017 average seasonal temperature in Tai’an (unit °C) Year 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 20l6 2017

Spring 13.9 15.7 15.0 15.1 16.3 16.1 15.4

Summer 25.9 26.4 27.0 25.9 26.1 26.5 26.7

Autumn 14.4 13.8 14.7 17.2 14.9 15.3 14.7

Winter −0.1 −0.9 0.2 1.4 2.1 0.9 1.9

Annual 14.0 13.8 14.3 15.0 14.9 14.8 14.8

Characteristic Analysis of Temperature Change in Tai’an City

377

Fig. 2. 2011–2017 average seasonal temperature in Tai’an (unit: °C)

From the perspective of seasonal changes in each year, the average temperature of the season fluctuates and rises, among which the average temperature of the winter increases the fastest, the rising trend is the most obvious, and the change range of the summer high temperature is small. The winter low temperature rise, making a significant decline in temperature difference, which shows that the annual average temperatures rise, the largest contribution is winter heating, the temperature changes with the global and national law is consistent with the [10–12]. The following conclusions can be drawn from Fig. 2 and Table 2: (1) The air temperature in spring, autumn and winter of Tai’an city shows a trend of warming. In summer, the air temperature first increases and then decreases, but in 2013 and 2015, the air temperature is significantly higher than that in 2011. (2) The temperature in the summer of 2013 was relatively high, which was related to climatic events such as the continuous high temperature in August of that year and haze weather at the beginning and end of the year. (3) In 2015, the temperature in winter of Tai’an City in Shandong province was slightly higher than that in other years, and the climate feature of slightly rising temperature was consistent with the overall climate feature of Shandong province [13]. In addition to the climatic effect of solar radiation and frontal rain belt, experts point out that circulation anomalies is the direct cause of climate change, including frequent El Nino and La Nina events is the main cause of climate change. Geography factors through the radiation factor and circulation factor and acts on the climate, the influence of any climate is linked to a certain region, which is combining with the geographical environment and climate phenomenon, therefore, some regional factor’s influence on climate also nots allow to ignore. Such as the influence of mount tai on tai’an climate. Temperature decreased with increasing of altitude and Tarzan of the annual average temperature 7.4 °C lower than the tai’an, an average annual rainfall of 678.5 mm mount tai an average annual rainfall of 1031.3 mm, annual average rainfall of poor value of 352.8 mm [14], mountain climate is significant.

378

M. Shan and X. Wang

4 Conclusion From 2011 to 2017, the average annual maximum temperature in Tai’an city was 35.8 °C. annual average minimum temperature of 13.8 °C, annual average temperature 14.5 °C, annual average temperature rise significantly. The average temperature of each season is different, and the temperature of spring presents an m-shaped trend. In and winter, the temperature rises first, then falls and then rises. Autumn temperatures fluctuate wildly. Tai’an city generally shows an upward trend in temperature and a downward trend in precipitation. Climate change has an obvious response to global climate change, which is in line with the global climate change trend. Acknowledgments. This research was supported by the scientific research project of Taishan University (No: Y-01-2017002).

References 1. Qin D, Luo Y (2008) The causes and future trends of global climate change. Impact Sci Soc (02): 16–21 (in Chinese) 2. Han W, Han Y, Yang S (2013) The characteristics of climate, climate, climate and spatiotemporal changes in Shandong, 1961–2011 years. Geosci Progress 32(3): 425–434 (in Chinese) 3. Li R, Guo Q, Gao H, Zhou C (2011) Analysis of the climatic characteristics of Tai’an in the last 58 years. J Shandong Agric Univ (Nat Sci Edn) 42(1):95 (in Chinese) 4. Zhao J (2017) Analysis of temporal and spatial characteristics, abrupt change and future trend of climate change in China in the past 1960–2013 years. Fujian Agriculture and Forestry University, Fujian, pp 1–7 (in Chinese) 5. Baidu Encyclopedia: https://www.baidu.com/. Accessed 05 May 2018; Tai’an Municipal People’s Government Portal. http://www.taian.gov.cn/. Accessed 05 May 2018 (in Chinese) 6. Qi B, Lu XW (2010) Characteristics of climate change in Tai’an from 1971 to 2009. Modern Agric Sci Technol (22):19 (in Chinese) 7. China Weather Network: http://www.weather.com.cn/, China Meteorological Data Sharing Network: http://cdc.cma.gov.cn/. Accessed 05 May 2018 (in Chinese) 8. Dong SY, Gao XJ (2014) Long climate change - IPCC fifth assessment report interpretation of. Climate Change Res Progress 10(1):58 (in Chinese) 9. Dong LG (2009) Effect of vegetation restoration in Taishan mountain pumped storage power station. Shandong Agricultural University, Shandong, pp 1–7 (in Chinese) 10. Jinhua (2010) On the impact of climate change in Tai’an on peach production in Feicheng. Guide Riches Sci (12):249–251 (in Chinese) 11. Wang J (2011) Climate variability characteristics and impact on planting structure in Tai’an in recent 30 years. Shandong Agricultural University, Shandong, pp 5–7 (in Chinese) 12. Ding M, Peng S, Zhao J (2006) Climate change in Tai’an of Shandong in recent 53 years and its impact on fruit production. J Taishan Univ 28(6):71–72 (in Chinese) 13. Xu C, Zhang Y, Yao C, Zou D (2015) 2015 winter climate characteristics in Tai’an. Anhui Agric Sci 43(23):183 (in Chinese) 14. Zhang Y, Yin H (2016) Comparative analysis of climate characteristics in Tai’an, Taishan. Environ Sustain Dev (5):219 (in Chinese)

Establishment and Implementation of Quality Management Standard System for Aviation Industry Feng Zou1, Pengyi Wei1, and Yan Zhao2(&) 2

1 Aviation Industry Corporation of China, Ltd., Beijing, China Social Credit Branch, China National Institute of Standardization, Beijing, China [email protected]

Abstract. In this paper, firstly, the principles, ideas and methods for the construction of quality management standards system in China’s aviation industry have been proposed based on the current situation. Secondly, system diagram of quality management standards has been established and a detailed list of standards has been compiled. In the end, a few suggestions for the follow-up implementation have been made accordingly. Keywords: Aviation industry
Quality management Establishment
Implementation


Standards system


1 Introduction Quality management standards are integral parts of aviation industry standards. They refer to a series of reusable rules, guides or characteristic documents, including standards, specifications, manuals, applications and so on, which are complied in order to standardize quality management of enterprise and key projects in the full life cycle of aviation industry. Establishing quality management standard system is a systematic plan for quality management standardization of aviation industry. It is helpful for scientific researchers, production and management personnel to understand the domestic and foreign quality management standards of aviation industry and to provide scientific basis and plan for formulating and modifying a series of quality management standards of aviation industry in China. According to the standard system table, the formulating and revision of standards can be arranged purposefully and emphatically to meet the needs of major engineering projects in the aviation industry, promote the quality of aviation products and improve management level of aviation industry.

2 Quality Management Standard and System Status of Aviation Industry At present, the current quality management standards of aviation industry in China are distributed in different standard system tables. In the national defense science and technology industry standard system table, the general standard system table © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 379–387, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_54

380

F. Zou et al.

(Z) contains 47 quality management standards (ZAH) [1–3], such as Terms for equipments quality management (GJB 1405A-2006), Guide for managing quality costs (GJB/Z 4-1988), Foreign object control requirements (GJB5296-2004) and so on. The Aviation Standard System Table (A) includes 5 quality management standards (ATAH), such as Terms for aerospace quality management (HB 6174-1988), Quality management systems requirements (GJB 9001C-2017) and so on. In the General Aviation Standard (AT)\Aeronautical Materials and Products (ATB)\Metallic Materials (ATBA)\Basic Standard (ATBAA), there are more than 20 quality control standards (ATBAAB), such as the ultrasonic test quality control of aeronautical parts (HB5358.11986) and the penetration test quality control (HB5358.4-1986) of aeronautical parts. In addition, there are 62 standards related to the inspection of coating and welding quality, and 5 grading standards of gauges, such as zinc coating quality inspection (HB 50351992), tin coating quality inspection (HB 5046-1993), gauge product quality classification provisions (HB 4496-1990), etc. In addition to the quality management, quality control, quality inspection and gauge grading standards in the national defense science and technology industry standard system, the aviation industry has also formulated a number of other quality management standards to meet the needs of quality management, such as aviation product quality auditing (HB/Z 299-1997), special process qualification requirements (HB/Z 303-1997). These standards have played an important role in strengthening quality management standardization, ensuring the success of model/project development, and improving the quality of aviation products. With the deepening of the research and development of some major special projects and key models and the extensive adoption of new technology, new technique, new material and new equipment, the existing aviation quality management standards are gradually not applicable to meet the needs of the development of weapon equipments and major special projects. The main points are as follows: • The standard system is not reasonable. Specifically, many published aviation quality management standards are not included in the current aviation standard system diagram. Moreover, quality control standards (ATBAAB) have been separated from the quality management (ATAH) standards, which will not help the unified planning of quality management standards. • The current aviation quality management standards are old. Most of the existing quality management standards are more than 20 years old. Moreover, they do not fully reflect the successful experience of quality management practice in Chinese aviation industry, and are not suitable for major engineering projects such as large transport airplane, large passenger airliner, fourth generation jet fighter, aero engine program passenger and so on. • Most of the quality management standards are lack of compatibility, applicability and rationality. The quality standards of AS9100 series, which are widely used in the international aerospace field, are not fully adopted in Chinese aviation industry [4, 5], which will not help the development of Chinese civil aircraft and international cooperation business. It can be seen that the current quality management standards of Chinese aviation industry cannot meet the requirements of quality work in the development and

Establishment and Implementation of Quality Management Standard System

381

production of aviation weapons and equipment. It is urgent to study and perfect the existing quality management standards and system of the aviation industry, to revise the existing standards and to formulate new standards, so as to meet the needs of major engineering projects and key model development and production [6].

3 Establishment of Quality Management Standard System for Aviation Industry 3.1

Establishment Principles and Requirements

The establishment of quality management standard system for aviation industry follows the following principles and requirements: • Objectives shall be clear and structure shall be reasonable. Firstly, the quality management standard system shall be established to meet the actual needs of quality management standardization development and model/project development and production in aviation industry. Secondly, it shall help to improve the level of quality management and be operational. Thirdly, each standard listed in the standard list shall be arranged at the appropriate level and the same standard cannot be included in two sub-systems at the same time. • The urgent standards shall start off before the others. The formulation and revision of quality management standards shall meet the requirements of key model project development and production, so as to avoid the disconnection between quality management standards and product development. Best practices of quality management shall be summarized and refined into standards in time. • The quality management standard system shall be uniquely applicable, open and compatible. The characteristics of the aviation industry and quality management shall be fully reflected and it shall be applicable to the actual situation of quality management in the aviation industry. It can absorb the quality management standards of advanced domestic and international enterprises, as well as follow the requirements of the higher authorities and the military on quality management, in the meantime, coordinate with the relevant national standards and national military standards. 3.2

Establishment Ideas and Methods

Based on the framework of aviation standard system for national defense science and technology industry, combining with the characteristic of aviation industry and the needs of key model/project development, the quality management standard system for aviation industry will be established by collecting and analyzing relevant standard data, industry investigation, exchanging ideas and discussion. (1) Data collection In order to ensure the integrity, inheritance and forward-looking of the standard system, relevant domestic and international quality management standards

382

F. Zou et al.

applicable to Chinese aviation industry have been collected and analyzed. The data collected include: • Quality standards applicable to Chinese aviation industry, such as national standards (GB), national military standards (GJB), aviation industry standards (HB), international aerospace standards. • Domestic and international quality management standards, such as ISO standards, standards of the United States Department of Defense, standards of the United States Association of Motor Vehicle Engineers, proposals of the International Aerospace Quality Organization, quality management standards and system of Chinese aerospace, weapons, shipping and other industry. • The planning and requirements of quality management standards of the national defense science and technology industry and the military [7]. • Other relevant documents and materials, such as “Standardization Foundation of Aviation Industry” [8], “Civil Aviation Diagram of Standard System” [9], “Principles and Requirement for Preparing Diagrams of Standard System” [10] and so on. (2) Industry investigation Based on quality requirements of key model/project development and production, we have conducted extensive and in-depth investigation on manufacturers of typical aircraft, main engine and key supporting parts in aviation industry, so as to fully grasp the requirement of quality management standards in enterprise and model/project development and production process. In view of the formulation and revision of quality management standards in aviation industry, the opinions and suggestions of quality management professionals have also been collected to ensure the applicability of quality management standard system framework and the operability of standard list. (3) Exchanging ideas and discussion In the process of establishing quality management standard system, we have fully discussed with personnel from the quality management department, quality engineering department and standardization department of various units on the standards to be formulated and revised, and have determined the urgent standards to be formulated and revised. At the same time, the standard system framework and standard list have been improved and perfected constantly. 3.3

Standard System Structure

The quality management standard system structure of aviation industry is shown in Fig. 1. Horizontally, the first level includes three subsystems: the basic standard (ATAHA), the working standard (ATAHB) and the method standard (ATAHC). The working standard includes the general standard (ATAHBA), the development process standard (ATAHBB), the production process standard (ATAHBC), the test flight process standard (ATAHBD) and the repair and service process standard (ATAHBE).

Establishment and Implementation of Quality Management Standard System

383

Fig. 1. The quality management standard system structure of aviation industry

3.4

Detailed List of Standards

According to GB/T 13016-2009 “Principles and Requirements for Standard System Compilation”, a detailed list of standards and a statistical table of standards for the aviation industry standard system are compiled, as shown in Tables 1 and 2. The detailed list structure mainly includes system number, serial number, standard name, standard number, international standard number and adoption, recommended classification, remarks. The ATAH in Standard System Number stands for Aviation Quality Management Standards, and letters A and B stand for levels and types. “International Standard Number And Adoption” denotes the extent to which international standards are adopted, Idt denotes identical, Eqv denotes equivalent, and Neq denotes no equivalent. “Recommended classification” refers to which type the standard should be set. The “remarks” indicates the state and source of the details of the standard. There are 249 items of standard items in the detailed list, only some typical standards have been listed Confined to the length of this paper. Table 1. Detailed list of quality management standard system for aviation industry System number

SN

ATAHA 1 2 3

Standard name

Basic standard Quality management systems – Fundamentals and vocabulary Terms for equipments quality management Terms for aerospace quality management

Standard number

GB/T 19000-2016 GJB 1405A-2006 HB 6174-1988

International standard number and adoption

Recommended classification

Remarks

GB

Related standards Related standards To be revised

GJB HB

(continued)

384

F. Zou et al. Table 1. (continued)

System number

SN

ATAHB ATAHBA 1 2

Standard name

Work standard General standard Quality management system requirements Quality management system requirements

…… 116 Managerial requirements for destructive physical analysis of components ATAHBB Standards for development process 1 Requirements for weapons demonstration and review 2 Project management of weapon development …… 53 Accreditation procedures for aviation standard parts ATAHBC Standards for production process 1 Productivity analysis 2

Variation management of key characteristics

…… 51 Requirements for quality surveillance of qualification of producttransference or restoration of equipments ATAHBD Standards for flight test 1 Quality management requirements of large scale test 2 Physical and chemical test control specification …… 11 Quality control in flight test ATAHBE 1 2

Standard number

GJB 9001C-2017 Eqv GJB 9001C

GJB 3660-1999 GJB 2993-1997

GJB 3363-1998 HB 9103-2007

Recommended classification

Remarks

GJB

Related standards To be formulated

HB

HB

To be formulated

GJB

Related standards Related standards

GJB

Idt 9133

Idt AS9103

HB

To be formulated

GJB

Related standards Related standards

HB

GJB 3920A-2006

GJB

Related standards

GJB 1452A-2004 GJB 466-1988

GJB

Related standards Related standards

Standards for maintenance service process Technical bulletin handling requirements The requirements and methods for GJB evaluation of weapons and equipment 4386-2002 maintenance quality

…… 6 After-sale technical service for military products

International standard number and adoption

GJB/Z 3-1988

GJB

HB

Related standards

HB

Related standards Related standards

GJB

GJB

Related standards standards

(continued)

Establishment and Implementation of Quality Management Standard System

385

Table 1. (continued) System number

SN

ATAHC 1

2

Standard name

Method standard Application guideline of statistical methods for equipment quality management Guide to fault tree analysis

Recommended classification

Remarks

GJB/Z 127A-2006

GJB

Related standards

GJB/Z 768A-1998

GJB

Related standards

HB

Related standards

Standard number

…… 9 Guideline of quality problem close loop for aviation products

International standard number and adoption

Table 2. Statistical table of standards for the aviation industry standard system Statistical item No. of proposed standards No. of existing standards Basic standard 3 3 Work standard 237 194 Method standard 9 3 Subtotal 249 200

4 Implementation of Recommendations The standards proposed in the detailed list of standards for formulation and revision have been determined based on careful analysis, full communication and discussion with the quality management, engineering and standardization professionals of the enterprises. They have strong applicability. It is suggested that the competent department in charge of standard formulation and revision organize all aircraft and main engine and some key supporting parts manufacturers, to plan and carry out the work of standard formulation and revision step by step according to the urgency of standard demand. It is hoped that a more complete and coordinated quality management standard system of aviation industry can be established as soon as possible to meet the needs of the development and production of aviation products. The standard implementation process includes two steps: selecting standards and implementing standards. Firstly, each organization should select suitable standards from the quality management standard list of the aviation industry and incorporate them into the enterprise quality management system or the model/project standard system. Then, in the process of model/project development, production, test flight, use and maintenance, the standards should be strictly enforced. National standards, national military standards and aviation industry standards will be the priorities in the process of

386

F. Zou et al.

implementing standards. Moreover, enterprises should either revise and implement the general standards in the quality management standard system according to the requirements and application levels, or formulate corresponding enterprise standards and special standards, so as to indirectly implement the standards. Some common enterprise standards should be upgraded to aviation industry standards or national military standards in time to speed up the establishment and development of quality standards system.

5 Summary Modern aviation equipment is becoming more and more complex and the production conditions of aviation products have changed greatly, which put forward higher requirements for the quality management of aviation industry. Based on the analysis of domestic and international quality management standards and system, in this study we have carried out top-level planning and design of quality management standards, established the framework of quality management standards system in Chinese aviation industry, and compiled a detailed list of standards to summarize the overall picture of quality management standards in a more effective and intuitive way. The system embodies the characteristics of quality management in aviation industry, points out the key points and development direction of quality management standardization, and provides an important basis for the revision and implementation of quality management standards in aviation industry in China. In order to maintain and update the quality management standard system of aviation industry in time, scientifically and reasonably, all aviation industry enterprises should constantly put forward suggestions to improve the quality management system in the light of the actual situation and problems encountered in the development of model/project. Through the implementation of more advanced and more applicable quality management standards, the aviation product physical quality and quality management level will be promoted. Acknowledgments. This research was supported by National Key R&D Program of China (Grant No. 2017YFF0207600) and National Natural Science Foundation of China (71302016).

References 1. National Military Standards: Quality Management (2004) General Armament Department Military Standard Publishing Department, Beijing 2. National military standards: Quality Management I (1992) Military standard Publishing Department of Commission of Science Technology and Industry for National Defense, Beijing 3. National military standards: Quality Management II (1997) Military standard Publishing Department of Commission of Science Technology and Industry for National Defense, Beijing

Establishment and Implementation of Quality Management Standard System

387

4. Ji S (2003) International aerospace quality standards and their development. Aeronautic Stand Qual 3:43–46 5. Jiang Y, Cao X, Lin S (2007) Current situation and development trend of international aerospace quality management system standard (AS9100). Qual Reliab 2:49–52 6. Han Y, Han S (2018) Research on practice and standardization strategy of requirement engineering aircraft. Standard Sci 2:65–67 7. GJB 9001C-2007, Quality management systems-Requirement 8. Bi G (2002) Standardization Foundation of Aviation Industry, Aviation Industry Press 9. MH/T 0004-95, Civil aviation diagram of standard system 10. GB/T 13016-2009, Principles and requirements for preparing diagrams of standard system

Design and Implementation of Informationalized Training System for Music Therapy Technology Xuegang Zhang and Qianwen Li(&) Guangdong Food and Drug Vocational College, Guangzhou, China {zhangxg,liqianwen}@gdyzy.edu.cn

Abstract. This paper mainly discusses the significance and necessity of the construction of the informationalized training system of Music Therapy Technology, analyzes the requirements of functional module of the informationalized training system, designs and implements the framework based on the determination of the requirements, and eventually demonstrates the effect of the training system in practice. Keywords: Informationalized training system Functional module
Design
Implementation


Music Therapy Technology


1 Introduction “Music Therapy Technology” is a new interdisciplinary subject, which is mainly aimed at making students master the basic function, applicable principles and suitable population of this course in traditional Chinese medicine health care, and choosing suitable therapy music and operation skills for different sub-health symptoms [1]. Although the practical training can be carried out during the course, it still necessary for students to be equipped with a strong theoretical foundation on psychology, musicology and traditional Chinese medicine. Therefore, students cannot form a systematic knowledge networks on relevant knowledge points only through classroom practical training. In addition, many students are not interested in the theoretical content, so it poses to some extent difficulty on the practical training. However, students who lack theoretical knowledge can make them have difficulty applying knowledge in the needs of their practical work, which to a large extent does not conform to the purpose of the school operation that the higher vocational school shall serve the industry completely [2]. However, the graduates are still need to be further trained after entering the enterprise rather than be directly equipped with corresponding comprehensive professional skills after graduation. The informationalzied training system of “Music Therapy Technology” can break through the above bottlenecks and present the entire knowledge system of the course in the form of a knowledge network so that students can effectively and reliably master the relevant theories and important operations in Music Therapy Technology.

© Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 388–397, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_55

Design and Implementation of Informationalized Training System

389

2 Needs Analysis of Functional Module of Informationalzied Training System in “Music Therapy Technology” With the support of the research project, we investigated the current development of the informationalized training system through literature research, questionnaire survey and experimental testing and statistics, and actively explored new music therapy technology and its operational processes. Moreover, we also analyzed the opinions and suggestions of students on the functional requirements of informationalized training system of the “Music Therapy Technology”, such as the expected learning content, training exercises and feedback methods. At the same time, we visited several music therapy medical institutions and health care institutions to determine the professional needs through interviews and observation. Through more than half a year’s investigation and summary, the four main functional modules of the information training system of music therapy technology are finally determined, namely basic knowledge learning function module, music therapy resource library function module, case training practice function module and self-maintenance function module. Among them, basic knowledge learning and case training practice are the core functional modules, which directly determine the use effect and evaluation of the system. Thus, the specific functional modules and their training needs are summarized as follows.

3 Basic Knowledge Learning Function Module The basic knowledge learning function module mainly completes the explanation, learning and daily examination and etc. of basic knowledge points of the practical training of Music Therapy Technology, which covers several main functions, including the analysis of various knowledge points of music therapy technology, micro-course videos of important knowledge points, quick examination of knowledge points, examination of knowledge points, recording and displaying students’ learning traces and etc. The function module realizes the following specific functions: Analysis of knowledge points: Based on the content of “Music Therapy Technology”, this module uses texts and charts to represent the knowledge module of basic theory, basic music knowledge, music therapy technology and health-preserving music and etc. Videos of micro-courses on important knowledge points: Some important knowledge points need to be recorded into micro - courses, which can be explained in depth by using various common display methods such as explanation method and demonstration method and etc. Quick check the knowledge points: This module presents the entire knowledge system of the course “Music Therapy Technology” in the form of a knowledge network, and carries out a quick check with the keyword search module. Examine the knowledge points: Set up exercise library to provide assessment and result feedback of basic knowledge points. The topic presentation can be divided into unit tests or random tests, and the results are fed back to the user and recorded in the user’s learning trace [3].

390

X. Zhang and Q. Li

Check learning trace: After the students have completed their study in this module, the system will provide them with the function of checking the relevant learning traces of the information such as the content, examination results and feedback of the knowledge they have learned before. Music therapy resource library module. The music therapy resource library module provides the treatment case library, music library and related treatment technology library needed by the course training. The function module realizes the following specific functions: Treatment case library: Through making investigations on medical institutions offering the music therapy, a batch of cases of clinical use of music therapy were collected and put into storage for students to inquire and learn. Music library: We have bought large quantity of music, such as wealth of Fiveelement Health Music, Emotional Music and etc. and established a music library for students to listen, analyze and apply. Treatment technology library: Commonly used music therapy techniques and their operational technical routes are included, such as traditional Five-element Health Music regimen and discussion of the music imagination combined with music, which can be queried and invoked [4].

4 Case Training Exercise Function Module The case training exercise function module completes the following functions, like the function of case exercise, prescription automatic scoring, prescription evaluation feedback, and students’ learning trace recording and inquiry. The most important purpose of the case training exercise function module is to apply the basic knowledge of music therapy technology to practice so that students can truly master the practical application of music therapy technology in clinical practice [5]. After students log in to the system, they choose case training exercises to enter the corresponding case training module, then choose the practice case, and the system will pop up the corresponding treatment technology to let them choose. There are mainly three modes, namely active, receptive and improvisation for them to choose. Then they will require students to choose the corresponding treatment methods and methods. Finally, they will treat the patients. If they are satisfied, they will submit the prescription. If they are satisfied, the system will give corresponding scores and feedback information. If they are not satisfied, they will return to the treatment technology selection step to practice again. The specific operation process is shown in Fig. 1.

Design and Implementation of Informationalized Training System

391

Fig. 1. Operation flow chart of case training exercise function module

Music therapy prescription case training practice: Students can choose or randomly select cases from the case library to practice the compilation of music therapy prescriptions. Each case will present visitors’ basic information, psychological status, music skills and preferences, requirements for music therapy and other information [6]. Students should be based on the above case information to choose the appropriate music therapy technology, proper music and suitable music therapy process to complete the compilation of the entire music therapy prescription. Automatic scoring on prescription: This module gives feedback on the results of user case training or practice and counts the results in the user’s learning trace. The scoring will be done automatically by the system according to the built-in standard. Feedback from prescription evaluation: After scoring the user’s case training or practice results, the system can carry out intelligent feedback according to various scoring standards, i.e. students can understand whether compiling their own music therapy prescriptions is reasonable and what disadvantages exist through systematic feedback. Learning trace query: After the students finish the corresponding case exercises, the system can provide the relevant information of learning trace inquiry function such as the cases and results they practiced before, so that the students can better review and summarize the cases.

392

X. Zhang and Q. Li

Self-preservation function module. The self-preserving function module helps students to understand themselves, analyze their own needs, and customize their common therapeutic music, which is the personalized feature function module of the system. Know yourself: This function includes several personality psychological tests, such as EPQ, 16PF, SCL 90 and so on, [7] by which students can have an objective understanding of their emotional state and personality tendency through relevant psychological tests. Personal music prescription library: Through this function, students can select and preset their own common music prescriptions from the music library to practice daily music health maintenance and music therapy. Among them, the pre-set prescription includes decompression prescription, excitement prescription, sedation prescription and etc. Students can make personalized modifications to the pre-set prescription or compile their own personalized music prescription according to their unique personal needs. After students log in to the system, they can select “Self - preserving - Personal Music Library” to enter the corresponding personal module, and then select personal state music. The system will pop up the corresponding preset music prescription to allow them to choose, mainly including three preset music prescriptions of decompression prescription, excitement prescription, sedation prescription and a custom music prescription [8]. After editing or modifying the specific music list in the selected music prescription, students will start listening music to preserve health or singing the music to preserve health and make treatment with self-music. The specific operation process is shown in Fig. 2.

Fig. 2. Operation flow chart of personal music prescription library

Design and Implementation of Informationalized Training System

393

5 Design and Implementation of Informationalized Training System Structure in “Music Therapy Technology” Aiming at realizing the above system functions and following the construction thinking of software engineering system, the training system structure is mainly designed into four platforms, namely a background management platform, a web-based teacher preparation platform, a teacher application platform and a student application platform of the training system and HTML 5 is used to conduct the systemic development.

6 Background Management Platform The authority owner of the background management platform is the administrator, who is bound to provide necessary functions for the system’s advanced management and overall data statistics. The specific structure is designed and implemented as follows: Class management: including overview and class removal functions. Resource management: teachers can upload resources such as videos, audios, picture and texts and etc. on the web. Function management: classes that can be created can view the related activities that they create. Account management: administrators can view the information details of all users and reset passwords.

7 Web - Based Platform for Teachers’ Lesson Preparation The function module of the web-based lesson preparation platform is limited to the teacher, which can provide necessary functions for the introduction and editing of the teacher’s resource and question library, including adding resources, searching for topics, editing topics, and deleting topics. The specific framework design and implementation are as follows. My Resource Library: teachers can upload curriculum resources to My Resource Library for daily practical teaching. The specific framework includes selecting groups, adding resources, searching, editing and deleting resources and etc. Select grouping: it is generally divided into three parts, namely basic knowledge learning, music therapy resource library, and case training exercises. Three types of resources can be added including video, audio, and pictures and texts. Add resources: it is feasible to upload resources according to the branch modules that belong to grouping, selecting the class of application, title (File name is OK if the title is not filled in), knowledge points, and learning requirements. Search, edit and delete resources: support keyword fuzzy queries. My Assignment Library: teachers can write corresponding types of assignment for daily examination. The specific framework includes selecting assignment types, adding topics, searching, editing and deleting topics and etc.

394

X. Zhang and Q. Li

Select assignment types: the activities types mainly include basic knowledge learning, case training exercises, knowledge testing and etc. Add assignment: those assignment include selecting questions and uploading questions. The questions are designed as music therapy prescription, single choice, multiple choice, options (A/B/C/D/Generating prescription), and topic analysis. Case training is designed to upload videos, pictures, or audio to test any knowledge points. Search, edit and delete topics: keyword fuzzy queries is supported. The specific structure design of My Assignment Library is shown in Fig. 3.

Fig. 3. Functional structure design of My Assignment Library

8 Teacher Application Platform of the Training System The teacher application platform of the training system shall be limited to the teachers, which can provide necessary functions of setting up new classes and registering accounts and etc. The specific structure design and implementation are as follows: Register: while making registration, it is needed to fill in name, staff number, password and department. Create a class: add a new class, and fill in materials including classes, courses and other information. After successful creation, the system generates the 8 - bit class code. Check resources: various resources can be viewed according to different groups, including basic knowledge learning (video, audio and graphic), music therapy resource library (audio and graphic), case training exercises (video, audio and graphic).

Design and Implementation of Informationalized Training System

395

Member management: teachers can allow students to enter classes through 8 - bit class code generated by the system. Teachers can view the details of each student’s information and learning situation. Assignment management: assignment management includes the function of initiating activities and assignment status. Assignment information includes the title, type of assignment to which it belongs, and induce the topic [9]. The assignment status can be divided into not started, in progress and finished. The specific structure design of this function is shown in Fig. 4.

Fig. 4. Functional structure design of teacher-side assignment management

Class details: details of the class include information like grade, class code and teacher name and etc.

9 Student Application Platform of the Training System The student application platform of the training system shall be limited to the students, which can provide students with necessary functions for their registration, class participation and related training exercises. The specific framework design is as follows: Registration: it is necessary for students to fill in while making registration, like name, student number, password department, class and etc. Class management: complete the functions of students joining class, checking resources and other members, and participating in practical training activities. Join class: join through 8-bid class code shared by teachers.

396

X. Zhang and Q. Li

View resources: various resources can be viewed according to groups, including basic knowledge learning (video, audio and pictures and texts), music therapy resource library (audio and pictures and texts), case training exercises (video, audio and pictures and texts). View members: it is possible to view oneself and other students displayed in the member list, and click View Member Information. Participate in the assignment: according to the assignment type and relevant chapter knowledge points test questions released by the teacher, select and answer them, and the system will automatically score and feedback them to the students. The specific structure design of this function is shown in Fig. 5.

Fig. 5. Design of framework of student assignment management function

Assignment status: the activities mainly include in-progress and finished status. For ongoing activities, students can click to view the details, choose to enter the learning or testing phase, and submit examination papers after all questions have been answered [10]. For completed activities, you can view your own and other students’ study or test results in the form of a ranking list.

Design and Implementation of Informationalized Training System

397

10 Summary of Training Effect of “Music Therapy Technology” Informationalized Training System The informationalized training system of “Music Therapy Technology” makes full use of the network information system to construct training conditions, which successfully break the traditional one-to-many “demonstration - observation” training mode for teachers and students. Especially, the feedback of scores and corresponding information can not only feed back learning results in time, but also can make teachers master students’ learning situation. Through scientific big data statistical analysis, students’ learning difficulties and mastery of various knowledge points can be reflected, which can be beneficial to teachers to improve their teaching works in the future. The self-preserving function module of the system is very convenient for students to know and reflect on themselves. Students use the music library and technology library in the system to carry out personal self-preserve daily music, which makes the system also practical for students in their daily life. In addition, the system has also realized personalized situational training and learning, used the standardized system scores and analysis to complete the real-time feedback of each student’s learning results, realized personalized and situational teaching and training learning that the traditional teaching model lacks, which has achieved good results in the training practice. Acknowledgements. The authors and their work were Supported by: Natural Science Fund Project of Guangdong Food and Drug Vocational College, grant no.: 2017ZR025. Guangdong Society of Vocational and Technical Education (2015 general), grant no.: GDGZ15Y049. Education Research Fund Project of Guangdong Food and Drug Vocational College, grant no.: 2018JG02. Innovation and Entrepreneurship Training Project of Guangdong Food and Drug Vocational College, grant no.: 2018DC02.

References 1. Yin WX (2018) J Ezhou Univ 25(3):101. (in Chinese) 2. Shi SE (2001) Computer-assisted instruction. Higher Education of Publishing Firm, China, p 78. (in Chinese) 3. Song CX (2016) Autom Instrum 12(7):122. (in Chinese) 4. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Informatization 5. Zhang L, Tang YZ (2015) Proceedings of 2015 international conference on mechanical electronic and information technology engineering, vol 12, no 5, p 946 6. He RS (2014) Introduction to teaching system design. Hunan University Press, China, p 118. (in Chinese) 7. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Systems_theory 8. Mao YQ (2014) China Sci Technol Inf 10(43):127. (in Chinese) 9. Li Y, Jiang F (2012) Energy Procedia 10(10):1520 10. Li HL (2016) Netw Secur Technol Appl 27(4):84. (in Chinese)

Influence of Environmental Factors on Stray Capacitance of GIS Xiaochen Niu1, Jie Huang1, and Xinglan Guo2(&) 1

State Key Laboratory of Advanced Power Transmission Technology, Global Energy Interconnection Research Institute Co., Ltd., Beijing 102209, China 2 School of Electric and Electyonic Engineering, North China Electric Power University, Changping District, Beijing 102206, China [email protected]

Abstract. The purpose of this paper is to study the feasible range of stray capacitance value variation of GIS equipment under different environmental conditions. By establishing the finite element calculation model of GIS internal stray capacitance, the influence of internal temperature variation of GIS equipment on stray capacitance are calculated, and the influence of environmental factors such as gas density of SF6 and internal temperature change of GIS on the stray capacitance of GIS equipment are studied. Then, the stray capacitance level of various GIS equipment under different operating modes and different environmental parameters, and determine the stray capacitance value with environmental factors. Keywords: Finite element method Environmental factors
GIS


Stray capacitance


1 Introduction GIS is a switching plant with gas insulation and metal closure, an isolation and extinguishing medium served by SF6, and an enclosed high-voltage composite apparatus where breaker, isolator, grounding switch, mutual inductor, arrester, three-phase bus bar and cable head are enclosed in a closed mental earthed enclosure with certain pressure of SF6 gases by taking epoxy isolator as its support. However, when water takes up too much in the SF6 gas in the air cell, it may be harmful to operation and maintenance of equipment. Moreover, water in the gas may also change with the changing temperature. The inner wall of GIS, conductive rod and insulator release the water content to the SF6 gas when temperature rises, reversely, they will absorb the water content when temperature falls. In this way, the rise and fall of the ambient temperature have significant effect on the moisture content of SF6 gas. Thus it shares great importance in theory and practical to conduct research on the ambient temperature change to the operation properties of GIS. To solve this problems, the knowledge of installation and site commissioning of GIS equipment is introduced, and the simplified model of GIS electric field is analyzed © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 398–405, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_56

Influence of Environmental Factors on Stray Capacitance of GIS

399

in [1–3]. The voltage transformer applied in the GIS is introduced in [4, 5]; the calculation of its electromagnetic field is mainly focused in [6], to solve the problem from the aspect of electromagnetic field; the current situation of electronic transformer with capacitor voltage divider type is introduced in [7]. Finite element model in detail from its establishment, excitation insertion, boundary conditions and simulation outcomes, which includes the selection of 2-D and 3-D field is introduced in [8]. The introduction and comprehension of some concepts such as self-capacitance, stray capacitance are main focuses in [9]. Problems ranging from model establishment, thermal loading addition and heat boundary by simulating the thermal field, namely, the temperature field is analyzed in [10]. This paper studies the effect of the SF6 gas density in the internal GIS, internal temperature and other ambient factors on the internal stray capacitance by using the finite element method, thus to understand the stray capacitance level under various operation modes and ambient parameters of the GIS, which further shows the relationship between the stray capacitance in certain temperature range and the temperature change, and the effect under various internal SF6 gas densities. The achievement is benefit to the research and development for the new-type GIS, and can serve as the impulse to lower the construction cost of transformer substations and enhance the equipment compaction and unification level.

2 Measuring Principle New-type voltage transformer is suspended installed at the high voltage side of other isolation of the GIS, which do not need to be installed with complicated grounding devices by grounding stray capacitance to conduct the voltage measurement, thus to save costs for voltage transformers. The voltage transformer which is integrated with other isolation can rebuild the form of voltage measurement devices in the power substations. The internal measurement principle is illustrated in Fig. 1. It can be concluded that the voltage-divider stray capacitance CE is the voltage divider devices in the voltage divider circuit, and DSP is the digital signal processor, DAC stands for the digital-analog converter, ADC is analog-to-digital converter and OPA is the

Fig. 1. Schematic diagram of active calibration voltage measurement scheme without space stray capacitance

400

X. Niu et al.

operational amplifier. The stray capacitance value provides the reference for output voltage signal acquisition and post-processing device design. In this way, the research on the typical value and magnitude of stray capacitance in the internal GIS has provided important data supporting for the installation position of the sensor board.

3 Simulation Model Components of GIS include bus bar, circuit breaker, isolator, mutual inductor, insulator, arrestor, earth switch, bushing and so on. To figure out the stray capacitance of the internal GIS equipment, simplify the shape of the two poles of the irregular capacitor. The stray capacitance can be calculated by conducting the series and parallel connection method of capacitor, and it can be calculated by analyzing the internal structure of the GIS of finite element software. The basic structure of GIS is shown in Fig. 2. Two layers of hover-boards is inserted into the enclosure of the GIS, as shown in Fig. 3, the conductive copper rod is in the center, and the distance between the conductive rod and the two layers of hover-boards cannot be lower than 65 mm. Figure 4 is the sectional drawing of GIS, each part can be illustrated from the inside to the outside as the center copper rod, internal hover board, external hover board and the GIS enclosure. Figure 5 is a meshing element used in finite element analysis. The details of parameters are given in Table 1, where d1 is the diameter of the copper rod, h1 is the axial length of the copper rod; D1 is the inside diameter of the internal hover board; D2 is the outside diameter of the internal hover board; h2 is the axial length of the internal hover board; D3 is the inside diameter of the external hover board, D4 is the outside diameter of the external hover board; h3 is the axial length of the external hover board; D5 is the inside diameter of the GIS enclosure; D6 is the outside diameter of the GIS enclosure; and h4 is the axial length of the GIS enclosure. Table 1. Sizes of the simplified model: (unit: mm) Copper rod Internal hover board External hover board GIS enclosure

d1 = 110; h1 = 1230; D1 = 240; D2 = 272; h2 = 815 D3 = 399; D4 = 415; h3 = 815 D5 = 431; D6 = 601; h4 = 900

Fig. 2. GIS model

Influence of Environmental Factors on Stray Capacitance of GIS

401

Fig. 3. GIS model with hided shell

Fig. 4. GIS sectional view

Fig. 5. Split setting diagram

With Ansoft Maxwell 3D software, this paper analyzes the capacitance between the aluminum hover board and the copper rod in the electromagnetic field according to conditions illustrated above and respectively set voltage values of GIS enclosure, internal hover board, external hover board and the center copper rod as 0 V, 5 V, 5 V and 220 kV. Parameters are set and the calculation results are shown in Table 2.

402

X. Niu et al.

Table 2. Calculation outcomes of capacitances based on finite element model: (unit: pF) GIS Inner Out Pole

GIS 2884.6 −4.91 248.9 −15.88

Inner −4.91 2179.8 −119.2 −61.18

Out 248.9 −119.2 2979.5 −0.41

Pole −15.88 −61.18 −0.41 77.46

4 Effect of the Temperature and SF6 Gas Density of Internal GIS on Stray Capacitance 4.1

Effect of Temperature on Stray Capacitance

The water content in the gas changes with temperature when temperature changes. Then the inner wall of GIS, conductive rod and insulator will release the water content to the SF6 gas when temperature rises reversely; they absorb the water content when temperature falls. In this way, the rise and fall of the ambient temperature have significant effect on the moisture content of SF6 gas. The change of ambient factors like SF6 gas density and temperature in internal GIS has important effect on the value of capacitance. The effect of t temperature on the stray capacitance can be researched by Workbench software. The simulation results followed by temperature change are as follows. In order to conclude the effect of temperature on stray capacitance, a more detailed case is established. The trend curve is given in Fig. 6, in which the x-axis represents the temperature, and the y-axis represents the capacitance between internal hover board and center copper rod, and GIS temperature is changing between 40 °C to 80 °C. It can be concluded that the capacitance between hover board and center electricity rode increases when temperature rises. The change ratio of stray capacitance may also enhance in high temperature. Thus the change of stray capacitance is more sensitive in high-temperature conditions, namely, it is more sensitive in the temperature range between 40 °C to 80 °C. While the change of stray capacitance value under low temperature condition is not obvious, especially insensitive under the temperature below 0 °C.

75

C(pF)

70 65 60 55 -40

-20

0

20

40

60

80

temperature

Fig. 6. Capacitance change diagram caused by temperature change

Influence of Environmental Factors on Stray Capacitance of GIS

4.2

403

Effect of SF6 Gas Debsity on Stray Capacitance

The vacuum can be used to conduct the research on the effect of SF6 on stray capacitance because when comparing properties between vacuum and SF6 gas, the properties of vacuum can be approximate to those of SF6 when changing the conductivity and gas density of vacuum. The capacitance between internal hover board and center copper rod is almost unchanged when gas density of SF6 changes. However, when relative dielectric constant is changed, the stray capacitance will be changed, which is related to temperature and materials. In this way, the change of temperature has effect on the value of stray capacitance (Tables 3, 4 and 5).

Table 3. Values of stray capacitance when gas density of SF6 is 6.16 kg/m3 (unit: PF) GIS Inner Out Pole

GIS 2854.4 5.0195 295.16 15.885

Inner 5.0195 2262.7 119.07 61.381

Out 295.16 119.07 2999.9 0.4022

Pole 15.885 61.381 0.4022 77.668

Table 4. Values of stray capacitance when gas density of SF6 is 4.928 kg/m3 (unit: PF) GIS GIS 2854.4 Inner 5.0195 Out 295.16 Pole 15.885

Inner 5.0195 2262.7 119.07 61.381

Out 295.16 119.07 2999.9 0.4022

Pole 15.885 61.381 0.4022 77.668

Table 5. Values of stray capacitance when gas density of SF6 is 7.392 kg/m3 (unit: PF) GIS Inner Out Pole

GIS 2854.4 5.0195 295.16 15.885

Inner 5.0195 2262.7 119.07 61.381

Out 295.16 119.07 2999.9 0.4022

Pole 15.885 61.381 0.4022 77.668

5 Experiment Verification The curve of measured voltage value changing with input voltage is shown in Fig. 8, from the data collected in the lab. It can be concluded the trend of values in actual measurement is basically the same with theory analysis (Fig. 7).

404

X. Niu et al.

Signal processing circuit

Inductive capacitor plate

Output voltage without processing

Fig. 7. Initial experimental device

Measured voltage Fitted curve

Input voltage

Fig. 8. Input and output relationship at 50 Hz

6 Conclusion (1) Finite element model is established by Workbench software for calculating the environmental factors on stray capacitance of GIS. (2) The effect of environmental factors such as temperature and density of SF6 gas on stray capacitance is studied. The results show that the stray capacitance mainly depends on the value of temperature. And the value of capacitance between hover board and center conductive rod will enhance when temperature rises, meanwhile, the capacitance between internal hover board and center copper rod is almost remain unchanged when SF6 gas density changes. Acknowledgments. This paper is supported in part by Technology Project of State Grid Corporation of China (SGRIDLKJ (2017) No. 266).

Influence of Environmental Factors on Stray Capacitance of GIS

405

References 1. Lu B, Meng Z (2013) Simplified research on electromagnetic wave simulation model based on gis manufacturing characteristics. Trans China Electrotech Soc 28(01):119–125 2. Li X, Li S, Fang L et al (2015) Research on the model simplification based on the threephase GIS electric field analysis. J Electr Eng 10(11):58–62 3. Xiong P (2018) Application research on installation and debugging technology of GIS equipment in electrical construction of 500 kV substation. China’s New Technol New Prod (03):71–72 4. Wang X (2012) Jia, in the spring of money. 220 kV GIS electronic voltage transformer high voltage operation analysis and processing. Jilin Electr Power 40(06):40–42 5. Weng L, Zhang G, Li L, Wang Q, Shi Q, Luo S (2016) Study on internal insulation characteristics of 220 kV GIS electronic voltage transformer. High Volt Apparatus 52 (02):142–147 6. Ma A, Yang X, Lu X et al (2010) 3D electric field calculation and its inverse problem analysis of disk-type insulator in GIS. High Volt Eng 36(5):1217–1221 7. Wang H, Zhang G, Cai X, Guo Z (2009) Research and design of capacitive voltage-divided electronic voltage transformers. Electr Power Autom Equip 29(10):83–87 8. Zhao B, Zhang H (2013) Application of Ansoft 12 in Engineering Electromagnetic Field. China Water Resources and Hydropower Press, Beijing, vol 4, pp 2–46 9. Liu C, Wu W, Jiang H, Zhu X, Wang J (2011) The definition of capacitance is discriminated by the partial capacitance theory of the conduction system. J Guiyang Univ (Nat Sci Edn) 6 (04):69–71 10. Liu C (2017) ANSYS workbench 17.0 thermodynamic analysis example exercise, vol 4. Mechanical Industry Press, pp 1–132

Macroscopic and Microscopic Analysis of Coarse Grain Defects of 7075 Aluminum Alloy Hongzhi Wang(&) Jilin Engineering Normal University, 3050 Kaixuan Road, Changchun 130052, Jilin, China [email protected]

Abstract. In this paper, the influence of deformation rate, deformation temperature and deformation on the grain size of aluminum alloy during hot upsetting is analyzed by means of finite element software and analysis of aluminum alloy material and forging process, and the factors causing coarse grain of aluminum alloy are obtained. The analysis results show that the use of aluminum-zinc-magnesium-copper alloy, isothermal roll forging process, small deformation rate, proper deformation temperature and large deformation amount can effectively reduce the occurrence of coarse grain defects. Keywords: Aluminium alloy Numerical simulation


Coarse grain defects
Forging process


Due to the rapid development of the automobile industry, automobile lightweight has become the trend of the times. Automobile lightweight technology can effectively solve the problem of energy exhaustion and environmental degradation. The fuel consumption of a car depends mainly on the displacement of the engine and the total quality of the car. Lightweight vehicles ensure that the vehicle quality, performance and cost the same or optimization of the premise, while reducing the weight of the car itself can improve vehicle dynamic performance, maneuverability, safety and comfort, reducing fuel consumption, exhausting emissions and noise. The method of automobile lightening consists of three aspects: structural optimization, lightweight materials and advanced technology. Among these three aspects, the use of lightweight materials is the most efficient way to realize automobile lightening. The Research Institute of Automobile Research of Rheinisch Westfaelische Technische Hochschule Aachen University shows that the quality of the vehicle equipment is 1.229t, and the ultimate quality can be reduced to 785 kg after the aluminum alloy is alloyed [1]. 7075 aluminum alloy belongs to Al-Zn-Mg-Cu high strength aluminum alloy. It has many advantages, such as high strength, high stiffness, excellent toughness [2], welding performance, processability and corrosion resistance. It is widely used in automotive parts [3, 4]. However, the 7075 aluminum alloy used in our country generally has such problems as coarse grain structure, uneven grain size distribution [5] and poor comprehensive performance, which limits the application of the 7075 aluminum alloy. The coarse grain will reduce the strength of the forgings [6], and the fatigue life of the region will be greatly reduced in the coarse grain region and the coarse grain zone in © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 406–413, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_57

Macroscopic and Microscopic Analysis of Coarse Grain Defects

407

the forgings. The causes of the coarse grain defects in aluminum alloy will be analyzed from the two aspects of macro and micro aspects.

1 Macroscopic Analysis of the Cause of Coarse Grain Defects in Aluminum Alloy 1.1

Alloy Composition of Forgings

The alloy composition of the forgings is different, and the probability of producing coarse grain in the forging process is quite different. The probability of coarse grain formation is very low during the forging process of Al-Zn-Mg-Cu alloy. The probability of coarse grain is very high during the forging process of Al-Mg-Si alloy and AlCu-Mg alloy. The categories and properties of aluminum alloys are shown in Table 1. Table 1. 2XXX, 6XXX and 7XXX aluminum alloy properties Category

Heat treatment yes

Representative alloy 2024 2A16 2A02

6XXX (Al-Mg-Si series)

yes

6061 6063 6082

7XXX (Al-Zn-Mg-Cu series)

yes

7050 7075 7020

2XXX (Al-Cu-Mg series)

1.2

Characteristic High hardness Strong heat resistance Poor corrosion resistance High fatigue strength Strong plastic Strong heat resistance Strong wear resistance Strong corrosion resistance High strength High hardness High fatigue strength

The degree of coarse-grained Easy

Easy

Difficult

Forging Process

1.2.1 Roll Forging Process Free forging process belongs to the traditional forging process, with a strong versatility, but easy to cause low precision, low production efficiency and material utilization rate is low, and prone to various defects in the processing process, such as folding, fracture, coarse grain, not suitable for high precision parts production. In the process of roll forging, the billets have complicated three-dimensional deformation. Only static pressure occurs during the process of deformation and there is

408

H. Wang

no forging. During the roll forging process, most of the deformation material flows along the horizontal sub-velocity of rotation of the roll forging to increase the length of the billet, and a small amount of the transverse flow of the deformed material increases the width of the billet [7]. The roll forging process is multi-pass deformation. After calculating the roll forging passes, the reasonable distribution of the deformation amount of each roll forging passes can effectively reduce the coarse grain defects, and at the same time, greatly improve the machining accuracy, production efficiency and material utilization. Therefore, the roll forging process can effectively reduce the coarse grain defects, increase the use strength and fatigue life. 1.2.2 Isothermal Forging Process Aluminum forgings have a narrow temperature range and high thermal conductivity. During the forging process, the contact between the die and the forgings can reduce the surface temperature of the forgings rapidly, resulting in the decrease of plasticity and the increase of the deformation resistance of the forgings. This requires greater external force to make the forgings achieve a good shape and can not finish the mold filling very well, and cause the cracking of the forgings easily. When the temperature difference between the die and the forging is too large, the surface temperature of the forgings decreases rapidly, and the thicker coarse-grained layer is formed, and the coarse grain defect is formed. The above conditions can be avoided by using isothermal forging process. The isothermal forging process provides good forming conditions and ensures the uniform temperature distribution of the whole workpiece during forging process. This process is to heat the material and mold to the same temperature. Adiabatic heating in the process of isothermal forging helps the material to deform, which means that the deformation rate is highly controlled. In the process of isothermal forging, the plasticity of the forgings is improved, the deformation resistance is reduced, and the deformation rate is small. The lower deformation rate leaves sufficient time for the dynamic recrystallization process, which makes the dynamic recrystallization of the forgings more perfect, and the grains are finer, the degree of coarse grain is reduced, and the grain distribution is uniform. To sum up, the use of isothermal roll forging technology can effectively reduce the occurrence of coarse grain defects.

2 Microcosmic Analysis of the Cause of Coarse Grain Defects in Aluminum Alloy After the plastic deformation, the internal structure of the metal is unstable due to the increase of the free energy. When the deformation temperature is appropriate, the grain nuclei grows up. The process of recrystallization is a process of forming a new grain. In general, fine and small grain can be obtained after recrystallization. However, the heating temperature is beneficial to the growth of grain, and the recrystallized grain will grow into coarse grain if the temperature is in favor of the growth of grain or the time of heat preservation is too long. Grain growth can be divided into two types: one is

Macroscopic and Microscopic Analysis of Coarse Grain Defects

409

gradual growth, that is, the relative size of each grain is basically the same; the other is abnormal growth, that is, the grain size difference is large, and some grain sizes are large. Abnormal grain growth in recrystallization is the main cause of coarse grain defects in aluminum forgings [8]. Next, we will conduct a single pass hot upsetting experiment on 7075 aluminum alloy specimens combined with Yang et al. [9]. Analyze the change of grain size during the process of aluminum alloy hot deformation. Upsetting is a process of reducing billet height and increasing cross section by pressure, which is the most basic process in plastic forming process, and plays an important role in extrusion and die forging. The chemical composition of the 7075 aluminum alloy used in the experiment is shown in Table 2, and the basic parameters of the upsetting sample are shown in Table 3. The grain size evolution model of 7075 aluminum alloy hot plastic deformation was obtained by Wang Shaoyang [10]. The grain size simulation diagram of 7075 aluminum alloy upsetting was obtained by axisymmetric numerical simulation, as shown in Figs. 2, 3, 4 and 5. According to the grain size simulation diagram, the influence of deformation rate, deformation temperature and deformation amount on grain size will be further analyzed in this paper. Table 2. Chemical composition of 7075 aluminum alloy Component Ti Mn Si Fe Cr Cu Mg Zn Al Content/%  0.2  0.3  0.4  0.5 0.18–0.28 1.2–2.0 2.1–2.9 5.1–6.1 margin

Table 3. Upsetting sample parameters Sample

Diameter/ mm

Length/ mm

Initial grain size/lm

1

10

15

40

Initial deformation temperature/° C

Deformation rate/mm
s−1

Deformation quantity

Friction coefficient

Static thermal conductivity/w
(m
°C)−1

Deformation thermal conductivity/w
(m
°C)−1

0.4

3

20

310

0.4

43%

2

300

2.0

47%

3

250

72%

4

350

67%

5

360

73%

Upsetting is plastic deformation after hot compression. Under ideal conditions, the deformation degree of all parts is uniform, but affected by temperature and friction coefficient, the deformation degree of every part of upsetting is different. According to the size of deformation, upsetting can be divided into three areas, as shown in Fig. 1, area I is a large deformation area, area II is a difficult deformation area, and area III is a small deformation area.

410

H. Wang

Fig. 1. Area division of upsetting deformation

2.1

Deformation Rate

The initial forging temperature and deformation amount of Sample 1 and Sample 2 are the most similar, but the deformation rate is quite different, which can reflect the influence of deformation rate on the grain size of the sample. It can be seen from the figure that the grain size of the sample is uniform under low deformation rate, but the overall grain size is large, which is obviously larger than that of the specimen with high deformation rate. Compared with Figs. 2 and 3, it is known that the grain size of the large deformation area and the small deformation area becomes smaller after the deformation rate increases, and the grain size of the hard deformation area has no obvious change. The deformation of Sample 1 is mainly concentrated in the large deformation area, and there is partial deformation in the small deformation area. It is able to predict that when the plastic deformation occurs at low deformation rate, the grain refinement path will expand from the large deformation area to the difficult deformation area. The lower deformation rate provides sufficient time for dynamic recrystallization, and the degree of grain homogenization is increased.

Fig. 2. Sample 1 grain size simulation

Macroscopic and Microscopic Analysis of Coarse Grain Defects

411

Fig. 3. Sample 2 grain size simulation

2.2

Deformation Temperature

The deformation temperature of the Sample 3 is 250 °C, the deformation temperature of the Sample 5 is 360 °C, and the deformation temperature difference is large. The experiment can reflect the influence of deformation temperature on the grain size of the sample. When the deformation temperature is high, the recrystallized grain size is larger in the metal internal dynamic recrystallization. When the deformation temperature is low, the dynamic recrystallization is difficult to occur, no nucleation occurs, and the grain can not be refined. Therefore, too high or too low temperature will lead to the phenomenon of coarse grain. Only when we find the proper deformation temperature of metal, can we get the best effect of dynamic recrystallization and get tiny grains. 2.3

Deformation Quantity

Sample 4 and Sample 5 have similar grain distributions with little difference in grain size. It can be seen from the model that the grain size of the upsetting central region of Sample 4 is 18 lm and that of Sample 5 is 17 lm in the central region of upsetting. In contrast, the grain size of the sample formed under large deformation is smaller. When the amount of deformation is small, the number of recrystallized nuclei is small and the period of gestation is long, coarse grains are easy to form. When the amount of deformation is small enough to reach the critical amount of deformation, the recrystallized grains grow rapidly, which also easily causes coarse grain defects.

412

H. Wang

Fig. 4. Sample 3 grain size simulation

Fig. 5. Sample 5 grain size simulation

3 Conclusions In this paper, through the analysis of the coarse grain defects of aluminum alloy, the factors that affect the coarse grain defects of the aluminum alloy have been found. In macroscopic view, the influencing factors are metal material and forging process, and the microcosmic factors are the forging temperature, the deformation rate and the deformation amount. Through analysis, it is found that the use of Al-Zn-Mg-Cu series

Macroscopic and Microscopic Analysis of Coarse Grain Defects

413

alloy, isothermal roll forging process, small deformation rate, proper deformation temperature and large deformation amount can effectively reduce the occurrence of coarse grain defects. Acknowledgement. Financial Supported by Program for Innovation Research Team of JiLin Engineering Normal University.

References 1. EAA (European Aluminium Association), Aluminium in Cars [R/OL] 2. Liu WH (2008) Study on fracture behavior of aluminum alloy based on dislocation slip. Doctoral dissertations of Central South University, Changsha 3. Lee KY (1998) Stress intensity factor for sheet-rein-forced and cracked plate subjected to remote normal stress. Eng Fract Mech 61(3):461 4. Chen Y-J, Xu S-G (2011) Numerical simulation and process optimization of L - shaped aluminum alloy control arm. In: The twelfth national plastic engineering academic conference and the fourth global symposium on chinese plastic processing technology, Chongqing, pp 225–228 5. Pan ZJ (2002) Current status and future trends of research on fracture toughness of high strength aluminum alloys. Mater Rev 16(7):14–17 6. Zheng YU (2015) Study on tensile properties and fracture behavior of high strength aluminum alloy at high temperature. The master’s degree thesis of Taiyuan University of Science and Technology, Taiyuan 7. Song Y-Q (2000) The development prospect of continuous local plastic forming. China Mech Eng 11(1–2):65–67 8. Wang C-J (2007) Analysis of coarse grain defects of aluminum alloy die forgings. Aluminum alloy processing technology (2007) 9. Yang D (2013) Dynamic recrystallization grain size evolution model of 7075 aluminum alloy during thermal deformation. China Nonferrous Metals Soc 23(10):2647–2753 10. Wang S-Y (2012) Research on Dynamic Rcrystallization Behavior of 7075 Aluminum Alloy During Hot Deformation. University of Technology, Hefei

Voltage Regulation Strategy for Active Distribution Network Based on OLTC and Inverter Shiyong Dong1, Wu Liu1, Mengdong Li1, Lin He1, Jing Wang1, Mingliang Yang2, Dawei Huang2, and Chenglian Ma2(&) 1 Neijiang Power Supply Company, State Grid Sichuan Electric Power Company, No. 190 Taibai Road, Neijiang 641000, Sichuan, China 2 School of Electrical Engineering, Northeast Electric Power University, No. 169 Changchun Road, Jilin 132012, Jilin, China [email protected]

Abstract. The Accessing of distributed generation (DG) has changed the radiative structure of the distribution network, and makes the automatic tap control of the on-load tap changer (OLTC) no longer applicable. In this paper, a voltage regulation strategy for active distribution network based on OLTC and inverter is proposed. In this strategy, the influence of action of the OLTC tap on voltage is analyzed and then, the optimal tap control (OTC) is adopted in OLTC control, and the bus voltage which deviates from the rated voltage is taken as the control target to control the network voltage. Linearize the objective function and improve the solving speed. The local control is to use inverter to absorb reactive power to counteract the influence of DG. Finally, the proposed control strategy is simulated through IEEE33 system, and analysis the results. The results show that the control strategy proposed in this paper is effective. Keywords: OLTC
Inverter
DG
Voltage control Active distribution network introduction




1 Introduction With the increasing of the installed capacity of DG, the safe and stable operation of grid-connected DG and its connected area has been paid more and more attention. These bring challenges to the operation of the distribution network [1]. The distribution feeders of our country are typically a radial fashion [2], the voltage distribution in single source structure is droop. However, the connection of DG will cause the voltage rise [3, 4] and change the situation of voltage distribution, which makes the original regulation scheme no longer applicable. With the development of smart grid, the growth of DG has become an important trend of distribution network development. Depending on the network upgrading to improve the capacity or the structure to deal with the related problems, which is passive and high cost [5]. Under this background, Taking an active strategy to control and managing distributed generation will be the main means. © Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 V. Sugumaran et al. (Eds.): MMIA 2019, AISC 929, pp. 414–421, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15740-1_58

Voltage Regulation Strategy for Active Distribution Network

415

In recent years, researchers put forward a series of control strategy to solve the problem of voltage rise. In [6, 7], a OLTC control method was proposed to adjust the tap by collecting the voltage of the important bus or the maximum and minimum voltage of the feeder as the reference voltage. In [8], a distributed control strategy for DG was proposed, in which the constant power factor control mode is used when the voltage of the parallel bus is qualified, and the voltage control mode is adopted when the voltage exceeds the limits, and the reactive power of DG is adjusted to make the bus voltage up to standard. Compared with decentralized control, centralized control can make a variety of voltage regulation equipment to achieve better synergy. In [9, 10], a voltage regulation scheme for OLTC, shunt capacitors, reactors and static var compensator (SVC)was proposed. Moreover, the prediction time span for PV in [11] is too long, which leads to the inaccuracy of the prediction results. In order to deal with the influence of DG on the voltage of distribution network, a voltage regulation strategy for active distribution network based on OLTC and inverter is proposed in this paper. Firstly, in order to eliminate the influence of DG, an inverter control is adopted. The inverter is not involved in voltage regulation under the local control scheme. It just counteracts the influence of DG by controlling the reactive power absorption ability of the inverter. Then the objective function is established based on the results of load forecasting, and an optimal tap location is obtained to minimize the voltage deviation in the network. The action constraints of tap are considered to make the scheme more operable. Finally, the effectiveness of the proposed control scheme is verified by IEEE33 system.

2 Inverter Control DG usually connects to distribution network through inverter, and inverter has certain reactive power regulation ability. Therefore, inverter control is widely used as a voltage regulation method. The purpose of inverter control is not to adjust the voltage, but to eliminate the influence of DG. Therefore, it is necessary to get the reactive power needed to offset the DG output inverter. The reactive power required to counteract the effect of distributed power on voltage can get through [2]

QGN

X  2  R þ X2

s ffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffiffi 2 X 2RPG P2G þ 2 2 2 R þX R þ X2

ð1Þ

The value of inverter absorbing the reactive power is QGN , which counteracts the influence of DG.

3 OTC OTC is a control method for the tap of OLTC. Figure 1 is the control diagram.

416

S. Dong et al. OTC Control Center Control Signals

V0

Power Flow

Load Forecast

Feeder Characteristics

Fig. 1. Optimal voltage control

3.1

Objective Function

The idea of OTC is to control the tap of OLTC to minimize the voltage deviation of each bus in the network. The objective function is [12] min g ¼ maxfjjVR j  1jg

ð2Þ

where VR is the per-unit value of the bus voltage. The meaning of the (2) is to select the maximum deviation of voltage in the network, and to find out the ratio of OLTC when it is minimum. In order to associate VR with k, define that jVR j ¼ jV0 j þ jDV j

ð3Þ

where V0 is the initial voltage of the network, and DV is the voltage change caused by tap action. The effect of tap action on network voltage is deduced below. The current injected into the bus and the voltage at each bus of the network can be expressed in (4) (5) respectively. I ¼ YV

ð4Þ

V ¼ ZI

ð5Þ

where Y is the admittance matrix of the network and Z ¼ Y 1 is the impedance matrix of the network. A linear approximation of the perturbations in current due to changes in admittance and voltage (@I=@YV) leads to DI ¼ YDV þ DYV

ð6Þ

And the same as to (5), we can get DV ¼ DZI þ ZDI

ð7Þ

In order to simplify the problem, we only discuss the effect of admittance variation on bus voltage. Assume that DI ¼ 0 [12] (the simulation verifies the feasibility of the assumption.), we can get the equation form (6) (7) as

Voltage Regulation Strategy for Active Distribution Network

417

DV ¼ Y 1 DYV

ð8Þ

DV ¼ DZI

ð9Þ

DZ ¼ Y 1 DYY 1

ð10Þ

And then

Assuming that a OLTC is connected between the bus i and j, a change in the tap of OLTC affects the admittance matrix as P 8 Yii ¼ k 2 =ZT þ 1=zik > > < k6¼j P Yjj ¼ 1=ZT þ 1=zjk > > k6¼i : Yij ¼ Yji ¼ k=zT

ð11Þ

where k is the ratio of the OLTC, ZT is the equivalent impedance of the transformer, zik is the impedance connected between i and k, and zii is the impedance connected from the bus i to ground. By defining the initial ratio of OLTC as k0 , the variation of the admittance matrix caused by tap action can be expressed as 8